summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/ruby/ext
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'ruby/ext')
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/defs.c1763
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/encode_decode.c1233
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/extconf.rb10
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/map.c808
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/message.c578
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.c115
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.h538
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/repeated_field.c651
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/storage.c894
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.c12812
-rw-r--r--ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h8569
11 files changed, 27971 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/defs.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/defs.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7e93bafb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/defs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1763 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Common utilities.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const char* get_str(VALUE str) {
+ Check_Type(str, T_STRING);
+ return RSTRING_PTR(str);
+}
+
+static VALUE rb_str_maybe_null(const char* s) {
+ if (s == NULL) {
+ s = "";
+ }
+ return rb_str_new2(s);
+}
+
+static upb_def* check_notfrozen(const upb_def* def) {
+ if (upb_def_isfrozen(def)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError,
+ "Attempt to modify a frozen descriptor. Once descriptors are "
+ "added to the descriptor pool, they may not be modified.");
+ }
+ return (upb_def*)def;
+}
+
+static upb_msgdef* check_msg_notfrozen(const upb_msgdef* def) {
+ return upb_downcast_msgdef_mutable(check_notfrozen((const upb_def*)def));
+}
+
+static upb_fielddef* check_field_notfrozen(const upb_fielddef* def) {
+ return upb_downcast_fielddef_mutable(check_notfrozen((const upb_def*)def));
+}
+
+static upb_oneofdef* check_oneof_notfrozen(const upb_oneofdef* def) {
+ return (upb_oneofdef*)check_notfrozen((const upb_def*)def);
+}
+
+static upb_enumdef* check_enum_notfrozen(const upb_enumdef* def) {
+ return (upb_enumdef*)check_notfrozen((const upb_def*)def);
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DescriptorPool.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DEFINE_CLASS(name, string_name) \
+ VALUE c ## name; \
+ const rb_data_type_t _ ## name ## _type = { \
+ string_name, \
+ { name ## _mark, name ## _free, NULL }, \
+ }; \
+ name* ruby_to_ ## name(VALUE val) { \
+ name* ret; \
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(val, name, &_ ## name ## _type, ret); \
+ return ret; \
+ } \
+
+#define DEFINE_SELF(type, var, rb_var) \
+ type* var = ruby_to_ ## type(rb_var)
+
+// Global singleton DescriptorPool. The user is free to create others, but this
+// is used by generated code.
+VALUE generated_pool;
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(DescriptorPool, "Google::Protobuf::DescriptorPool");
+
+void DescriptorPool_mark(void* _self) {
+}
+
+void DescriptorPool_free(void* _self) {
+ DescriptorPool* self = _self;
+ upb_symtab_unref(self->symtab, &self->symtab);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * DescriptorPool.new => pool
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty, descriptor pool.
+ */
+VALUE DescriptorPool_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ DescriptorPool* self = ALLOC(DescriptorPool);
+ self->symtab = upb_symtab_new(&self->symtab);
+ return TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &_DescriptorPool_type, self);
+}
+
+void DescriptorPool_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "DescriptorPool", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, DescriptorPool_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add", DescriptorPool_add, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "build", DescriptorPool_build, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "lookup", DescriptorPool_lookup, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "generated_pool",
+ DescriptorPool_generated_pool, 0);
+ cDescriptorPool = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cDescriptorPool);
+
+ generated_pool = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, klass);
+ rb_gc_register_address(&generated_pool);
+}
+
+static void add_descriptor_to_pool(DescriptorPool* self,
+ Descriptor* descriptor) {
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_symtab_add(self->symtab, (upb_def**)&descriptor->msgdef, 1,
+ NULL, &status),
+ "Adding Descriptor to DescriptorPool failed");
+}
+
+static void add_enumdesc_to_pool(DescriptorPool* self,
+ EnumDescriptor* enumdesc) {
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_symtab_add(self->symtab, (upb_def**)&enumdesc->enumdef, 1,
+ NULL, &status),
+ "Adding EnumDescriptor to DescriptorPool failed");
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * DescriptorPool.add(descriptor)
+ *
+ * Adds the given Descriptor or EnumDescriptor to this pool. All references to
+ * other types in a Descriptor's fields must be resolvable within this pool or
+ * an exception will be raised.
+ */
+VALUE DescriptorPool_add(VALUE _self, VALUE def) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(DescriptorPool, self, _self);
+ VALUE def_klass = rb_obj_class(def);
+ if (def_klass == cDescriptor) {
+ add_descriptor_to_pool(self, ruby_to_Descriptor(def));
+ } else if (def_klass == cEnumDescriptor) {
+ add_enumdesc_to_pool(self, ruby_to_EnumDescriptor(def));
+ } else {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Second argument must be a Descriptor or EnumDescriptor.");
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * DescriptorPool.build(&block)
+ *
+ * Invokes the block with a Builder instance as self. All message and enum types
+ * added within the block are committed to the pool atomically, and may refer
+ * (co)recursively to each other. The user should call Builder#add_message and
+ * Builder#add_enum within the block as appropriate. This is the recommended,
+ * idiomatic way to define new message and enum types.
+ */
+VALUE DescriptorPool_build(VALUE _self) {
+ VALUE ctx = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cBuilder);
+ VALUE block = rb_block_proc();
+ rb_funcall_with_block(ctx, rb_intern("instance_eval"), 0, NULL, block);
+ rb_funcall(ctx, rb_intern("finalize_to_pool"), 1, _self);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * DescriptorPool.lookup(name) => descriptor
+ *
+ * Finds a Descriptor or EnumDescriptor by name and returns it, or nil if none
+ * exists with the given name.
+ */
+VALUE DescriptorPool_lookup(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(DescriptorPool, self, _self);
+ const char* name_str = get_str(name);
+ const upb_def* def = upb_symtab_lookup(self->symtab, name_str);
+ if (!def) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return get_def_obj(def);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * DescriptorPool.generated_pool => descriptor_pool
+ *
+ * Class method that returns the global DescriptorPool. This is a singleton into
+ * which generated-code message and enum types are registered. The user may also
+ * register types in this pool for convenience so that they do not have to hold
+ * a reference to a private pool instance.
+ */
+VALUE DescriptorPool_generated_pool(VALUE _self) {
+ return generated_pool;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Descriptor.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(Descriptor, "Google::Protobuf::Descriptor");
+
+void Descriptor_mark(void* _self) {
+ Descriptor* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->klass);
+ rb_gc_mark(self->typeclass_references);
+}
+
+void Descriptor_free(void* _self) {
+ Descriptor* self = _self;
+ upb_msgdef_unref(self->msgdef, &self->msgdef);
+ if (self->layout) {
+ free_layout(self->layout);
+ }
+ if (self->fill_handlers) {
+ upb_handlers_unref(self->fill_handlers, &self->fill_handlers);
+ }
+ if (self->fill_method) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(self->fill_method, &self->fill_method);
+ }
+ if (self->json_fill_method) {
+ upb_json_parsermethod_unref(self->json_fill_method,
+ &self->json_fill_method);
+ }
+ if (self->pb_serialize_handlers) {
+ upb_handlers_unref(self->pb_serialize_handlers,
+ &self->pb_serialize_handlers);
+ }
+ if (self->json_serialize_handlers) {
+ upb_handlers_unref(self->json_serialize_handlers,
+ &self->json_serialize_handlers);
+ }
+ if (self->json_serialize_handlers_preserve) {
+ upb_handlers_unref(self->json_serialize_handlers_preserve,
+ &self->json_serialize_handlers_preserve);
+ }
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.new => descriptor
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty, message type descriptor. At a minimum, its name must be
+ * set before it is added to a pool. It cannot be used to create messages until
+ * it is added to a pool, after which it becomes immutable (as part of a
+ * finalization process).
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ Descriptor* self = ALLOC(Descriptor);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &_Descriptor_type, self);
+ self->msgdef = upb_msgdef_new(&self->msgdef);
+ self->klass = Qnil;
+ self->layout = NULL;
+ self->fill_handlers = NULL;
+ self->fill_method = NULL;
+ self->json_fill_method = NULL;
+ self->pb_serialize_handlers = NULL;
+ self->json_serialize_handlers = NULL;
+ self->json_serialize_handlers_preserve = NULL;
+ self->typeclass_references = rb_ary_new();
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void Descriptor_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "Descriptor", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, Descriptor_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each", Descriptor_each, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "lookup", Descriptor_lookup, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_field", Descriptor_add_field, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_oneof", Descriptor_add_oneof, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each_oneof", Descriptor_each_oneof, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "lookup_oneof", Descriptor_lookup_oneof, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "msgclass", Descriptor_msgclass, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name", Descriptor_name, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name=", Descriptor_name_set, 1);
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_mEnumerable);
+ cDescriptor = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cDescriptor);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.name => name
+ *
+ * Returns the name of this message type as a fully-qualfied string (e.g.,
+ * My.Package.MessageType).
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_name(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ return rb_str_maybe_null(upb_msgdef_fullname(self->msgdef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.name = name
+ *
+ * Assigns a name to this message type. The descriptor must not have been added
+ * to a pool yet.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_msgdef* mut_def = check_msg_notfrozen(self->msgdef);
+ const char* name = get_str(str);
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_msgdef_setfullname(mut_def, name, &status),
+ "Error setting Descriptor name");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.each(&block)
+ *
+ * Iterates over fields in this message type, yielding to the block on each one.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_each(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, self->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ VALUE obj = get_def_obj(field);
+ rb_yield(obj);
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.lookup(name) => FieldDescriptor
+ *
+ * Returns the field descriptor for the field with the given name, if present,
+ * or nil if none.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_lookup(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ const char* s = get_str(name);
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msgdef_ntofz(self->msgdef, s);
+ if (field == NULL) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return get_def_obj(field);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.add_field(field) => nil
+ *
+ * Adds the given FieldDescriptor to this message type. This descriptor must not
+ * have been added to a pool yet. Raises an exception if a field with the same
+ * name or number already exists. Sub-type references (e.g. for fields of type
+ * message) are not resolved at this point.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_add_field(VALUE _self, VALUE obj) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_msgdef* mut_def = check_msg_notfrozen(self->msgdef);
+ FieldDescriptor* def = ruby_to_FieldDescriptor(obj);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_field_def = check_field_notfrozen(def->fielddef);
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_msgdef_addfield(mut_def, mut_field_def, NULL, &status),
+ "Adding field to Descriptor failed");
+ add_def_obj(def->fielddef, obj);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.add_oneof(oneof) => nil
+ *
+ * Adds the given OneofDescriptor to this message type. This descriptor must not
+ * have been added to a pool yet. Raises an exception if a oneof with the same
+ * name already exists, or if any of the oneof's fields' names or numbers
+ * conflict with an existing field in this message type. All fields in the oneof
+ * are added to the message descriptor. Sub-type references (e.g. for fields of
+ * type message) are not resolved at this point.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_add_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE obj) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_msgdef* mut_def = check_msg_notfrozen(self->msgdef);
+ OneofDescriptor* def = ruby_to_OneofDescriptor(obj);
+ upb_oneofdef* mut_oneof_def = check_oneof_notfrozen(def->oneofdef);
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_msgdef_addoneof(mut_def, mut_oneof_def, NULL, &status),
+ "Adding oneof to Descriptor failed");
+ add_def_obj(def->oneofdef, obj);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.each_oneof(&block) => nil
+ *
+ * Invokes the given block for each oneof in this message type, passing the
+ * corresponding OneofDescriptor.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_each_oneof(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_oneof_begin(&it, self->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_oneof_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_oneof_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_oneofdef* oneof = upb_msg_iter_oneof(&it);
+ VALUE obj = get_def_obj(oneof);
+ rb_yield(obj);
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.lookup_oneof(name) => OneofDescriptor
+ *
+ * Returns the oneof descriptor for the oneof with the given name, if present,
+ * or nil if none.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_lookup_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ const char* s = get_str(name);
+ const upb_oneofdef* oneof = upb_msgdef_ntooz(self->msgdef, s);
+ if (oneof == NULL) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return get_def_obj(oneof);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Descriptor.msgclass => message_klass
+ *
+ * Returns the Ruby class created for this message type. Valid only once the
+ * message type has been added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE Descriptor_msgclass(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Descriptor, self, _self);
+ if (!upb_def_isfrozen((const upb_def*)self->msgdef)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError,
+ "Cannot fetch message class from a Descriptor not yet in a pool.");
+ }
+ if (self->klass == Qnil) {
+ self->klass = build_class_from_descriptor(self);
+ }
+ return self->klass;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// FieldDescriptor.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(FieldDescriptor, "Google::Protobuf::FieldDescriptor");
+
+void FieldDescriptor_mark(void* _self) {
+}
+
+void FieldDescriptor_free(void* _self) {
+ FieldDescriptor* self = _self;
+ upb_fielddef_unref(self->fielddef, &self->fielddef);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.new => field
+ *
+ * Returns a new field descriptor. Its name, type, etc. must be set before it is
+ * added to a message type.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ FieldDescriptor* self = ALLOC(FieldDescriptor);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &_FieldDescriptor_type, self);
+ upb_fielddef* fielddef = upb_fielddef_new(&self->fielddef);
+ upb_fielddef_setpacked(fielddef, false);
+ self->fielddef = fielddef;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void FieldDescriptor_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "FieldDescriptor", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, FieldDescriptor_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name", FieldDescriptor_name, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name=", FieldDescriptor_name_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "type", FieldDescriptor_type, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "type=", FieldDescriptor_type_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "label", FieldDescriptor_label, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "label=", FieldDescriptor_label_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "number", FieldDescriptor_number, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "number=", FieldDescriptor_number_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "submsg_name", FieldDescriptor_submsg_name, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "submsg_name=", FieldDescriptor_submsg_name_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "subtype", FieldDescriptor_subtype, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "get", FieldDescriptor_get, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "set", FieldDescriptor_set, 2);
+ cFieldDescriptor = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cFieldDescriptor);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.name => name
+ *
+ * Returns the name of this field.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_name(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ return rb_str_maybe_null(upb_fielddef_name(self->fielddef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.name = name
+ *
+ * Sets the name of this field. Cannot be called once the containing message
+ * type, if any, is added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_def = check_field_notfrozen(self->fielddef);
+ const char* name = get_str(str);
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_fielddef_setname(mut_def, name, &status),
+ "Error setting FieldDescriptor name");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+upb_fieldtype_t ruby_to_fieldtype(VALUE type) {
+ if (TYPE(type) != T_SYMBOL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected symbol for field type.");
+ }
+
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ if (SYM2ID(type) == rb_intern( # ruby )) { \
+ return UPB_TYPE_ ## upb; \
+ }
+
+ CONVERT(FLOAT, float);
+ CONVERT(DOUBLE, double);
+ CONVERT(BOOL, bool);
+ CONVERT(STRING, string);
+ CONVERT(BYTES, bytes);
+ CONVERT(MESSAGE, message);
+ CONVERT(ENUM, enum);
+ CONVERT(INT32, int32);
+ CONVERT(INT64, int64);
+ CONVERT(UINT32, uint32);
+ CONVERT(UINT64, uint64);
+
+#undef CONVERT
+
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown field type.");
+ return 0;
+}
+
+VALUE fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ switch (type) {
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ case UPB_TYPE_ ## upb : return ID2SYM(rb_intern( # ruby ));
+ CONVERT(FLOAT, float);
+ CONVERT(DOUBLE, double);
+ CONVERT(BOOL, bool);
+ CONVERT(STRING, string);
+ CONVERT(BYTES, bytes);
+ CONVERT(MESSAGE, message);
+ CONVERT(ENUM, enum);
+ CONVERT(INT32, int32);
+ CONVERT(INT64, int64);
+ CONVERT(UINT32, uint32);
+ CONVERT(UINT64, uint64);
+#undef CONVERT
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+upb_descriptortype_t ruby_to_descriptortype(VALUE type) {
+ if (TYPE(type) != T_SYMBOL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected symbol for field type.");
+ }
+
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ if (SYM2ID(type) == rb_intern( # ruby )) { \
+ return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## upb; \
+ }
+
+ CONVERT(FLOAT, float);
+ CONVERT(DOUBLE, double);
+ CONVERT(BOOL, bool);
+ CONVERT(STRING, string);
+ CONVERT(BYTES, bytes);
+ CONVERT(MESSAGE, message);
+ CONVERT(GROUP, group);
+ CONVERT(ENUM, enum);
+ CONVERT(INT32, int32);
+ CONVERT(INT64, int64);
+ CONVERT(UINT32, uint32);
+ CONVERT(UINT64, uint64);
+ CONVERT(SINT32, sint32);
+ CONVERT(SINT64, sint64);
+ CONVERT(FIXED32, fixed32);
+ CONVERT(FIXED64, fixed64);
+ CONVERT(SFIXED32, sfixed32);
+ CONVERT(SFIXED64, sfixed64);
+
+#undef CONVERT
+
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown field type.");
+ return 0;
+}
+
+VALUE descriptortype_to_ruby(upb_descriptortype_t type) {
+ switch (type) {
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## upb : return ID2SYM(rb_intern( # ruby ));
+ CONVERT(FLOAT, float);
+ CONVERT(DOUBLE, double);
+ CONVERT(BOOL, bool);
+ CONVERT(STRING, string);
+ CONVERT(BYTES, bytes);
+ CONVERT(MESSAGE, message);
+ CONVERT(GROUP, group);
+ CONVERT(ENUM, enum);
+ CONVERT(INT32, int32);
+ CONVERT(INT64, int64);
+ CONVERT(UINT32, uint32);
+ CONVERT(UINT64, uint64);
+ CONVERT(SINT32, sint32);
+ CONVERT(SINT64, sint64);
+ CONVERT(FIXED32, fixed32);
+ CONVERT(FIXED64, fixed64);
+ CONVERT(SFIXED32, sfixed32);
+ CONVERT(SFIXED64, sfixed64);
+#undef CONVERT
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.type => type
+ *
+ * Returns this field's type, as a Ruby symbol, or nil if not yet set.
+ *
+ * Valid field types are:
+ * :int32, :int64, :uint32, :uint64, :float, :double, :bool, :string,
+ * :bytes, :message.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_type(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ if (!upb_fielddef_typeisset(self->fielddef)) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return descriptortype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_descriptortype(self->fielddef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.type = type
+ *
+ * Sets this field's type. Cannot be called if field is part of a message type
+ * already in a pool.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_type_set(VALUE _self, VALUE type) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_def = check_field_notfrozen(self->fielddef);
+ upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(mut_def, ruby_to_descriptortype(type));
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.label => label
+ *
+ * Returns this field's label (i.e., plurality), as a Ruby symbol.
+ *
+ * Valid field labels are:
+ * :optional, :repeated
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_label(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ switch (upb_fielddef_label(self->fielddef)) {
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ case UPB_LABEL_ ## upb : return ID2SYM(rb_intern( # ruby ));
+
+ CONVERT(OPTIONAL, optional);
+ CONVERT(REQUIRED, required);
+ CONVERT(REPEATED, repeated);
+
+#undef CONVERT
+ }
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.label = label
+ *
+ * Sets the label on this field. Cannot be called if field is part of a message
+ * type already in a pool.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_label_set(VALUE _self, VALUE label) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_def = check_field_notfrozen(self->fielddef);
+ upb_label_t upb_label = -1;
+ bool converted = false;
+
+ if (TYPE(label) != T_SYMBOL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected symbol for field label.");
+ }
+
+#define CONVERT(upb, ruby) \
+ if (SYM2ID(label) == rb_intern( # ruby )) { \
+ upb_label = UPB_LABEL_ ## upb; \
+ converted = true; \
+ }
+
+ CONVERT(OPTIONAL, optional);
+ CONVERT(REQUIRED, required);
+ CONVERT(REPEATED, repeated);
+
+#undef CONVERT
+
+ if (!converted) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown field label.");
+ }
+
+ upb_fielddef_setlabel(mut_def, upb_label);
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.number => number
+ *
+ * Returns the tag number for this field.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_number(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ return INT2NUM(upb_fielddef_number(self->fielddef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.number = number
+ *
+ * Sets the tag number for this field. Cannot be called if field is part of a
+ * message type already in a pool.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_number_set(VALUE _self, VALUE number) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_def = check_field_notfrozen(self->fielddef);
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_fielddef_setnumber(mut_def, NUM2INT(number), &status),
+ "Error setting field number");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.submsg_name => submsg_name
+ *
+ * Returns the name of the message or enum type corresponding to this field, if
+ * it is a message or enum field (respectively), or nil otherwise. This type
+ * name will be resolved within the context of the pool to which the containing
+ * message type is added.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_submsg_name(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(self->fielddef)) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return rb_str_maybe_null(upb_fielddef_subdefname(self->fielddef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.submsg_name = submsg_name
+ *
+ * Sets the name of the message or enum type corresponding to this field, if it
+ * is a message or enum field (respectively). This type name will be resolved
+ * within the context of the pool to which the containing message type is added.
+ * Cannot be called on field that are not of message or enum type, or on fields
+ * that are part of a message type already added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_submsg_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE value) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_def = check_field_notfrozen(self->fielddef);
+ const char* str = get_str(value);
+ if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(self->fielddef)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "FieldDescriptor does not have subdef.");
+ }
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(mut_def, str, &status),
+ "Error setting submessage name");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.subtype => message_or_enum_descriptor
+ *
+ * Returns the message or enum descriptor corresponding to this field's type if
+ * it is a message or enum field, respectively, or nil otherwise. Cannot be
+ * called *until* the containing message type is added to a pool (and thus
+ * resolved).
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_subtype(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ const upb_def* def;
+
+ if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(self->fielddef)) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ def = upb_fielddef_subdef(self->fielddef);
+ if (def == NULL) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return get_def_obj(def);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.get(message) => value
+ *
+ * Returns the value set for this field on the given message. Raises an
+ * exception if message is of the wrong type.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_get(VALUE _self, VALUE msg_rb) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ MessageHeader* msg;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(msg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, msg);
+ if (msg->descriptor->msgdef != upb_fielddef_containingtype(self->fielddef)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "get method called on wrong message type");
+ }
+ return layout_get(msg->descriptor->layout, Message_data(msg), self->fielddef);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * FieldDescriptor.set(message, value)
+ *
+ * Sets the value corresponding to this field to the given value on the given
+ * message. Raises an exception if message is of the wrong type. Performs the
+ * ordinary type-checks for field setting.
+ */
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_set(VALUE _self, VALUE msg_rb, VALUE value) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(FieldDescriptor, self, _self);
+ MessageHeader* msg;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(msg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, msg);
+ if (msg->descriptor->msgdef != upb_fielddef_containingtype(self->fielddef)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "set method called on wrong message type");
+ }
+ layout_set(msg->descriptor->layout, Message_data(msg), self->fielddef, value);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// OneofDescriptor.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(OneofDescriptor, "Google::Protobuf::OneofDescriptor");
+
+void OneofDescriptor_mark(void* _self) {
+}
+
+void OneofDescriptor_free(void* _self) {
+ OneofDescriptor* self = _self;
+ upb_oneofdef_unref(self->oneofdef, &self->oneofdef);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofDescriptor.new => oneof_descriptor
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty, oneof descriptor. The oneof may only be modified prior
+ * to being added to a message descriptor which is subsequently added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ OneofDescriptor* self = ALLOC(OneofDescriptor);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &_OneofDescriptor_type, self);
+ self->oneofdef = upb_oneofdef_new(&self->oneofdef);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void OneofDescriptor_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "OneofDescriptor", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, OneofDescriptor_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name", OneofDescriptor_name, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name=", OneofDescriptor_name_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_field", OneofDescriptor_add_field, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each", OneofDescriptor_each, 0);
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_mEnumerable);
+ cOneofDescriptor = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cOneofDescriptor);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofDescriptor.name => name
+ *
+ * Returns the name of this oneof.
+ */
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_name(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofDescriptor, self, _self);
+ return rb_str_maybe_null(upb_oneofdef_name(self->oneofdef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofDescriptor.name = name
+ *
+ * Sets a new name for this oneof. The oneof must not have been added to a
+ * message descriptor yet.
+ */
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE value) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_oneofdef* mut_def = check_oneof_notfrozen(self->oneofdef);
+ const char* str = get_str(value);
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_oneofdef_setname(mut_def, str, &status),
+ "Error setting oneof name");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofDescriptor.add_field(field) => nil
+ *
+ * Adds a field to this oneof. The field may have been added to this oneof in
+ * the past, or the message to which this oneof belongs (if any), but may not
+ * have already been added to any other oneof or message. Otherwise, an
+ * exception is raised.
+ *
+ * All fields added to the oneof via this method will be automatically added to
+ * the message to which this oneof belongs, if it belongs to one currently, or
+ * else will be added to any message to which the oneof is later added at the
+ * time that it is added.
+ */
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_add_field(VALUE _self, VALUE obj) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_oneofdef* mut_def = check_oneof_notfrozen(self->oneofdef);
+ FieldDescriptor* def = ruby_to_FieldDescriptor(obj);
+ upb_fielddef* mut_field_def = check_field_notfrozen(def->fielddef);
+ CHECK_UPB(
+ upb_oneofdef_addfield(mut_def, mut_field_def, NULL, &status),
+ "Adding field to OneofDescriptor failed");
+ add_def_obj(def->fielddef, obj);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofDescriptor.each(&block) => nil
+ *
+ * Iterates through fields in this oneof, yielding to the block on each one.
+ */
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_each(VALUE _self, VALUE field) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_oneof_iter it;
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&it, self->oneofdef);
+ !upb_oneof_done(&it);
+ upb_oneof_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
+ VALUE obj = get_def_obj(f);
+ rb_yield(obj);
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// EnumDescriptor.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(EnumDescriptor, "Google::Protobuf::EnumDescriptor");
+
+void EnumDescriptor_mark(void* _self) {
+ EnumDescriptor* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->module);
+}
+
+void EnumDescriptor_free(void* _self) {
+ EnumDescriptor* self = _self;
+ upb_enumdef_unref(self->enumdef, &self->enumdef);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.new => enum_descriptor
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty, enum descriptor. Must be added to a pool before the
+ * enum type can be used. The enum type may only be modified prior to adding to
+ * a pool.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ EnumDescriptor* self = ALLOC(EnumDescriptor);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &_EnumDescriptor_type, self);
+ self->enumdef = upb_enumdef_new(&self->enumdef);
+ self->module = Qnil;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void EnumDescriptor_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "EnumDescriptor", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, EnumDescriptor_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name", EnumDescriptor_name, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "name=", EnumDescriptor_name_set, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_value", EnumDescriptor_add_value, 2);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "lookup_name", EnumDescriptor_lookup_name, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "lookup_value", EnumDescriptor_lookup_value, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each", EnumDescriptor_each, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "enummodule", EnumDescriptor_enummodule, 0);
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_mEnumerable);
+ cEnumDescriptor = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cEnumDescriptor);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.name => name
+ *
+ * Returns the name of this enum type.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_name(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ return rb_str_maybe_null(upb_enumdef_fullname(self->enumdef));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.name = name
+ *
+ * Sets the name of this enum type. Cannot be called if the enum type has
+ * already been added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_enumdef* mut_def = check_enum_notfrozen(self->enumdef);
+ const char* name = get_str(str);
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_enumdef_setfullname(mut_def, name, &status),
+ "Error setting EnumDescriptor name");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.add_value(key, value)
+ *
+ * Adds a new key => value mapping to this enum type. Key must be given as a
+ * Ruby symbol. Cannot be called if the enum type has already been added to a
+ * pool. Will raise an exception if the key or value is already in use.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_add_value(VALUE _self, VALUE name, VALUE number) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ upb_enumdef* mut_def = check_enum_notfrozen(self->enumdef);
+ const char* name_str = rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name));
+ int32_t val = NUM2INT(number);
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_enumdef_addval(mut_def, name_str, val, &status),
+ "Error adding value to enum");
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.lookup_name(name) => value
+ *
+ * Returns the numeric value corresponding to the given key name (as a Ruby
+ * symbol), or nil if none.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_lookup_name(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ const char* name_str= rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name));
+ int32_t val = 0;
+ if (upb_enumdef_ntoiz(self->enumdef, name_str, &val)) {
+ return INT2NUM(val);
+ } else {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.lookup_value(name) => value
+ *
+ * Returns the key name (as a Ruby symbol) corresponding to the integer value,
+ * or nil if none.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_lookup_value(VALUE _self, VALUE number) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ int32_t val = NUM2INT(number);
+ const char* name = upb_enumdef_iton(self->enumdef, val);
+ if (name != NULL) {
+ return ID2SYM(rb_intern(name));
+ } else {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.each(&block)
+ *
+ * Iterates over key => value mappings in this enum's definition, yielding to
+ * the block with (key, value) arguments for each one.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_each(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+
+ upb_enum_iter it;
+ for (upb_enum_begin(&it, self->enumdef);
+ !upb_enum_done(&it);
+ upb_enum_next(&it)) {
+ VALUE key = ID2SYM(rb_intern(upb_enum_iter_name(&it)));
+ VALUE number = INT2NUM(upb_enum_iter_number(&it));
+ rb_yield_values(2, key, number);
+ }
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumDescriptor.enummodule => module
+ *
+ * Returns the Ruby module corresponding to this enum type. Cannot be called
+ * until the enum descriptor has been added to a pool.
+ */
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_enummodule(VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumDescriptor, self, _self);
+ if (!upb_def_isfrozen((const upb_def*)self->enumdef)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError,
+ "Cannot fetch enum module from an EnumDescriptor not yet "
+ "in a pool.");
+ }
+ if (self->module == Qnil) {
+ self->module = build_module_from_enumdesc(self);
+ }
+ return self->module;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// MessageBuilderContext.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(MessageBuilderContext,
+ "Google::Protobuf::Internal::MessageBuilderContext");
+
+void MessageBuilderContext_mark(void* _self) {
+ MessageBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->descriptor);
+ rb_gc_mark(self->builder);
+}
+
+void MessageBuilderContext_free(void* _self) {
+ MessageBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ MessageBuilderContext* self = ALLOC(MessageBuilderContext);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(
+ klass, &_MessageBuilderContext_type, self);
+ self->descriptor = Qnil;
+ self->builder = Qnil;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void MessageBuilderContext_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "MessageBuilderContext", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, MessageBuilderContext_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize",
+ MessageBuilderContext_initialize, 2);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "optional", MessageBuilderContext_optional, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "required", MessageBuilderContext_required, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "repeated", MessageBuilderContext_repeated, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "map", MessageBuilderContext_map, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "oneof", MessageBuilderContext_oneof, 1);
+ cMessageBuilderContext = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cMessageBuilderContext);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.new(desc, builder) => context
+ *
+ * Create a new message builder context around the given message descriptor and
+ * builder context. This class is intended to serve as a DSL context to be used
+ * with #instance_eval.
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self,
+ VALUE msgdef,
+ VALUE builder) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ self->descriptor = msgdef;
+ self->builder = builder;
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+static VALUE msgdef_add_field(VALUE msgdef,
+ const char* label, VALUE name,
+ VALUE type, VALUE number,
+ VALUE type_class) {
+ VALUE fielddef = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cFieldDescriptor);
+ VALUE name_str = rb_str_new2(rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name)));
+
+ rb_funcall(fielddef, rb_intern("label="), 1, ID2SYM(rb_intern(label)));
+ rb_funcall(fielddef, rb_intern("name="), 1, name_str);
+ rb_funcall(fielddef, rb_intern("type="), 1, type);
+ rb_funcall(fielddef, rb_intern("number="), 1, number);
+
+ if (type_class != Qnil) {
+ if (TYPE(type_class) != T_STRING) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected string for type class");
+ }
+ // Make it an absolute type name by prepending a dot.
+ type_class = rb_str_append(rb_str_new2("."), type_class);
+ rb_funcall(fielddef, rb_intern("submsg_name="), 1, type_class);
+ }
+
+ rb_funcall(msgdef, rb_intern("add_field"), 1, fielddef);
+ return fielddef;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.optional(name, type, number, type_class = nil)
+ *
+ * Defines a new optional field on this message type with the given type, tag
+ * number, and type class (for message and enum fields). The type must be a Ruby
+ * symbol (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=) and the type_class must be a
+ * string, if present (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#submsg_name=).
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_optional(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE name, type, number, type_class;
+
+ if (argc < 3) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 3 arguments.");
+ }
+ name = argv[0];
+ type = argv[1];
+ number = argv[2];
+ type_class = (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : Qnil;
+
+ return msgdef_add_field(self->descriptor, "optional",
+ name, type, number, type_class);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.required(name, type, number, type_class = nil)
+ *
+ * Defines a new required field on this message type with the given type, tag
+ * number, and type class (for message and enum fields). The type must be a Ruby
+ * symbol (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=) and the type_class must be a
+ * string, if present (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#submsg_name=).
+ *
+ * Proto3 does not have required fields, but this method exists for
+ * completeness. Any attempt to add a message type with required fields to a
+ * pool will currently result in an error.
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_required(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE name, type, number, type_class;
+
+ if (argc < 3) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 3 arguments.");
+ }
+ name = argv[0];
+ type = argv[1];
+ number = argv[2];
+ type_class = (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : Qnil;
+
+ return msgdef_add_field(self->descriptor, "required",
+ name, type, number, type_class);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.repeated(name, type, number, type_class = nil)
+ *
+ * Defines a new repeated field on this message type with the given type, tag
+ * number, and type class (for message and enum fields). The type must be a Ruby
+ * symbol (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=) and the type_class must be a
+ * string, if present (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#submsg_name=).
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_repeated(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE name, type, number, type_class;
+
+ if (argc < 3) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 3 arguments.");
+ }
+ name = argv[0];
+ type = argv[1];
+ number = argv[2];
+ type_class = (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : Qnil;
+
+ return msgdef_add_field(self->descriptor, "repeated",
+ name, type, number, type_class);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.map(name, key_type, value_type, number,
+ * value_type_class = nil)
+ *
+ * Defines a new map field on this message type with the given key and value
+ * types, tag number, and type class (for message and enum value types). The key
+ * type must be :int32/:uint32/:int64/:uint64, :bool, or :string. The value type
+ * type must be a Ruby symbol (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=) and the
+ * type_class must be a string, if present (as accepted by
+ * FieldDescriptor#submsg_name=).
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_map(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE name, key_type, value_type, number, type_class;
+ VALUE mapentry_desc, mapentry_desc_name;
+
+ if (argc < 4) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 4 arguments.");
+ }
+ name = argv[0];
+ key_type = argv[1];
+ value_type = argv[2];
+ number = argv[3];
+ type_class = (argc > 4) ? argv[4] : Qnil;
+
+ // Validate the key type. We can't accept enums, messages, or floats/doubles
+ // as map keys. (We exclude these explicitly, and the field-descriptor setter
+ // below then ensures that the type is one of the remaining valid options.)
+ if (SYM2ID(key_type) == rb_intern("float") ||
+ SYM2ID(key_type) == rb_intern("double") ||
+ SYM2ID(key_type) == rb_intern("enum") ||
+ SYM2ID(key_type) == rb_intern("message")) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Cannot add a map field with a float, double, enum, or message "
+ "type.");
+ }
+
+ // Create a new message descriptor for the map entry message, and create a
+ // repeated submessage field here with that type.
+ mapentry_desc = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cDescriptor);
+ mapentry_desc_name = rb_funcall(self->descriptor, rb_intern("name"), 0);
+ mapentry_desc_name = rb_str_cat2(mapentry_desc_name, "_MapEntry_");
+ mapentry_desc_name = rb_str_cat2(mapentry_desc_name,
+ rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name)));
+ Descriptor_name_set(mapentry_desc, mapentry_desc_name);
+
+ {
+ // The 'mapentry' attribute has no Ruby setter because we do not want the
+ // user attempting to DIY the setup below; we want to ensure that the fields
+ // are correct. So we reach into the msgdef here to set the bit manually.
+ Descriptor* mapentry_desc_self = ruby_to_Descriptor(mapentry_desc);
+ upb_msgdef_setmapentry((upb_msgdef*)mapentry_desc_self->msgdef, true);
+ }
+
+ {
+ // optional <type> key = 1;
+ VALUE key_field = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cFieldDescriptor);
+ FieldDescriptor_name_set(key_field, rb_str_new2("key"));
+ FieldDescriptor_label_set(key_field, ID2SYM(rb_intern("optional")));
+ FieldDescriptor_number_set(key_field, INT2NUM(1));
+ FieldDescriptor_type_set(key_field, key_type);
+ Descriptor_add_field(mapentry_desc, key_field);
+ }
+
+ {
+ // optional <type> value = 2;
+ VALUE value_field = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cFieldDescriptor);
+ FieldDescriptor_name_set(value_field, rb_str_new2("value"));
+ FieldDescriptor_label_set(value_field, ID2SYM(rb_intern("optional")));
+ FieldDescriptor_number_set(value_field, INT2NUM(2));
+ FieldDescriptor_type_set(value_field, value_type);
+ if (type_class != Qnil) {
+ VALUE submsg_name = rb_str_new2("."); // prepend '.' to make absolute.
+ submsg_name = rb_str_append(submsg_name, type_class);
+ FieldDescriptor_submsg_name_set(value_field, submsg_name);
+ }
+ Descriptor_add_field(mapentry_desc, value_field);
+ }
+
+ {
+ // Add the map-entry message type to the current builder, and use the type
+ // to create the map field itself.
+ Builder* builder_self = ruby_to_Builder(self->builder);
+ rb_ary_push(builder_self->pending_list, mapentry_desc);
+ }
+
+ {
+ VALUE map_field = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cFieldDescriptor);
+ VALUE name_str = rb_str_new2(rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name)));
+ VALUE submsg_name;
+
+ FieldDescriptor_name_set(map_field, name_str);
+ FieldDescriptor_number_set(map_field, number);
+ FieldDescriptor_label_set(map_field, ID2SYM(rb_intern("repeated")));
+ FieldDescriptor_type_set(map_field, ID2SYM(rb_intern("message")));
+ submsg_name = rb_str_new2("."); // prepend '.' to make name absolute.
+ submsg_name = rb_str_append(submsg_name, mapentry_desc_name);
+ FieldDescriptor_submsg_name_set(map_field, submsg_name);
+ Descriptor_add_field(self->descriptor, map_field);
+ }
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageBuilderContext.oneof(name, &block) => nil
+ *
+ * Creates a new OneofDescriptor with the given name, creates a
+ * OneofBuilderContext attached to that OneofDescriptor, evaluates the given
+ * block in the context of that OneofBuilderContext with #instance_eval, and
+ * then adds the oneof to the message.
+ *
+ * This is the recommended, idiomatic way to build oneof definitions.
+ */
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(MessageBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE oneofdef = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cOneofDescriptor);
+ VALUE args[2] = { oneofdef, self->builder };
+ VALUE ctx = rb_class_new_instance(2, args, cOneofBuilderContext);
+ VALUE block = rb_block_proc();
+ VALUE name_str = rb_str_new2(rb_id2name(SYM2ID(name)));
+ rb_funcall(oneofdef, rb_intern("name="), 1, name_str);
+ rb_funcall_with_block(ctx, rb_intern("instance_eval"), 0, NULL, block);
+ Descriptor_add_oneof(self->descriptor, oneofdef);
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// OneofBuilderContext.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(OneofBuilderContext,
+ "Google::Protobuf::Internal::OneofBuilderContext");
+
+void OneofBuilderContext_mark(void* _self) {
+ OneofBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->descriptor);
+ rb_gc_mark(self->builder);
+}
+
+void OneofBuilderContext_free(void* _self) {
+ OneofBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ OneofBuilderContext* self = ALLOC(OneofBuilderContext);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(
+ klass, &_OneofBuilderContext_type, self);
+ self->descriptor = Qnil;
+ self->builder = Qnil;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void OneofBuilderContext_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "OneofBuilderContext", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, OneofBuilderContext_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize",
+ OneofBuilderContext_initialize, 2);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "optional", OneofBuilderContext_optional, -1);
+ cOneofBuilderContext = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cOneofBuilderContext);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofBuilderContext.new(desc, builder) => context
+ *
+ * Create a new oneof builder context around the given oneof descriptor and
+ * builder context. This class is intended to serve as a DSL context to be used
+ * with #instance_eval.
+ */
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self,
+ VALUE oneofdef,
+ VALUE builder) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ self->descriptor = oneofdef;
+ self->builder = builder;
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * OneofBuilderContext.optional(name, type, number, type_class = nil)
+ *
+ * Defines a new optional field in this oneof with the given type, tag number,
+ * and type class (for message and enum fields). The type must be a Ruby symbol
+ * (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=) and the type_class must be a string,
+ * if present (as accepted by FieldDescriptor#submsg_name=).
+ */
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_optional(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(OneofBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ VALUE name, type, number, type_class;
+
+ if (argc < 3) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 3 arguments.");
+ }
+ name = argv[0];
+ type = argv[1];
+ number = argv[2];
+ type_class = (argc > 3) ? argv[3] : Qnil;
+
+ return msgdef_add_field(self->descriptor, "optional",
+ name, type, number, type_class);
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// EnumBuilderContext.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(EnumBuilderContext,
+ "Google::Protobuf::Internal::EnumBuilderContext");
+
+void EnumBuilderContext_mark(void* _self) {
+ EnumBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->enumdesc);
+}
+
+void EnumBuilderContext_free(void* _self) {
+ EnumBuilderContext* self = _self;
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ EnumBuilderContext* self = ALLOC(EnumBuilderContext);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(
+ klass, &_EnumBuilderContext_type, self);
+ self->enumdesc = Qnil;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void EnumBuilderContext_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "EnumBuilderContext", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, EnumBuilderContext_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize",
+ EnumBuilderContext_initialize, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "value", EnumBuilderContext_value, 2);
+ cEnumBuilderContext = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cEnumBuilderContext);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumBuilderContext.new(enumdesc) => context
+ *
+ * Create a new builder context around the given enum descriptor. This class is
+ * intended to serve as a DSL context to be used with #instance_eval.
+ */
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self, VALUE enumdef) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ self->enumdesc = enumdef;
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+static VALUE enumdef_add_value(VALUE enumdef,
+ VALUE name, VALUE number) {
+ rb_funcall(enumdef, rb_intern("add_value"), 2, name, number);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * EnumBuilder.add_value(name, number)
+ *
+ * Adds the given name => number mapping to the enum type. Name must be a Ruby
+ * symbol.
+ */
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_value(VALUE _self, VALUE name, VALUE number) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(EnumBuilderContext, self, _self);
+ return enumdef_add_value(self->enumdesc, name, number);
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Builder.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+DEFINE_CLASS(Builder, "Google::Protobuf::Internal::Builder");
+
+void Builder_mark(void* _self) {
+ Builder* self = _self;
+ rb_gc_mark(self->pending_list);
+}
+
+void Builder_free(void* _self) {
+ Builder* self = _self;
+ xfree(self->defs);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Builder.new => builder
+ *
+ * Creates a new Builder. A Builder can accumulate a set of new message and enum
+ * descriptors and atomically register them into a pool in a way that allows for
+ * (co)recursive type references.
+ */
+VALUE Builder_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ Builder* self = ALLOC(Builder);
+ VALUE ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(
+ klass, &_Builder_type, self);
+ self->pending_list = rb_ary_new();
+ self->defs = NULL;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void Builder_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(module, "Builder", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, Builder_alloc);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_message", Builder_add_message, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "add_enum", Builder_add_enum, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "finalize_to_pool", Builder_finalize_to_pool, 1);
+ cBuilder = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cBuilder);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Builder.add_message(name, &block)
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty descriptor with the given name, and invokes the block in
+ * the context of a MessageBuilderContext on that descriptor. The block can then
+ * call, e.g., MessageBuilderContext#optional and MessageBuilderContext#repeated
+ * methods to define the message fields.
+ *
+ * This is the recommended, idiomatic way to build message definitions.
+ */
+VALUE Builder_add_message(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Builder, self, _self);
+ VALUE msgdef = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cDescriptor);
+ VALUE args[2] = { msgdef, _self };
+ VALUE ctx = rb_class_new_instance(2, args, cMessageBuilderContext);
+ VALUE block = rb_block_proc();
+ rb_funcall(msgdef, rb_intern("name="), 1, name);
+ rb_funcall_with_block(ctx, rb_intern("instance_eval"), 0, NULL, block);
+ rb_ary_push(self->pending_list, msgdef);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Builder.add_enum(name, &block)
+ *
+ * Creates a new, empty enum descriptor with the given name, and invokes the
+ * block in the context of an EnumBuilderContext on that descriptor. The block
+ * can then call EnumBuilderContext#add_value to define the enum values.
+ *
+ * This is the recommended, idiomatic way to build enum definitions.
+ */
+VALUE Builder_add_enum(VALUE _self, VALUE name) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Builder, self, _self);
+ VALUE enumdef = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, cEnumDescriptor);
+ VALUE ctx = rb_class_new_instance(1, &enumdef, cEnumBuilderContext);
+ VALUE block = rb_block_proc();
+ rb_funcall(enumdef, rb_intern("name="), 1, name);
+ rb_funcall_with_block(ctx, rb_intern("instance_eval"), 0, NULL, block);
+ rb_ary_push(self->pending_list, enumdef);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+static void validate_msgdef(const upb_msgdef* msgdef) {
+ // Verify that no required fields exist. proto3 does not support these.
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Required fields are unsupported in proto3.");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void validate_enumdef(const upb_enumdef* enumdef) {
+ // Verify that an entry exists with integer value 0. (This is the default
+ // value.)
+ const char* lookup = upb_enumdef_iton(enumdef, 0);
+ if (lookup == NULL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Enum definition does not contain a value for '0'.");
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Builder.finalize_to_pool(pool)
+ *
+ * Adds all accumulated message and enum descriptors created in this builder
+ * context to the given pool. The operation occurs atomically, and all
+ * descriptors can refer to each other (including in cycles). This is the only
+ * way to build (co)recursive message definitions.
+ *
+ * This method is usually called automatically by DescriptorPool#build after it
+ * invokes the given user block in the context of the builder. The user should
+ * not normally need to call this manually because a Builder is not normally
+ * created manually.
+ */
+VALUE Builder_finalize_to_pool(VALUE _self, VALUE pool_rb) {
+ DEFINE_SELF(Builder, self, _self);
+
+ DescriptorPool* pool = ruby_to_DescriptorPool(pool_rb);
+
+ REALLOC_N(self->defs, upb_def*, RARRAY_LEN(self->pending_list));
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(self->pending_list); i++) {
+ VALUE def_rb = rb_ary_entry(self->pending_list, i);
+ if (CLASS_OF(def_rb) == cDescriptor) {
+ self->defs[i] = (upb_def*)ruby_to_Descriptor(def_rb)->msgdef;
+ validate_msgdef((const upb_msgdef*)self->defs[i]);
+ } else if (CLASS_OF(def_rb) == cEnumDescriptor) {
+ self->defs[i] = (upb_def*)ruby_to_EnumDescriptor(def_rb)->enumdef;
+ validate_enumdef((const upb_enumdef*)self->defs[i]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ CHECK_UPB(upb_symtab_add(pool->symtab, (upb_def**)self->defs,
+ RARRAY_LEN(self->pending_list), NULL, &status),
+ "Unable to add defs to DescriptorPool");
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(self->pending_list); i++) {
+ VALUE def_rb = rb_ary_entry(self->pending_list, i);
+ add_def_obj(self->defs[i], def_rb);
+ }
+
+ self->pending_list = rb_ary_new();
+ return Qnil;
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/encode_decode.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/encode_decode.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f6bea50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/encode_decode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1233 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// This function is equivalent to rb_str_cat(), but unlike the real
+// rb_str_cat(), it doesn't leak memory in some versions of Ruby.
+// For more information, see:
+// https://bugs.ruby-lang.org/issues/11328
+VALUE noleak_rb_str_cat(VALUE rb_str, const char *str, long len) {
+ char *p;
+ size_t oldlen = RSTRING_LEN(rb_str);
+ rb_str_modify_expand(rb_str, len);
+ p = RSTRING_PTR(rb_str);
+ memcpy(p + oldlen, str, len);
+ rb_str_set_len(rb_str, oldlen + len);
+ return rb_str;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Parsing.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DEREF(msg, ofs, type) *(type*)(((uint8_t *)msg) + ofs)
+
+// Creates a handlerdata that simply contains the offset for this field.
+static const void* newhandlerdata(upb_handlers* h, uint32_t ofs) {
+ size_t* hd_ofs = ALLOC(size_t);
+ *hd_ofs = ofs;
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd_ofs, free);
+ return hd_ofs;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t ofs;
+ const upb_msgdef *md;
+} submsg_handlerdata_t;
+
+// Creates a handlerdata that contains offset and submessage type information.
+static const void *newsubmsghandlerdata(upb_handlers* h, uint32_t ofs,
+ const upb_fielddef* f) {
+ submsg_handlerdata_t *hd = ALLOC(submsg_handlerdata_t);
+ hd->ofs = ofs;
+ hd->md = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f);
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd, free);
+ return hd;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t ofs; // union data slot
+ size_t case_ofs; // oneof_case field
+ uint32_t oneof_case_num; // oneof-case number to place in oneof_case field
+ const upb_msgdef *md; // msgdef, for oneof submessage handler
+} oneof_handlerdata_t;
+
+static const void *newoneofhandlerdata(upb_handlers *h,
+ uint32_t ofs,
+ uint32_t case_ofs,
+ const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ oneof_handlerdata_t *hd = ALLOC(oneof_handlerdata_t);
+ hd->ofs = ofs;
+ hd->case_ofs = case_ofs;
+ // We reuse the field tag number as a oneof union discriminant tag. Note that
+ // we don't expose these numbers to the user, so the only requirement is that
+ // we have some unique ID for each union case/possibility. The field tag
+ // numbers are already present and are easy to use so there's no reason to
+ // create a separate ID space. In addition, using the field tag number here
+ // lets us easily look up the field in the oneof accessor.
+ hd->oneof_case_num = upb_fielddef_number(f);
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ hd->md = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f);
+ } else {
+ hd->md = NULL;
+ }
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd, free);
+ return hd;
+}
+
+// A handler that starts a repeated field. Gets the Repeated*Field instance for
+// this field (such an instance always exists even in an empty message).
+static void *startseq_handler(void* closure, const void* hd) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const size_t *ofs = hd;
+ return (void*)DEREF(msg, *ofs, VALUE);
+}
+
+// Handlers that append primitive values to a repeated field.
+#define DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(type, ctype) \
+ static bool append##type##_handler(void *closure, const void *hd, \
+ ctype val) { \
+ VALUE ary = (VALUE)closure; \
+ RepeatedField_push_native(ary, &val); \
+ return true; \
+ }
+
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(bool, bool)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(int32, int32_t)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(uint32, uint32_t)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(float, float)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(int64, int64_t)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(uint64, uint64_t)
+DEFINE_APPEND_HANDLER(double, double)
+
+// Appends a string to a repeated field.
+static void* appendstr_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ VALUE ary = (VALUE)closure;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyStringUtf8Encoding);
+ RepeatedField_push(ary, str);
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+// Appends a 'bytes' string to a repeated field.
+static void* appendbytes_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ VALUE ary = (VALUE)closure;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyString8bitEncoding);
+ RepeatedField_push(ary, str);
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+// Sets a non-repeated string field in a message.
+static void* str_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const size_t *ofs = hd;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyStringUtf8Encoding);
+ DEREF(msg, *ofs, VALUE) = str;
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+// Sets a non-repeated 'bytes' field in a message.
+static void* bytes_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const size_t *ofs = hd;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyString8bitEncoding);
+ DEREF(msg, *ofs, VALUE) = str;
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+static size_t stringdata_handler(void* closure, const void* hd,
+ const char* str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle* handle) {
+ VALUE rb_str = (VALUE)closure;
+ noleak_rb_str_cat(rb_str, str, len);
+ return len;
+}
+
+// Appends a submessage to a repeated field (a regular Ruby array for now).
+static void *appendsubmsg_handler(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ VALUE ary = (VALUE)closure;
+ const submsg_handlerdata_t *submsgdata = hd;
+ VALUE subdesc =
+ get_def_obj((void*)submsgdata->md);
+ VALUE subklass = Descriptor_msgclass(subdesc);
+ MessageHeader* submsg;
+
+ VALUE submsg_rb = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, subklass);
+ RepeatedField_push(ary, submsg_rb);
+
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(submsg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, submsg);
+ return submsg;
+}
+
+// Sets a non-repeated submessage field in a message.
+static void *submsg_handler(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const submsg_handlerdata_t* submsgdata = hd;
+ VALUE subdesc =
+ get_def_obj((void*)submsgdata->md);
+ VALUE subklass = Descriptor_msgclass(subdesc);
+ VALUE submsg_rb;
+ MessageHeader* submsg;
+
+ if (DEREF(msg, submsgdata->ofs, VALUE) == Qnil) {
+ DEREF(msg, submsgdata->ofs, VALUE) =
+ rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, subklass);
+ }
+
+ submsg_rb = DEREF(msg, submsgdata->ofs, VALUE);
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(submsg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, submsg);
+ return submsg;
+}
+
+// Handler data for startmap/endmap handlers.
+typedef struct {
+ size_t ofs;
+ upb_fieldtype_t key_field_type;
+ upb_fieldtype_t value_field_type;
+
+ // We know that we can hold this reference because the handlerdata has the
+ // same lifetime as the upb_handlers struct, and the upb_handlers struct holds
+ // a reference to the upb_msgdef, which in turn has references to its subdefs.
+ const upb_def* value_field_subdef;
+} map_handlerdata_t;
+
+// Temporary frame for map parsing: at the beginning of a map entry message, a
+// submsg handler allocates a frame to hold (i) a reference to the Map object
+// into which this message will be inserted and (ii) storage slots to
+// temporarily hold the key and value for this map entry until the end of the
+// submessage. When the submessage ends, another handler is called to insert the
+// value into the map.
+typedef struct {
+ VALUE map;
+ char key_storage[NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE];
+ char value_storage[NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE];
+} map_parse_frame_t;
+
+// Handler to begin a map entry: allocates a temporary frame. This is the
+// 'startsubmsg' handler on the msgdef that contains the map field.
+static void *startmapentry_handler(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const map_handlerdata_t* mapdata = hd;
+ VALUE map_rb = DEREF(msg, mapdata->ofs, VALUE);
+
+ map_parse_frame_t* frame = ALLOC(map_parse_frame_t);
+ frame->map = map_rb;
+
+ native_slot_init(mapdata->key_field_type, &frame->key_storage);
+ native_slot_init(mapdata->value_field_type, &frame->value_storage);
+
+ return frame;
+}
+
+// Handler to end a map entry: inserts the value defined during the message into
+// the map. This is the 'endmsg' handler on the map entry msgdef.
+static bool endmap_handler(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status* s) {
+ map_parse_frame_t* frame = closure;
+ const map_handlerdata_t* mapdata = hd;
+
+ VALUE key = native_slot_get(
+ mapdata->key_field_type, Qnil,
+ &frame->key_storage);
+
+ VALUE value_field_typeclass = Qnil;
+ VALUE value;
+
+ if (mapdata->value_field_type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE ||
+ mapdata->value_field_type == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ value_field_typeclass = get_def_obj(mapdata->value_field_subdef);
+ }
+
+ value = native_slot_get(
+ mapdata->value_field_type, value_field_typeclass,
+ &frame->value_storage);
+
+ Map_index_set(frame->map, key, value);
+ free(frame);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Allocates a new map_handlerdata_t given the map entry message definition. If
+// the offset of the field within the parent message is also given, that is
+// added to the handler data as well. Note that this is called *twice* per map
+// field: once in the parent message handler setup when setting the startsubmsg
+// handler and once in the map entry message handler setup when setting the
+// key/value and endmsg handlers. The reason is that there is no easy way to
+// pass the handlerdata down to the sub-message handler setup.
+static map_handlerdata_t* new_map_handlerdata(
+ size_t ofs,
+ const upb_msgdef* mapentry_def,
+ Descriptor* desc) {
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field;
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field;
+ map_handlerdata_t* hd = ALLOC(map_handlerdata_t);
+ hd->ofs = ofs;
+ key_field = upb_msgdef_itof(mapentry_def, MAP_KEY_FIELD);
+ assert(key_field != NULL);
+ hd->key_field_type = upb_fielddef_type(key_field);
+ value_field = upb_msgdef_itof(mapentry_def, MAP_VALUE_FIELD);
+ assert(value_field != NULL);
+ hd->value_field_type = upb_fielddef_type(value_field);
+ hd->value_field_subdef = upb_fielddef_subdef(value_field);
+
+ return hd;
+}
+
+// Handlers that set primitive values in oneofs.
+#define DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(type, ctype) \
+ static bool oneof##type##_handler(void *closure, const void *hd, \
+ ctype val) { \
+ const oneof_handlerdata_t *oneofdata = hd; \
+ DEREF(closure, oneofdata->case_ofs, uint32_t) = \
+ oneofdata->oneof_case_num; \
+ DEREF(closure, oneofdata->ofs, ctype) = val; \
+ return true; \
+ }
+
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(bool, bool)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(int32, int32_t)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(uint32, uint32_t)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(float, float)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(int64, int64_t)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(uint64, uint64_t)
+DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER(double, double)
+
+#undef DEFINE_ONEOF_HANDLER
+
+// Handlers for strings in a oneof.
+static void *oneofstr_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const oneof_handlerdata_t *oneofdata = hd;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyStringUtf8Encoding);
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->case_ofs, uint32_t) =
+ oneofdata->oneof_case_num;
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->ofs, VALUE) = str;
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+static void *oneofbytes_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const oneof_handlerdata_t *oneofdata = hd;
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(str, kRubyString8bitEncoding);
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->case_ofs, uint32_t) =
+ oneofdata->oneof_case_num;
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->ofs, VALUE) = str;
+ return (void*)str;
+}
+
+// Handler for a submessage field in a oneof.
+static void *oneofsubmsg_handler(void *closure,
+ const void *hd) {
+ MessageHeader* msg = closure;
+ const oneof_handlerdata_t *oneofdata = hd;
+ uint32_t oldcase = DEREF(msg, oneofdata->case_ofs, uint32_t);
+
+ VALUE subdesc =
+ get_def_obj((void*)oneofdata->md);
+ VALUE subklass = Descriptor_msgclass(subdesc);
+ VALUE submsg_rb;
+ MessageHeader* submsg;
+
+ if (oldcase != oneofdata->oneof_case_num ||
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->ofs, VALUE) == Qnil) {
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->ofs, VALUE) =
+ rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, subklass);
+ }
+ // Set the oneof case *after* allocating the new class instance -- otherwise,
+ // if the Ruby GC is invoked as part of a call into the VM, it might invoke
+ // our mark routines, and our mark routines might see the case value
+ // indicating a VALUE is present and expect a valid VALUE. See comment in
+ // layout_set() for more detail: basically, the change to the value and the
+ // case must be atomic w.r.t. the Ruby VM.
+ DEREF(msg, oneofdata->case_ofs, uint32_t) =
+ oneofdata->oneof_case_num;
+
+ submsg_rb = DEREF(msg, oneofdata->ofs, VALUE);
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(submsg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, submsg);
+ return submsg;
+}
+
+// Set up handlers for a repeated field.
+static void add_handlers_for_repeated_field(upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f,
+ size_t offset) {
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, newhandlerdata(h, offset));
+ upb_handlers_setstartseq(h, f, startseq_handler, &attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+
+#define SET_HANDLER(utype, ltype) \
+ case utype: \
+ upb_handlers_set##ltype(h, f, append##ltype##_handler, NULL); \
+ break;
+
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_BOOL, bool);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_INT32, int32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_UINT32, uint32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_ENUM, int32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_FLOAT, float);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, double);
+
+#undef SET_HANDLER
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ bool is_bytes = upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_BYTES;
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, is_bytes ?
+ appendbytes_handler : appendstr_handler,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, stringdata_handler, NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, newsubmsghandlerdata(h, 0, f));
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, appendsubmsg_handler, &attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Set up handlers for a singular field.
+static void add_handlers_for_singular_field(upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f,
+ size_t offset) {
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ upb_shim_set(h, f, offset, -1);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ bool is_bytes = upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_BYTES;
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, newhandlerdata(h, offset));
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f,
+ is_bytes ? bytes_handler : str_handler,
+ &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, stringdata_handler, &attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, newsubmsghandlerdata(h, offset, f));
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, submsg_handler, &attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Adds handlers to a map field.
+static void add_handlers_for_mapfield(upb_handlers* h,
+ const upb_fielddef* fielddef,
+ size_t offset,
+ Descriptor* desc) {
+ const upb_msgdef* map_msgdef = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(fielddef);
+ map_handlerdata_t* hd = new_map_handlerdata(offset, map_msgdef, desc);
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd, free);
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, hd);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, fielddef, startmapentry_handler, &attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+}
+
+// Adds handlers to a map-entry msgdef.
+static void add_handlers_for_mapentry(const upb_msgdef* msgdef,
+ upb_handlers* h,
+ Descriptor* desc) {
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field = map_entry_key(msgdef);
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field = map_entry_value(msgdef);
+ map_handlerdata_t* hd = new_map_handlerdata(0, msgdef, desc);
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd, free);
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, hd);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, endmap_handler, &attr);
+
+ add_handlers_for_singular_field(
+ h, key_field,
+ offsetof(map_parse_frame_t, key_storage));
+ add_handlers_for_singular_field(
+ h, value_field,
+ offsetof(map_parse_frame_t, value_storage));
+}
+
+// Set up handlers for a oneof field.
+static void add_handlers_for_oneof_field(upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f,
+ size_t offset,
+ size_t oneof_case_offset) {
+
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(
+ &attr, newoneofhandlerdata(h, offset, oneof_case_offset, f));
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+
+#define SET_HANDLER(utype, ltype) \
+ case utype: \
+ upb_handlers_set##ltype(h, f, oneof##ltype##_handler, &attr); \
+ break;
+
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_BOOL, bool);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_INT32, int32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_UINT32, uint32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_ENUM, int32);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_FLOAT, float);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64);
+ SET_HANDLER(UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, double);
+
+#undef SET_HANDLER
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ bool is_bytes = upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_BYTES;
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, is_bytes ?
+ oneofbytes_handler : oneofstr_handler,
+ &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, stringdata_handler, NULL);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, oneofsubmsg_handler, &attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+}
+
+
+static void add_handlers_for_message(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef* msgdef = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(get_def_obj((void*)msgdef));
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+
+ // If this is a mapentry message type, set up a special set of handlers and
+ // bail out of the normal (user-defined) message type handling.
+ if (upb_msgdef_mapentry(msgdef)) {
+ add_handlers_for_mapentry(msgdef, h, desc);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Ensure layout exists. We may be invoked to create handlers for a given
+ // message if we are included as a submsg of another message type before our
+ // class is actually built, so to work around this, we just create the layout
+ // (and handlers, in the class-building function) on-demand.
+ if (desc->layout == NULL) {
+ desc->layout = create_layout(desc->msgdef);
+ }
+
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&i, desc->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ size_t offset = desc->layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(f)].offset +
+ sizeof(MessageHeader);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) {
+ size_t oneof_case_offset =
+ desc->layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(f)].case_offset +
+ sizeof(MessageHeader);
+ add_handlers_for_oneof_field(h, f, offset, oneof_case_offset);
+ } else if (is_map_field(f)) {
+ add_handlers_for_mapfield(h, f, offset, desc);
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ add_handlers_for_repeated_field(h, f, offset);
+ } else {
+ add_handlers_for_singular_field(h, f, offset);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Creates upb handlers for populating a message.
+static const upb_handlers *new_fill_handlers(Descriptor* desc,
+ const void* owner) {
+ // TODO(cfallin, haberman): once upb gets a caching/memoization layer for
+ // handlers, reuse subdef handlers so that e.g. if we already parse
+ // B-with-field-of-type-C, we don't have to rebuild the whole hierarchy to
+ // parse A-with-field-of-type-B-with-field-of-type-C.
+ return upb_handlers_newfrozen(desc->msgdef, owner,
+ add_handlers_for_message, NULL);
+}
+
+// Constructs the handlers for filling a message's data into an in-memory
+// object.
+const upb_handlers* get_fill_handlers(Descriptor* desc) {
+ if (!desc->fill_handlers) {
+ desc->fill_handlers =
+ new_fill_handlers(desc, &desc->fill_handlers);
+ }
+ return desc->fill_handlers;
+}
+
+// Constructs the upb decoder method for parsing messages of this type.
+// This is called from the message class creation code.
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *new_fillmsg_decodermethod(Descriptor* desc,
+ const void* owner) {
+ const upb_handlers* handlers = get_fill_handlers(desc);
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts opts;
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(&opts, handlers);
+
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, owner);
+}
+
+static const upb_pbdecodermethod *msgdef_decodermethod(Descriptor* desc) {
+ if (desc->fill_method == NULL) {
+ desc->fill_method = new_fillmsg_decodermethod(
+ desc, &desc->fill_method);
+ }
+ return desc->fill_method;
+}
+
+static const upb_json_parsermethod *msgdef_jsonparsermethod(Descriptor* desc) {
+ if (desc->json_fill_method == NULL) {
+ desc->json_fill_method =
+ upb_json_parsermethod_new(desc->msgdef, &desc->json_fill_method);
+ }
+ return desc->json_fill_method;
+}
+
+
+// Stack-allocated context during an encode/decode operation. Contains the upb
+// environment and its stack-based allocator, an initial buffer for allocations
+// to avoid malloc() when possible, and a template for Ruby exception messages
+// if any error occurs.
+#define STACK_ENV_STACKBYTES 4096
+typedef struct {
+ upb_env env;
+ const char* ruby_error_template;
+ char allocbuf[STACK_ENV_STACKBYTES];
+} stackenv;
+
+static void stackenv_init(stackenv* se, const char* errmsg);
+static void stackenv_uninit(stackenv* se);
+
+// Callback invoked by upb if any error occurs during parsing or serialization.
+static bool env_error_func(void* ud, const upb_status* status) {
+ stackenv* se = ud;
+ // Free the env -- rb_raise will longjmp up the stack past the encode/decode
+ // function so it would not otherwise have been freed.
+ stackenv_uninit(se);
+
+ // TODO(haberman): have a way to verify that this is actually a parse error,
+ // instead of just throwing "parse error" unconditionally.
+ rb_raise(cParseError, se->ruby_error_template, upb_status_errmsg(status));
+ // Never reached: rb_raise() always longjmp()s up the stack, past all of our
+ // code, back to Ruby.
+ return false;
+}
+
+static void stackenv_init(stackenv* se, const char* errmsg) {
+ se->ruby_error_template = errmsg;
+ upb_env_init2(&se->env, se->allocbuf, sizeof(se->allocbuf), NULL);
+ upb_env_seterrorfunc(&se->env, env_error_func, se);
+}
+
+static void stackenv_uninit(stackenv* se) {
+ upb_env_uninit(&se->env);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageClass.decode(data) => message
+ *
+ * Decodes the given data (as a string containing bytes in protocol buffers wire
+ * format) under the interpretration given by this message class's definition
+ * and returns a message object with the corresponding field values.
+ */
+VALUE Message_decode(VALUE klass, VALUE data) {
+ VALUE descriptor = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+ VALUE msgklass = Descriptor_msgclass(descriptor);
+ VALUE msg_rb;
+ MessageHeader* msg;
+
+ if (TYPE(data) != T_STRING) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected string for binary protobuf data.");
+ }
+
+ msg_rb = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, msgklass);
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(msg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, msg);
+
+ {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod* method = msgdef_decodermethod(desc);
+ const upb_handlers* h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+ stackenv se;
+ upb_sink sink;
+ upb_pbdecoder* decoder;
+ stackenv_init(&se, "Error occurred during parsing: %s");
+
+ upb_sink_reset(&sink, h, msg);
+ decoder = upb_pbdecoder_create(&se.env, method, &sink);
+ upb_bufsrc_putbuf(RSTRING_PTR(data), RSTRING_LEN(data),
+ upb_pbdecoder_input(decoder));
+
+ stackenv_uninit(&se);
+ }
+
+ return msg_rb;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageClass.decode_json(data) => message
+ *
+ * Decodes the given data (as a string containing bytes in protocol buffers wire
+ * format) under the interpretration given by this message class's definition
+ * and returns a message object with the corresponding field values.
+ */
+VALUE Message_decode_json(VALUE klass, VALUE data) {
+ VALUE descriptor = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+ VALUE msgklass = Descriptor_msgclass(descriptor);
+ VALUE msg_rb;
+ MessageHeader* msg;
+
+ if (TYPE(data) != T_STRING) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected string for JSON data.");
+ }
+ // TODO(cfallin): Check and respect string encoding. If not UTF-8, we need to
+ // convert, because string handlers pass data directly to message string
+ // fields.
+
+ msg_rb = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, msgklass);
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(msg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, msg);
+
+ {
+ const upb_json_parsermethod* method = msgdef_jsonparsermethod(desc);
+ stackenv se;
+ upb_sink sink;
+ upb_json_parser* parser;
+ stackenv_init(&se, "Error occurred during parsing: %s");
+
+ upb_sink_reset(&sink, get_fill_handlers(desc), msg);
+ parser = upb_json_parser_create(&se.env, method, &sink);
+ upb_bufsrc_putbuf(RSTRING_PTR(data), RSTRING_LEN(data),
+ upb_json_parser_input(parser));
+
+ stackenv_uninit(&se);
+ }
+
+ return msg_rb;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Serializing.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// The code below also comes from upb's prototype Ruby binding, developed by
+// haberman@.
+
+/* stringsink *****************************************************************/
+
+// This should probably be factored into a common upb component.
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_byteshandler handler;
+ upb_bytessink sink;
+ char *ptr;
+ size_t len, size;
+} stringsink;
+
+static void *stringsink_start(void *_sink, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) {
+ stringsink *sink = _sink;
+ sink->len = 0;
+ return sink;
+}
+
+static size_t stringsink_string(void *_sink, const void *hd, const char *ptr,
+ size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ stringsink *sink = _sink;
+ size_t new_size = sink->size;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ while (sink->len + len > new_size) {
+ new_size *= 2;
+ }
+
+ if (new_size != sink->size) {
+ sink->ptr = realloc(sink->ptr, new_size);
+ sink->size = new_size;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(sink->ptr + sink->len, ptr, len);
+ sink->len += len;
+
+ return len;
+}
+
+void stringsink_init(stringsink *sink) {
+ upb_byteshandler_init(&sink->handler);
+ upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(&sink->handler, stringsink_start, NULL);
+ upb_byteshandler_setstring(&sink->handler, stringsink_string, NULL);
+
+ upb_bytessink_reset(&sink->sink, &sink->handler, sink);
+
+ sink->size = 32;
+ sink->ptr = malloc(sink->size);
+ sink->len = 0;
+}
+
+void stringsink_uninit(stringsink *sink) {
+ free(sink->ptr);
+}
+
+/* msgvisitor *****************************************************************/
+
+// TODO: If/when we support proto2 semantics in addition to the current proto3
+// semantics, which means that we have true field presence, we will want to
+// modify msgvisitor so that it emits all present fields rather than all
+// non-default-value fields.
+//
+// Likewise, when implementing JSON serialization, we may need to have a
+// 'verbose' mode that outputs all fields and a 'concise' mode that outputs only
+// those with non-default values.
+
+static void putmsg(VALUE msg, const Descriptor* desc,
+ upb_sink *sink, int depth);
+
+static upb_selector_t getsel(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ upb_selector_t ret;
+ bool ok = upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &ret);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void putstr(VALUE str, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_sink *sink) {
+ upb_sink subsink;
+
+ if (str == Qnil) return;
+
+ assert(BUILTIN_TYPE(str) == RUBY_T_STRING);
+
+ // Ensure that the string has the correct encoding. We also check at field-set
+ // time, but the user may have mutated the string object since then.
+ native_slot_validate_string_encoding(upb_fielddef_type(f), str);
+
+ upb_sink_startstr(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR), RSTRING_LEN(str),
+ &subsink);
+ upb_sink_putstring(&subsink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STRING), RSTRING_PTR(str),
+ RSTRING_LEN(str), NULL);
+ upb_sink_endstr(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR));
+}
+
+static void putsubmsg(VALUE submsg, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_sink *sink,
+ int depth) {
+ upb_sink subsink;
+ VALUE descriptor;
+ Descriptor* subdesc;
+
+ if (submsg == Qnil) return;
+
+ descriptor = rb_ivar_get(submsg, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ subdesc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+
+ upb_sink_startsubmsg(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG), &subsink);
+ putmsg(submsg, subdesc, &subsink, depth + 1);
+ upb_sink_endsubmsg(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG));
+}
+
+static void putary(VALUE ary, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_sink *sink,
+ int depth) {
+ upb_sink subsink;
+ upb_fieldtype_t type = upb_fielddef_type(f);
+ upb_selector_t sel = 0;
+ int size;
+
+ if (ary == Qnil) return;
+
+ upb_sink_startseq(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ), &subsink);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isprimitive(f)) {
+ sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
+ }
+
+ size = NUM2INT(RepeatedField_length(ary));
+ for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ void* memory = RepeatedField_index_native(ary, i);
+ switch (type) {
+#define T(upbtypeconst, upbtype, ctype) \
+ case upbtypeconst: \
+ upb_sink_put##upbtype(&subsink, sel, *((ctype *)memory)); \
+ break;
+
+ T(UPB_TYPE_FLOAT, float, float)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, double, double)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_BOOL, bool, int8_t)
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ T(UPB_TYPE_INT32, int32, int32_t)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_UINT32, uint32, uint32_t)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64, int64_t)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64, uint64_t)
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ putstr(*((VALUE *)memory), f, &subsink);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ putsubmsg(*((VALUE *)memory), f, &subsink, depth);
+ break;
+
+#undef T
+
+ }
+ }
+ upb_sink_endseq(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ));
+}
+
+static void put_ruby_value(VALUE value,
+ const upb_fielddef *f,
+ VALUE type_class,
+ int depth,
+ upb_sink *sink) {
+ upb_selector_t sel = 0;
+ if (upb_fielddef_isprimitive(f)) {
+ sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
+ }
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ upb_sink_putint32(sink, sel, NUM2INT(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ upb_sink_putint64(sink, sel, NUM2LL(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ upb_sink_putuint32(sink, sel, NUM2UINT(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ upb_sink_putuint64(sink, sel, NUM2ULL(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ upb_sink_putfloat(sink, sel, NUM2DBL(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ upb_sink_putdouble(sink, sel, NUM2DBL(value));
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ if (TYPE(value) == T_SYMBOL) {
+ value = rb_funcall(type_class, rb_intern("resolve"), 1, value);
+ }
+ upb_sink_putint32(sink, sel, NUM2INT(value));
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ upb_sink_putbool(sink, sel, value == Qtrue);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ putstr(value, f, sink);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ putsubmsg(value, f, sink, depth);
+ }
+}
+
+static void putmap(VALUE map, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_sink *sink,
+ int depth) {
+ Map* self;
+ upb_sink subsink;
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field;
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field;
+ Map_iter it;
+
+ if (map == Qnil) return;
+ self = ruby_to_Map(map);
+
+ upb_sink_startseq(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ), &subsink);
+
+ assert(upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
+ key_field = map_field_key(f);
+ value_field = map_field_value(f);
+
+ for (Map_begin(map, &it); !Map_done(&it); Map_next(&it)) {
+ VALUE key = Map_iter_key(&it);
+ VALUE value = Map_iter_value(&it);
+ upb_status status;
+
+ upb_sink entry_sink;
+ upb_sink_startsubmsg(&subsink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG),
+ &entry_sink);
+ upb_sink_startmsg(&entry_sink);
+
+ put_ruby_value(key, key_field, Qnil, depth + 1, &entry_sink);
+ put_ruby_value(value, value_field, self->value_type_class, depth + 1,
+ &entry_sink);
+
+ upb_sink_endmsg(&entry_sink, &status);
+ upb_sink_endsubmsg(&subsink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG));
+ }
+
+ upb_sink_endseq(sink, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ));
+}
+
+static void putmsg(VALUE msg_rb, const Descriptor* desc,
+ upb_sink *sink, int depth) {
+ MessageHeader* msg;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_status status;
+
+ upb_sink_startmsg(sink);
+
+ // Protect against cycles (possible because users may freely reassign message
+ // and repeated fields) by imposing a maximum recursion depth.
+ if (depth > ENCODE_MAX_NESTING) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError,
+ "Maximum recursion depth exceeded during encoding.");
+ }
+
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(msg_rb, MessageHeader, &Message_type, msg);
+
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&i, desc->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ bool is_matching_oneof = false;
+ uint32_t offset =
+ desc->layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(f)].offset +
+ sizeof(MessageHeader);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) {
+ uint32_t oneof_case_offset =
+ desc->layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(f)].case_offset +
+ sizeof(MessageHeader);
+ // For a oneof, check that this field is actually present -- skip all the
+ // below if not.
+ if (DEREF(msg, oneof_case_offset, uint32_t) !=
+ upb_fielddef_number(f)) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ // Otherwise, fall through to the appropriate singular-field handler
+ // below.
+ is_matching_oneof = true;
+ }
+
+ if (is_map_field(f)) {
+ VALUE map = DEREF(msg, offset, VALUE);
+ if (map != Qnil) {
+ putmap(map, f, sink, depth);
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ VALUE ary = DEREF(msg, offset, VALUE);
+ if (ary != Qnil) {
+ putary(ary, f, sink, depth);
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) {
+ VALUE str = DEREF(msg, offset, VALUE);
+ if (is_matching_oneof || RSTRING_LEN(str) > 0) {
+ putstr(str, f, sink);
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ putsubmsg(DEREF(msg, offset, VALUE), f, sink, depth);
+ } else {
+ upb_selector_t sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
+
+#define T(upbtypeconst, upbtype, ctype, default_value) \
+ case upbtypeconst: { \
+ ctype value = DEREF(msg, offset, ctype); \
+ if (is_matching_oneof || value != default_value) { \
+ upb_sink_put##upbtype(sink, sel, value); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ break;
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ T(UPB_TYPE_FLOAT, float, float, 0.0)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, double, double, 0.0)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_BOOL, bool, uint8_t, 0)
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ T(UPB_TYPE_INT32, int32, int32_t, 0)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_UINT32, uint32, uint32_t, 0)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64, int64_t, 0)
+ T(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64, uint64_t, 0)
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Internal error.");
+ }
+
+#undef T
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ upb_sink_endmsg(sink, &status);
+}
+
+static const upb_handlers* msgdef_pb_serialize_handlers(Descriptor* desc) {
+ if (desc->pb_serialize_handlers == NULL) {
+ desc->pb_serialize_handlers =
+ upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(desc->msgdef, &desc->pb_serialize_handlers);
+ }
+ return desc->pb_serialize_handlers;
+}
+
+static const upb_handlers* msgdef_json_serialize_handlers(
+ Descriptor* desc, bool preserve_proto_fieldnames) {
+ if (preserve_proto_fieldnames) {
+ if (desc->json_serialize_handlers == NULL) {
+ desc->json_serialize_handlers =
+ upb_json_printer_newhandlers(
+ desc->msgdef, true, &desc->json_serialize_handlers);
+ }
+ return desc->json_serialize_handlers;
+ } else {
+ if (desc->json_serialize_handlers_preserve == NULL) {
+ desc->json_serialize_handlers_preserve =
+ upb_json_printer_newhandlers(
+ desc->msgdef, false, &desc->json_serialize_handlers_preserve);
+ }
+ return desc->json_serialize_handlers_preserve;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageClass.encode(msg) => bytes
+ *
+ * Encodes the given message object to its serialized form in protocol buffers
+ * wire format.
+ */
+VALUE Message_encode(VALUE klass, VALUE msg_rb) {
+ VALUE descriptor = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+
+ stringsink sink;
+ stringsink_init(&sink);
+
+ {
+ const upb_handlers* serialize_handlers =
+ msgdef_pb_serialize_handlers(desc);
+
+ stackenv se;
+ upb_pb_encoder* encoder;
+ VALUE ret;
+
+ stackenv_init(&se, "Error occurred during encoding: %s");
+ encoder = upb_pb_encoder_create(&se.env, serialize_handlers, &sink.sink);
+
+ putmsg(msg_rb, desc, upb_pb_encoder_input(encoder), 0);
+
+ ret = rb_str_new(sink.ptr, sink.len);
+
+ stackenv_uninit(&se);
+ stringsink_uninit(&sink);
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * MessageClass.encode_json(msg) => json_string
+ *
+ * Encodes the given message object into its serialized JSON representation.
+ */
+VALUE Message_encode_json(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE klass) {
+ VALUE descriptor = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+ VALUE msg_rb;
+ VALUE preserve_proto_fieldnames = Qfalse;
+ stringsink sink;
+
+ if (argc < 1 || argc > 2) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected 1 or 2 arguments.");
+ }
+
+ msg_rb = argv[0];
+
+ if (argc == 2) {
+ VALUE hash_args = argv[1];
+ if (TYPE(hash_args) != T_HASH) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected hash arguments.");
+ }
+ preserve_proto_fieldnames = rb_hash_lookup2(
+ hash_args, ID2SYM(rb_intern("preserve_proto_fieldnames")), Qfalse);
+ }
+
+ stringsink_init(&sink);
+
+ {
+ const upb_handlers* serialize_handlers =
+ msgdef_json_serialize_handlers(desc, RTEST(preserve_proto_fieldnames));
+ upb_json_printer* printer;
+ stackenv se;
+ VALUE ret;
+
+ stackenv_init(&se, "Error occurred during encoding: %s");
+ printer = upb_json_printer_create(&se.env, serialize_handlers, &sink.sink);
+
+ putmsg(msg_rb, desc, upb_json_printer_input(printer), 0);
+
+ ret = rb_enc_str_new(sink.ptr, sink.len, rb_utf8_encoding());
+
+ stackenv_uninit(&se);
+ stringsink_uninit(&sink);
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/extconf.rb b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/extconf.rb
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b368dcc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/extconf.rb
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#!/usr/bin/ruby
+
+require 'mkmf'
+
+$CFLAGS += " -std=c99 -O3 -DNDEBUG"
+
+$objs = ["protobuf.o", "defs.o", "storage.o", "message.o",
+ "repeated_field.o", "map.o", "encode_decode.o", "upb.o"]
+
+create_makefile("google/protobuf_c")
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/map.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/map.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..92fc7286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/map.c
@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Basic map operations on top of upb's strtable.
+//
+// Note that we roll our own `Map` container here because, as for
+// `RepeatedField`, we want a strongly-typed container. This is so that any user
+// errors due to incorrect map key or value types are raised as close as
+// possible to the error site, rather than at some deferred point (e.g.,
+// serialization).
+//
+// We build our `Map` on top of upb_strtable so that we're able to take
+// advantage of the native_slot storage abstraction, as RepeatedField does.
+// (This is not quite a perfect mapping -- see the key conversions below -- but
+// gives us full support and error-checking for all value types for free.)
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Map values are stored using the native_slot abstraction (as with repeated
+// field values), but keys are a bit special. Since we use a strtable, we need
+// to store keys as sequences of bytes such that equality of those bytes maps
+// one-to-one to equality of keys. We store strings directly (i.e., they map to
+// their own bytes) and integers as native integers (using the native_slot
+// abstraction).
+
+// Note that there is another tradeoff here in keeping string keys as native
+// strings rather than Ruby strings: traversing the Map requires conversion to
+// Ruby string values on every traversal, potentially creating more garbage. We
+// should consider ways to cache a Ruby version of the key if this becomes an
+// issue later.
+
+// Forms a key to use with the underlying strtable from a Ruby key value. |buf|
+// must point to TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH bytes of temporary space, used to
+// construct a key byte sequence if needed. |out_key| and |out_length| provide
+// the resulting key data/length.
+#define TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH 8 // sizeof(uint64_t)
+static void table_key(Map* self, VALUE key,
+ char* buf,
+ const char** out_key,
+ size_t* out_length) {
+ switch (self->key_type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ // Strings: use string content directly.
+ Check_Type(key, T_STRING);
+ native_slot_validate_string_encoding(self->key_type, key);
+ *out_key = RSTRING_PTR(key);
+ *out_length = RSTRING_LEN(key);
+ break;
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ native_slot_set(self->key_type, Qnil, buf, key);
+ *out_key = buf;
+ *out_length = native_slot_size(self->key_type);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // Map constructor should not allow a Map with another key type to be
+ // constructed.
+ assert(false);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static VALUE table_key_to_ruby(Map* self, const char* buf, size_t length) {
+ switch (self->key_type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING: {
+ VALUE ret = rb_str_new(buf, length);
+ rb_enc_associate(ret,
+ (self->key_type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES) ?
+ kRubyString8bitEncoding : kRubyStringUtf8Encoding);
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ return native_slot_get(self->key_type, Qnil, buf);
+
+ default:
+ assert(false);
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+static void* value_memory(upb_value* v) {
+ return (void*)(&v->val);
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Map container type.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const rb_data_type_t Map_type = {
+ "Google::Protobuf::Map",
+ { Map_mark, Map_free, NULL },
+};
+
+VALUE cMap;
+
+Map* ruby_to_Map(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, Map, &Map_type, self);
+ return self;
+}
+
+void Map_mark(void* _self) {
+ Map* self = _self;
+
+ rb_gc_mark(self->value_type_class);
+
+ if (self->value_type == UPB_TYPE_STRING ||
+ self->value_type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES ||
+ self->value_type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ native_slot_mark(self->value_type, mem);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void Map_free(void* _self) {
+ Map* self = _self;
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&self->table);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+VALUE Map_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ Map* self = ALLOC(Map);
+ memset(self, 0, sizeof(Map));
+ self->value_type_class = Qnil;
+ return TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &Map_type, self);
+}
+
+static bool needs_typeclass(upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.new(key_type, value_type, value_typeclass = nil, init_hashmap = {})
+ * => new map
+ *
+ * Allocates a new Map container. This constructor may be called with 2, 3, or 4
+ * arguments. The first two arguments are always present and are symbols (taking
+ * on the same values as field-type symbols in message descriptors) that
+ * indicate the type of the map key and value fields.
+ *
+ * The supported key types are: :int32, :int64, :uint32, :uint64, :bool,
+ * :string, :bytes.
+ *
+ * The supported value types are: :int32, :int64, :uint32, :uint64, :bool,
+ * :string, :bytes, :enum, :message.
+ *
+ * The third argument, value_typeclass, must be present if value_type is :enum
+ * or :message. As in RepeatedField#new, this argument must be a message class
+ * (for :message) or enum module (for :enum).
+ *
+ * The last argument, if present, provides initial content for map. Note that
+ * this may be an ordinary Ruby hashmap or another Map instance with identical
+ * key and value types. Also note that this argument may be present whether or
+ * not value_typeclass is present (and it is unambiguously separate from
+ * value_typeclass because value_typeclass's presence is strictly determined by
+ * value_type). The contents of this initial hashmap or Map instance are
+ * shallow-copied into the new Map: the original map is unmodified, but
+ * references to underlying objects will be shared if the value type is a
+ * message type.
+ */
+VALUE Map_init(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ int init_value_arg;
+
+ // We take either two args (:key_type, :value_type), three args (:key_type,
+ // :value_type, "ValueMessageType"), or four args (the above plus an initial
+ // hashmap).
+ if (argc < 2 || argc > 4) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Map constructor expects 2, 3 or 4 arguments.");
+ }
+
+ self->key_type = ruby_to_fieldtype(argv[0]);
+ self->value_type = ruby_to_fieldtype(argv[1]);
+
+ // Check that the key type is an allowed type.
+ switch (self->key_type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ // These are OK.
+ break;
+ default:
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Invalid key type for map.");
+ }
+
+ init_value_arg = 2;
+ if (needs_typeclass(self->value_type) && argc > 2) {
+ self->value_type_class = argv[2];
+ validate_type_class(self->value_type, self->value_type_class);
+ init_value_arg = 3;
+ }
+
+ // Table value type is always UINT64: this ensures enough space to store the
+ // native_slot value.
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&self->table, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Could not allocate table.");
+ }
+
+ if (argc > init_value_arg) {
+ Map_merge_into_self(_self, argv[init_value_arg]);
+ }
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.each(&block)
+ *
+ * Invokes &block on each |key, value| pair in the map, in unspecified order.
+ * Note that Map also includes Enumerable; map thus acts like a normal Ruby
+ * sequence.
+ */
+VALUE Map_each(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ VALUE key = table_key_to_ruby(
+ self, upb_strtable_iter_key(&it), upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it));
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ VALUE value = native_slot_get(self->value_type,
+ self->value_type_class,
+ mem);
+
+ rb_yield_values(2, key, value);
+ }
+
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.keys => [list_of_keys]
+ *
+ * Returns the list of keys contained in the map, in unspecified order.
+ */
+VALUE Map_keys(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ VALUE ret = rb_ary_new();
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ VALUE key = table_key_to_ruby(
+ self, upb_strtable_iter_key(&it), upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it));
+
+ rb_ary_push(ret, key);
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.values => [list_of_values]
+ *
+ * Returns the list of values contained in the map, in unspecified order.
+ */
+VALUE Map_values(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ VALUE ret = rb_ary_new();
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ VALUE value = native_slot_get(self->value_type,
+ self->value_type_class,
+ mem);
+
+ rb_ary_push(ret, value);
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.[](key) => value
+ *
+ * Accesses the element at the given key. Throws an exception if the key type is
+ * incorrect. Returns nil when the key is not present in the map.
+ */
+VALUE Map_index(VALUE _self, VALUE key) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ char keybuf[TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH];
+ const char* keyval = NULL;
+ size_t length = 0;
+ upb_value v;
+ table_key(self, key, keybuf, &keyval, &length);
+
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup2(&self->table, keyval, length, &v)) {
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ return native_slot_get(self->value_type, self->value_type_class, mem);
+ } else {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.[]=(key, value) => value
+ *
+ * Inserts or overwrites the value at the given key with the given new value.
+ * Throws an exception if the key type is incorrect. Returns the new value that
+ * was just inserted.
+ */
+VALUE Map_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE key, VALUE value) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ char keybuf[TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH];
+ const char* keyval = NULL;
+ size_t length = 0;
+ upb_value v;
+ void* mem;
+ table_key(self, key, keybuf, &keyval, &length);
+
+ mem = value_memory(&v);
+ native_slot_set(self->value_type, self->value_type_class, mem, value);
+
+ // Replace any existing value by issuing a 'remove' operation first.
+ upb_strtable_remove2(&self->table, keyval, length, NULL);
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert2(&self->table, keyval, length, v)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Could not insert into table");
+ }
+
+ // Ruby hashmap's :[]= method also returns the inserted value.
+ return value;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.has_key?(key) => bool
+ *
+ * Returns true if the given key is present in the map. Throws an exception if
+ * the key has the wrong type.
+ */
+VALUE Map_has_key(VALUE _self, VALUE key) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ char keybuf[TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH];
+ const char* keyval = NULL;
+ size_t length = 0;
+ table_key(self, key, keybuf, &keyval, &length);
+
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup2(&self->table, keyval, length, NULL)) {
+ return Qtrue;
+ } else {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.delete(key) => old_value
+ *
+ * Deletes the value at the given key, if any, returning either the old value or
+ * nil if none was present. Throws an exception if the key is of the wrong type.
+ */
+VALUE Map_delete(VALUE _self, VALUE key) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ char keybuf[TABLE_KEY_BUF_LENGTH];
+ const char* keyval = NULL;
+ size_t length = 0;
+ upb_value v;
+ table_key(self, key, keybuf, &keyval, &length);
+
+ if (upb_strtable_remove2(&self->table, keyval, length, &v)) {
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ return native_slot_get(self->value_type, self->value_type_class, mem);
+ } else {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.clear
+ *
+ * Removes all entries from the map.
+ */
+VALUE Map_clear(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ // Uninit and reinit the table -- this is faster than iterating and doing a
+ // delete-lookup on each key.
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&self->table);
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&self->table, UPB_CTYPE_INT64)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Unable to re-initialize table");
+ }
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.length
+ *
+ * Returns the number of entries (key-value pairs) in the map.
+ */
+VALUE Map_length(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ return ULL2NUM(upb_strtable_count(&self->table));
+}
+
+static VALUE Map_new_this_type(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ VALUE new_map = Qnil;
+ VALUE key_type = fieldtype_to_ruby(self->key_type);
+ VALUE value_type = fieldtype_to_ruby(self->value_type);
+ if (self->value_type_class != Qnil) {
+ new_map = rb_funcall(CLASS_OF(_self), rb_intern("new"), 3,
+ key_type, value_type, self->value_type_class);
+ } else {
+ new_map = rb_funcall(CLASS_OF(_self), rb_intern("new"), 2,
+ key_type, value_type);
+ }
+ return new_map;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.dup => new_map
+ *
+ * Duplicates this map with a shallow copy. References to all non-primitive
+ * element objects (e.g., submessages) are shared.
+ */
+VALUE Map_dup(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ VALUE new_map = Map_new_this_type(_self);
+ Map* new_self = ruby_to_Map(new_map);
+
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ upb_value dup;
+ void* dup_mem = value_memory(&dup);
+ native_slot_dup(self->value_type, dup_mem, mem);
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert2(&new_self->table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it),
+ dup)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Error inserting value into new table");
+ }
+ }
+
+ return new_map;
+}
+
+// Used by Google::Protobuf.deep_copy but not exposed directly.
+VALUE Map_deep_copy(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ VALUE new_map = Map_new_this_type(_self);
+ Map* new_self = ruby_to_Map(new_map);
+
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ upb_value dup;
+ void* dup_mem = value_memory(&dup);
+ native_slot_deep_copy(self->value_type, dup_mem, mem);
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert2(&new_self->table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it),
+ dup)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Error inserting value into new table");
+ }
+ }
+
+ return new_map;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.==(other) => boolean
+ *
+ * Compares this map to another. Maps are equal if they have identical key sets,
+ * and for each key, the values in both maps compare equal. Elements are
+ * compared as per normal Ruby semantics, by calling their :== methods (or
+ * performing a more efficient comparison for primitive types).
+ *
+ * Maps with dissimilar key types or value types/typeclasses are never equal,
+ * even if value comparison (for example, between integers and floats) would
+ * have otherwise indicated that every element has equal value.
+ */
+VALUE Map_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ Map* other;
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+
+ // Allow comparisons to Ruby hashmaps by converting to a temporary Map
+ // instance. Slow, but workable.
+ if (TYPE(_other) == T_HASH) {
+ VALUE other_map = Map_new_this_type(_self);
+ Map_merge_into_self(other_map, _other);
+ _other = other_map;
+ }
+
+ other = ruby_to_Map(_other);
+
+ if (self == other) {
+ return Qtrue;
+ }
+ if (self->key_type != other->key_type ||
+ self->value_type != other->value_type ||
+ self->value_type_class != other->value_type_class) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ if (upb_strtable_count(&self->table) != upb_strtable_count(&other->table)) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+
+ // For each member of self, check that an equal member exists at the same key
+ // in other.
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ upb_value other_v;
+ void* other_mem = value_memory(&other_v);
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup2(&other->table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it),
+ &other_v)) {
+ // Not present in other map.
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+
+ if (!native_slot_eq(self->value_type, mem, other_mem)) {
+ // Present, but value not equal.
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return Qtrue;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.hash => hash_value
+ *
+ * Returns a hash value based on this map's contents.
+ */
+VALUE Map_hash(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ st_index_t h = rb_hash_start(0);
+ VALUE hash_sym = rb_intern("hash");
+
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+ VALUE key = table_key_to_ruby(
+ self, upb_strtable_iter_key(&it), upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it));
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ VALUE value = native_slot_get(self->value_type,
+ self->value_type_class,
+ mem);
+
+ h = rb_hash_uint(h, NUM2LONG(rb_funcall(key, hash_sym, 0)));
+ h = rb_hash_uint(h, NUM2LONG(rb_funcall(value, hash_sym, 0)));
+ }
+
+ return INT2FIX(h);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.inspect => string
+ *
+ * Returns a string representing this map's elements. It will be formatted as
+ * "{key => value, key => value, ...}", with each key and value string
+ * representation computed by its own #inspect method.
+ */
+VALUE Map_inspect(VALUE _self) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("{");
+
+ bool first = true;
+ VALUE inspect_sym = rb_intern("inspect");
+
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &self->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+ VALUE key = table_key_to_ruby(
+ self, upb_strtable_iter_key(&it), upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it));
+
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ VALUE value = native_slot_get(self->value_type,
+ self->value_type_class,
+ mem);
+
+ if (!first) {
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, ", ");
+ } else {
+ first = false;
+ }
+ str = rb_str_append(str, rb_funcall(key, inspect_sym, 0));
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, "=>");
+ str = rb_str_append(str, rb_funcall(value, inspect_sym, 0));
+ }
+
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, "}");
+ return str;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Map.merge(other_map) => map
+ *
+ * Copies key/value pairs from other_map into a copy of this map. If a key is
+ * set in other_map and this map, the value from other_map overwrites the value
+ * in the new copy of this map. Returns the new copy of this map with merged
+ * contents.
+ */
+VALUE Map_merge(VALUE _self, VALUE hashmap) {
+ VALUE dupped = Map_dup(_self);
+ return Map_merge_into_self(dupped, hashmap);
+}
+
+static int merge_into_self_callback(VALUE key, VALUE value, VALUE self) {
+ Map_index_set(self, key, value);
+ return ST_CONTINUE;
+}
+
+// Used only internally -- shared by #merge and #initialize.
+VALUE Map_merge_into_self(VALUE _self, VALUE hashmap) {
+ if (TYPE(hashmap) == T_HASH) {
+ rb_hash_foreach(hashmap, merge_into_self_callback, _self);
+ } else if (RB_TYPE_P(hashmap, T_DATA) && RTYPEDDATA_P(hashmap) &&
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(hashmap) == &Map_type) {
+
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ Map* other = ruby_to_Map(hashmap);
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+
+ if (self->key_type != other->key_type ||
+ self->value_type != other->value_type ||
+ self->value_type_class != other->value_type_class) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Attempt to merge Map with mismatching types");
+ }
+
+ for (upb_strtable_begin(&it, &other->table);
+ !upb_strtable_done(&it);
+ upb_strtable_next(&it)) {
+
+ // Replace any existing value by issuing a 'remove' operation first.
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_value oldv;
+ upb_strtable_remove2(&self->table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it),
+ &oldv);
+
+ v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&it);
+ upb_strtable_insert2(&self->table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&it),
+ v);
+ }
+ } else {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown type merging into Map");
+ }
+ return _self;
+}
+
+// Internal method: map iterator initialization (used for serialization).
+void Map_begin(VALUE _self, Map_iter* iter) {
+ Map* self = ruby_to_Map(_self);
+ iter->self = self;
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter->it, &self->table);
+}
+
+void Map_next(Map_iter* iter) {
+ upb_strtable_next(&iter->it);
+}
+
+bool Map_done(Map_iter* iter) {
+ return upb_strtable_done(&iter->it);
+}
+
+VALUE Map_iter_key(Map_iter* iter) {
+ return table_key_to_ruby(
+ iter->self,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&iter->it),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&iter->it));
+}
+
+VALUE Map_iter_value(Map_iter* iter) {
+ upb_value v = upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter->it);
+ void* mem = value_memory(&v);
+ return native_slot_get(iter->self->value_type,
+ iter->self->value_type_class,
+ mem);
+}
+
+void Map_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(module, "Map", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, Map_alloc);
+ cMap = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cMap);
+
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize", Map_init, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each", Map_each, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "keys", Map_keys, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "values", Map_values, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]", Map_index, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]=", Map_index_set, 2);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "has_key?", Map_has_key, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "delete", Map_delete, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "clear", Map_clear, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "length", Map_length, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "dup", Map_dup, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "==", Map_eq, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "hash", Map_hash, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "inspect", Map_inspect, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "merge", Map_merge, 1);
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_mEnumerable);
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/message.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/message.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e16250f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/message.c
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class/module creation from msgdefs and enumdefs, respectively.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void* Message_data(void* msg) {
+ return ((uint8_t *)msg) + sizeof(MessageHeader);
+}
+
+void Message_mark(void* _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self = (MessageHeader *)_self;
+ layout_mark(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self));
+}
+
+void Message_free(void* self) {
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+rb_data_type_t Message_type = {
+ "Message",
+ { Message_mark, Message_free, NULL },
+};
+
+VALUE Message_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ VALUE descriptor = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ Descriptor* desc = ruby_to_Descriptor(descriptor);
+ MessageHeader* msg = (MessageHeader*)ALLOC_N(
+ uint8_t, sizeof(MessageHeader) + desc->layout->size);
+ VALUE ret;
+
+ memset(Message_data(msg), 0, desc->layout->size);
+
+ // We wrap first so that everything in the message object is GC-rooted in case
+ // a collection happens during object creation in layout_init().
+ ret = TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &Message_type, msg);
+ msg->descriptor = desc;
+ rb_ivar_set(ret, descriptor_instancevar_interned, descriptor);
+
+ layout_init(desc->layout, Message_data(msg));
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static VALUE which_oneof_field(MessageHeader* self, const upb_oneofdef* o) {
+ upb_oneof_iter it;
+ size_t case_ofs;
+ uint32_t oneof_case;
+ const upb_fielddef* first_field;
+ const upb_fielddef* f;
+
+ // If no fields in the oneof, always nil.
+ if (upb_oneofdef_numfields(o) == 0) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ // Grab the first field in the oneof so we can get its layout info to find the
+ // oneof_case field.
+ upb_oneof_begin(&it, o);
+ assert(!upb_oneof_done(&it));
+ first_field = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
+ assert(upb_fielddef_containingoneof(first_field) != NULL);
+
+ case_ofs =
+ self->descriptor->layout->
+ fields[upb_fielddef_index(first_field)].case_offset;
+ oneof_case = *((uint32_t*)((char*)Message_data(self) + case_ofs));
+
+ if (oneof_case == ONEOF_CASE_NONE) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+
+ // oneof_case is a field index, so find that field.
+ f = upb_oneofdef_itof(o, oneof_case);
+ assert(f != NULL);
+
+ return ID2SYM(rb_intern(upb_fielddef_name(f)));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.method_missing(*args)
+ *
+ * Provides accessors and setters for message fields according to their field
+ * names. For any field whose name does not conflict with a built-in method, an
+ * accessor is provided with the same name as the field, and a setter is
+ * provided with the name of the field plus the '=' suffix. Thus, given a
+ * message instance 'msg' with field 'foo', the following code is valid:
+ *
+ * msg.foo = 42
+ * puts msg.foo
+ *
+ * This method also provides read-only accessors for oneofs. If a oneof exists
+ * with name 'my_oneof', then msg.my_oneof will return a Ruby symbol equal to
+ * the name of the field in that oneof that is currently set, or nil if none.
+ */
+VALUE Message_method_missing(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ VALUE method_name, method_str;
+ char* name;
+ size_t name_len;
+ bool setter;
+ const upb_oneofdef* o;
+ const upb_fielddef* f;
+
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+ if (argc < 1) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected method name as first argument.");
+ }
+ method_name = argv[0];
+ if (!SYMBOL_P(method_name)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected symbol as method name.");
+ }
+ method_str = rb_id2str(SYM2ID(method_name));
+ name = RSTRING_PTR(method_str);
+ name_len = RSTRING_LEN(method_str);
+ setter = false;
+
+ // Setters have names that end in '='.
+ if (name[name_len - 1] == '=') {
+ setter = true;
+ name_len--;
+ }
+
+ // See if this name corresponds to either a oneof or field in this message.
+ if (!upb_msgdef_lookupname(self->descriptor->msgdef, name, name_len, &f,
+ &o)) {
+ return rb_call_super(argc, argv);
+ }
+
+ if (o != NULL) {
+ // This is a oneof -- return which field inside the oneof is set.
+ if (setter) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Oneof accessors are read-only.");
+ }
+ return which_oneof_field(self, o);
+ } else {
+ // This is a field -- get or set the field's value.
+ assert(f);
+ if (setter) {
+ if (argc < 2) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "No value provided to setter.");
+ }
+ layout_set(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), f, argv[1]);
+ return Qnil;
+ } else {
+ return layout_get(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), f);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+int Message_initialize_kwarg(VALUE key, VALUE val, VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ VALUE method_str;
+ char* name;
+ const upb_fielddef* f;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ if (!SYMBOL_P(key)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Expected symbols as hash keys in initialization map.");
+ }
+
+ method_str = rb_id2str(SYM2ID(key));
+ name = RSTRING_PTR(method_str);
+ f = upb_msgdef_ntofz(self->descriptor->msgdef, name);
+ if (f == NULL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Unknown field name '%s' in initialization map entry.", name);
+ }
+
+ if (is_map_field(f)) {
+ VALUE map;
+
+ if (TYPE(val) != T_HASH) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Expected Hash object as initializer value for map field '%s'.", name);
+ }
+ map = layout_get(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), f);
+ Map_merge_into_self(map, val);
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(f) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ VALUE ary;
+
+ if (TYPE(val) != T_ARRAY) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Expected array as initializer value for repeated field '%s'.", name);
+ }
+ ary = layout_get(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), f);
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(val); i++) {
+ RepeatedField_push(ary, rb_ary_entry(val, i));
+ }
+ } else {
+ layout_set(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), f, val);
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.new(kwargs) => new_message
+ *
+ * Creates a new instance of the given message class. Keyword arguments may be
+ * provided with keywords corresponding to field names.
+ *
+ * Note that no literal Message class exists. Only concrete classes per message
+ * type exist, as provided by the #msgclass method on Descriptors after they
+ * have been added to a pool. The method definitions described here on the
+ * Message class are provided on each concrete message class.
+ */
+VALUE Message_initialize(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ VALUE hash_args;
+
+ if (argc == 0) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ if (argc != 1) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected 0 or 1 arguments.");
+ }
+ hash_args = argv[0];
+ if (TYPE(hash_args) != T_HASH) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected hash arguments.");
+ }
+
+ rb_hash_foreach(hash_args, Message_initialize_kwarg, _self);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.dup => new_message
+ *
+ * Performs a shallow copy of this message and returns the new copy.
+ */
+VALUE Message_dup(VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ VALUE new_msg;
+ MessageHeader* new_msg_self;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ new_msg = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, CLASS_OF(_self));
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(new_msg, MessageHeader, &Message_type, new_msg_self);
+
+ layout_dup(self->descriptor->layout,
+ Message_data(new_msg_self),
+ Message_data(self));
+
+ return new_msg;
+}
+
+// Internal only; used by Google::Protobuf.deep_copy.
+VALUE Message_deep_copy(VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ MessageHeader* new_msg_self;
+ VALUE new_msg;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ new_msg = rb_class_new_instance(0, NULL, CLASS_OF(_self));
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(new_msg, MessageHeader, &Message_type, new_msg_self);
+
+ layout_deep_copy(self->descriptor->layout,
+ Message_data(new_msg_self),
+ Message_data(self));
+
+ return new_msg;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.==(other) => boolean
+ *
+ * Performs a deep comparison of this message with another. Messages are equal
+ * if they have the same type and if each field is equal according to the :==
+ * method's semantics (a more efficient comparison may actually be done if the
+ * field is of a primitive type).
+ */
+VALUE Message_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ MessageHeader* other;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_other, MessageHeader, &Message_type, other);
+
+ if (self->descriptor != other->descriptor) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+
+ return layout_eq(self->descriptor->layout,
+ Message_data(self),
+ Message_data(other));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.hash => hash_value
+ *
+ * Returns a hash value that represents this message's field values.
+ */
+VALUE Message_hash(VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ return layout_hash(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self));
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.inspect => string
+ *
+ * Returns a human-readable string representing this message. It will be
+ * formatted as "<MessageType: field1: value1, field2: value2, ...>". Each
+ * field's value is represented according to its own #inspect method.
+ */
+VALUE Message_inspect(VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ VALUE str;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ str = rb_str_new2("<");
+ str = rb_str_append(str, rb_str_new2(rb_class2name(CLASS_OF(_self))));
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, ": ");
+ str = rb_str_append(str, layout_inspect(
+ self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self)));
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, ">");
+ return str;
+}
+
+
+VALUE Message_to_h(VALUE _self) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ VALUE hash;
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+
+ hash = rb_hash_new();
+
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, self->descriptor->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ VALUE msg_value = layout_get(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self),
+ field);
+ VALUE msg_key = ID2SYM(rb_intern(upb_fielddef_name(field)));
+ if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ msg_value = RepeatedField_to_ary(msg_value);
+ }
+ rb_hash_aset(hash, msg_key, msg_value);
+ }
+ return hash;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.[](index) => value
+ *
+ * Accesses a field's value by field name. The provided field name should be a
+ * string.
+ */
+VALUE Message_index(VALUE _self, VALUE field_name) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ const upb_fielddef* field;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+ Check_Type(field_name, T_STRING);
+ field = upb_msgdef_ntofz(self->descriptor->msgdef, RSTRING_PTR(field_name));
+ if (field == NULL) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return layout_get(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), field);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.[]=(index, value)
+ *
+ * Sets a field's value by field name. The provided field name should be a
+ * string.
+ */
+VALUE Message_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE field_name, VALUE value) {
+ MessageHeader* self;
+ const upb_fielddef* field;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, MessageHeader, &Message_type, self);
+ Check_Type(field_name, T_STRING);
+ field = upb_msgdef_ntofz(self->descriptor->msgdef, RSTRING_PTR(field_name));
+ if (field == NULL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown field: %s", RSTRING_PTR(field_name));
+ }
+ layout_set(self->descriptor->layout, Message_data(self), field, value);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Message.descriptor => descriptor
+ *
+ * Class method that returns the Descriptor instance corresponding to this
+ * message class's type.
+ */
+VALUE Message_descriptor(VALUE klass) {
+ return rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+}
+
+VALUE build_class_from_descriptor(Descriptor* desc) {
+ const char *name;
+ VALUE klass;
+
+ if (desc->layout == NULL) {
+ desc->layout = create_layout(desc->msgdef);
+ }
+ if (desc->fill_method == NULL) {
+ desc->fill_method = new_fillmsg_decodermethod(desc, &desc->fill_method);
+ }
+
+ name = upb_msgdef_fullname(desc->msgdef);
+ if (name == NULL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "Descriptor does not have assigned name.");
+ }
+
+ klass = rb_define_class_id(
+ // Docs say this parameter is ignored. User will assign return value to
+ // their own toplevel constant class name.
+ rb_intern("Message"),
+ rb_cObject);
+ rb_ivar_set(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned,
+ get_def_obj(desc->msgdef));
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, Message_alloc);
+ rb_require("google/protobuf/message_exts");
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_eval_string("Google::Protobuf::MessageExts"));
+ rb_extend_object(
+ klass, rb_eval_string("Google::Protobuf::MessageExts::ClassMethods"));
+
+ rb_define_method(klass, "method_missing",
+ Message_method_missing, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize", Message_initialize, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "dup", Message_dup, 0);
+ // Also define #clone so that we don't inherit Object#clone.
+ rb_define_method(klass, "clone", Message_dup, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "==", Message_eq, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "hash", Message_hash, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "to_h", Message_to_h, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "to_hash", Message_to_h, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "inspect", Message_inspect, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]", Message_index, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]=", Message_index_set, 2);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "decode", Message_decode, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "encode", Message_encode, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "decode_json", Message_decode_json, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "encode_json", Message_encode_json, -1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(klass, "descriptor", Message_descriptor, 0);
+
+ return klass;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Enum.lookup(number) => name
+ *
+ * This module method, provided on each generated enum module, looks up an enum
+ * value by number and returns its name as a Ruby symbol, or nil if not found.
+ */
+VALUE enum_lookup(VALUE self, VALUE number) {
+ int32_t num = NUM2INT(number);
+ VALUE desc = rb_ivar_get(self, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ EnumDescriptor* enumdesc = ruby_to_EnumDescriptor(desc);
+
+ const char* name = upb_enumdef_iton(enumdesc->enumdef, num);
+ if (name == NULL) {
+ return Qnil;
+ } else {
+ return ID2SYM(rb_intern(name));
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Enum.resolve(name) => number
+ *
+ * This module method, provided on each generated enum module, looks up an enum
+ * value by name (as a Ruby symbol) and returns its name, or nil if not found.
+ */
+VALUE enum_resolve(VALUE self, VALUE sym) {
+ const char* name = rb_id2name(SYM2ID(sym));
+ VALUE desc = rb_ivar_get(self, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ EnumDescriptor* enumdesc = ruby_to_EnumDescriptor(desc);
+
+ int32_t num = 0;
+ bool found = upb_enumdef_ntoiz(enumdesc->enumdef, name, &num);
+ if (!found) {
+ return Qnil;
+ } else {
+ return INT2NUM(num);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Enum.descriptor
+ *
+ * This module method, provided on each generated enum module, returns the
+ * EnumDescriptor corresponding to this enum type.
+ */
+VALUE enum_descriptor(VALUE self) {
+ return rb_ivar_get(self, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+}
+
+VALUE build_module_from_enumdesc(EnumDescriptor* enumdesc) {
+ VALUE mod = rb_define_module_id(
+ rb_intern(upb_enumdef_fullname(enumdesc->enumdef)));
+
+ upb_enum_iter it;
+ for (upb_enum_begin(&it, enumdesc->enumdef);
+ !upb_enum_done(&it);
+ upb_enum_next(&it)) {
+ const char* name = upb_enum_iter_name(&it);
+ int32_t value = upb_enum_iter_number(&it);
+ if (name[0] < 'A' || name[0] > 'Z') {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Enum value '%s' does not start with an uppercase letter "
+ "as is required for Ruby constants.",
+ name);
+ }
+ rb_define_const(mod, name, INT2NUM(value));
+ }
+
+ rb_define_singleton_method(mod, "lookup", enum_lookup, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(mod, "resolve", enum_resolve, 1);
+ rb_define_singleton_method(mod, "descriptor", enum_descriptor, 0);
+ rb_ivar_set(mod, descriptor_instancevar_interned,
+ get_def_obj(enumdesc->enumdef));
+
+ return mod;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * Google::Protobuf.deep_copy(obj) => copy_of_obj
+ *
+ * Performs a deep copy of a RepeatedField instance, a Map instance, or a
+ * message object, recursively copying its members.
+ */
+VALUE Google_Protobuf_deep_copy(VALUE self, VALUE obj) {
+ VALUE klass = CLASS_OF(obj);
+ if (klass == cRepeatedField) {
+ return RepeatedField_deep_copy(obj);
+ } else if (klass == cMap) {
+ return Map_deep_copy(obj);
+ } else {
+ return Message_deep_copy(obj);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7cde4aec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Global map from upb {msg,enum}defs to wrapper Descriptor/EnumDescriptor
+// instances.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This is a hash table from def objects (encoded by converting pointers to
+// Ruby integers) to MessageDef/EnumDef instances (as Ruby values).
+VALUE upb_def_to_ruby_obj_map;
+
+VALUE cError;
+VALUE cParseError;
+
+void add_def_obj(const void* def, VALUE value) {
+ rb_hash_aset(upb_def_to_ruby_obj_map, ULL2NUM((intptr_t)def), value);
+}
+
+VALUE get_def_obj(const void* def) {
+ return rb_hash_aref(upb_def_to_ruby_obj_map, ULL2NUM((intptr_t)def));
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Utilities.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Raises a Ruby error if |status| is not OK, using its error message.
+void check_upb_status(const upb_status* status, const char* msg) {
+ if (!upb_ok(status)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRuntimeError, "%s: %s\n", msg, upb_status_errmsg(status));
+ }
+}
+
+// String encodings: we look these up once, at load time, and then cache them
+// here.
+rb_encoding* kRubyStringUtf8Encoding;
+rb_encoding* kRubyStringASCIIEncoding;
+rb_encoding* kRubyString8bitEncoding;
+
+// Ruby-interned string: "descriptor". We use this identifier to store an
+// instance variable on message classes we create in order to link them back to
+// their descriptors.
+//
+// We intern this once at module load time then use the interned identifier at
+// runtime in order to avoid the cost of repeatedly interning in hot paths.
+const char* kDescriptorInstanceVar = "descriptor";
+ID descriptor_instancevar_interned;
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Initialization/entry point.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This must be named "Init_protobuf_c" because the Ruby module is named
+// "protobuf_c" -- the VM looks for this symbol in our .so.
+void Init_protobuf_c() {
+ VALUE google = rb_define_module("Google");
+ VALUE protobuf = rb_define_module_under(google, "Protobuf");
+ VALUE internal = rb_define_module_under(protobuf, "Internal");
+
+ descriptor_instancevar_interned = rb_intern(kDescriptorInstanceVar);
+ DescriptorPool_register(protobuf);
+ Descriptor_register(protobuf);
+ FieldDescriptor_register(protobuf);
+ OneofDescriptor_register(protobuf);
+ EnumDescriptor_register(protobuf);
+ MessageBuilderContext_register(internal);
+ OneofBuilderContext_register(internal);
+ EnumBuilderContext_register(internal);
+ Builder_register(internal);
+ RepeatedField_register(protobuf);
+ Map_register(protobuf);
+
+ cError = rb_const_get(protobuf, rb_intern("Error"));
+ cParseError = rb_const_get(protobuf, rb_intern("ParseError"));
+
+ rb_define_singleton_method(protobuf, "deep_copy",
+ Google_Protobuf_deep_copy, 1);
+
+ kRubyStringUtf8Encoding = rb_utf8_encoding();
+ kRubyStringASCIIEncoding = rb_usascii_encoding();
+ kRubyString8bitEncoding = rb_ascii8bit_encoding();
+
+ upb_def_to_ruby_obj_map = rb_hash_new();
+ rb_gc_register_address(&upb_def_to_ruby_obj_map);
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.h b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2834c894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/protobuf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#ifndef __GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_RUBY_PROTOBUF_H__
+#define __GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_RUBY_PROTOBUF_H__
+
+#include <ruby/ruby.h>
+#include <ruby/vm.h>
+#include <ruby/encoding.h>
+
+#include "upb.h"
+
+// Forward decls.
+struct DescriptorPool;
+struct Descriptor;
+struct FieldDescriptor;
+struct EnumDescriptor;
+struct MessageLayout;
+struct MessageField;
+struct MessageHeader;
+struct MessageBuilderContext;
+struct EnumBuilderContext;
+struct Builder;
+
+typedef struct DescriptorPool DescriptorPool;
+typedef struct Descriptor Descriptor;
+typedef struct FieldDescriptor FieldDescriptor;
+typedef struct OneofDescriptor OneofDescriptor;
+typedef struct EnumDescriptor EnumDescriptor;
+typedef struct MessageLayout MessageLayout;
+typedef struct MessageField MessageField;
+typedef struct MessageHeader MessageHeader;
+typedef struct MessageBuilderContext MessageBuilderContext;
+typedef struct OneofBuilderContext OneofBuilderContext;
+typedef struct EnumBuilderContext EnumBuilderContext;
+typedef struct Builder Builder;
+
+/*
+ It can be a bit confusing how the C structs defined below and the Ruby
+ objects interact and hold references to each other. First, a few principles:
+
+ - Ruby's "TypedData" abstraction lets a Ruby VALUE hold a pointer to a C
+ struct (or arbitrary memory chunk), own it, and free it when collected.
+ Thus, each struct below will have a corresponding Ruby object
+ wrapping/owning it.
+
+ - To get back from an underlying upb {msg,enum}def to the Ruby object, we
+ keep a global hashmap, accessed by get_def_obj/add_def_obj below.
+
+ The in-memory structure is then something like:
+
+ Ruby | upb
+ |
+ DescriptorPool ------------|-----------> upb_symtab____________________
+ | | (message types) \
+ | v \
+ Descriptor ---------------|-----------> upb_msgdef (enum types)|
+ |--> msgclass | | ^ |
+ | (dynamically built) | | | (submsg fields) |
+ |--> MessageLayout | | | /
+ |--------------------------|> decoder method| | /
+ \--------------------------|> serialize | | /
+ | handlers v | /
+ FieldDescriptor -----------|-----------> upb_fielddef /
+ | | /
+ | v (enum fields) /
+ EnumDescriptor ------------|-----------> upb_enumdef <----------'
+ |
+ |
+ ^ | \___/
+ `---------------|-----------------' (get_def_obj map)
+ */
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Ruby class structure definitions.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct DescriptorPool {
+ upb_symtab* symtab;
+};
+
+struct Descriptor {
+ const upb_msgdef* msgdef;
+ MessageLayout* layout;
+ VALUE klass; // begins as nil
+ const upb_handlers* fill_handlers;
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod* fill_method;
+ const upb_json_parsermethod* json_fill_method;
+ const upb_handlers* pb_serialize_handlers;
+ const upb_handlers* json_serialize_handlers;
+ const upb_handlers* json_serialize_handlers_preserve;
+ // Handlers hold type class references for sub-message fields directly in some
+ // cases. We need to keep these rooted because they might otherwise be
+ // collected.
+ VALUE typeclass_references;
+};
+
+struct FieldDescriptor {
+ const upb_fielddef* fielddef;
+};
+
+struct OneofDescriptor {
+ const upb_oneofdef* oneofdef;
+};
+
+struct EnumDescriptor {
+ const upb_enumdef* enumdef;
+ VALUE module; // begins as nil
+};
+
+struct MessageBuilderContext {
+ VALUE descriptor;
+ VALUE builder;
+};
+
+struct OneofBuilderContext {
+ VALUE descriptor;
+ VALUE builder;
+};
+
+struct EnumBuilderContext {
+ VALUE enumdesc;
+};
+
+struct Builder {
+ VALUE pending_list;
+ upb_def** defs; // used only while finalizing
+};
+
+extern VALUE cDescriptorPool;
+extern VALUE cDescriptor;
+extern VALUE cFieldDescriptor;
+extern VALUE cEnumDescriptor;
+extern VALUE cMessageBuilderContext;
+extern VALUE cOneofBuilderContext;
+extern VALUE cEnumBuilderContext;
+extern VALUE cBuilder;
+
+extern VALUE cError;
+extern VALUE cParseError;
+
+// We forward-declare all of the Ruby method implementations here because we
+// sometimes call the methods directly across .c files, rather than going
+// through Ruby's method dispatching (e.g. during message parse). It's cleaner
+// to keep the list of object methods together than to split them between
+// static-in-file definitions and header declarations.
+
+void DescriptorPool_mark(void* _self);
+void DescriptorPool_free(void* _self);
+VALUE DescriptorPool_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void DescriptorPool_register(VALUE module);
+DescriptorPool* ruby_to_DescriptorPool(VALUE value);
+VALUE DescriptorPool_add(VALUE _self, VALUE def);
+VALUE DescriptorPool_build(VALUE _self);
+VALUE DescriptorPool_lookup(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE DescriptorPool_generated_pool(VALUE _self);
+
+void Descriptor_mark(void* _self);
+void Descriptor_free(void* _self);
+VALUE Descriptor_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void Descriptor_register(VALUE module);
+Descriptor* ruby_to_Descriptor(VALUE value);
+VALUE Descriptor_name(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Descriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str);
+VALUE Descriptor_each(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Descriptor_lookup(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE Descriptor_add_field(VALUE _self, VALUE obj);
+VALUE Descriptor_add_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE obj);
+VALUE Descriptor_each_oneof(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Descriptor_lookup_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE Descriptor_msgclass(VALUE _self);
+extern const rb_data_type_t _Descriptor_type;
+
+void FieldDescriptor_mark(void* _self);
+void FieldDescriptor_free(void* _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void FieldDescriptor_register(VALUE module);
+FieldDescriptor* ruby_to_FieldDescriptor(VALUE value);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_name(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_type(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_type_set(VALUE _self, VALUE type);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_label(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_label_set(VALUE _self, VALUE label);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_number(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_number_set(VALUE _self, VALUE number);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_submsg_name(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_submsg_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE value);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_subtype(VALUE _self);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_get(VALUE _self, VALUE msg_rb);
+VALUE FieldDescriptor_set(VALUE _self, VALUE msg_rb, VALUE value);
+upb_fieldtype_t ruby_to_fieldtype(VALUE type);
+VALUE fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fieldtype_t type);
+
+void OneofDescriptor_mark(void* _self);
+void OneofDescriptor_free(void* _self);
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void OneofDescriptor_register(VALUE module);
+OneofDescriptor* ruby_to_OneofDescriptor(VALUE value);
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_name(VALUE _self);
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE value);
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_add_field(VALUE _self, VALUE field);
+VALUE OneofDescriptor_each(VALUE _self, VALUE field);
+
+void EnumDescriptor_mark(void* _self);
+void EnumDescriptor_free(void* _self);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void EnumDescriptor_register(VALUE module);
+EnumDescriptor* ruby_to_EnumDescriptor(VALUE value);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_name(VALUE _self);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_name_set(VALUE _self, VALUE str);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_add_value(VALUE _self, VALUE name, VALUE number);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_lookup_name(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_lookup_value(VALUE _self, VALUE number);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_each(VALUE _self);
+VALUE EnumDescriptor_enummodule(VALUE _self);
+extern const rb_data_type_t _EnumDescriptor_type;
+
+void MessageBuilderContext_mark(void* _self);
+void MessageBuilderContext_free(void* _self);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void MessageBuilderContext_register(VALUE module);
+MessageBuilderContext* ruby_to_MessageBuilderContext(VALUE value);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self,
+ VALUE descriptor,
+ VALUE builder);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_optional(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_required(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_repeated(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_map(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE MessageBuilderContext_oneof(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+
+void OneofBuilderContext_mark(void* _self);
+void OneofBuilderContext_free(void* _self);
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void OneofBuilderContext_register(VALUE module);
+OneofBuilderContext* ruby_to_OneofBuilderContext(VALUE value);
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self,
+ VALUE descriptor,
+ VALUE builder);
+VALUE OneofBuilderContext_optional(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+
+void EnumBuilderContext_mark(void* _self);
+void EnumBuilderContext_free(void* _self);
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void EnumBuilderContext_register(VALUE module);
+EnumBuilderContext* ruby_to_EnumBuilderContext(VALUE value);
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_initialize(VALUE _self, VALUE enumdesc);
+VALUE EnumBuilderContext_value(VALUE _self, VALUE name, VALUE number);
+
+void Builder_mark(void* _self);
+void Builder_free(void* _self);
+VALUE Builder_alloc(VALUE klass);
+void Builder_register(VALUE module);
+Builder* ruby_to_Builder(VALUE value);
+VALUE Builder_add_message(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE Builder_add_enum(VALUE _self, VALUE name);
+VALUE Builder_finalize_to_pool(VALUE _self, VALUE pool_rb);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Native slot storage abstraction.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE sizeof(uint64_t)
+
+size_t native_slot_size(upb_fieldtype_t type);
+void native_slot_set(upb_fieldtype_t type,
+ VALUE type_class,
+ void* memory,
+ VALUE value);
+// Atomically (with respect to Ruby VM calls) either update the value and set a
+// oneof case, or do neither. If |case_memory| is null, then no case value is
+// set.
+void native_slot_set_value_and_case(upb_fieldtype_t type,
+ VALUE type_class,
+ void* memory,
+ VALUE value,
+ uint32_t* case_memory,
+ uint32_t case_number);
+VALUE native_slot_get(upb_fieldtype_t type,
+ VALUE type_class,
+ const void* memory);
+void native_slot_init(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* memory);
+void native_slot_mark(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* memory);
+void native_slot_dup(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* to, void* from);
+void native_slot_deep_copy(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* to, void* from);
+bool native_slot_eq(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* mem1, void* mem2);
+
+void native_slot_validate_string_encoding(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE value);
+void native_slot_check_int_range_precision(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE value);
+
+extern rb_encoding* kRubyStringUtf8Encoding;
+extern rb_encoding* kRubyStringASCIIEncoding;
+extern rb_encoding* kRubyString8bitEncoding;
+
+VALUE field_type_class(const upb_fielddef* field);
+
+#define MAP_KEY_FIELD 1
+#define MAP_VALUE_FIELD 2
+
+// Oneof case slot value to indicate that no oneof case is set. The value `0` is
+// safe because field numbers are used as case identifiers, and no field can
+// have a number of 0.
+#define ONEOF_CASE_NONE 0
+
+// These operate on a map field (i.e., a repeated field of submessages whose
+// submessage type is a map-entry msgdef).
+bool is_map_field(const upb_fielddef* field);
+const upb_fielddef* map_field_key(const upb_fielddef* field);
+const upb_fielddef* map_field_value(const upb_fielddef* field);
+
+// These operate on a map-entry msgdef.
+const upb_fielddef* map_entry_key(const upb_msgdef* msgdef);
+const upb_fielddef* map_entry_value(const upb_msgdef* msgdef);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Repeated field container type.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class;
+ void* elements;
+ int size;
+ int capacity;
+} RepeatedField;
+
+void RepeatedField_mark(void* self);
+void RepeatedField_free(void* self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_alloc(VALUE klass);
+VALUE RepeatedField_init(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE self);
+void RepeatedField_register(VALUE module);
+
+extern const rb_data_type_t RepeatedField_type;
+extern VALUE cRepeatedField;
+
+RepeatedField* ruby_to_RepeatedField(VALUE value);
+
+VALUE RepeatedField_each(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_index(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+void* RepeatedField_index_native(VALUE _self, int index);
+VALUE RepeatedField_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE _index, VALUE val);
+void RepeatedField_reserve(RepeatedField* self, int new_size);
+VALUE RepeatedField_push(VALUE _self, VALUE val);
+void RepeatedField_push_native(VALUE _self, void* data);
+VALUE RepeatedField_pop_one(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_insert(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_replace(VALUE _self, VALUE list);
+VALUE RepeatedField_clear(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_length(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_dup(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_deep_copy(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_to_ary(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other);
+VALUE RepeatedField_hash(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_inspect(VALUE _self);
+VALUE RepeatedField_plus(VALUE _self, VALUE list);
+
+// Defined in repeated_field.c; also used by Map.
+void validate_type_class(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE klass);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Map container type.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_fieldtype_t key_type;
+ upb_fieldtype_t value_type;
+ VALUE value_type_class;
+ upb_strtable table;
+} Map;
+
+void Map_mark(void* self);
+void Map_free(void* self);
+VALUE Map_alloc(VALUE klass);
+VALUE Map_init(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE self);
+void Map_register(VALUE module);
+
+extern const rb_data_type_t Map_type;
+extern VALUE cMap;
+
+Map* ruby_to_Map(VALUE value);
+
+VALUE Map_each(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_keys(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_values(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_index(VALUE _self, VALUE key);
+VALUE Map_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE key, VALUE value);
+VALUE Map_has_key(VALUE _self, VALUE key);
+VALUE Map_delete(VALUE _self, VALUE key);
+VALUE Map_clear(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_length(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_dup(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_deep_copy(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other);
+VALUE Map_hash(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_inspect(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Map_merge(VALUE _self, VALUE hashmap);
+VALUE Map_merge_into_self(VALUE _self, VALUE hashmap);
+
+typedef struct {
+ Map* self;
+ upb_strtable_iter it;
+} Map_iter;
+
+void Map_begin(VALUE _self, Map_iter* iter);
+void Map_next(Map_iter* iter);
+bool Map_done(Map_iter* iter);
+VALUE Map_iter_key(Map_iter* iter);
+VALUE Map_iter_value(Map_iter* iter);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Message layout / storage.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define MESSAGE_FIELD_NO_CASE ((size_t)-1)
+
+struct MessageField {
+ size_t offset;
+ size_t case_offset; // for oneofs, a uint32. Else, MESSAGE_FIELD_NO_CASE.
+};
+
+struct MessageLayout {
+ const upb_msgdef* msgdef;
+ MessageField* fields;
+ size_t size;
+};
+
+MessageLayout* create_layout(const upb_msgdef* msgdef);
+void free_layout(MessageLayout* layout);
+VALUE layout_get(MessageLayout* layout,
+ const void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field);
+void layout_set(MessageLayout* layout,
+ void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field,
+ VALUE val);
+void layout_init(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage);
+void layout_mark(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage);
+void layout_dup(MessageLayout* layout, void* to, void* from);
+void layout_deep_copy(MessageLayout* layout, void* to, void* from);
+VALUE layout_eq(MessageLayout* layout, void* msg1, void* msg2);
+VALUE layout_hash(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage);
+VALUE layout_inspect(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Message class creation.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct MessageHeader {
+ Descriptor* descriptor; // kept alive by self.class.descriptor reference.
+ // Data comes after this.
+};
+
+extern rb_data_type_t Message_type;
+
+VALUE build_class_from_descriptor(Descriptor* descriptor);
+void* Message_data(void* msg);
+void Message_mark(void* self);
+void Message_free(void* self);
+VALUE Message_alloc(VALUE klass);
+VALUE Message_method_missing(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_initialize(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_dup(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_deep_copy(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other);
+VALUE Message_hash(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_inspect(VALUE _self);
+VALUE Message_index(VALUE _self, VALUE field_name);
+VALUE Message_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE field_name, VALUE value);
+VALUE Message_descriptor(VALUE klass);
+VALUE Message_decode(VALUE klass, VALUE data);
+VALUE Message_encode(VALUE klass, VALUE msg_rb);
+VALUE Message_decode_json(VALUE klass, VALUE data);
+VALUE Message_encode_json(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE klass);
+
+VALUE Google_Protobuf_deep_copy(VALUE self, VALUE obj);
+
+VALUE build_module_from_enumdesc(EnumDescriptor* enumdef);
+VALUE enum_lookup(VALUE self, VALUE number);
+VALUE enum_resolve(VALUE self, VALUE sym);
+
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *new_fillmsg_decodermethod(
+ Descriptor* descriptor, const void *owner);
+
+// Maximum depth allowed during encoding, to avoid stack overflows due to
+// cycles.
+#define ENCODE_MAX_NESTING 63
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Global map from upb {msg,enum}defs to wrapper Descriptor/EnumDescriptor
+// instances.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+void add_def_obj(const void* def, VALUE value);
+VALUE get_def_obj(const void* def);
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Utilities.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void check_upb_status(const upb_status* status, const char* msg);
+
+#define CHECK_UPB(code, msg) do { \
+ upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT; \
+ code; \
+ check_upb_status(&status, msg); \
+} while (0)
+
+extern ID descriptor_instancevar_interned;
+
+#endif // __GOOGLE_PROTOBUF_RUBY_PROTOBUF_H__
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/repeated_field.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/repeated_field.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..83afbc91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/repeated_field.c
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Repeated field container type.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const rb_data_type_t RepeatedField_type = {
+ "Google::Protobuf::RepeatedField",
+ { RepeatedField_mark, RepeatedField_free, NULL },
+};
+
+VALUE cRepeatedField;
+
+RepeatedField* ruby_to_RepeatedField(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self;
+ TypedData_Get_Struct(_self, RepeatedField, &RepeatedField_type, self);
+ return self;
+}
+
+void* RepeatedField_memoryat(RepeatedField* self, int index, int element_size) {
+ return ((uint8_t *)self->elements) + index * element_size;
+}
+
+static int index_position(VALUE _index, RepeatedField* repeated_field) {
+ int index = NUM2INT(_index);
+ if (index < 0 && repeated_field->size > 0) {
+ index = repeated_field->size + index;
+ }
+ return index;
+}
+
+VALUE RepeatedField_subarray(VALUE _self, long beg, long len) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(self->field_type);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+
+ size_t off = beg * element_size;
+ VALUE ary = rb_ary_new2(len);
+ for (int i = beg; i < beg + len; i++, off += element_size) {
+ void* mem = ((uint8_t *)self->elements) + off;
+ VALUE elem = native_slot_get(field_type, field_type_class, mem);
+ rb_ary_push(ary, elem);
+ }
+ return ary;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.each(&block)
+ *
+ * Invokes the block once for each element of the repeated field. RepeatedField
+ * also includes Enumerable; combined with this method, the repeated field thus
+ * acts like an ordinary Ruby sequence.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_each(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+
+ size_t off = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += element_size) {
+ void* memory = (void *) (((uint8_t *)self->elements) + off);
+ VALUE val = native_slot_get(field_type, field_type_class, memory);
+ rb_yield(val);
+ }
+ return _self;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.[](index) => value
+ *
+ * Accesses the element at the given index. Returns nil on out-of-bounds
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_index(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(self->field_type);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+
+ VALUE arg = argv[0];
+ long beg, len;
+
+ if (argc == 1){
+ if (FIXNUM_P(arg)) {
+ /* standard case */
+ void* memory;
+ int index = index_position(argv[0], self);
+ if (index < 0 || index >= self->size) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ memory = RepeatedField_memoryat(self, index, element_size);
+ return native_slot_get(field_type, field_type_class, memory);
+ }else{
+ /* check if idx is Range */
+ switch (rb_range_beg_len(arg, &beg, &len, self->size, 0)) {
+ case Qfalse:
+ break;
+ case Qnil:
+ return Qnil;
+ default:
+ return RepeatedField_subarray(_self, beg, len);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ /* assume 2 arguments */
+ beg = NUM2LONG(argv[0]);
+ len = NUM2LONG(argv[1]);
+ if (beg < 0) {
+ beg += self->size;
+ }
+ if (beg >= self->size) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ return RepeatedField_subarray(_self, beg, len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.[]=(index, value)
+ *
+ * Sets the element at the given index. On out-of-bounds assignments, extends
+ * the array and fills the hole (if any) with default values.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_index_set(VALUE _self, VALUE _index, VALUE val) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ void* memory;
+
+ int index = index_position(_index, self);
+ if (index < 0 || index >= (INT_MAX - 1)) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ if (index >= self->size) {
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ RepeatedField_reserve(self, index + 1);
+ for (int i = self->size; i <= index; i++) {
+ void* elem = RepeatedField_memoryat(self, i, element_size);
+ native_slot_init(field_type, elem);
+ }
+ self->size = index + 1;
+ }
+
+ memory = RepeatedField_memoryat(self, index, element_size);
+ native_slot_set(field_type, field_type_class, memory, val);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+static int kInitialSize = 8;
+
+void RepeatedField_reserve(RepeatedField* self, int new_size) {
+ void* old_elems = self->elements;
+ int elem_size = native_slot_size(self->field_type);
+ if (new_size <= self->capacity) {
+ return;
+ }
+ if (self->capacity == 0) {
+ self->capacity = kInitialSize;
+ }
+ while (self->capacity < new_size) {
+ self->capacity *= 2;
+ }
+ self->elements = ALLOC_N(uint8_t, elem_size * self->capacity);
+ if (old_elems != NULL) {
+ memcpy(self->elements, old_elems, self->size * elem_size);
+ xfree(old_elems);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.push(value)
+ *
+ * Adds a new element to the repeated field.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_push(VALUE _self, VALUE val) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ void* memory;
+
+ RepeatedField_reserve(self, self->size + 1);
+ memory = (void *) (((uint8_t *)self->elements) + self->size * element_size);
+ native_slot_set(field_type, self->field_type_class, memory, val);
+ // native_slot_set may raise an error; bump size only after set.
+ self->size++;
+ return _self;
+}
+
+
+// Used by parsing handlers.
+void RepeatedField_push_native(VALUE _self, void* data) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ void* memory;
+
+ RepeatedField_reserve(self, self->size + 1);
+ memory = (void *) (((uint8_t *)self->elements) + self->size * element_size);
+ memcpy(memory, data, element_size);
+ self->size++;
+}
+
+void* RepeatedField_index_native(VALUE _self, int index) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ return RepeatedField_memoryat(self, index, element_size);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Private ruby method, used by RepeatedField.pop
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_pop_one(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ int index;
+ void* memory;
+ VALUE ret;
+
+ if (self->size == 0) {
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+ index = self->size - 1;
+ memory = RepeatedField_memoryat(self, index, element_size);
+ ret = native_slot_get(field_type, field_type_class, memory);
+ self->size--;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.replace(list)
+ *
+ * Replaces the contents of the repeated field with the given list of elements.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_replace(VALUE _self, VALUE list) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ Check_Type(list, T_ARRAY);
+ self->size = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(list); i++) {
+ RepeatedField_push(_self, rb_ary_entry(list, i));
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.clear
+ *
+ * Clears (removes all elements from) this repeated field.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_clear(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ self->size = 0;
+ return _self;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.length
+ *
+ * Returns the length of this repeated field.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_length(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ return INT2NUM(self->size);
+}
+
+static VALUE RepeatedField_new_this_type(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ VALUE new_rptfield = Qnil;
+ VALUE element_type = fieldtype_to_ruby(self->field_type);
+ if (self->field_type_class != Qnil) {
+ new_rptfield = rb_funcall(CLASS_OF(_self), rb_intern("new"), 2,
+ element_type, self->field_type_class);
+ } else {
+ new_rptfield = rb_funcall(CLASS_OF(_self), rb_intern("new"), 1,
+ element_type);
+ }
+ return new_rptfield;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.dup => repeated_field
+ *
+ * Duplicates this repeated field with a shallow copy. References to all
+ * non-primitive element objects (e.g., submessages) are shared.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_dup(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ VALUE new_rptfield = RepeatedField_new_this_type(_self);
+ RepeatedField* new_rptfield_self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(new_rptfield);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ size_t elem_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ size_t off = 0;
+ RepeatedField_reserve(new_rptfield_self, self->size);
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += elem_size) {
+ void* to_mem = (uint8_t *)new_rptfield_self->elements + off;
+ void* from_mem = (uint8_t *)self->elements + off;
+ native_slot_dup(field_type, to_mem, from_mem);
+ new_rptfield_self->size++;
+ }
+
+ return new_rptfield;
+}
+
+// Internal only: used by Google::Protobuf.deep_copy.
+VALUE RepeatedField_deep_copy(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ VALUE new_rptfield = RepeatedField_new_this_type(_self);
+ RepeatedField* new_rptfield_self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(new_rptfield);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ size_t elem_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ size_t off = 0;
+ RepeatedField_reserve(new_rptfield_self, self->size);
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += elem_size) {
+ void* to_mem = (uint8_t *)new_rptfield_self->elements + off;
+ void* from_mem = (uint8_t *)self->elements + off;
+ native_slot_deep_copy(field_type, to_mem, from_mem);
+ new_rptfield_self->size++;
+ }
+
+ return new_rptfield;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.to_ary => array
+ *
+ * Used when converted implicitly into array, e.g. compared to an Array.
+ * Also called as a fallback of Object#to_a
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_to_ary(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+
+ size_t elem_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ size_t off = 0;
+ VALUE ary = rb_ary_new2(self->size);
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += elem_size) {
+ void* mem = ((uint8_t *)self->elements) + off;
+ VALUE elem = native_slot_get(field_type, self->field_type_class, mem);
+ rb_ary_push(ary, elem);
+ }
+ return ary;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.==(other) => boolean
+ *
+ * Compares this repeated field to another. Repeated fields are equal if their
+ * element types are equal, their lengths are equal, and each element is equal.
+ * Elements are compared as per normal Ruby semantics, by calling their :==
+ * methods (or performing a more efficient comparison for primitive types).
+ *
+ * Repeated fields with dissimilar element types are never equal, even if value
+ * comparison (for example, between integers and floats) would have otherwise
+ * indicated that every element has equal value.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_eq(VALUE _self, VALUE _other) {
+ RepeatedField* self;
+ RepeatedField* other;
+
+ if (_self == _other) {
+ return Qtrue;
+ }
+
+ if (TYPE(_other) == T_ARRAY) {
+ VALUE self_ary = RepeatedField_to_ary(_self);
+ return rb_equal(self_ary, _other);
+ }
+
+ self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ other = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_other);
+ if (self->field_type != other->field_type ||
+ self->field_type_class != other->field_type_class ||
+ self->size != other->size) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+
+ {
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ size_t elem_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ size_t off = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += elem_size) {
+ void* self_mem = ((uint8_t *)self->elements) + off;
+ void* other_mem = ((uint8_t *)other->elements) + off;
+ if (!native_slot_eq(field_type, self_mem, other_mem)) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ }
+ return Qtrue;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.hash => hash_value
+ *
+ * Returns a hash value computed from this repeated field's elements.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_hash(VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+
+ VALUE hash = LL2NUM(0);
+
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ VALUE field_type_class = self->field_type_class;
+ size_t elem_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ size_t off = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++, off += elem_size) {
+ void* mem = ((uint8_t *)self->elements) + off;
+ VALUE elem = native_slot_get(field_type, field_type_class, mem);
+ hash = rb_funcall(hash, rb_intern("<<"), 1, INT2NUM(2));
+ hash = rb_funcall(hash, rb_intern("^"), 1,
+ rb_funcall(elem, rb_intern("hash"), 0));
+ }
+
+ return hash;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.+(other) => repeated field
+ *
+ * Returns a new repeated field that contains the concatenated list of this
+ * repeated field's elements and other's elements. The other (second) list may
+ * be either another repeated field or a Ruby array.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_plus(VALUE _self, VALUE list) {
+ VALUE dupped = RepeatedField_dup(_self);
+
+ if (TYPE(list) == T_ARRAY) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(list); i++) {
+ VALUE elem = rb_ary_entry(list, i);
+ RepeatedField_push(dupped, elem);
+ }
+ } else if (RB_TYPE_P(list, T_DATA) && RTYPEDDATA_P(list) &&
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(list) == &RepeatedField_type) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ RepeatedField* list_rptfield = ruby_to_RepeatedField(list);
+ if (self->field_type != list_rptfield->field_type ||
+ self->field_type_class != list_rptfield->field_type_class) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Attempt to append RepeatedField with different element type.");
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < list_rptfield->size; i++) {
+ void* mem = RepeatedField_index_native(list, i);
+ RepeatedField_push_native(dupped, mem);
+ }
+ } else {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Unknown type appending to RepeatedField");
+ }
+
+ return dupped;
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.concat(other) => self
+ *
+ * concats the passed in array to self. Returns a Ruby array.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_concat(VALUE _self, VALUE list) {
+ Check_Type(list, T_ARRAY);
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(list); i++) {
+ RepeatedField_push(_self, rb_ary_entry(list, i));
+ }
+ return _self;
+}
+
+
+void validate_type_class(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE klass) {
+ if (rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned) == Qnil) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Type class has no descriptor. Please pass a "
+ "class or enum as returned by the DescriptorPool.");
+ }
+ if (type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ VALUE desc = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ if (!RB_TYPE_P(desc, T_DATA) || !RTYPEDDATA_P(desc) ||
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(desc) != &_Descriptor_type) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Descriptor has an incorrect type.");
+ }
+ if (rb_get_alloc_func(klass) != &Message_alloc) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError,
+ "Message class was not returned by the DescriptorPool.");
+ }
+ } else if (type == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ VALUE enumdesc = rb_ivar_get(klass, descriptor_instancevar_interned);
+ if (!RB_TYPE_P(enumdesc, T_DATA) || !RTYPEDDATA_P(enumdesc) ||
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(enumdesc) != &_EnumDescriptor_type) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Descriptor has an incorrect type.");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void RepeatedField_init_args(int argc, VALUE* argv,
+ VALUE _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(_self);
+ VALUE ary = Qnil;
+ if (argc < 1) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 1 argument.");
+ }
+ self->field_type = ruby_to_fieldtype(argv[0]);
+
+ if (self->field_type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE ||
+ self->field_type == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ if (argc < 2) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected at least 2 arguments for message/enum.");
+ }
+ self->field_type_class = argv[1];
+ if (argc > 2) {
+ ary = argv[2];
+ }
+ validate_type_class(self->field_type, self->field_type_class);
+ } else {
+ if (argc > 2) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Too many arguments: expected 1 or 2.");
+ }
+ if (argc > 1) {
+ ary = argv[1];
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ary != Qnil) {
+ if (!RB_TYPE_P(ary, T_ARRAY)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eArgError, "Expected array as initialize argument");
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < RARRAY_LEN(ary); i++) {
+ RepeatedField_push(_self, rb_ary_entry(ary, i));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Mark, free, alloc, init and class setup functions.
+
+void RepeatedField_mark(void* _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = (RepeatedField*)_self;
+ upb_fieldtype_t field_type = self->field_type;
+ int element_size = native_slot_size(field_type);
+ rb_gc_mark(self->field_type_class);
+ for (int i = 0; i < self->size; i++) {
+ void* memory = (((uint8_t *)self->elements) + i * element_size);
+ native_slot_mark(self->field_type, memory);
+ }
+}
+
+void RepeatedField_free(void* _self) {
+ RepeatedField* self = (RepeatedField*)_self;
+ xfree(self->elements);
+ xfree(self);
+}
+
+/*
+ * call-seq:
+ * RepeatedField.new(type, type_class = nil, initial_elems = [])
+ *
+ * Creates a new repeated field. The provided type must be a Ruby symbol, and
+ * can take on the same values as those accepted by FieldDescriptor#type=. If
+ * the type is :message or :enum, type_class must be non-nil, and must be the
+ * Ruby class or module returned by Descriptor#msgclass or
+ * EnumDescriptor#enummodule, respectively. An initial list of elements may also
+ * be provided.
+ */
+VALUE RepeatedField_alloc(VALUE klass) {
+ RepeatedField* self = ALLOC(RepeatedField);
+ self->elements = NULL;
+ self->size = 0;
+ self->capacity = 0;
+ self->field_type = -1;
+ self->field_type_class = Qnil;
+ return TypedData_Wrap_Struct(klass, &RepeatedField_type, self);
+}
+
+VALUE RepeatedField_init(int argc, VALUE* argv, VALUE self) {
+ RepeatedField_init_args(argc, argv, self);
+ return Qnil;
+}
+
+void RepeatedField_register(VALUE module) {
+ VALUE klass = rb_define_class_under(
+ module, "RepeatedField", rb_cObject);
+ rb_define_alloc_func(klass, RepeatedField_alloc);
+ cRepeatedField = klass;
+ rb_gc_register_address(&cRepeatedField);
+
+ rb_define_method(klass, "initialize",
+ RepeatedField_init, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "each", RepeatedField_each, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]", RepeatedField_index, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "at", RepeatedField_index, -1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "[]=", RepeatedField_index_set, 2);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "push", RepeatedField_push, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "<<", RepeatedField_push, 1);
+ rb_define_private_method(klass, "pop_one", RepeatedField_pop_one, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "replace", RepeatedField_replace, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "clear", RepeatedField_clear, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "length", RepeatedField_length, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "size", RepeatedField_length, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "dup", RepeatedField_dup, 0);
+ // Also define #clone so that we don't inherit Object#clone.
+ rb_define_method(klass, "clone", RepeatedField_dup, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "==", RepeatedField_eq, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "to_ary", RepeatedField_to_ary, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "hash", RepeatedField_hash, 0);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "+", RepeatedField_plus, 1);
+ rb_define_method(klass, "concat", RepeatedField_concat, 1);
+ rb_include_module(klass, rb_mEnumerable);
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/storage.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/storage.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c839781
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/storage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
+// Protocol Buffers - Google's data interchange format
+// Copyright 2014 Google Inc. All rights reserved.
+// https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/
+//
+// Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+// modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+// met:
+//
+// * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+// notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+// * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+// copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer
+// in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+// distribution.
+// * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its
+// contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+// this software without specific prior written permission.
+//
+// THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
+// "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+// A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT
+// OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+// SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+// LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+// DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+// THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+// (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+// OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+#include "protobuf.h"
+
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <ruby/encoding.h>
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Ruby <-> native slot management.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define DEREF(memory, type) *(type*)(memory)
+
+size_t native_slot_size(upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: return 4;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: return 8;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: return 1;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING: return sizeof(VALUE);
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: return sizeof(VALUE);
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: return sizeof(VALUE);
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: return 4;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32: return 4;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: return 8;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32: return 4;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: return 8;
+ default: return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static VALUE value_from_default(const upb_fielddef *field) {
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(field)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: return DBL2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(field));
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: return DBL2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(field));
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultbool(field) ? Qtrue : Qfalse;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: return Qnil;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ const upb_enumdef *enumdef = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(field);
+ int32_t num = upb_fielddef_defaultint32(field);
+ const char *label = upb_enumdef_iton(enumdef, num);
+ if (label) {
+ return ID2SYM(rb_intern(label));
+ } else {
+ return INT2NUM(num);
+ }
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32: return INT2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultint32(field));
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: return LL2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultint64(field));;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32: return UINT2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(field));
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: return ULL2NUM(upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(field));
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ size_t size;
+ const char *str = upb_fielddef_defaultstr(field, &size);
+ return rb_str_new(str, size);
+ }
+ default: return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool is_ruby_num(VALUE value) {
+ return (TYPE(value) == T_FLOAT ||
+ TYPE(value) == T_FIXNUM ||
+ TYPE(value) == T_BIGNUM);
+}
+
+void native_slot_check_int_range_precision(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE val) {
+ if (!is_ruby_num(val)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Expected number type for integral field.");
+ }
+
+ // NUM2{INT,UINT,LL,ULL} macros do the appropriate range checks on upper
+ // bound; we just need to do precision checks (i.e., disallow rounding) and
+ // check for < 0 on unsigned types.
+ if (TYPE(val) == T_FLOAT) {
+ double dbl_val = NUM2DBL(val);
+ if (floor(dbl_val) != dbl_val) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRangeError,
+ "Non-integral floating point value assigned to integer field.");
+ }
+ }
+ if (type == UPB_TYPE_UINT32 || type == UPB_TYPE_UINT64) {
+ if (NUM2DBL(val) < 0) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRangeError,
+ "Assigning negative value to unsigned integer field.");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void native_slot_validate_string_encoding(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE value) {
+ bool bad_encoding = false;
+ rb_encoding* string_encoding = rb_enc_from_index(ENCODING_GET(value));
+ if (type == UPB_TYPE_STRING) {
+ bad_encoding =
+ string_encoding != kRubyStringUtf8Encoding &&
+ string_encoding != kRubyStringASCIIEncoding;
+ } else {
+ bad_encoding =
+ string_encoding != kRubyString8bitEncoding;
+ }
+ // Check that encoding is UTF-8 or ASCII (for string fields) or ASCII-8BIT
+ // (for bytes fields).
+ if (bad_encoding) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Encoding for '%s' fields must be %s (was %s)",
+ (type == UPB_TYPE_STRING) ? "string" : "bytes",
+ (type == UPB_TYPE_STRING) ? "UTF-8 or ASCII" : "ASCII-8BIT",
+ rb_enc_name(string_encoding));
+ }
+}
+
+void native_slot_set(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE type_class,
+ void* memory, VALUE value) {
+ native_slot_set_value_and_case(type, type_class, memory, value, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+void native_slot_set_value_and_case(upb_fieldtype_t type, VALUE type_class,
+ void* memory, VALUE value,
+ uint32_t* case_memory,
+ uint32_t case_number) {
+ // Note that in order to atomically change the value in memory and the case
+ // value (w.r.t. Ruby VM calls), we must set the value at |memory| only after
+ // all Ruby VM calls are complete. The case is then set at the bottom of this
+ // function.
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ if (!is_ruby_num(value)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Expected number type for float field.");
+ }
+ DEREF(memory, float) = NUM2DBL(value);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ if (!is_ruby_num(value)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Expected number type for double field.");
+ }
+ DEREF(memory, double) = NUM2DBL(value);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: {
+ int8_t val = -1;
+ if (value == Qtrue) {
+ val = 1;
+ } else if (value == Qfalse) {
+ val = 0;
+ } else {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Invalid argument for boolean field.");
+ }
+ DEREF(memory, int8_t) = val;
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ if (CLASS_OF(value) != rb_cString) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Invalid argument for string field.");
+ }
+ native_slot_validate_string_encoding(type, value);
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = value;
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ if (CLASS_OF(value) == CLASS_OF(Qnil)) {
+ value = Qnil;
+ } else if (CLASS_OF(value) != type_class) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Invalid type %s to assign to submessage field.",
+ rb_class2name(CLASS_OF(value)));
+ }
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = value;
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ int32_t int_val = 0;
+ if (!is_ruby_num(value) && TYPE(value) != T_SYMBOL) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Expected number or symbol type for enum field.");
+ }
+ if (TYPE(value) == T_SYMBOL) {
+ // Ensure that the given symbol exists in the enum module.
+ VALUE lookup = rb_funcall(type_class, rb_intern("resolve"), 1, value);
+ if (lookup == Qnil) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eRangeError, "Unknown symbol value for enum field.");
+ } else {
+ int_val = NUM2INT(lookup);
+ }
+ } else {
+ native_slot_check_int_range_precision(UPB_TYPE_INT32, value);
+ int_val = NUM2INT(value);
+ }
+ DEREF(memory, int32_t) = int_val;
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ native_slot_check_int_range_precision(type, value);
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ DEREF(memory, int32_t) = NUM2INT(value);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ DEREF(memory, int64_t) = NUM2LL(value);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ DEREF(memory, uint32_t) = NUM2UINT(value);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ DEREF(memory, uint64_t) = NUM2ULL(value);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (case_memory != NULL) {
+ *case_memory = case_number;
+ }
+}
+
+VALUE native_slot_get(upb_fieldtype_t type,
+ VALUE type_class,
+ const void* memory) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ return DBL2NUM(DEREF(memory, float));
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ return DBL2NUM(DEREF(memory, double));
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ return DEREF(memory, int8_t) ? Qtrue : Qfalse;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ return DEREF(memory, VALUE);
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ int32_t val = DEREF(memory, int32_t);
+ VALUE symbol = enum_lookup(type_class, INT2NUM(val));
+ if (symbol == Qnil) {
+ return INT2NUM(val);
+ } else {
+ return symbol;
+ }
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ return INT2NUM(DEREF(memory, int32_t));
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ return LL2NUM(DEREF(memory, int64_t));
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ return UINT2NUM(DEREF(memory, uint32_t));
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ return ULL2NUM(DEREF(memory, uint64_t));
+ default:
+ return Qnil;
+ }
+}
+
+void native_slot_init(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* memory) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ DEREF(memory, float) = 0.0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ DEREF(memory, double) = 0.0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ DEREF(memory, int8_t) = 0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = rb_str_new2("");
+ rb_enc_associate(DEREF(memory, VALUE), (type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES) ?
+ kRubyString8bitEncoding : kRubyStringUtf8Encoding);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = Qnil;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ DEREF(memory, int32_t) = 0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ DEREF(memory, int64_t) = 0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ DEREF(memory, uint32_t) = 0;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ DEREF(memory, uint64_t) = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void native_slot_mark(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* memory) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ rb_gc_mark(DEREF(memory, VALUE));
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void native_slot_dup(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* to, void* from) {
+ memcpy(to, from, native_slot_size(type));
+}
+
+void native_slot_deep_copy(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* to, void* from) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ VALUE from_val = DEREF(from, VALUE);
+ DEREF(to, VALUE) = (from_val != Qnil) ?
+ rb_funcall(from_val, rb_intern("dup"), 0) : Qnil;
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ VALUE from_val = DEREF(from, VALUE);
+ DEREF(to, VALUE) = (from_val != Qnil) ?
+ Message_deep_copy(from_val) : Qnil;
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ memcpy(to, from, native_slot_size(type));
+ }
+}
+
+bool native_slot_eq(upb_fieldtype_t type, void* mem1, void* mem2) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ VALUE val1 = DEREF(mem1, VALUE);
+ VALUE val2 = DEREF(mem2, VALUE);
+ VALUE ret = rb_funcall(val1, rb_intern("=="), 1, val2);
+ return ret == Qtrue;
+ }
+ default:
+ return !memcmp(mem1, mem2, native_slot_size(type));
+ }
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Map field utilities.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+const upb_msgdef* tryget_map_entry_msgdef(const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ const upb_msgdef* subdef;
+ if (upb_fielddef_label(field) != UPB_LABEL_REPEATED ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(field) != UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ subdef = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(field);
+ return upb_msgdef_mapentry(subdef) ? subdef : NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *map_entry_msgdef(const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ const upb_msgdef* subdef = tryget_map_entry_msgdef(field);
+ assert(subdef);
+ return subdef;
+}
+
+bool is_map_field(const upb_fielddef *field) {
+ return tryget_map_entry_msgdef(field) != NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef* map_field_key(const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ const upb_msgdef* subdef = map_entry_msgdef(field);
+ return map_entry_key(subdef);
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef* map_field_value(const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ const upb_msgdef* subdef = map_entry_msgdef(field);
+ return map_entry_value(subdef);
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef* map_entry_key(const upb_msgdef* msgdef) {
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field = upb_msgdef_itof(msgdef, MAP_KEY_FIELD);
+ assert(key_field != NULL);
+ return key_field;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef* map_entry_value(const upb_msgdef* msgdef) {
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field = upb_msgdef_itof(msgdef, MAP_VALUE_FIELD);
+ assert(value_field != NULL);
+ return value_field;
+}
+
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Memory layout management.
+// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static size_t align_up_to(size_t offset, size_t granularity) {
+ // Granularity must be a power of two.
+ return (offset + granularity - 1) & ~(granularity - 1);
+}
+
+MessageLayout* create_layout(const upb_msgdef* msgdef) {
+ MessageLayout* layout = ALLOC(MessageLayout);
+ int nfields = upb_msgdef_numfields(msgdef);
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter oit;
+ size_t off = 0;
+
+ layout->fields = ALLOC_N(MessageField, nfields);
+
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ size_t field_size;
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ // Oneofs are handled separately below.
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ // Allocate |field_size| bytes for this field in the layout.
+ field_size = 0;
+ if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ field_size = sizeof(VALUE);
+ } else {
+ field_size = native_slot_size(upb_fielddef_type(field));
+ }
+ // Align current offset up to |size| granularity.
+ off = align_up_to(off, field_size);
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].offset = off;
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].case_offset =
+ MESSAGE_FIELD_NO_CASE;
+ off += field_size;
+ }
+
+ // Handle oneofs now -- we iterate over oneofs specifically and allocate only
+ // one slot per oneof.
+ //
+ // We assign all value slots first, then pack the 'case' fields at the end,
+ // since in the common case (modern 64-bit platform) these are 8 bytes and 4
+ // bytes respectively and we want to avoid alignment overhead.
+ //
+ // Note that we reserve 4 bytes (a uint32) per 'case' slot because the value
+ // space for oneof cases is conceptually as wide as field tag numbers. In
+ // practice, it's unlikely that a oneof would have more than e.g. 256 or 64K
+ // members (8 or 16 bits respectively), so conceivably we could assign
+ // consecutive case numbers and then pick a smaller oneof case slot size, but
+ // the complexity to implement this indirection is probably not worthwhile.
+ for (upb_msg_oneof_begin(&oit, msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_oneof_done(&oit);
+ upb_msg_oneof_next(&oit)) {
+ const upb_oneofdef* oneof = upb_msg_iter_oneof(&oit);
+ upb_oneof_iter fit;
+
+ // Always allocate NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE bytes, but share the slot between
+ // all fields.
+ size_t field_size = NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE;
+ // Align the offset.
+ off = align_up_to(off, field_size);
+ // Assign all fields in the oneof this same offset.
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&fit, oneof);
+ !upb_oneof_done(&fit);
+ upb_oneof_next(&fit)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_oneof_iter_field(&fit);
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].offset = off;
+ }
+ off += field_size;
+ }
+
+ // Now the case fields.
+ for (upb_msg_oneof_begin(&oit, msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_oneof_done(&oit);
+ upb_msg_oneof_next(&oit)) {
+ const upb_oneofdef* oneof = upb_msg_iter_oneof(&oit);
+ upb_oneof_iter fit;
+
+ size_t field_size = sizeof(uint32_t);
+ // Align the offset.
+ off = (off + field_size - 1) & ~(field_size - 1);
+ // Assign all fields in the oneof this same offset.
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&fit, oneof);
+ !upb_oneof_done(&fit);
+ upb_oneof_next(&fit)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_oneof_iter_field(&fit);
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].case_offset = off;
+ }
+ off += field_size;
+ }
+
+ layout->size = off;
+
+ layout->msgdef = msgdef;
+ upb_msgdef_ref(layout->msgdef, &layout->msgdef);
+
+ return layout;
+}
+
+void free_layout(MessageLayout* layout) {
+ xfree(layout->fields);
+ upb_msgdef_unref(layout->msgdef, &layout->msgdef);
+ xfree(layout);
+}
+
+VALUE field_type_class(const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ VALUE type_class = Qnil;
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(field) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ VALUE submsgdesc =
+ get_def_obj(upb_fielddef_subdef(field));
+ type_class = Descriptor_msgclass(submsgdesc);
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_type(field) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ VALUE subenumdesc =
+ get_def_obj(upb_fielddef_subdef(field));
+ type_class = EnumDescriptor_enummodule(subenumdesc);
+ }
+ return type_class;
+}
+
+static void* slot_memory(MessageLayout* layout,
+ const void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ return ((uint8_t *)storage) +
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].offset;
+}
+
+static uint32_t* slot_oneof_case(MessageLayout* layout,
+ const void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ return (uint32_t *)(((uint8_t *)storage) +
+ layout->fields[upb_fielddef_index(field)].case_offset);
+}
+
+
+VALUE layout_get(MessageLayout* layout,
+ const void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ void* memory = slot_memory(layout, storage, field);
+ uint32_t* oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, storage, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (*oneof_case != upb_fielddef_number(field)) {
+ return value_from_default(field);
+ }
+ return native_slot_get(upb_fielddef_type(field),
+ field_type_class(field),
+ memory);
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ return *((VALUE *)memory);
+ } else {
+ return native_slot_get(upb_fielddef_type(field),
+ field_type_class(field),
+ memory);
+ }
+}
+
+static void check_repeated_field_type(VALUE val, const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ RepeatedField* self;
+ assert(upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED);
+
+ if (!RB_TYPE_P(val, T_DATA) || !RTYPEDDATA_P(val) ||
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(val) != &RepeatedField_type) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Expected repeated field array");
+ }
+
+ self = ruby_to_RepeatedField(val);
+ if (self->field_type != upb_fielddef_type(field)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Repeated field array has wrong element type");
+ }
+
+ if (self->field_type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE ||
+ self->field_type == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ if (self->field_type_class !=
+ get_def_obj(upb_fielddef_subdef(field))) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Repeated field array has wrong message/enum class");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void check_map_field_type(VALUE val, const upb_fielddef* field) {
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field = map_field_key(field);
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field = map_field_value(field);
+ Map* self;
+
+ if (!RB_TYPE_P(val, T_DATA) || !RTYPEDDATA_P(val) ||
+ RTYPEDDATA_TYPE(val) != &Map_type) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Expected Map instance");
+ }
+
+ self = ruby_to_Map(val);
+ if (self->key_type != upb_fielddef_type(key_field)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Map key type does not match field's key type");
+ }
+ if (self->value_type != upb_fielddef_type(value_field)) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError, "Map value type does not match field's value type");
+ }
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(value_field) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(value_field) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ if (self->value_type_class !=
+ get_def_obj(upb_fielddef_subdef(value_field))) {
+ rb_raise(rb_eTypeError,
+ "Map value type has wrong message/enum class");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+void layout_set(MessageLayout* layout,
+ void* storage,
+ const upb_fielddef* field,
+ VALUE val) {
+ void* memory = slot_memory(layout, storage, field);
+ uint32_t* oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, storage, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (val == Qnil) {
+ // Assigning nil to a oneof field clears the oneof completely.
+ *oneof_case = ONEOF_CASE_NONE;
+ memset(memory, 0, NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE);
+ } else {
+ // The transition between field types for a single oneof (union) slot is
+ // somewhat complex because we need to ensure that a GC triggered at any
+ // point by a call into the Ruby VM sees a valid state for this field and
+ // does not either go off into the weeds (following what it thinks is a
+ // VALUE but is actually a different field type) or miss an object (seeing
+ // what it thinks is a primitive field but is actually a VALUE for the new
+ // field type).
+ //
+ // In order for the transition to be safe, the oneof case slot must be in
+ // sync with the value slot whenever the Ruby VM has been called. Thus, we
+ // use native_slot_set_value_and_case(), which ensures that both the value
+ // and case number are altered atomically (w.r.t. the Ruby VM).
+ native_slot_set_value_and_case(
+ upb_fielddef_type(field), field_type_class(field),
+ memory, val,
+ oneof_case, upb_fielddef_number(field));
+ }
+ } else if (is_map_field(field)) {
+ check_map_field_type(val, field);
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = val;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ check_repeated_field_type(val, field);
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = val;
+ } else {
+ native_slot_set(upb_fielddef_type(field), field_type_class(field),
+ memory, val);
+ }
+}
+
+void layout_init(MessageLayout* layout,
+ void* storage) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ void* memory = slot_memory(layout, storage, field);
+ uint32_t* oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, storage, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ memset(memory, 0, NATIVE_SLOT_MAX_SIZE);
+ *oneof_case = ONEOF_CASE_NONE;
+ } else if (is_map_field(field)) {
+ VALUE map = Qnil;
+
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field = map_field_key(field);
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field = map_field_value(field);
+ VALUE type_class = field_type_class(value_field);
+
+ if (type_class != Qnil) {
+ VALUE args[3] = {
+ fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(key_field)),
+ fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(value_field)),
+ type_class,
+ };
+ map = rb_class_new_instance(3, args, cMap);
+ } else {
+ VALUE args[2] = {
+ fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(key_field)),
+ fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(value_field)),
+ };
+ map = rb_class_new_instance(2, args, cMap);
+ }
+
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = map;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ VALUE ary = Qnil;
+
+ VALUE type_class = field_type_class(field);
+
+ if (type_class != Qnil) {
+ VALUE args[2] = {
+ fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(field)),
+ type_class,
+ };
+ ary = rb_class_new_instance(2, args, cRepeatedField);
+ } else {
+ VALUE args[1] = { fieldtype_to_ruby(upb_fielddef_type(field)) };
+ ary = rb_class_new_instance(1, args, cRepeatedField);
+ }
+
+ DEREF(memory, VALUE) = ary;
+ } else {
+ native_slot_init(upb_fielddef_type(field), memory);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void layout_mark(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ void* memory = slot_memory(layout, storage, field);
+ uint32_t* oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, storage, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (*oneof_case == upb_fielddef_number(field)) {
+ native_slot_mark(upb_fielddef_type(field), memory);
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ rb_gc_mark(DEREF(memory, VALUE));
+ } else {
+ native_slot_mark(upb_fielddef_type(field), memory);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void layout_dup(MessageLayout* layout, void* to, void* from) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+
+ void* to_memory = slot_memory(layout, to, field);
+ uint32_t* to_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, to, field);
+ void* from_memory = slot_memory(layout, from, field);
+ uint32_t* from_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, from, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (*from_oneof_case == upb_fielddef_number(field)) {
+ *to_oneof_case = *from_oneof_case;
+ native_slot_dup(upb_fielddef_type(field), to_memory, from_memory);
+ }
+ } else if (is_map_field(field)) {
+ DEREF(to_memory, VALUE) = Map_dup(DEREF(from_memory, VALUE));
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ DEREF(to_memory, VALUE) = RepeatedField_dup(DEREF(from_memory, VALUE));
+ } else {
+ native_slot_dup(upb_fielddef_type(field), to_memory, from_memory);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void layout_deep_copy(MessageLayout* layout, void* to, void* from) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+
+ void* to_memory = slot_memory(layout, to, field);
+ uint32_t* to_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, to, field);
+ void* from_memory = slot_memory(layout, from, field);
+ uint32_t* from_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, from, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (*from_oneof_case == upb_fielddef_number(field)) {
+ *to_oneof_case = *from_oneof_case;
+ native_slot_deep_copy(upb_fielddef_type(field), to_memory, from_memory);
+ }
+ } else if (is_map_field(field)) {
+ DEREF(to_memory, VALUE) =
+ Map_deep_copy(DEREF(from_memory, VALUE));
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ DEREF(to_memory, VALUE) =
+ RepeatedField_deep_copy(DEREF(from_memory, VALUE));
+ } else {
+ native_slot_deep_copy(upb_fielddef_type(field), to_memory, from_memory);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+VALUE layout_eq(MessageLayout* layout, void* msg1, void* msg2) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+
+ void* msg1_memory = slot_memory(layout, msg1, field);
+ uint32_t* msg1_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, msg1, field);
+ void* msg2_memory = slot_memory(layout, msg2, field);
+ uint32_t* msg2_oneof_case = slot_oneof_case(layout, msg2, field);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(field)) {
+ if (*msg1_oneof_case != *msg2_oneof_case ||
+ (*msg1_oneof_case == upb_fielddef_number(field) &&
+ !native_slot_eq(upb_fielddef_type(field),
+ msg1_memory,
+ msg2_memory))) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ } else if (is_map_field(field)) {
+ if (!Map_eq(DEREF(msg1_memory, VALUE),
+ DEREF(msg2_memory, VALUE))) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_label(field) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED) {
+ if (!RepeatedField_eq(DEREF(msg1_memory, VALUE),
+ DEREF(msg2_memory, VALUE))) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (!native_slot_eq(upb_fielddef_type(field),
+ msg1_memory, msg2_memory)) {
+ return Qfalse;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return Qtrue;
+}
+
+VALUE layout_hash(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ st_index_t h = rb_hash_start(0);
+ VALUE hash_sym = rb_intern("hash");
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ VALUE field_val = layout_get(layout, storage, field);
+ h = rb_hash_uint(h, NUM2LONG(rb_funcall(field_val, hash_sym, 0)));
+ }
+ h = rb_hash_end(h);
+
+ return INT2FIX(h);
+}
+
+VALUE layout_inspect(MessageLayout* layout, void* storage) {
+ VALUE str = rb_str_new2("");
+
+ upb_msg_field_iter it;
+ bool first = true;
+ for (upb_msg_field_begin(&it, layout->msgdef);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&it);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef* field = upb_msg_iter_field(&it);
+ VALUE field_val = layout_get(layout, storage, field);
+
+ if (!first) {
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, ", ");
+ } else {
+ first = false;
+ }
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, upb_fielddef_name(field));
+ str = rb_str_cat2(str, ": ");
+
+ str = rb_str_append(str, rb_funcall(field_val, rb_intern("inspect"), 0));
+ }
+
+ return str;
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.c b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..74a2a1db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,12812 @@
+// Amalgamated source file
+#include "upb.h"
+
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t len;
+ char str[1]; /* Null-terminated string data follows. */
+} str_t;
+
+static str_t *newstr(const char *data, size_t len) {
+ str_t *ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*ret) + len);
+ if (!ret) return NULL;
+ ret->len = len;
+ memcpy(ret->str, data, len);
+ ret->str[len] = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void freestr(str_t *s) { upb_gfree(s); }
+
+/* isalpha() etc. from <ctype.h> are locale-dependent, which we don't want. */
+static bool upb_isbetween(char c, char low, char high) {
+ return c >= low && c <= high;
+}
+
+static bool upb_isletter(char c) {
+ return upb_isbetween(c, 'A', 'Z') || upb_isbetween(c, 'a', 'z') || c == '_';
+}
+
+static bool upb_isalphanum(char c) {
+ return upb_isletter(c) || upb_isbetween(c, '0', '9');
+}
+
+static bool upb_isident(const char *str, size_t len, bool full, upb_status *s) {
+ bool start = true;
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ char c = str[i];
+ if (c == '.') {
+ if (start || !full) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "invalid name: unexpected '.' (%s)", str);
+ return false;
+ }
+ start = true;
+ } else if (start) {
+ if (!upb_isletter(c)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(
+ s, "invalid name: path components must start with a letter (%s)",
+ str);
+ return false;
+ }
+ start = false;
+ } else {
+ if (!upb_isalphanum(c)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "invalid name: non-alphanumeric character (%s)",
+ str);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return !start;
+}
+
+static bool upb_isoneof(const upb_refcounted *def) {
+ return def->vtbl == &upb_oneofdef_vtbl;
+}
+
+static bool upb_isfield(const upb_refcounted *def) {
+ return def->vtbl == &upb_fielddef_vtbl;
+}
+
+static const upb_oneofdef *upb_trygetoneof(const upb_refcounted *def) {
+ return upb_isoneof(def) ? (const upb_oneofdef*)def : NULL;
+}
+
+static const upb_fielddef *upb_trygetfield(const upb_refcounted *def) {
+ return upb_isfield(def) ? (const upb_fielddef*)def : NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_def ********************************************************************/
+
+upb_deftype_t upb_def_type(const upb_def *d) { return d->type; }
+
+const char *upb_def_fullname(const upb_def *d) { return d->fullname; }
+
+const char *upb_def_name(const upb_def *d) {
+ const char *p;
+
+ if (d->fullname == NULL) {
+ return NULL;
+ } else if ((p = strrchr(d->fullname, '.')) == NULL) {
+ /* No '.' in the name, return the full string. */
+ return d->fullname;
+ } else {
+ /* Return one past the last '.'. */
+ return p + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s) {
+ assert(!upb_def_isfrozen(def));
+ if (!upb_isident(fullname, strlen(fullname), true, s)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ fullname = upb_gstrdup(fullname);
+ if (!fullname) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ upb_gfree((void*)def->fullname);
+ def->fullname = fullname;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_filedef *upb_def_file(const upb_def *d) { return d->file; }
+
+upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *o) {
+ switch (def->type) {
+ case UPB_DEF_MSG:
+ return upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_msgdef_dup(upb_downcast_msgdef(def), o));
+ case UPB_DEF_FIELD:
+ return upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_fielddef_dup(upb_downcast_fielddef(def), o));
+ case UPB_DEF_ENUM:
+ return upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(
+ upb_enumdef_dup(upb_downcast_enumdef(def), o));
+ default: assert(false); return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool upb_def_init(upb_def *def, upb_deftype_t type,
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
+ const void *owner) {
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_def_upcast_mutable(def), vtbl, owner)) return false;
+ def->type = type;
+ def->fullname = NULL;
+ def->came_from_user = false;
+ def->file = NULL;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void upb_def_uninit(upb_def *def) {
+ upb_gfree((void*)def->fullname);
+}
+
+static const char *msgdef_name(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ const char *name = upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m));
+ return name ? name : "(anonymous)";
+}
+
+static bool upb_validate_field(upb_fielddef *f, upb_status *s) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_name(f) == NULL || upb_fielddef_number(f) == 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef must have name and number set");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!f->type_is_set_) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef type was not initialized");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_lazy(f) &&
+ upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f) != UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s,
+ "only length-delimited submessage fields may be lazy");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f)) {
+ const upb_def *subdef;
+
+ if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "field '%s.%s' has not been resolved",
+ msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ subdef = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ if (subdef == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "field %s.%s is missing required subdef",
+ msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_def_isfrozen(subdef) && !subdef->came_from_user) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s,
+ "subdef of field %s.%s is not frozen or being frozen",
+ msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ bool has_default_name = upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(f);
+ bool has_default_number = upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(f);
+
+ /* Previously verified by upb_validate_enumdef(). */
+ assert(upb_enumdef_numvals(upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f)) > 0);
+
+ /* We've already validated that we have an associated enumdef and that it
+ * has at least one member, so at least one of these should be true.
+ * Because if the user didn't set anything, we'll pick up the enum's
+ * default, but if the user *did* set something we should at least pick up
+ * the one they set (int32 or string). */
+ assert(has_default_name || has_default_number);
+
+ if (!has_default_name) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s,
+ "enum default for field %s.%s (%d) is not in the enum",
+ msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f),
+ upb_fielddef_defaultint32(f));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!has_default_number) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s,
+ "enum default for field %s.%s (%s) is not in the enum",
+ msgdef_name(f->msg.def), upb_fielddef_name(f),
+ upb_fielddef_defaultstr(f, NULL));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Lift the effective numeric default into the field's default slot, in case
+ * we were only getting it "by reference" from the enumdef. */
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(f, upb_fielddef_defaultint32(f));
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure that MapEntry submessages only appear as repeated fields, not
+ * optional/required (singular) fields. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE &&
+ upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f) != NULL) {
+ const upb_msgdef *subdef = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f);
+ if (upb_msgdef_mapentry(subdef) && !upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s,
+ "Field %s refers to mapentry message but is not "
+ "a repeated field",
+ upb_fielddef_name(f) ? upb_fielddef_name(f) :
+ "(unnamed)");
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool upb_validate_enumdef(const upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *s) {
+ if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) == 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "enum %s has no members (must have at least one)",
+ upb_enumdef_fullname(e));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* All submessage fields are lower than all other fields.
+ * Secondly, fields are increasing in order. */
+uint32_t field_rank(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ uint32_t ret = upb_fielddef_number(f);
+ const uint32_t high_bit = 1 << 30;
+ assert(ret < high_bit);
+ if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f))
+ ret |= high_bit;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+int cmp_fields(const void *p1, const void *p2) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f1 = *(upb_fielddef*const*)p1;
+ const upb_fielddef *f2 = *(upb_fielddef*const*)p2;
+ return field_rank(f1) - field_rank(f2);
+}
+
+static bool assign_msg_indices(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *s) {
+ /* Sort fields. upb internally relies on UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields having the
+ * lowest indexes, but we do not publicly guarantee this. */
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
+ int i;
+ uint32_t selector;
+ int n = upb_msgdef_numfields(m);
+ upb_fielddef **fields;
+
+ if (n == 0) {
+ m->selector_count = UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT;
+ m->submsg_field_count = 0;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ fields = upb_gmalloc(n * sizeof(*fields));
+ if (!fields) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ m->submsg_field_count = 0;
+ for(i = 0, upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&j), i++) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
+ assert(f->msg.def == m);
+ if (!upb_validate_field(f, s)) {
+ upb_gfree(fields);
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ m->submsg_field_count++;
+ }
+ fields[i] = f;
+ }
+
+ qsort(fields, n, sizeof(*fields), cmp_fields);
+
+ selector = UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT + m->submsg_field_count;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = fields[i];
+ f->index_ = i;
+ f->selector_base = selector + upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(f);
+ selector += upb_handlers_selectorcount(f);
+ }
+ m->selector_count = selector;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ {
+ /* Verify that all selectors for the message are distinct. */
+#define TRY(type) \
+ if (upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &sel)) upb_inttable_insert(&t, sel, v);
+
+ upb_inttable t;
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ upb_inttable_init(&t, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL);
+ v = upb_value_bool(true);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, v);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&t, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, v);
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
+ /* These calls will assert-fail in upb_table if the value already
+ * exists. */
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT32);
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_INT64)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT32)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_UINT64)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_BOOL)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STRING)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)
+ TRY(UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&t);
+ }
+#undef TRY
+#endif
+
+ upb_gfree(fields);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool _upb_def_validate(upb_def *const*defs, size_t n, upb_status *s) {
+ size_t i;
+
+ /* First perform validation, in two passes so we can check that we have a
+ * transitive closure without needing to search. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ if (upb_def_isfrozen(def)) {
+ /* Could relax this requirement if it's annoying. */
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "def is already frozen");
+ goto err;
+ } else if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "standalone fielddefs can not be frozen");
+ goto err;
+ } else if (def->type == UPB_DEF_ENUM) {
+ if (!upb_validate_enumdef(upb_dyncast_enumdef(def), s)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Set now to detect transitive closure in the second pass. */
+ def->came_from_user = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Second pass of validation. Also assign selector bases and indexes, and
+ * compact tables. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef_mutable(def);
+ upb_enumdef *e = upb_dyncast_enumdef_mutable(def);
+ if (m) {
+ upb_inttable_compact(&m->itof);
+ if (!assign_msg_indices(m, s)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+ } else if (e) {
+ upb_inttable_compact(&e->iton);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+
+err:
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ def->came_from_user = false;
+ }
+ assert(!(s && upb_ok(s)));
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const* defs, size_t n, upb_status *s) {
+ /* Def graph contains FieldDefs between each MessageDef, so double the
+ * limit. */
+ const size_t maxdepth = UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH * 2;
+
+ if (!_upb_def_validate(defs, n, s)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Validation all passed; freeze the objects. */
+ return upb_refcounted_freeze((upb_refcounted *const*)defs, n, s, maxdepth);
+}
+
+
+/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/
+
+static void upb_enumdef_free(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_enumdef *e = (upb_enumdef*)r;
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &e->iton);
+ for( ; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ /* To clean up the upb_gstrdup() from upb_enumdef_addval(). */
+ upb_gfree(upb_value_getcstr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i)));
+ }
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&e->ntoi);
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&e->iton);
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e));
+ upb_gfree(e);
+}
+
+const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_enumdef_vtbl = {NULL, &upb_enumdef_free};
+
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner) {
+ upb_enumdef *e = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*e));
+ if (!e) return NULL;
+
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e), UPB_DEF_ENUM,
+ &upb_enumdef_vtbl, owner)) {
+ goto err2;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&e->ntoi, UPB_CTYPE_INT32)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&e->iton, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR)) goto err1;
+ return e;
+
+err1:
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&e->ntoi);
+err2:
+ upb_gfree(e);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
+ upb_enum_iter i;
+ upb_enumdef *new_e = upb_enumdef_new(owner);
+ if (!new_e) return NULL;
+ for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
+ bool success = upb_enumdef_addval(
+ new_e, upb_enum_iter_name(&i),upb_enum_iter_number(&i), NULL);
+ if (!success) {
+ upb_enumdef_unref(new_e, owner);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return new_e;
+}
+
+bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_def *d = upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e);
+ return upb_def_freeze(&d, 1, status);
+}
+
+const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_enumdef_upcast(e));
+}
+
+const char *upb_enumdef_name(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return upb_def_name(upb_enumdef_upcast(e));
+}
+
+bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e), fullname, s);
+}
+
+bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num,
+ upb_status *status) {
+ char *name2;
+
+ if (!upb_isident(name, strlen(name), false, status)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_enumdef_ntoiz(e, name, NULL)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(status, "name '%s' is already defined", name);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert(&e->ntoi, name, upb_value_int32(num))) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_inttable_lookup(&e->iton, num, NULL)) {
+ name2 = upb_gstrdup(name);
+ if (!name2 || !upb_inttable_insert(&e->iton, num, upb_value_cstr(name2))) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
+ upb_strtable_remove(&e->ntoi, name, NULL);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) == 1) {
+ bool ok = upb_enumdef_setdefault(e, num, NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+int32_t upb_enumdef_default(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ assert(upb_enumdef_iton(e, e->defaultval));
+ return e->defaultval;
+}
+
+bool upb_enumdef_setdefault(upb_enumdef *e, int32_t val, upb_status *s) {
+ assert(!upb_enumdef_isfrozen(e));
+ if (!upb_enumdef_iton(e, val)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "number '%d' is not in the enum.", val);
+ return false;
+ }
+ e->defaultval = val;
+ return true;
+}
+
+int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return upb_strtable_count(&e->ntoi);
+}
+
+void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *i, const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ /* We iterate over the ntoi table, to account for duplicate numbers. */
+ upb_strtable_begin(i, &e->ntoi);
+}
+
+void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter) { upb_strtable_next(iter); }
+bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter) { return upb_strtable_done(iter); }
+
+bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(const upb_enumdef *def, const char *name,
+ size_t len, int32_t *num) {
+ upb_value v;
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup2(&def->ntoi, name, len, &v)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (num) *num = upb_value_getint32(v);
+ return true;
+}
+
+const char *upb_enumdef_iton(const upb_enumdef *def, int32_t num) {
+ upb_value v;
+ return upb_inttable_lookup32(&def->iton, num, &v) ?
+ upb_value_getcstr(v) : NULL;
+}
+
+const char *upb_enum_iter_name(upb_enum_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_strtable_iter_key(iter);
+}
+
+int32_t upb_enum_iter_number(upb_enum_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_value_getint32(upb_strtable_iter_value(iter));
+}
+
+
+/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/
+
+static void upb_fielddef_init_default(upb_fielddef *f);
+
+static void upb_fielddef_uninit_default(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (f->type_is_set_ && f->default_is_string && f->defaultval.bytes)
+ freestr(f->defaultval.bytes);
+}
+
+const char *upb_fielddef_fullname(const upb_fielddef *e) {
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_fielddef_upcast(e));
+}
+
+static void visitfield(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = (const upb_fielddef*)r;
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)) {
+ visit(r, upb_msgdef_upcast2(upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)), closure);
+ }
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) {
+ visit(r, upb_oneofdef_upcast(upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)), closure);
+ }
+ if (upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
+ visit(r, upb_def_upcast(upb_fielddef_subdef(f)), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static void freefield(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = (upb_fielddef*)r;
+ upb_fielddef_uninit_default(f);
+ if (f->subdef_is_symbolic)
+ upb_gfree(f->sub.name);
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f));
+ upb_gfree(f);
+}
+
+static const char *enumdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e;
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
+ if (f->default_is_string && f->defaultval.bytes) {
+ /* Default was explicitly set as a string. */
+ str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ return s->str;
+ } else if (e) {
+ if (!f->default_is_string) {
+ /* Default was explicitly set as an integer; look it up in enumdef. */
+ const char *name = upb_enumdef_iton(e, f->defaultval.sint);
+ if (name) {
+ return name;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Default is completely unset; pull enumdef default. */
+ if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) > 0) {
+ const char *name = upb_enumdef_iton(e, upb_enumdef_default(e));
+ assert(name);
+ return name;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static bool enumdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f, int32_t *val) {
+ const upb_enumdef *e;
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ e = upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(f);
+ if (!f->default_is_string) {
+ /* Default was explicitly set as an integer. */
+ *val = f->defaultval.sint;
+ return true;
+ } else if (e) {
+ if (f->defaultval.bytes) {
+ /* Default was explicitly set as a str; try to lookup corresponding int. */
+ str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ if (upb_enumdef_ntoiz(e, s->str, val)) {
+ return true;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* Default is unset; try to pull in enumdef default. */
+ if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) > 0) {
+ *val = upb_enumdef_default(e);
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_fielddef_vtbl = {visitfield, freefield};
+
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *o) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*f));
+ if (!f) return NULL;
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f), UPB_DEF_FIELD,
+ &upb_fielddef_vtbl, o)) {
+ upb_gfree(f);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ f->msg.def = NULL;
+ f->sub.def = NULL;
+ f->oneof = NULL;
+ f->subdef_is_symbolic = false;
+ f->msg_is_symbolic = false;
+ f->label_ = UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL;
+ f->type_ = UPB_TYPE_INT32;
+ f->number_ = 0;
+ f->type_is_set_ = false;
+ f->tagdelim = false;
+ f->is_extension_ = false;
+ f->lazy_ = false;
+ f->packed_ = true;
+
+ /* For the moment we default this to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, since it will work
+ * with all integer types and is in some since more "default" since the most
+ * normal-looking proto2 types int32/int64/uint32/uint64 use variable.
+ *
+ * Other options to consider:
+ * - there is no default; users must set this manually (like type).
+ * - default signed integers to UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG, since it's more likely to
+ * be an optimal default for signed integers. */
+ f->intfmt = UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE;
+ return f;
+}
+
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner) {
+ const char *srcname;
+ upb_fielddef *newf = upb_fielddef_new(owner);
+ if (!newf) return NULL;
+ upb_fielddef_settype(newf, upb_fielddef_type(f));
+ upb_fielddef_setlabel(newf, upb_fielddef_label(f));
+ upb_fielddef_setnumber(newf, upb_fielddef_number(f), NULL);
+ upb_fielddef_setname(newf, upb_fielddef_name(f), NULL);
+ if (f->default_is_string && f->defaultval.bytes) {
+ str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(newf, s->str, s->len, NULL);
+ } else {
+ newf->default_is_string = f->default_is_string;
+ newf->defaultval = f->defaultval;
+ }
+
+ if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
+ srcname = f->sub.name; /* Might be NULL. */
+ } else {
+ srcname = f->sub.def ? upb_def_fullname(f->sub.def) : NULL;
+ }
+ if (srcname) {
+ char *newname = upb_gmalloc(strlen(f->sub.def->fullname) + 2);
+ if (!newname) {
+ upb_fielddef_unref(newf, owner);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ strcpy(newname, ".");
+ strcat(newname, f->sub.def->fullname);
+ upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(newf, newname, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(newname);
+ }
+
+ return newf;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_typeisset(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->type_is_set_;
+}
+
+upb_fieldtype_t upb_fielddef_type(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ assert(f->type_is_set_);
+ return f->type_;
+}
+
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_index(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->index_;
+}
+
+upb_label_t upb_fielddef_label(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->label_;
+}
+
+upb_intfmt_t upb_fielddef_intfmt(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->intfmt;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_istagdelim(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->tagdelim;
+}
+
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_number(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->number_;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_isextension(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->is_extension_;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_lazy(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->lazy_;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_packed(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->packed_;
+}
+
+const char *upb_fielddef_name(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_fielddef_upcast(f));
+}
+
+size_t upb_fielddef_getjsonname(const upb_fielddef *f, char *buf, size_t len) {
+ const char *name = upb_fielddef_name(f);
+ size_t src, dst = 0;
+ bool ucase_next = false;
+
+#define WRITE(byte) \
+ ++dst; \
+ if (dst < len) buf[dst - 1] = byte; \
+ else if (dst == len) buf[dst - 1] = '\0'
+
+ if (!name) {
+ WRITE('\0');
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Implement the transformation as described in the spec:
+ * 1. upper case all letters after an underscore.
+ * 2. remove all underscores.
+ */
+ for (src = 0; name[src]; src++) {
+ if (name[src] == '_') {
+ ucase_next = true;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (ucase_next) {
+ WRITE(toupper(name[src]));
+ ucase_next = false;
+ } else {
+ WRITE(name[src]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ WRITE('\0');
+ return dst;
+
+#undef WRITE
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->msg_is_symbolic ? NULL : f->msg.def;
+}
+
+const upb_oneofdef *upb_fielddef_containingoneof(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->oneof;
+}
+
+upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype_mutable(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return (upb_msgdef*)upb_fielddef_containingtype(f);
+}
+
+const char *upb_fielddef_containingtypename(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->msg_is_symbolic ? f->msg.name : NULL;
+}
+
+static void release_containingtype(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (f->msg_is_symbolic) upb_gfree(f->msg.name);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ char *name_copy;
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field has already been added to a message.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
+ * may have a leading "."). */
+
+ name_copy = upb_gstrdup(name);
+ if (!name_copy) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ release_containingtype(f);
+ f->msg.name = name_copy;
+ f->msg_is_symbolic = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) || upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "Already added to message or oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f), name, s);
+}
+
+static void chkdefaulttype(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f);
+ UPB_UNUSED(type);
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && upb_fielddef_type(f) == type);
+}
+
+int64_t upb_fielddef_defaultint64(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_INT64);
+ return f->defaultval.sint;
+}
+
+int32_t upb_fielddef_defaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (f->type_is_set_ && upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ int32_t val;
+ bool ok = enumdefaultint32(f, &val);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return val;
+ } else {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_INT32);
+ return f->defaultval.sint;
+ }
+}
+
+uint64_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT64);
+ return f->defaultval.uint;
+}
+
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT32);
+ return f->defaultval.uint;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_defaultbool(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_BOOL);
+ return f->defaultval.uint;
+}
+
+float upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_FLOAT);
+ return f->defaultval.flt;
+}
+
+double upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ chkdefaulttype(f, UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE);
+ return f->defaultval.dbl;
+}
+
+const char *upb_fielddef_defaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f, size_t *len) {
+ assert(f->type_is_set_);
+ assert(upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_BYTES ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ const char *ret = enumdefaultstr(f);
+ assert(ret);
+ /* Enum defaults can't have embedded NULLs. */
+ if (len) *len = strlen(ret);
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ if (f->default_is_string) {
+ str_t *str = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ if (len) *len = str->len;
+ return str->str;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static void upb_fielddef_init_default(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ f->default_is_string = false;
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: f->defaultval.dbl = 0; break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: f->defaultval.flt = 0; break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: f->defaultval.sint = 0; break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: f->defaultval.uint = 0; break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ f->defaultval.bytes = newstr("", 0);
+ f->default_is_string = true;
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ /* This is our special sentinel that indicates "not set" for an enum. */
+ f->default_is_string = true;
+ f->defaultval.bytes = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+const upb_def *upb_fielddef_subdef(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return f->subdef_is_symbolic ? NULL : f->sub.def;
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ const upb_def *def = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ return def ? upb_dyncast_msgdef(def) : NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_enumdef *upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ const upb_def *def = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ return def ? upb_dyncast_enumdef(def) : NULL;
+}
+
+upb_def *upb_fielddef_subdef_mutable(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return (upb_def*)upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+}
+
+const char *upb_fielddef_subdefname(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
+ return f->sub.name;
+ } else if (f->sub.def) {
+ return upb_def_fullname(f->sub.def);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setnumber(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t number, upb_status *s) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(
+ s, "cannot change field number after adding to a message");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (number == 0 || number > UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "invalid field number (%u)", number);
+ return false;
+ }
+ f->number_ = number;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_settype(upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ assert(upb_fielddef_checktype(type));
+ upb_fielddef_uninit_default(f);
+ f->type_ = type;
+ f->type_is_set_ = true;
+ upb_fielddef_init_default(f);
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(upb_fielddef *f, int type) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_FLOAT);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_INT64);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT64:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT64);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_INT32);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT32);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BOOL:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_BOOL);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_STRING);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_BYTES);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM:
+ upb_fielddef_settype(f, UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ break;
+ default: assert(false);
+ }
+
+ if (type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64 ||
+ type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32 ||
+ type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64 ||
+ type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32) {
+ upb_fielddef_setintfmt(f, UPB_INTFMT_FIXED);
+ } else if (type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 ||
+ type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32) {
+ upb_fielddef_setintfmt(f, UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG);
+ } else {
+ upb_fielddef_setintfmt(f, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE);
+ }
+
+ upb_fielddef_settagdelim(f, type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP);
+}
+
+upb_descriptortype_t upb_fielddef_descriptortype(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BOOL;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ switch (upb_fielddef_intfmt(f)) {
+ case UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_FIXED: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ switch (upb_fielddef_intfmt(f)) {
+ case UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT64;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_FIXED: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ switch (upb_fielddef_intfmt(f)) {
+ case UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT32;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_FIXED: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG: return -1;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ switch (upb_fielddef_intfmt(f)) {
+ case UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT64;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_FIXED: return UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64;
+ case UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG: return -1;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ return upb_fielddef_istagdelim(f) ?
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP : UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setisextension(upb_fielddef *f, bool is_extension) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ f->is_extension_ = is_extension;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setlazy(upb_fielddef *f, bool lazy) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ f->lazy_ = lazy;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setpacked(upb_fielddef *f, bool packed) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ f->packed_ = packed;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setlabel(upb_fielddef *f, upb_label_t label) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ assert(upb_fielddef_checklabel(label));
+ f->label_ = label;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setintfmt(upb_fielddef *f, upb_intfmt_t fmt) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ assert(upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(fmt));
+ f->intfmt = fmt;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_settagdelim(upb_fielddef *f, bool tag_delim) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ f->tagdelim = tag_delim;
+ f->tagdelim = tag_delim;
+}
+
+static bool checksetdefault(upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ if (!f->type_is_set_ || upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f) ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(f) != type) {
+ assert(false);
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (f->default_is_string) {
+ str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ assert(s || type == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ if (s) freestr(s);
+ }
+ f->default_is_string = false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(upb_fielddef *f, int64_t value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_INT64))
+ f->defaultval.sint = value;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(upb_fielddef *f, int32_t value) {
+ if ((upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM &&
+ checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_ENUM)) ||
+ checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_INT32)) {
+ f->defaultval.sint = value;
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(upb_fielddef *f, uint64_t value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT64))
+ f->defaultval.uint = value;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_UINT32))
+ f->defaultval.uint = value;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(upb_fielddef *f, bool value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_BOOL))
+ f->defaultval.uint = value;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(upb_fielddef *f, float value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_FLOAT))
+ f->defaultval.flt = value;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(upb_fielddef *f, double value) {
+ if (checksetdefault(f, UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE))
+ f->defaultval.dbl = value;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ str_t *str2;
+ assert(upb_fielddef_isstring(f) || f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ if (f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM && !upb_isident(str, len, false, s))
+ return false;
+
+ if (f->default_is_string) {
+ str_t *s = f->defaultval.bytes;
+ assert(s || f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ if (s) freestr(s);
+ } else {
+ assert(f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ }
+
+ str2 = newstr(str, len);
+ f->defaultval.bytes = str2;
+ f->default_is_string = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(upb_fielddef *f, const char *str,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ assert(f->type_is_set_);
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(f, str, str ? strlen(str) : 0, s);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ int32_t val;
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ return enumdefaultint32(f, &val);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ assert(f->type_is_set_ && f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM);
+ return enumdefaultstr(f) != NULL;
+}
+
+static bool upb_subdef_typecheck(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ if (f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ if (upb_dyncast_msgdef(subdef)) return true;
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "invalid subdef type for this submessage field");
+ return false;
+ } else if (f->type_ == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ if (upb_dyncast_enumdef(subdef)) return true;
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "invalid subdef type for this enum field");
+ return false;
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "only message and enum fields can have a subdef");
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static void release_subdef(upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (f->subdef_is_symbolic) {
+ upb_gfree(f->sub.name);
+ } else if (f->sub.def) {
+ upb_unref2(f->sub.def, f);
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ assert(upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f));
+ if (subdef && !upb_subdef_typecheck(f, subdef, s)) return false;
+ release_subdef(f);
+ f->sub.def = subdef;
+ f->subdef_is_symbolic = false;
+ if (f->sub.def) upb_ref2(f->sub.def, f);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_msgdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, upb_msgdef_upcast(subdef), s);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_enumdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, upb_enumdef_upcast(subdef), s);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ char *name_copy;
+ assert(!upb_fielddef_isfrozen(f));
+ if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field type does not accept a subdef");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ name_copy = upb_gstrdup(name);
+ if (!name_copy) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* TODO: validate name (upb_isident() doesn't quite work atm because this name
+ * may have a leading "."). */
+ release_subdef(f);
+ f->sub.name = name_copy;
+ f->subdef_is_symbolic = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_issubmsg(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_isstring(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING ||
+ upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_BYTES;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_isseq(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_label(f) == UPB_LABEL_REPEATED;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_isprimitive(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return !upb_fielddef_isstring(f) && !upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f);
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_ismap(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_isseq(f) && upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f) &&
+ upb_msgdef_mapentry(upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f));
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_haspresence(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) return false;
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) return true;
+
+ /* Primitive field: return true unless there is a message that specifies
+ * presence should not exist. */
+ if (f->msg_is_symbolic || !f->msg.def) return true;
+ return f->msg.def->syntax == UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_hassubdef(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f) || upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM;
+}
+
+static bool between(int32_t x, int32_t low, int32_t high) {
+ return x >= low && x <= high;
+}
+
+bool upb_fielddef_checklabel(int32_t label) { return between(label, 1, 3); }
+bool upb_fielddef_checktype(int32_t type) { return between(type, 1, 11); }
+bool upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(int32_t fmt) { return between(fmt, 1, 3); }
+
+bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type) {
+ return between(type, 1, 18);
+}
+
+/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/
+
+static void visitmsg(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
+ const upb_msgdef *m = (const upb_msgdef*)r;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ visit(r, upb_fielddef_upcast2(f), closure);
+ }
+ for(upb_msg_oneof_begin(&o, m);
+ !upb_msg_oneof_done(&o);
+ upb_msg_oneof_next(&o)) {
+ upb_oneofdef *f = upb_msg_iter_oneof(&o);
+ visit(r, upb_oneofdef_upcast(f), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static void freemsg(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_msgdef *m = (upb_msgdef*)r;
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&m->ntof);
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&m->itof);
+ upb_def_uninit(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m));
+ upb_gfree(m);
+}
+
+const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_msgdef_vtbl = {visitmsg, freemsg};
+
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner) {
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*m));
+ if (!m) return NULL;
+
+ if (!upb_def_init(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), UPB_DEF_MSG, &upb_msgdef_vtbl,
+ owner)) {
+ goto err2;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&m->itof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&m->ntof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err1;
+ m->map_entry = false;
+ m->syntax = UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2;
+ return m;
+
+err1:
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&m->itof);
+err2:
+ upb_gfree(m);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
+ bool ok;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter o;
+
+ upb_msgdef *newm = upb_msgdef_new(owner);
+ if (!newm) return NULL;
+ ok = upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(newm),
+ upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m)),
+ NULL);
+ newm->map_entry = m->map_entry;
+ newm->syntax = m->syntax;
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_dup(upb_msg_iter_field(&i), &f);
+ /* Fields in oneofs are dup'd below. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f)) continue;
+ if (!f || !upb_msgdef_addfield(newm, f, &f, NULL)) {
+ upb_msgdef_unref(newm, owner);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ for(upb_msg_oneof_begin(&o, m);
+ !upb_msg_oneof_done(&o);
+ upb_msg_oneof_next(&o)) {
+ upb_oneofdef *f = upb_oneofdef_dup(upb_msg_iter_oneof(&o), &f);
+ if (!f || !upb_msgdef_addoneof(newm, f, &f, NULL)) {
+ upb_msgdef_unref(newm, owner);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return newm;
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_def *d = upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m);
+ return upb_def_freeze(&d, 1, status);
+}
+
+const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast(m));
+}
+
+const char *upb_msgdef_name(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return upb_def_name(upb_msgdef_upcast(m));
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), fullname, s);
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_setsyntax(upb_msgdef *m, upb_syntax_t syntax) {
+ if (syntax != UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2 && syntax != UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO3) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ m->syntax = syntax;
+ return true;
+}
+
+upb_syntax_t upb_msgdef_syntax(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return m->syntax;
+}
+
+/* Helper: check that the field |f| is safe to add to msgdef |m|. Set an error
+ * on status |s| and return false if not. */
+static bool check_field_add(const upb_msgdef *m, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef already belongs to a message");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_name(f) == NULL || upb_fielddef_number(f) == 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field name or number were not set");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_msgdef_itof(m, upb_fielddef_number(f))) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "duplicate field number");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_strtable_lookup(&m->ntof, upb_fielddef_name(f), NULL)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "name conflicts with existing field or oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void add_field(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor) {
+ release_containingtype(f);
+ f->msg.def = m;
+ f->msg_is_symbolic = false;
+ upb_inttable_insert(&m->itof, upb_fielddef_number(f), upb_value_ptr(f));
+ upb_strtable_insert(&m->ntof, upb_fielddef_name(f), upb_value_ptr(f));
+ upb_ref2(f, m);
+ upb_ref2(m, f);
+ if (ref_donor) upb_fielddef_unref(f, ref_donor);
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ /* TODO: extensions need to have a separate namespace, because proto2 allows a
+ * top-level extension (ie. one not in any package) to have the same name as a
+ * field from the message.
+ *
+ * This also implies that there needs to be a separate lookup-by-name method
+ * for extensions. It seems desirable for iteration to return both extensions
+ * and non-extensions though.
+ *
+ * We also need to validate that the field number is in an extension range iff
+ * it is an extension.
+ *
+ * This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this msgdef and
+ * return immediately if so. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) == m) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check constraints for all fields before performing any action. */
+ if (!check_field_add(m, f, s)) {
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f) != NULL) {
+ /* Fields in a oneof can only be added by adding the oneof to the msgdef. */
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef is part of a oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Constraint checks ok, perform the action. */
+ add_field(m, f, ref_donor);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ upb_oneof_iter it;
+
+ /* Check various conditions that would prevent this oneof from being added. */
+ if (upb_oneofdef_containingtype(o)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "oneofdef already belongs to a message");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_oneofdef_name(o) == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "oneofdef name was not set");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_strtable_lookup(&m->ntof, upb_oneofdef_name(o), NULL)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "name conflicts with existing field or oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that all of the oneof's fields do not conflict with names or numbers
+ * of fields already in the message. */
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&it, o); !upb_oneof_done(&it); upb_oneof_next(&it)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
+ if (!check_field_add(m, f, s)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Everything checks out -- commit now. */
+
+ /* Add oneof itself first. */
+ o->parent = m;
+ upb_strtable_insert(&m->ntof, upb_oneofdef_name(o), upb_value_ptr(o));
+ upb_ref2(o, m);
+ upb_ref2(m, o);
+
+ /* Add each field of the oneof directly to the msgdef. */
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&it, o); !upb_oneof_done(&it); upb_oneof_next(&it)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&it);
+ add_field(m, f, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (ref_donor) upb_oneofdef_unref(o, ref_donor);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof(const upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i) {
+ upb_value val;
+ return upb_inttable_lookup32(&m->itof, i, &val) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(val) : NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ size_t len) {
+ upb_value val;
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup2(&m->ntof, name, len, &val)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return upb_trygetfield(upb_value_getptr(val));
+}
+
+const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ size_t len) {
+ upb_value val;
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup2(&m->ntof, name, len, &val)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return upb_trygetoneof(upb_value_getptr(val));
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_lookupname(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name, size_t len,
+ const upb_fielddef **f, const upb_oneofdef **o) {
+ upb_value val;
+
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup2(&m->ntof, name, len, &val)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ *o = upb_trygetoneof(upb_value_getptr(val));
+ *f = upb_trygetfield(upb_value_getptr(val));
+ assert((*o != NULL) ^ (*f != NULL)); /* Exactly one of the two should be set. */
+ return true;
+}
+
+int upb_msgdef_numfields(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ /* The number table contains only fields. */
+ return upb_inttable_count(&m->itof);
+}
+
+int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ /* The name table includes oneofs, and the number table does not. */
+ return upb_strtable_count(&m->ntof) - upb_inttable_count(&m->itof);
+}
+
+void upb_msgdef_setmapentry(upb_msgdef *m, bool map_entry) {
+ assert(!upb_msgdef_isfrozen(m));
+ m->map_entry = map_entry;
+}
+
+bool upb_msgdef_mapentry(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return m->map_entry;
+}
+
+void upb_msg_field_begin(upb_msg_field_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ upb_inttable_begin(iter, &m->itof);
+}
+
+void upb_msg_field_next(upb_msg_field_iter *iter) { upb_inttable_next(iter); }
+
+bool upb_msg_field_done(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_inttable_done(iter);
+}
+
+upb_fielddef *upb_msg_iter_field(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter) {
+ return (upb_fielddef*)upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(iter));
+}
+
+void upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(upb_msg_field_iter *iter) {
+ upb_inttable_iter_setdone(iter);
+}
+
+void upb_msg_oneof_begin(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ upb_strtable_begin(iter, &m->ntof);
+ /* We need to skip past any initial fields. */
+ while (!upb_strtable_done(iter) &&
+ !upb_isoneof(upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(iter)))) {
+ upb_strtable_next(iter);
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_msg_oneof_next(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ /* We need to skip past fields to return only oneofs. */
+ do {
+ upb_strtable_next(iter);
+ } while (!upb_strtable_done(iter) &&
+ !upb_isoneof(upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(iter))));
+}
+
+bool upb_msg_oneof_done(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_strtable_done(iter);
+}
+
+upb_oneofdef *upb_msg_iter_oneof(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ return (upb_oneofdef*)upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(iter));
+}
+
+void upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ upb_strtable_iter_setdone(iter);
+}
+
+/* upb_oneofdef ***************************************************************/
+
+static void visitoneof(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_oneofdef *o = (const upb_oneofdef*)r;
+ upb_oneof_iter i;
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&i, o); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_oneof_iter_field(&i);
+ visit(r, upb_fielddef_upcast2(f), closure);
+ }
+ if (o->parent) {
+ visit(r, upb_msgdef_upcast2(o->parent), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static void freeoneof(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_oneofdef *o = (upb_oneofdef*)r;
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&o->ntof);
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&o->itof);
+ upb_gfree((void*)o->name);
+ upb_gfree(o);
+}
+
+const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_oneofdef_vtbl = {visitoneof, freeoneof};
+
+upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_new(const void *owner) {
+ upb_oneofdef *o = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*o));
+
+ if (!o) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ o->parent = NULL;
+ o->name = NULL;
+
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_oneofdef_upcast_mutable(o), &upb_oneofdef_vtbl,
+ owner)) {
+ goto err2;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&o->itof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&o->ntof, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err1;
+
+ return o;
+
+err1:
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&o->itof);
+err2:
+ upb_gfree(o);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner) {
+ bool ok;
+ upb_oneof_iter i;
+ upb_oneofdef *newo = upb_oneofdef_new(owner);
+ if (!newo) return NULL;
+ ok = upb_oneofdef_setname(newo, upb_oneofdef_name(o), NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ for (upb_oneof_begin(&i, o); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_dup(upb_oneof_iter_field(&i), &f);
+ if (!f || !upb_oneofdef_addfield(newo, f, &f, NULL)) {
+ upb_oneofdef_unref(newo, owner);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ return newo;
+}
+
+const char *upb_oneofdef_name(const upb_oneofdef *o) { return o->name; }
+
+bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *name, upb_status *s) {
+ assert(!upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(o));
+ if (upb_oneofdef_containingtype(o)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "oneof already added to a message");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_isident(name, strlen(name), true, s)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ name = upb_gstrdup(name);
+ if (!name) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "One of memory");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ upb_gfree((void*)o->name);
+ o->name = name;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_oneofdef_containingtype(const upb_oneofdef *o) {
+ return o->parent;
+}
+
+int upb_oneofdef_numfields(const upb_oneofdef *o) {
+ return upb_strtable_count(&o->ntof);
+}
+
+bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
+ const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ assert(!upb_oneofdef_isfrozen(o));
+ assert(!o->parent || !upb_msgdef_isfrozen(o->parent));
+
+ /* This method is idempotent. Check if |f| is already part of this oneofdef
+ * and return immediately if so. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f) == o) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /* The field must have an OPTIONAL label. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_label(f) != UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fields in oneof must have OPTIONAL label");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that no field with this name or number exists already in the oneof.
+ * Also check that the field is not already part of a oneof. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_name(f) == NULL || upb_fielddef_number(f) == 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "field name or number were not set");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_oneofdef_itof(o, upb_fielddef_number(f)) ||
+ upb_oneofdef_ntofz(o, upb_fielddef_name(f))) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "duplicate field name or number");
+ return false;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_containingoneof(f) != NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef already belongs to a oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* We allow adding a field to the oneof either if the field is not part of a
+ * msgdef, or if it is and we are also part of the same msgdef. */
+ if (o->parent == NULL) {
+ /* If we're not in a msgdef, the field cannot be either. Otherwise we would
+ * need to magically add this oneof to a msgdef to remain consistent, which
+ * is surprising behavior. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef already belongs to a message, but "
+ "oneof does not");
+ return false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* If we're in a msgdef, the user can add fields that either aren't in any
+ * msgdef (in which case they're added to our msgdef) or already a part of
+ * our msgdef. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != NULL &&
+ upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) != o->parent) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "fielddef belongs to a different message "
+ "than oneof");
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Commit phase. First add the field to our parent msgdef, if any, because
+ * that may fail; then add the field to our own tables. */
+
+ if (o->parent != NULL && upb_fielddef_containingtype(f) == NULL) {
+ if (!upb_msgdef_addfield((upb_msgdef*)o->parent, f, NULL, s)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ release_containingtype(f);
+ f->oneof = o;
+ upb_inttable_insert(&o->itof, upb_fielddef_number(f), upb_value_ptr(f));
+ upb_strtable_insert(&o->ntof, upb_fielddef_name(f), upb_value_ptr(f));
+ upb_ref2(f, o);
+ upb_ref2(o, f);
+ if (ref_donor) upb_fielddef_unref(f, ref_donor);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntof(const upb_oneofdef *o,
+ const char *name, size_t length) {
+ upb_value val;
+ return upb_strtable_lookup2(&o->ntof, name, length, &val) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(val) : NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_itof(const upb_oneofdef *o, uint32_t num) {
+ upb_value val;
+ return upb_inttable_lookup32(&o->itof, num, &val) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(val) : NULL;
+}
+
+void upb_oneof_begin(upb_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_oneofdef *o) {
+ upb_inttable_begin(iter, &o->itof);
+}
+
+void upb_oneof_next(upb_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ upb_inttable_next(iter);
+}
+
+bool upb_oneof_done(upb_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_inttable_done(iter);
+}
+
+upb_fielddef *upb_oneof_iter_field(const upb_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ return (upb_fielddef*)upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(iter));
+}
+
+void upb_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_oneof_iter *iter) {
+ upb_inttable_iter_setdone(iter);
+}
+
+/* upb_filedef ****************************************************************/
+
+static void visitfiledef(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_filedef *f = (const upb_filedef*)r;
+ size_t i;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < upb_filedef_defcount(f); i++) {
+ visit(r, upb_def_upcast(upb_filedef_def(f, i)), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static void freefiledef(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_filedef *f = (upb_filedef*)r;
+ size_t i;
+
+ for(i = 0; i < upb_filedef_depcount(f); i++) {
+ upb_filedef_unref(upb_filedef_dep(f, i), f);
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&f->defs);
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&f->deps);
+ upb_gfree((void*)f->name);
+ upb_gfree((void*)f->package);
+ upb_gfree(f);
+}
+
+const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_filedef_vtbl = {visitfiledef, freefiledef};
+
+upb_filedef *upb_filedef_new(const void *owner) {
+ upb_filedef *f = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*f));
+
+ if (!f) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ f->package = NULL;
+ f->name = NULL;
+ f->syntax = UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2;
+
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_filedef_upcast_mutable(f), &upb_filedef_vtbl,
+ owner)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&f->defs, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&f->deps, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR)) {
+ goto err2;
+ }
+
+ return f;
+
+
+err2:
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&f->defs);
+
+err:
+ upb_gfree(f);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *upb_filedef_name(const upb_filedef *f) {
+ return f->name;
+}
+
+const char *upb_filedef_package(const upb_filedef *f) {
+ return f->package;
+}
+
+upb_syntax_t upb_filedef_syntax(const upb_filedef *f) {
+ return f->syntax;
+}
+
+size_t upb_filedef_defcount(const upb_filedef *f) {
+ return upb_inttable_count(&f->defs);
+}
+
+size_t upb_filedef_depcount(const upb_filedef *f) {
+ return upb_inttable_count(&f->deps);
+}
+
+const upb_def *upb_filedef_def(const upb_filedef *f, size_t i) {
+ upb_value v;
+
+ if (upb_inttable_lookup32(&f->defs, i, &v)) {
+ return upb_value_getconstptr(v);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+const upb_filedef *upb_filedef_dep(const upb_filedef *f, size_t i) {
+ upb_value v;
+
+ if (upb_inttable_lookup32(&f->deps, i, &v)) {
+ return upb_value_getconstptr(v);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_filedef_setname(upb_filedef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s) {
+ name = upb_gstrdup(name);
+ if (!name) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+ upb_gfree((void*)f->name);
+ f->name = name;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_filedef_setpackage(upb_filedef *f, const char *package,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ if (!upb_isident(package, strlen(package), true, s)) return false;
+ package = upb_gstrdup(package);
+ if (!package) {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+ upb_gfree((void*)f->package);
+ f->package = package;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_filedef_setsyntax(upb_filedef *f, upb_syntax_t syntax,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(s);
+ if (syntax != UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2 &&
+ syntax != UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO3) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "Unknown syntax value.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ f->syntax = syntax;
+
+ {
+ /* Set all messages in this file to match. */
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_filedef_defcount(f); i++) {
+ /* Casting const away is safe since all defs in mutable filedef must
+ * also be mutable. */
+ upb_def *def = (upb_def*)upb_filedef_def(f, i);
+
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef_mutable(def);
+ if (m) {
+ m->syntax = syntax;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_filedef_adddef(upb_filedef *f, upb_def *def, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ if (def->file) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "Def is already part of another filedef.");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_inttable_push(&f->defs, upb_value_constptr(def))) {
+ def->file = f;
+ upb_ref2(def, f);
+ if (ref_donor) upb_def_unref(def, ref_donor);
+ if (def->type == UPB_DEF_MSG) {
+ upb_downcast_msgdef_mutable(def)->syntax = f->syntax;
+ }
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ upb_upberr_setoom(s);
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_filedef_adddep(upb_filedef *f, const upb_filedef *dep) {
+ if (upb_inttable_push(&f->deps, upb_value_constptr(dep))) {
+ /* Regular ref instead of ref2 because files can't form cycles. */
+ upb_filedef_ref(dep, f);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+/*
+** TODO(haberman): it's unclear whether a lot of the consistency checks should
+** assert() or return false.
+*/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+static void *upb_calloc(size_t size) {
+ void *mem = upb_gmalloc(size);
+ if (mem) {
+ memset(mem, 0, size);
+ }
+ return mem;
+}
+
+/* Defined for the sole purpose of having a unique pointer value for
+ * UPB_NO_CLOSURE. */
+char _upb_noclosure;
+
+static void freehandlers(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_handlers *h = (upb_handlers*)r;
+
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &h->cleanup_);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ void *val = (void*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ upb_value func_val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
+ upb_handlerfree *func = upb_value_getfptr(func_val);
+ func(val);
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&h->cleanup_);
+ upb_msgdef_unref(h->msg, h);
+ upb_gfree(h->sub);
+ upb_gfree(h);
+}
+
+static void visithandlers(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = (const upb_handlers*)r;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, h->msg);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_handlers *sub;
+ if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) continue;
+ sub = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f);
+ if (sub) visit(r, upb_handlers_upcast(sub), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visithandlers, freehandlers};
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_inttable tab; /* maps upb_msgdef* -> upb_handlers*. */
+ upb_handlers_callback *callback;
+ const void *closure;
+} dfs_state;
+
+/* TODO(haberman): discard upb_handlers* objects that do not actually have any
+ * handlers set and cannot reach any upb_handlers* object that does. This is
+ * slightly tricky to do correctly. */
+static upb_handlers *newformsg(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner,
+ dfs_state *s) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_new(m, owner);
+ if (!h) return NULL;
+ if (!upb_inttable_insertptr(&s->tab, m, upb_value_ptr(h))) goto oom;
+
+ s->callback(s->closure, h);
+
+ /* For each submessage field, get or create a handlers object and set it as
+ * the subhandlers. */
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_msgdef *subdef;
+ upb_value subm_ent;
+
+ if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) continue;
+
+ subdef = upb_downcast_msgdef(upb_fielddef_subdef(f));
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&s->tab, subdef, &subm_ent)) {
+ upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(h, f, upb_value_getptr(subm_ent));
+ } else {
+ upb_handlers *sub_mh = newformsg(subdef, &sub_mh, s);
+ if (!sub_mh) goto oom;
+ upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(h, f, sub_mh);
+ upb_handlers_unref(sub_mh, &sub_mh);
+ }
+ }
+ return h;
+
+oom:
+ upb_handlers_unref(h, owner);
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Given a selector for a STARTSUBMSG handler, resolves to a pointer to the
+ * subhandlers for this submessage field. */
+#define SUBH(h, selector) (h->sub[selector])
+
+/* The selector for a submessage field is the field index. */
+#define SUBH_F(h, f) SUBH(h, f->index_)
+
+static int32_t trygetsel(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+ if (upb_handlers_msgdef(h) != upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(
+ &h->status_, "type mismatch: field %s does not belong to message %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(f), upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h)));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ if (!upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &sel)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(
+ &h->status_,
+ "type mismatch: cannot register handler type %d for field %s",
+ type, upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return sel;
+}
+
+static upb_selector_t handlers_getsel(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ int32_t sel = trygetsel(h, f, type);
+ assert(sel >= 0);
+ return sel;
+}
+
+static const void **returntype(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ return &h->table[handlers_getsel(h, f, type)].attr.return_closure_type_;
+}
+
+static bool doset(upb_handlers *h, int32_t sel, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_handlertype_t type, upb_func *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ upb_handlerattr set_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ const void *closure_type;
+ const void **context_closure_type;
+
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+
+ if (sel < 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&h->status_,
+ "incorrect handler type for this field.");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (h->table[sel].func) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&h->status_,
+ "cannot change handler once it has been set.");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (attr) {
+ set_attr = *attr;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that the given closure type matches the closure type that has been
+ * established for this context (if any). */
+ closure_type = upb_handlerattr_closuretype(&set_attr);
+
+ if (type == UPB_HANDLER_STRING) {
+ context_closure_type = returntype(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
+ } else if (f && upb_fielddef_isseq(f) &&
+ type != UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ &&
+ type != UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ) {
+ context_closure_type = returntype(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ } else {
+ context_closure_type = &h->top_closure_type;
+ }
+
+ if (closure_type && *context_closure_type &&
+ closure_type != *context_closure_type) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): better message for debugging. */
+ if (f) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&h->status_,
+ "closure type does not match for field %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(
+ &h->status_, "closure type does not match for message-level handler");
+ }
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (closure_type)
+ *context_closure_type = closure_type;
+
+ /* If this is a STARTSEQ or STARTSTR handler, check that the returned pointer
+ * matches any pre-existing expectations about what type is expected. */
+ if (type == UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ || type == UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR) {
+ const void *return_type = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&set_attr);
+ const void *table_return_type =
+ upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
+ if (return_type && table_return_type && return_type != table_return_type) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&h->status_, "closure return type does not match");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (table_return_type && !return_type)
+ upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(&set_attr, table_return_type);
+ }
+
+ h->table[sel].func = (upb_func*)func;
+ h->table[sel].attr = set_attr;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns the effective closure type for this handler (which will propagate
+ * from outer frames if this frame has no START* handler). Not implemented for
+ * UPB_HANDLER_STRING at the moment since this is not needed. Returns NULL is
+ * the effective closure type is unspecified (either no handler was registered
+ * to specify it or the handler that was registered did not specify the closure
+ * type). */
+const void *effective_closure_type(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ const void *ret;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ assert(type != UPB_HANDLER_STRING);
+ ret = h->top_closure_type;
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f) &&
+ type != UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ &&
+ type != UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ &&
+ h->table[sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)].func) {
+ ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
+ }
+
+ if (type == UPB_HANDLER_STRING &&
+ h->table[sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)].func) {
+ ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
+ }
+
+ /* The effective type of the submessage; not used yet.
+ * if (type == SUBMESSAGE &&
+ * h->table[sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)].func) {
+ * ret = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(&h->table[sel].attr);
+ * } */
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Checks whether the START* handler specified by f & type is missing even
+ * though it is required to convert the established type of an outer frame
+ * ("closure_type") into the established type of an inner frame (represented in
+ * the return closure type of this handler's attr. */
+bool checkstart(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
+ upb_status *status) {
+ const void *closure_type;
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr;
+ const void *return_closure_type;
+
+ upb_selector_t sel = handlers_getsel(h, f, type);
+ if (h->table[sel].func) return true;
+ closure_type = effective_closure_type(h, f, type);
+ attr = &h->table[sel].attr;
+ return_closure_type = upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(attr);
+ if (closure_type && return_closure_type &&
+ closure_type != return_closure_type) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(status,
+ "expected start handler to return sub type for field %f",
+ upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Public interface ***********************************************************/
+
+upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *md, const void *owner) {
+ int extra;
+ upb_handlers *h;
+
+ assert(upb_msgdef_isfrozen(md));
+
+ extra = sizeof(upb_handlers_tabent) * (md->selector_count - 1);
+ h = upb_calloc(sizeof(*h) + extra);
+ if (!h) return NULL;
+
+ h->msg = md;
+ upb_msgdef_ref(h->msg, h);
+ upb_status_clear(&h->status_);
+
+ if (md->submsg_field_count > 0) {
+ h->sub = upb_calloc(md->submsg_field_count * sizeof(*h->sub));
+ if (!h->sub) goto oom;
+ } else {
+ h->sub = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_refcounted_init(upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(h), &vtbl, owner))
+ goto oom;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&h->cleanup_, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR)) goto oom;
+
+ /* calloc() above initialized all handlers to NULL. */
+ return h;
+
+oom:
+ freehandlers(upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(h));
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner,
+ upb_handlers_callback *callback,
+ const void *closure) {
+ dfs_state state;
+ upb_handlers *ret;
+ bool ok;
+ upb_refcounted *r;
+
+ state.callback = callback;
+ state.closure = closure;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&state.tab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) return NULL;
+
+ ret = newformsg(m, owner, &state);
+
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&state.tab);
+ if (!ret) return NULL;
+
+ r = upb_handlers_upcast_mutable(ret);
+ ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+const upb_status *upb_handlers_status(upb_handlers *h) {
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+ return &h->status_;
+}
+
+void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h) {
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+ upb_status_clear(&h->status_);
+}
+
+#define SETTER(name, handlerctype, handlertype) \
+ bool upb_handlers_set ## name(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, \
+ handlerctype func, upb_handlerattr *attr) { \
+ int32_t sel = trygetsel(h, f, handlertype); \
+ return doset(h, sel, f, handlertype, (upb_func*)func, attr); \
+ }
+
+SETTER(int32, upb_int32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT32)
+SETTER(int64, upb_int64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_INT64)
+SETTER(uint32, upb_uint32_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT32)
+SETTER(uint64, upb_uint64_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_UINT64)
+SETTER(float, upb_float_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT)
+SETTER(double, upb_double_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE)
+SETTER(bool, upb_bool_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_BOOL)
+SETTER(startstr, upb_startstr_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)
+SETTER(string, upb_string_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STRING)
+SETTER(endstr, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR)
+SETTER(startseq, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)
+SETTER(startsubmsg, upb_startfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)
+SETTER(endsubmsg, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG)
+SETTER(endseq, upb_endfield_handlerfunc*, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)
+
+#undef SETTER
+
+bool upb_handlers_setstartmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return doset(h, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, NULL, UPB_HANDLER_INT32,
+ (upb_func *)func, attr);
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_setendmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+ return doset(h, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, NULL, UPB_HANDLER_INT32,
+ (upb_func *)func, attr);
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ const upb_handlers *sub) {
+ assert(sub);
+ assert(!upb_handlers_isfrozen(h));
+ assert(upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f));
+ if (SUBH_F(h, f)) return false; /* Can't reset. */
+ if (upb_msgdef_upcast(upb_handlers_msgdef(sub)) != upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ SUBH_F(h, f) = sub;
+ upb_ref2(sub, h);
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(const upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ assert(upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f));
+ return SUBH_F(h, f);
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_getattr(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t sel,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ if (!upb_handlers_gethandler(h, sel))
+ return false;
+ *attr = h->table[sel].attr;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t sel) {
+ /* STARTSUBMSG selector in sel is the field's selector base. */
+ return SUBH(h, sel - UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT);
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_handlers_msgdef(const upb_handlers *h) { return h->msg; }
+
+bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) {
+ bool ok;
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&h->cleanup_, p, NULL)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ ok = upb_inttable_insertptr(&h->cleanup_, p, upb_value_fptr(func));
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/* "Static" methods ***********************************************************/
+
+bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const*handlers, int n, upb_status *s) {
+ /* TODO: verify we have a transitive closure. */
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
+ upb_handlers *h = handlers[i];
+
+ if (!upb_ok(&h->status_)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(s, "handlers for message %s had error status: %s",
+ upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_handlers_msgdef(h)),
+ upb_status_errmsg(&h->status_));
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check that there are no closure mismatches due to missing Start* handlers
+ * or subhandlers with different type-level types. */
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, h->msg);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
+
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ if (!checkstart(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ, s))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) {
+ if (!checkstart(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR, s))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ bool hashandler = false;
+ if (upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ h, handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG)) ||
+ upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ h, handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG))) {
+ hashandler = true;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f) &&
+ (upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ h, handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)) ||
+ upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ h, handlers_getsel(h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ)))) {
+ hashandler = true;
+ }
+
+ if (hashandler && !upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f)) {
+ /* For now we add an empty subhandlers in this case. It makes the
+ * decoder code generator simpler, because it only has to handle two
+ * cases (submessage has handlers or not) as opposed to three
+ * (submessage has handlers in enclosing message but no subhandlers).
+ *
+ * This makes parsing less efficient in the case that we want to
+ * notice a submessage but skip its contents (like if we're testing
+ * for submessage presence or counting the number of repeated
+ * submessages). In this case we will end up parsing the submessage
+ * field by field and throwing away the results for each, instead of
+ * skipping the whole delimited thing at once. If this is an issue we
+ * can revisit it, but do remember that this only arises when you have
+ * handlers (startseq/startsubmsg/endsubmsg/endseq) set for the
+ * submessage but no subhandlers. The uses cases for this are
+ * limited. */
+ upb_handlers *sub = upb_handlers_new(upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f), &sub);
+ upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(h, f, sub);
+ upb_handlers_unref(sub, &sub);
+ }
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): check type of submessage.
+ * This is slightly tricky; also consider whether we should check that
+ * they match at setsubhandlers time. */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_refcounted_freeze((upb_refcounted*const*)handlers, n, s,
+ UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: return UPB_HANDLER_INT32;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: return UPB_HANDLER_INT64;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32: return UPB_HANDLER_UINT32;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: return UPB_HANDLER_UINT64;
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: return UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: return UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: return UPB_HANDLER_BOOL;
+ default: assert(false); return -1; /* Invalid input. */
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
+ upb_selector_t *s) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case UPB_HANDLER_INT32:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_INT64:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_UINT32:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_UINT64:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE:
+ case UPB_HANDLER_BOOL:
+ if (!upb_fielddef_isprimitive(f) ||
+ upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f) != type)
+ return false;
+ *s = f->selector_base;
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_STRING:
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) {
+ *s = f->selector_base;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_lazy(f)) {
+ *s = f->selector_base + 3;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR:
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f) || upb_fielddef_lazy(f)) {
+ *s = f->selector_base + 1;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR:
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f) || upb_fielddef_lazy(f)) {
+ *s = f->selector_base + 2;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ:
+ if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) return false;
+ *s = f->selector_base - 2;
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ:
+ if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) return false;
+ *s = f->selector_base - 1;
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG:
+ if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) return false;
+ /* Selectors for STARTSUBMSG are at the beginning of the table so that the
+ * selector can also be used as an index into the "sub" array of
+ * subhandlers. The indexes for the two into these two tables are the
+ * same, except that in the handler table the static selectors come first. */
+ *s = f->index_ + UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT;
+ break;
+ case UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG:
+ if (!upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) return false;
+ *s = f->selector_base;
+ break;
+ }
+ assert((size_t)*s < upb_fielddef_containingtype(f)->selector_count);
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ return upb_fielddef_isseq(f) ? 2 : 0;
+}
+
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ uint32_t ret = 1;
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) ret += 2; /* STARTSEQ/ENDSEQ */
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f)) ret += 2; /* [STRING]/STARTSTR/ENDSTR */
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ /* ENDSUBMSG (STARTSUBMSG is at table beginning) */
+ ret += 0;
+ if (upb_fielddef_lazy(f)) {
+ /* STARTSTR/ENDSTR/STRING (for lazy) */
+ ret += 3;
+ }
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_handlerattr ************************************************************/
+
+void upb_handlerattr_init(upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ upb_handlerattr from = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ memcpy(attr, &from, sizeof(*attr));
+}
+
+void upb_handlerattr_uninit(upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(attr);
+}
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *hd) {
+ attr->handler_data_ = hd;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *type) {
+ attr->closure_type_ = type;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const void *upb_handlerattr_closuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return attr->closure_type_;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr,
+ const void *type) {
+ attr->return_closure_type_ = type;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const void *upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return attr->return_closure_type_;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(upb_handlerattr *attr, bool alwaysok) {
+ attr->alwaysok_ = alwaysok;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(const upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return attr->alwaysok_;
+}
+
+/* upb_bufhandle **************************************************************/
+
+size_t upb_bufhandle_objofs(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->objofs_;
+}
+
+/* upb_byteshandler ***********************************************************/
+
+void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler* h) {
+ memset(h, 0, sizeof(*h));
+}
+
+/* For when we support handlerfree callbacks. */
+void upb_byteshandler_uninit(upb_byteshandler* h) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(h);
+}
+
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, void *d) {
+ h->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func = (upb_func*)func;
+ h->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].attr.handler_data_ = d;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *func, void *d) {
+ h->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func = (upb_func*)func;
+ h->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].attr.handler_data_ = d;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_byteshandler_setendstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, void *d) {
+ h->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func = (upb_func*)func;
+ h->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].attr.handler_data_ = d;
+ return true;
+}
+/*
+** upb::RefCounted Implementation
+**
+** Our key invariants are:
+** 1. reference cycles never span groups
+** 2. for ref2(to, from), we increment to's count iff group(from) != group(to)
+**
+** The previous two are how we avoid leaking cycles. Other important
+** invariants are:
+** 3. for mutable objects "from" and "to", if there exists a ref2(to, from)
+** this implies group(from) == group(to). (In practice, what we implement
+** is even stronger; "from" and "to" will share a group if there has *ever*
+** been a ref2(to, from), but all that is necessary for correctness is the
+** weaker one).
+** 4. mutable and immutable objects are never in the same group.
+*/
+
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+
+static void freeobj(upb_refcounted *o);
+
+const char untracked_val;
+const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF = &untracked_val;
+
+/* arch-specific atomic primitives *******************************************/
+
+#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE /*---------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void atomic_inc(uint32_t *a) { (*a)++; }
+static bool atomic_dec(uint32_t *a) { return --(*a) == 0; }
+
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) /*------------------------------*/
+
+static void atomic_inc(uint32_t *a) { __sync_fetch_and_add(a, 1); }
+static bool atomic_dec(uint32_t *a) { return __sync_sub_and_fetch(a, 1) == 0; }
+
+#elif defined(WIN32) /*-------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <Windows.h>
+
+static void atomic_inc(upb_atomic_t *a) { InterlockedIncrement(&a->val); }
+static bool atomic_dec(upb_atomic_t *a) {
+ return InterlockedDecrement(&a->val) == 0;
+}
+
+#else
+#error Atomic primitives not defined for your platform/CPU. \
+ Implement them or compile with UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE.
+#endif
+
+/* All static objects point to this refcount.
+ * It is special-cased in ref/unref below. */
+uint32_t static_refcount = -1;
+
+/* We can avoid atomic ops for statically-declared objects.
+ * This is a minor optimization but nice since we can avoid degrading under
+ * contention in this case. */
+
+static void refgroup(uint32_t *group) {
+ if (group != &static_refcount)
+ atomic_inc(group);
+}
+
+static bool unrefgroup(uint32_t *group) {
+ if (group == &static_refcount) {
+ return false;
+ } else {
+ return atomic_dec(group);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Reference tracking (debug only) ********************************************/
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+
+#ifdef UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE
+
+static void upb_lock() {}
+static void upb_unlock() {}
+
+#else
+
+/* User must define functions that lock/unlock a global mutex and link this
+ * file against them. */
+void upb_lock();
+void upb_unlock();
+
+#endif
+
+/* UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode counts on being able to malloc() memory in some
+ * code-paths that can normally never fail, like upb_refcounted_ref(). Since
+ * we have no way to propagage out-of-memory errors back to the user, and since
+ * these errors can only occur in UPB_DEBUG_REFS mode, we use an allocator that
+ * immediately aborts on failure (avoiding the global allocator, which might
+ * inject failures). */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static void *upb_debugrefs_allocfunc(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr,
+ size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(alloc);
+ UPB_UNUSED(oldsize);
+ if (size == 0) {
+ free(ptr);
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ void *ret = realloc(ptr, size);
+
+ if (!ret) {
+ abort();
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+upb_alloc upb_alloc_debugrefs = {&upb_debugrefs_allocfunc};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int count; /* How many refs there are (duplicates only allowed for ref2). */
+ bool is_ref2;
+} trackedref;
+
+static trackedref *trackedref_new(bool is_ref2) {
+ trackedref *ret = upb_malloc(&upb_alloc_debugrefs, sizeof(*ret));
+ ret->count = 1;
+ ret->is_ref2 = is_ref2;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void track(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ upb_value v;
+
+ assert(owner);
+ if (owner == UPB_UNTRACKED_REF) return;
+
+ upb_lock();
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v)) {
+ trackedref *ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ /* Since we allow multiple ref2's for the same to/from pair without
+ * allocating separate memory for each one, we lose the fine-grained
+ * tracking behavior we get with regular refs. Since ref2s only happen
+ * inside upb, we'll accept this limitation until/unless there is a really
+ * difficult upb-internal bug that can't be figured out without it. */
+ assert(ref2);
+ assert(ref->is_ref2);
+ ref->count++;
+ } else {
+ trackedref *ref = trackedref_new(ref2);
+ upb_inttable_insertptr2(r->refs, owner, upb_value_ptr(ref),
+ &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ if (ref2) {
+ /* We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
+ * another refcounted object. */
+ const upb_refcounted *from = owner;
+ assert(!upb_inttable_lookupptr(from->ref2s, r, NULL));
+ upb_inttable_insertptr2(from->ref2s, r, upb_value_ptr(NULL),
+ &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ }
+ }
+ upb_unlock();
+}
+
+static void untrack(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found;
+ trackedref *ref;
+
+ assert(owner);
+ if (owner == UPB_UNTRACKED_REF) return;
+
+ upb_lock();
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
+ /* This assert will fail if an owner attempts to release a ref it didn't have. */
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ assert(ref->is_ref2 == ref2);
+ if (--ref->count == 0) {
+ free(ref);
+ upb_inttable_removeptr(r->refs, owner, NULL);
+ if (ref2) {
+ /* We know this cast is safe when it is a ref2, because it's coming from
+ * another refcounted object. */
+ const upb_refcounted *from = owner;
+ bool removed = upb_inttable_removeptr(from->ref2s, r, NULL);
+ assert(removed);
+ }
+ }
+ upb_unlock();
+}
+
+static void checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found;
+ trackedref *ref;
+
+ upb_lock();
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(r->refs, owner, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ assert(ref->is_ref2 == ref2);
+ upb_unlock();
+}
+
+/* Populates the given UPB_CTYPE_INT32 inttable with counts of ref2's that
+ * originate from the given owner. */
+static void getref2s(const upb_refcounted *owner, upb_inttable *tab) {
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+
+ upb_lock();
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, owner->ref2s);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_value count;
+ trackedref *ref;
+ bool found;
+
+ upb_refcounted *to = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+
+ /* To get the count we need to look in the target's table. */
+ found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(to->refs, owner, &v);
+ assert(found);
+ ref = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ count = upb_value_int32(ref->count);
+
+ upb_inttable_insertptr2(tab, to, count, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ }
+ upb_unlock();
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_inttable ref2;
+ const upb_refcounted *obj;
+} check_state;
+
+static void visit_check(const upb_refcounted *obj, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure) {
+ check_state *s = closure;
+ upb_inttable *ref2 = &s->ref2;
+ upb_value v;
+ bool removed;
+ int32_t newcount;
+
+ assert(obj == s->obj);
+ assert(subobj);
+ removed = upb_inttable_removeptr(ref2, subobj, &v);
+ /* The following assertion will fail if the visit() function visits a subobj
+ * that it did not have a ref2 on, or visits the same subobj too many times. */
+ assert(removed);
+ newcount = upb_value_getint32(v) - 1;
+ if (newcount > 0) {
+ upb_inttable_insert2(ref2, (uintptr_t)subobj, upb_value_int32(newcount),
+ &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ }
+}
+
+static void visit(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *v,
+ void *closure) {
+ /* In DEBUG_REFS mode we know what existing ref2 refs there are, so we know
+ * exactly the set of nodes that visit() should visit. So we verify visit()'s
+ * correctness here. */
+ check_state state;
+ state.obj = r;
+ upb_inttable_init2(&state.ref2, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ getref2s(r, &state.ref2);
+
+ /* This should visit any children in the ref2 table. */
+ if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, visit_check, &state);
+
+ /* This assertion will fail if the visit() function missed any children. */
+ assert(upb_inttable_count(&state.ref2) == 0);
+ upb_inttable_uninit2(&state.ref2, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, v, closure);
+}
+
+static void trackinit(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ r->refs = upb_malloc(&upb_alloc_debugrefs, sizeof(*r->refs));
+ r->ref2s = upb_malloc(&upb_alloc_debugrefs, sizeof(*r->ref2s));
+ upb_inttable_init2(r->refs, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ upb_inttable_init2(r->ref2s, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+}
+
+static void trackfree(const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_inttable_uninit2(r->refs, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ upb_inttable_uninit2(r->ref2s, &upb_alloc_debugrefs);
+ upb_free(&upb_alloc_debugrefs, r->refs);
+ upb_free(&upb_alloc_debugrefs, r->ref2s);
+}
+
+#else
+
+static void track(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(owner);
+ UPB_UNUSED(ref2);
+}
+
+static void untrack(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(owner);
+ UPB_UNUSED(ref2);
+}
+
+static void checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner, bool ref2) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(owner);
+ UPB_UNUSED(ref2);
+}
+
+static void trackinit(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(r);
+}
+
+static void trackfree(const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(r);
+}
+
+static void visit(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *v,
+ void *closure) {
+ if (r->vtbl->visit) r->vtbl->visit(r, v, closure);
+}
+
+#endif /* UPB_DEBUG_REFS */
+
+
+/* freeze() *******************************************************************/
+
+/* The freeze() operation is by far the most complicated part of this scheme.
+ * We compute strongly-connected components and then mutate the graph such that
+ * we preserve the invariants documented at the top of this file. And we must
+ * handle out-of-memory errors gracefully (without leaving the graph
+ * inconsistent), which adds to the fun. */
+
+/* The state used by the freeze operation (shared across many functions). */
+typedef struct {
+ int depth;
+ int maxdepth;
+ uint64_t index;
+ /* Maps upb_refcounted* -> attributes (color, etc). attr layout varies by
+ * color. */
+ upb_inttable objattr;
+ upb_inttable stack; /* stack of upb_refcounted* for Tarjan's algorithm. */
+ upb_inttable groups; /* array of uint32_t*, malloc'd refcounts for new groups */
+ upb_status *status;
+ jmp_buf err;
+} tarjan;
+
+static void release_ref2(const upb_refcounted *obj,
+ const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure);
+
+/* Node attributes -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* After our analysis phase all nodes will be either GRAY or WHITE. */
+
+typedef enum {
+ BLACK = 0, /* Object has not been seen. */
+ GRAY, /* Object has been found via a refgroup but may not be reachable. */
+ GREEN, /* Object is reachable and is currently on the Tarjan stack. */
+ WHITE /* Object is reachable and has been assigned a group (SCC). */
+} color_t;
+
+UPB_NORETURN static void err(tarjan *t) { longjmp(t->err, 1); }
+UPB_NORETURN static void oom(tarjan *t) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(t->status, "out of memory");
+ err(t);
+}
+
+static uint64_t trygetattr(const tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_value v;
+ return upb_inttable_lookupptr(&t->objattr, r, &v) ?
+ upb_value_getuint64(v) : 0;
+}
+
+static uint64_t getattr(const tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found = upb_inttable_lookupptr(&t->objattr, r, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ return upb_value_getuint64(v);
+}
+
+static void setattr(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r, uint64_t attr) {
+ upb_inttable_removeptr(&t->objattr, r, NULL);
+ upb_inttable_insertptr(&t->objattr, r, upb_value_uint64(attr));
+}
+
+static color_t color(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ return trygetattr(t, r) & 0x3; /* Color is always stored in the low 2 bits. */
+}
+
+static void set_gray(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ assert(color(t, r) == BLACK);
+ setattr(t, r, GRAY);
+}
+
+/* Pushes an obj onto the Tarjan stack and sets it to GREEN. */
+static void push(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ assert(color(t, r) == BLACK || color(t, r) == GRAY);
+ /* This defines the attr layout for the GREEN state. "index" and "lowlink"
+ * get 31 bits, which is plenty (limit of 2B objects frozen at a time). */
+ setattr(t, r, GREEN | (t->index << 2) | (t->index << 33));
+ if (++t->index == 0x80000000) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(t->status, "too many objects to freeze");
+ err(t);
+ }
+ upb_inttable_push(&t->stack, upb_value_ptr((void*)r));
+}
+
+/* Pops an obj from the Tarjan stack and sets it to WHITE, with a ptr to its
+ * SCC group. */
+static upb_refcounted *pop(tarjan *t) {
+ upb_refcounted *r = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_pop(&t->stack));
+ assert(color(t, r) == GREEN);
+ /* This defines the attr layout for nodes in the WHITE state.
+ * Top of group stack is [group, NULL]; we point at group. */
+ setattr(t, r, WHITE | (upb_inttable_count(&t->groups) - 2) << 8);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void tarjan_newgroup(tarjan *t) {
+ uint32_t *group = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*group));
+ if (!group) oom(t);
+ /* Push group and empty group leader (we'll fill in leader later). */
+ if (!upb_inttable_push(&t->groups, upb_value_ptr(group)) ||
+ !upb_inttable_push(&t->groups, upb_value_ptr(NULL))) {
+ upb_gfree(group);
+ oom(t);
+ }
+ *group = 0;
+}
+
+static uint32_t idx(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ assert(color(t, r) == GREEN);
+ return (getattr(t, r) >> 2) & 0x7FFFFFFF;
+}
+
+static uint32_t lowlink(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ if (color(t, r) == GREEN) {
+ return getattr(t, r) >> 33;
+ } else {
+ return UINT32_MAX;
+ }
+}
+
+static void set_lowlink(tarjan *t, const upb_refcounted *r, uint32_t lowlink) {
+ assert(color(t, r) == GREEN);
+ setattr(t, r, ((uint64_t)lowlink << 33) | (getattr(t, r) & 0x1FFFFFFFF));
+}
+
+static uint32_t *group(tarjan *t, upb_refcounted *r) {
+ uint64_t groupnum;
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found;
+
+ assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
+ groupnum = getattr(t, r) >> 8;
+ found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, groupnum, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ return upb_value_getptr(v);
+}
+
+/* If the group leader for this object's group has not previously been set,
+ * the given object is assigned to be its leader. */
+static upb_refcounted *groupleader(tarjan *t, upb_refcounted *r) {
+ uint64_t leader_slot;
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found;
+
+ assert(color(t, r) == WHITE);
+ leader_slot = (getattr(t, r) >> 8) + 1;
+ found = upb_inttable_lookup(&t->groups, leader_slot, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ if (upb_value_getptr(v)) {
+ return upb_value_getptr(v);
+ } else {
+ upb_inttable_remove(&t->groups, leader_slot, NULL);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&t->groups, leader_slot, upb_value_ptr(r));
+ return r;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Tarjan's algorithm --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* See:
+ * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tarjan%27s_strongly_connected_components_algorithm */
+static void do_tarjan(const upb_refcounted *obj, tarjan *t);
+
+static void tarjan_visit(const upb_refcounted *obj,
+ const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure) {
+ tarjan *t = closure;
+ if (++t->depth > t->maxdepth) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(t->status, "graph too deep to freeze (%d)", t->maxdepth);
+ err(t);
+ } else if (subobj->is_frozen || color(t, subobj) == WHITE) {
+ /* Do nothing: we don't want to visit or color already-frozen nodes,
+ * and WHITE nodes have already been assigned a SCC. */
+ } else if (color(t, subobj) < GREEN) {
+ /* Subdef has not yet been visited; recurse on it. */
+ do_tarjan(subobj, t);
+ set_lowlink(t, obj, UPB_MIN(lowlink(t, obj), lowlink(t, subobj)));
+ } else if (color(t, subobj) == GREEN) {
+ /* Subdef is in the stack and hence in the current SCC. */
+ set_lowlink(t, obj, UPB_MIN(lowlink(t, obj), idx(t, subobj)));
+ }
+ --t->depth;
+}
+
+static void do_tarjan(const upb_refcounted *obj, tarjan *t) {
+ if (color(t, obj) == BLACK) {
+ /* We haven't seen this object's group; mark the whole group GRAY. */
+ const upb_refcounted *o = obj;
+ do { set_gray(t, o); } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
+ }
+
+ push(t, obj);
+ visit(obj, tarjan_visit, t);
+ if (lowlink(t, obj) == idx(t, obj)) {
+ tarjan_newgroup(t);
+ while (pop(t) != obj)
+ ;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* freeze() ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void crossref(const upb_refcounted *r, const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *_t) {
+ tarjan *t = _t;
+ assert(color(t, r) > BLACK);
+ if (color(t, subobj) > BLACK && r->group != subobj->group) {
+ /* Previously this ref was not reflected in subobj->group because they
+ * were in the same group; now that they are split a ref must be taken. */
+ refgroup(subobj->group);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
+ int maxdepth) {
+ volatile bool ret = false;
+ int i;
+ upb_inttable_iter iter;
+
+ /* We run in two passes so that we can allocate all memory before performing
+ * any mutation of the input -- this allows us to leave the input unchanged
+ * in the case of memory allocation failure. */
+ tarjan t;
+ t.index = 0;
+ t.depth = 0;
+ t.maxdepth = maxdepth;
+ t.status = s;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&t.objattr, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64)) goto err1;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&t.stack, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err2;
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&t.groups, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) goto err3;
+ if (setjmp(t.err) != 0) goto err4;
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ if (color(&t, roots[i]) < GREEN) {
+ do_tarjan(roots[i], &t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we've made it this far, no further errors are possible so it's safe to
+ * mutate the objects without risk of leaving them in an inconsistent state. */
+ ret = true;
+
+ /* The transformation that follows requires care. The preconditions are:
+ * - all objects in attr map are WHITE or GRAY, and are in mutable groups
+ * (groups of all mutable objs)
+ * - no ref2(to, from) refs have incremented count(to) if both "to" and
+ * "from" are in our attr map (this follows from invariants (2) and (3)) */
+
+ /* Pass 1: we remove WHITE objects from their mutable groups, and add them to
+ * new groups according to the SCC's we computed. These new groups will
+ * consist of only frozen objects. None will be immediately collectible,
+ * because WHITE objects are by definition reachable from one of "roots",
+ * which the caller must own refs on. */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
+ /* Since removal from a singly-linked list requires access to the object's
+ * predecessor, we consider obj->next instead of obj for moving. With the
+ * while() loop we guarantee that we will visit every node's predecessor.
+ * Proof:
+ * 1. every node's predecessor is in our attr map.
+ * 2. though the loop body may change a node's predecessor, it will only
+ * change it to be the node we are currently operating on, so with a
+ * while() loop we guarantee ourselves the chance to remove each node. */
+ while (color(&t, obj->next) == WHITE &&
+ group(&t, obj->next) != obj->next->group) {
+ upb_refcounted *leader;
+
+ /* Remove from old group. */
+ upb_refcounted *move = obj->next;
+ if (obj == move) {
+ /* Removing the last object from a group. */
+ assert(*obj->group == obj->individual_count);
+ upb_gfree(obj->group);
+ } else {
+ obj->next = move->next;
+ /* This may decrease to zero; we'll collect GRAY objects (if any) that
+ * remain in the group in the third pass. */
+ assert(*move->group >= move->individual_count);
+ *move->group -= move->individual_count;
+ }
+
+ /* Add to new group. */
+ leader = groupleader(&t, move);
+ if (move == leader) {
+ /* First object added to new group is its leader. */
+ move->group = group(&t, move);
+ move->next = move;
+ *move->group = move->individual_count;
+ } else {
+ /* Group already has at least one object in it. */
+ assert(leader->group == group(&t, move));
+ move->group = group(&t, move);
+ move->next = leader->next;
+ leader->next = move;
+ *move->group += move->individual_count;
+ }
+
+ move->is_frozen = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Pass 2: GRAY and WHITE objects "obj" with ref2(to, obj) references must
+ * increment count(to) if group(obj) != group(to) (which could now be the
+ * case if "to" was just frozen). */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
+ visit(obj, crossref, &t);
+ }
+
+ /* Pass 3: GRAY objects are collected if their group's refcount dropped to
+ * zero when we removed its white nodes. This can happen if they had only
+ * been kept alive by virtue of sharing a group with an object that was just
+ * frozen.
+ *
+ * It is important that we do this last, since the GRAY object's free()
+ * function could call unref2() on just-frozen objects, which will decrement
+ * refs that were added in pass 2. */
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.objattr);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_refcounted *obj = (upb_refcounted*)upb_inttable_iter_key(&iter);
+ if (obj->group == NULL || *obj->group == 0) {
+ if (obj->group) {
+ upb_refcounted *o;
+
+ /* We eagerly free() the group's count (since we can't easily determine
+ * the group's remaining size it's the easiest way to ensure it gets
+ * done). */
+ upb_gfree(obj->group);
+
+ /* Visit to release ref2's (done in a separate pass since release_ref2
+ * depends on o->group being unmodified so it can test merged()). */
+ o = obj;
+ do { visit(o, release_ref2, NULL); } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
+
+ /* Mark "group" fields as NULL so we know to free the objects later in
+ * this loop, but also don't try to delete the group twice. */
+ o = obj;
+ do { o->group = NULL; } while ((o = o->next) != obj);
+ }
+ freeobj(obj);
+ }
+ }
+
+err4:
+ if (!ret) {
+ upb_inttable_begin(&iter, &t.groups);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&iter); upb_inttable_next(&iter))
+ upb_gfree(upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&iter)));
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&t.groups);
+err3:
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&t.stack);
+err2:
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&t.objattr);
+err1:
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* Misc internal functions ***************************************************/
+
+static bool merged(const upb_refcounted *r, const upb_refcounted *r2) {
+ return r->group == r2->group;
+}
+
+static void merge(upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
+ upb_refcounted *base;
+ upb_refcounted *tmp;
+
+ if (merged(r, from)) return;
+ *r->group += *from->group;
+ upb_gfree(from->group);
+ base = from;
+
+ /* Set all refcount pointers in the "from" chain to the merged refcount.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): this linear algorithm can result in an overall O(n^2) bound
+ * if the user continuously extends a group by one object. Prevent this by
+ * using one of the techniques in this paper:
+ * ftp://www.ncedc.org/outgoing/geomorph/dino/orals/p245-tarjan.pdf */
+ do { from->group = r->group; } while ((from = from->next) != base);
+
+ /* Merge the two circularly linked lists by swapping their next pointers. */
+ tmp = r->next;
+ r->next = base->next;
+ base->next = tmp;
+}
+
+static void unref(const upb_refcounted *r);
+
+static void release_ref2(const upb_refcounted *obj,
+ const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+ untrack(subobj, obj, true);
+ if (!merged(obj, subobj)) {
+ assert(subobj->is_frozen);
+ unref(subobj);
+ }
+}
+
+static void unref(const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ if (unrefgroup(r->group)) {
+ const upb_refcounted *o;
+
+ upb_gfree(r->group);
+
+ /* In two passes, since release_ref2 needs a guarantee that any subobjs
+ * are alive. */
+ o = r;
+ do { visit(o, release_ref2, NULL); } while((o = o->next) != r);
+
+ o = r;
+ do {
+ const upb_refcounted *next = o->next;
+ assert(o->is_frozen || o->individual_count == 0);
+ freeobj((upb_refcounted*)o);
+ o = next;
+ } while(o != r);
+ }
+}
+
+static void freeobj(upb_refcounted *o) {
+ trackfree(o);
+ o->vtbl->free((upb_refcounted*)o);
+}
+
+
+/* Public interface ***********************************************************/
+
+bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r,
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
+ const void *owner) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* Endianness check. This is unrelated to upb_refcounted, it's just a
+ * convenient place to put the check that we can be assured will run for
+ * basically every program using upb. */
+ const int x = 1;
+#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
+ assert(*(char*)&x != 1);
+#else
+ assert(*(char*)&x == 1);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+ r->next = r;
+ r->vtbl = vtbl;
+ r->individual_count = 0;
+ r->is_frozen = false;
+ r->group = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*r->group));
+ if (!r->group) return false;
+ *r->group = 0;
+ trackinit(r);
+ upb_refcounted_ref(r, owner);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_refcounted_isfrozen(const upb_refcounted *r) {
+ return r->is_frozen;
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_ref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner) {
+ track(r, owner, false);
+ if (!r->is_frozen)
+ ((upb_refcounted*)r)->individual_count++;
+ refgroup(r->group);
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner) {
+ untrack(r, owner, false);
+ if (!r->is_frozen)
+ ((upb_refcounted*)r)->individual_count--;
+ unref(r);
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
+ assert(!from->is_frozen); /* Non-const pointer implies this. */
+ track(r, from, true);
+ if (r->is_frozen) {
+ refgroup(r->group);
+ } else {
+ merge((upb_refcounted*)r, from);
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from) {
+ assert(!from->is_frozen); /* Non-const pointer implies this. */
+ untrack(r, from, true);
+ if (r->is_frozen) {
+ unref(r);
+ } else {
+ assert(merged(r, from));
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_donateref(
+ const upb_refcounted *r, const void *from, const void *to) {
+ assert(from != to);
+ if (to != NULL)
+ upb_refcounted_ref(r, to);
+ if (from != NULL)
+ upb_refcounted_unref(r, from);
+}
+
+void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner) {
+ checkref(r, owner, false);
+}
+
+bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
+ int maxdepth) {
+ int i;
+ bool ret;
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ assert(!roots[i]->is_frozen);
+ }
+ ret = freeze(roots, n, s, maxdepth);
+ assert(!s || ret == upb_ok(s));
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* Fallback implementation if the shim is not specialized by the JIT. */
+#define SHIM_WRITER(type, ctype) \
+ bool upb_shim_set ## type (void *c, const void *hd, ctype val) { \
+ uint8_t *m = c; \
+ const upb_shim_data *d = hd; \
+ if (d->hasbit > 0) \
+ *(uint8_t*)&m[d->hasbit / 8] |= 1 << (d->hasbit % 8); \
+ *(ctype*)&m[d->offset] = val; \
+ return true; \
+ } \
+
+SHIM_WRITER(double, double)
+SHIM_WRITER(float, float)
+SHIM_WRITER(int32, int32_t)
+SHIM_WRITER(int64, int64_t)
+SHIM_WRITER(uint32, uint32_t)
+SHIM_WRITER(uint64, uint64_t)
+SHIM_WRITER(bool, bool)
+#undef SHIM_WRITER
+
+bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
+ int32_t hasbit) {
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ bool ok;
+
+ upb_shim_data *d = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*d));
+ if (!d) return false;
+ d->offset = offset;
+ d->hasbit = hasbit;
+
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, d);
+ upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(&attr, true);
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, d, upb_gfree);
+
+#define TYPE(u, l) \
+ case UPB_TYPE_##u: \
+ ok = upb_handlers_set##l(h, f, upb_shim_set##l, &attr); break;
+
+ ok = false;
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ TYPE(INT64, int64);
+ TYPE(INT32, int32);
+ TYPE(ENUM, int32);
+ TYPE(UINT64, uint64);
+ TYPE(UINT32, uint32);
+ TYPE(DOUBLE, double);
+ TYPE(FLOAT, float);
+ TYPE(BOOL, bool);
+ default: assert(false); break;
+ }
+#undef TYPE
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+ return ok;
+}
+
+const upb_shim_data *upb_shim_getdata(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
+ upb_fieldtype_t *type) {
+ upb_func *f = upb_handlers_gethandler(h, s);
+
+ if ((upb_int64_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setint64) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_INT64;
+ } else if ((upb_int32_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setint32) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_INT32;
+ } else if ((upb_uint64_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setuint64) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_UINT64;
+ } else if ((upb_uint32_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setuint32) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_UINT32;
+ } else if ((upb_double_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setdouble) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE;
+ } else if ((upb_float_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setfloat) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_FLOAT;
+ } else if ((upb_bool_handlerfunc*)f == upb_shim_setbool) {
+ *type = UPB_TYPE_BOOL;
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (const upb_shim_data*)upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(h, s);
+}
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+static void upb_symtab_free(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_symtab *s = (upb_symtab*)r;
+ upb_strtable_iter i;
+ upb_strtable_begin(&i, &s->symtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&i));
+ upb_def_unref(def, s);
+ }
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&s->symtab);
+ upb_gfree(s);
+}
+
+upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner) {
+ static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {NULL, &upb_symtab_free};
+
+ upb_symtab *s = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*s));
+ if (!s) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ upb_refcounted_init(upb_symtab_upcast_mutable(s), &vtbl, owner);
+ upb_strtable_init(&s->symtab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
+ return s;
+}
+
+void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s) {
+ upb_refcounted *r;
+ bool ok;
+
+ assert(!upb_symtab_isfrozen(s));
+ r = upb_symtab_upcast_mutable(s);
+ /* The symtab does not take ref2's (see refcounted.h) on the defs, because
+ * defs cannot refer back to the table and therefore cannot create cycles. So
+ * 0 will suffice for maxdepth here. */
+ ok = upb_refcounted_freeze(&r, 1, NULL, 0);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+}
+
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_def *ret = upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, sym, &v) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(v) : NULL;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_symtab_lookupmsg(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_def *def = upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, sym, &v) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(v) : NULL;
+ return def ? upb_dyncast_msgdef(def) : NULL;
+}
+
+const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_def *def = upb_strtable_lookup(&s->symtab, sym, &v) ?
+ upb_value_getptr(v) : NULL;
+ return def ? upb_dyncast_enumdef(def) : NULL;
+}
+
+/* Given a symbol and the base symbol inside which it is defined, find the
+ * symbol's definition in t. */
+static upb_def *upb_resolvename(const upb_strtable *t,
+ const char *base, const char *sym) {
+ if(strlen(sym) == 0) return NULL;
+ if(sym[0] == '.') {
+ /* Symbols starting with '.' are absolute, so we do a single lookup.
+ * Slice to omit the leading '.' */
+ upb_value v;
+ return upb_strtable_lookup(t, sym + 1, &v) ? upb_value_getptr(v) : NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* Remove components from base until we find an entry or run out.
+ * TODO: This branch is totally broken, but currently not used. */
+ (void)base;
+ assert(false);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(const upb_symtab *s, const char *base,
+ const char *sym) {
+ upb_def *ret = upb_resolvename(&s->symtab, base, sym);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Starts a depth-first traversal at "def", recursing into any subdefs
+ * (ie. submessage types). Adds duplicates of existing defs to addtab
+ * wherever necessary, so that the resulting symtab will be consistent once
+ * addtab is added.
+ *
+ * More specifically, if any def D is found in the DFS that:
+ *
+ * 1. can reach a def that is being replaced by something in addtab, AND
+ *
+ * 2. is not itself being replaced already (ie. this name doesn't already
+ * exist in addtab)
+ *
+ * ...then a duplicate (new copy) of D will be added to addtab.
+ *
+ * Returns true if this happened for any def reachable from "def."
+ *
+ * It is slightly tricky to do this correctly in the presence of cycles. If we
+ * detect that our DFS has hit a cycle, we might not yet know if any SCCs on
+ * our stack can reach a def in addtab or not. Once we figure this out, that
+ * answer needs to apply to *all* defs in these SCCs, even if we visited them
+ * already. So a straight up one-pass cycle-detecting DFS won't work.
+ *
+ * To work around this problem, we traverse each SCC (which we already
+ * computed, since these defs are frozen) as a single node. We first compute
+ * whether the SCC as a whole can reach any def in addtab, then we dup (or not)
+ * the entire SCC. This requires breaking the encapsulation of upb_refcounted,
+ * since that is where we get the data about what SCC we are in. */
+static bool upb_resolve_dfs(const upb_def *def, upb_strtable *addtab,
+ const void *new_owner, upb_inttable *seen,
+ upb_status *s) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool need_dup;
+ const upb_def *base;
+ const void* memoize_key;
+
+ /* Memoize results of this function for efficiency (since we're traversing a
+ * DAG this is not needed to limit the depth of the search).
+ *
+ * We memoize by SCC instead of by individual def. */
+ memoize_key = def->base.group;
+
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(seen, memoize_key, &v))
+ return upb_value_getbool(v);
+
+ /* Visit submessages for all messages in the SCC. */
+ need_dup = false;
+ base = def;
+ do {
+ upb_value v;
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+
+ assert(upb_def_isfrozen(def));
+ if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) continue;
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup(addtab, upb_def_fullname(def), &v)) {
+ need_dup = true;
+ }
+
+ /* For messages, continue the recursion by visiting all subdefs, but only
+ * ones in different SCCs. */
+ m = upb_dyncast_msgdef(def);
+ if (m) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_def *subdef;
+
+ if (!upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f)) continue;
+ subdef = upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+
+ /* Skip subdefs in this SCC. */
+ if (def->base.group == subdef->base.group) continue;
+
+ /* |= to avoid short-circuit; we need its side-effects. */
+ need_dup |= upb_resolve_dfs(subdef, addtab, new_owner, seen, s);
+ if (!upb_ok(s)) return false;
+ }
+ }
+ } while ((def = (upb_def*)def->base.next) != base);
+
+ if (need_dup) {
+ /* Dup all defs in this SCC that don't already have entries in addtab. */
+ def = base;
+ do {
+ const char *name;
+
+ if (def->type == UPB_DEF_FIELD) continue;
+ name = upb_def_fullname(def);
+ if (!upb_strtable_lookup(addtab, name, NULL)) {
+ upb_def *newdef = upb_def_dup(def, new_owner);
+ if (!newdef) goto oom;
+ newdef->came_from_user = false;
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert(addtab, name, upb_value_ptr(newdef)))
+ goto oom;
+ }
+ } while ((def = (upb_def*)def->base.next) != base);
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_insertptr(seen, memoize_key, upb_value_bool(need_dup));
+ return need_dup;
+
+oom:
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(s, "out of memory");
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* TODO(haberman): we need a lot more testing of error conditions.
+ * The came_from_user stuff in particular is not tested. */
+static bool symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, size_t n,
+ void *ref_donor, upb_refcounted *freeze_also,
+ upb_status *status) {
+ size_t i;
+ size_t add_n;
+ size_t freeze_n;
+ upb_strtable_iter iter;
+ upb_refcounted **add_objs = NULL;
+ upb_def **add_defs = NULL;
+ size_t add_objs_size;
+ upb_strtable addtab;
+ upb_inttable seen;
+
+ if (n == 0 && !freeze_also) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ assert(!upb_symtab_isfrozen(s));
+ if (!upb_strtable_init(&addtab, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Add new defs to our "add" set. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ const char *fullname;
+ upb_fielddef *f;
+
+ if (upb_def_isfrozen(def)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "added defs must be mutable");
+ goto err;
+ }
+ assert(!upb_def_isfrozen(def));
+ fullname = upb_def_fullname(def);
+ if (!fullname) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(
+ status, "Anonymous defs cannot be added to a symtab");
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ f = upb_dyncast_fielddef_mutable(def);
+
+ if (f) {
+ if (!upb_fielddef_containingtypename(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status,
+ "Standalone fielddefs must have a containing type "
+ "(extendee) name set");
+ goto err;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup(&addtab, fullname, NULL)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(status, "Conflicting defs named '%s'", fullname);
+ goto err;
+ }
+ /* We need this to back out properly, because if there is a failure we
+ * need to donate the ref back to the caller. */
+ def->came_from_user = true;
+ upb_def_donateref(def, ref_donor, s);
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert(&addtab, fullname, upb_value_ptr(def)))
+ goto oom_err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Add standalone fielddefs (ie. extensions) to the appropriate messages.
+ * If the appropriate message only exists in the existing symtab, duplicate
+ * it so we have a mutable copy we can add the fields to. */
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = defs[i];
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_dyncast_fielddef_mutable(def);
+ const char *msgname;
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_msgdef *m;
+
+ if (!f) continue;
+ msgname = upb_fielddef_containingtypename(f);
+ /* We validated this earlier in this function. */
+ assert(msgname);
+
+ /* If the extendee name is absolutely qualified, move past the initial ".".
+ * TODO(haberman): it is not obvious what it would mean if this was not
+ * absolutely qualified. */
+ if (msgname[0] == '.') {
+ msgname++;
+ }
+
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup(&addtab, msgname, &v)) {
+ /* Extendee is in the set of defs the user asked us to add. */
+ m = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ } else {
+ /* Need to find and dup the extendee from the existing symtab. */
+ const upb_msgdef *frozen_m = upb_symtab_lookupmsg(s, msgname);
+ if (!frozen_m) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(status,
+ "Tried to extend message %s that does not exist "
+ "in this SymbolTable.",
+ msgname);
+ goto err;
+ }
+ m = upb_msgdef_dup(frozen_m, s);
+ if (!m) goto oom_err;
+ if (!upb_strtable_insert(&addtab, msgname, upb_value_ptr(m))) {
+ upb_msgdef_unref(m, s);
+ goto oom_err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_msgdef_addfield(m, f, ref_donor, status)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Add dups of any existing def that can reach a def with the same name as
+ * anything in our "add" set. */
+ if (!upb_inttable_init(&seen, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL)) goto oom_err;
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &s->symtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
+ upb_resolve_dfs(def, &addtab, s, &seen, status);
+ if (!upb_ok(status)) goto err;
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&seen);
+
+ /* Now using the table, resolve symbolic references for subdefs. */
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ const char *base;
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_dyncast_msgdef_mutable(def);
+ upb_msg_field_iter j;
+
+ if (!m) continue;
+ /* Type names are resolved relative to the message in which they appear. */
+ base = upb_msgdef_fullname(m);
+
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&j, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&j);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&j)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&j);
+ const char *name = upb_fielddef_subdefname(f);
+ if (name && !upb_fielddef_subdef(f)) {
+ /* Try the lookup in the current set of to-be-added defs first. If not
+ * there, try existing defs. */
+ upb_def *subdef = upb_resolvename(&addtab, base, name);
+ if (subdef == NULL) {
+ subdef = upb_resolvename(&s->symtab, base, name);
+ }
+ if (subdef == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(
+ status, "couldn't resolve name '%s' in message '%s'", name, base);
+ goto err;
+ } else if (!upb_fielddef_setsubdef(f, subdef, status)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We need an array of the defs in addtab, for passing to
+ * upb_refcounted_freeze(). */
+ add_objs_size = upb_strtable_count(&addtab);
+ if (freeze_also) {
+ add_objs_size++;
+ }
+
+ add_defs = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(void*) * add_objs_size);
+ if (add_defs == NULL) goto oom_err;
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (add_n = 0; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ add_defs[add_n++] = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
+ }
+
+ /* Validate defs. */
+ if (!_upb_def_validate(add_defs, add_n, status)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* Cheat a little and give the array a new type.
+ * This is probably undefined behavior, but this code will be deleted soon. */
+ add_objs = (upb_refcounted**)add_defs;
+
+ freeze_n = add_n;
+ if (freeze_also) {
+ add_objs[freeze_n++] = freeze_also;
+ }
+
+ if (!upb_refcounted_freeze(add_objs, freeze_n, status,
+ UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH * 2)) {
+ goto err;
+ }
+
+ /* This must be delayed until all errors have been detected, since error
+ * recovery code uses this table to cleanup defs. */
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&addtab);
+
+ /* TODO(haberman) we don't properly handle errors after this point (like
+ * OOM in upb_strtable_insert() below). */
+ for (i = 0; i < add_n; i++) {
+ upb_def *def = (upb_def*)add_objs[i];
+ const char *name = upb_def_fullname(def);
+ upb_value v;
+ bool success;
+
+ if (upb_strtable_remove(&s->symtab, name, &v)) {
+ const upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(v);
+ upb_def_unref(def, s);
+ }
+ success = upb_strtable_insert(&s->symtab, name, upb_value_ptr(def));
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(success, success == true);
+ }
+ upb_gfree(add_defs);
+ return true;
+
+oom_err:
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "out of memory");
+err: {
+ /* For defs the user passed in, we need to donate the refs back. For defs
+ * we dup'd, we need to just unref them. */
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter, &addtab);
+ for (; !upb_strtable_done(&iter); upb_strtable_next(&iter)) {
+ upb_def *def = upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter));
+ bool came_from_user = def->came_from_user;
+ def->came_from_user = false;
+ if (came_from_user) {
+ upb_def_donateref(def, s, ref_donor);
+ } else {
+ upb_def_unref(def, s);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ upb_strtable_uninit(&addtab);
+ upb_gfree(add_defs);
+ assert(!upb_ok(status));
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, size_t n,
+ void *ref_donor, upb_status *status) {
+ return symtab_add(s, defs, n, ref_donor, NULL, status);
+}
+
+bool upb_symtab_addfile(upb_symtab *s, upb_filedef *file, upb_status *status) {
+ size_t n;
+ size_t i;
+ upb_def **defs;
+ bool ret;
+
+ n = upb_filedef_defcount(file);
+ defs = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*defs) * n);
+
+ if (defs == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Out of memory");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
+ defs[i] = upb_filedef_mutabledef(file, i);
+ }
+
+ ret = symtab_add(s, defs, n, NULL, upb_filedef_upcast_mutable(file), status);
+
+ upb_gfree(defs);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Iteration. */
+
+static void advance_to_matching(upb_symtab_iter *iter) {
+ if (iter->type == UPB_DEF_ANY)
+ return;
+
+ while (!upb_strtable_done(&iter->iter) &&
+ iter->type != upb_symtab_iter_def(iter)->type) {
+ upb_strtable_next(&iter->iter);
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_symtab_begin(upb_symtab_iter *iter, const upb_symtab *s,
+ upb_deftype_t type) {
+ upb_strtable_begin(&iter->iter, &s->symtab);
+ iter->type = type;
+ advance_to_matching(iter);
+}
+
+void upb_symtab_next(upb_symtab_iter *iter) {
+ upb_strtable_next(&iter->iter);
+ advance_to_matching(iter);
+}
+
+bool upb_symtab_done(const upb_symtab_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_strtable_done(&iter->iter);
+}
+
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_iter_def(const upb_symtab_iter *iter) {
+ return upb_value_getptr(upb_strtable_iter_value(&iter->iter));
+}
+/*
+** upb_table Implementation
+**
+** Implementation is heavily inspired by Lua's ltable.c.
+*/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define UPB_MAXARRSIZE 16 /* 64k. */
+
+/* From Chromium. */
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) \
+ ((sizeof(x)/sizeof(0[x])) / ((size_t)(!(sizeof(x) % sizeof(0[x])))))
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+static void upb_check_alloc(upb_table *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(t);
+ UPB_UNUSED(a);
+}
+#else
+static void upb_check_alloc(upb_table *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ assert(t->alloc == a);
+}
+#endif
+
+static const double MAX_LOAD = 0.85;
+
+/* The minimum utilization of the array part of a mixed hash/array table. This
+ * is a speed/memory-usage tradeoff (though it's not straightforward because of
+ * cache effects). The lower this is, the more memory we'll use. */
+static const double MIN_DENSITY = 0.1;
+
+bool is_pow2(uint64_t v) { return v == 0 || (v & (v - 1)) == 0; }
+
+int log2ceil(uint64_t v) {
+ int ret = 0;
+ bool pow2 = is_pow2(v);
+ while (v >>= 1) ret++;
+ ret = pow2 ? ret : ret + 1; /* Ceiling. */
+ return UPB_MIN(UPB_MAXARRSIZE, ret);
+}
+
+char *upb_strdup(const char *s, upb_alloc *a) {
+ return upb_strdup2(s, strlen(s), a);
+}
+
+char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len, upb_alloc *a) {
+ size_t n;
+ char *p;
+
+ /* Prevent overflow errors. */
+ if (len == SIZE_MAX) return NULL;
+ /* Always null-terminate, even if binary data; but don't rely on the input to
+ * have a null-terminating byte since it may be a raw binary buffer. */
+ n = len + 1;
+ p = upb_malloc(a, n);
+ if (p) {
+ memcpy(p, s, len);
+ p[len] = 0;
+ }
+ return p;
+}
+
+/* A type to represent the lookup key of either a strtable or an inttable. */
+typedef union {
+ uintptr_t num;
+ struct {
+ const char *str;
+ size_t len;
+ } str;
+} lookupkey_t;
+
+static lookupkey_t strkey2(const char *str, size_t len) {
+ lookupkey_t k;
+ k.str.str = str;
+ k.str.len = len;
+ return k;
+}
+
+static lookupkey_t intkey(uintptr_t key) {
+ lookupkey_t k;
+ k.num = key;
+ return k;
+}
+
+typedef uint32_t hashfunc_t(upb_tabkey key);
+typedef bool eqlfunc_t(upb_tabkey k1, lookupkey_t k2);
+
+/* Base table (shared code) ***************************************************/
+
+/* For when we need to cast away const. */
+static upb_tabent *mutable_entries(upb_table *t) {
+ return (upb_tabent*)t->entries;
+}
+
+static bool isfull(upb_table *t) {
+ if (upb_table_size(t) == 0) {
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return ((double)(t->count + 1) / upb_table_size(t)) > MAX_LOAD;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool init(upb_table *t, upb_ctype_t ctype, uint8_t size_lg2,
+ upb_alloc *a) {
+ size_t bytes;
+
+ t->count = 0;
+ t->ctype = ctype;
+ t->size_lg2 = size_lg2;
+ t->mask = upb_table_size(t) ? upb_table_size(t) - 1 : 0;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ t->alloc = a;
+#endif
+ bytes = upb_table_size(t) * sizeof(upb_tabent);
+ if (bytes > 0) {
+ t->entries = upb_malloc(a, bytes);
+ if (!t->entries) return false;
+ memset(mutable_entries(t), 0, bytes);
+ } else {
+ t->entries = NULL;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void uninit(upb_table *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ upb_check_alloc(t, a);
+ upb_free(a, mutable_entries(t));
+}
+
+static upb_tabent *emptyent(upb_table *t) {
+ upb_tabent *e = mutable_entries(t) + upb_table_size(t);
+ while (1) { if (upb_tabent_isempty(--e)) return e; assert(e > t->entries); }
+}
+
+static upb_tabent *getentry_mutable(upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) {
+ return (upb_tabent*)upb_getentry(t, hash);
+}
+
+static const upb_tabent *findentry(const upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key,
+ uint32_t hash, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ const upb_tabent *e;
+
+ if (t->size_lg2 == 0) return NULL;
+ e = upb_getentry(t, hash);
+ if (upb_tabent_isempty(e)) return NULL;
+ while (1) {
+ if (eql(e->key, key)) return e;
+ if ((e = e->next) == NULL) return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static upb_tabent *findentry_mutable(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key,
+ uint32_t hash, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ return (upb_tabent*)findentry(t, key, hash, eql);
+}
+
+static bool lookup(const upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_value *v,
+ uint32_t hash, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ const upb_tabent *e = findentry(t, key, hash, eql);
+ if (e) {
+ if (v) {
+ _upb_value_setval(v, e->val.val, t->ctype);
+ }
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/* The given key must not already exist in the table. */
+static void insert(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_tabkey tabkey,
+ upb_value val, uint32_t hash,
+ hashfunc_t *hashfunc, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ upb_tabent *mainpos_e;
+ upb_tabent *our_e;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(eql);
+ UPB_UNUSED(key);
+ assert(findentry(t, key, hash, eql) == NULL);
+ assert(val.ctype == t->ctype);
+
+ t->count++;
+ mainpos_e = getentry_mutable(t, hash);
+ our_e = mainpos_e;
+
+ if (upb_tabent_isempty(mainpos_e)) {
+ /* Our main position is empty; use it. */
+ our_e->next = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* Collision. */
+ upb_tabent *new_e = emptyent(t);
+ /* Head of collider's chain. */
+ upb_tabent *chain = getentry_mutable(t, hashfunc(mainpos_e->key));
+ if (chain == mainpos_e) {
+ /* Existing ent is in its main posisiton (it has the same hash as us, and
+ * is the head of our chain). Insert to new ent and append to this chain. */
+ new_e->next = mainpos_e->next;
+ mainpos_e->next = new_e;
+ our_e = new_e;
+ } else {
+ /* Existing ent is not in its main position (it is a node in some other
+ * chain). This implies that no existing ent in the table has our hash.
+ * Evict it (updating its chain) and use its ent for head of our chain. */
+ *new_e = *mainpos_e; /* copies next. */
+ while (chain->next != mainpos_e) {
+ chain = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
+ assert(chain);
+ }
+ chain->next = new_e;
+ our_e = mainpos_e;
+ our_e->next = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ our_e->key = tabkey;
+ our_e->val.val = val.val;
+ assert(findentry(t, key, hash, eql) == our_e);
+}
+
+static bool rm(upb_table *t, lookupkey_t key, upb_value *val,
+ upb_tabkey *removed, uint32_t hash, eqlfunc_t *eql) {
+ upb_tabent *chain = getentry_mutable(t, hash);
+ if (upb_tabent_isempty(chain)) return false;
+ if (eql(chain->key, key)) {
+ /* Element to remove is at the head of its chain. */
+ t->count--;
+ if (val) {
+ _upb_value_setval(val, chain->val.val, t->ctype);
+ }
+ if (chain->next) {
+ upb_tabent *move = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
+ *chain = *move;
+ if (removed) *removed = move->key;
+ move->key = 0; /* Make the slot empty. */
+ } else {
+ if (removed) *removed = chain->key;
+ chain->key = 0; /* Make the slot empty. */
+ }
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ /* Element to remove is either in a non-head position or not in the
+ * table. */
+ while (chain->next && !eql(chain->next->key, key))
+ chain = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
+ if (chain->next) {
+ /* Found element to remove. */
+ upb_tabent *rm;
+
+ if (val) {
+ _upb_value_setval(val, chain->next->val.val, t->ctype);
+ }
+ rm = (upb_tabent*)chain->next;
+ if (removed) *removed = rm->key;
+ rm->key = 0;
+ chain->next = rm->next;
+ t->count--;
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static size_t next(const upb_table *t, size_t i) {
+ do {
+ if (++i >= upb_table_size(t))
+ return SIZE_MAX;
+ } while(upb_tabent_isempty(&t->entries[i]));
+
+ return i;
+}
+
+static size_t begin(const upb_table *t) {
+ return next(t, -1);
+}
+
+
+/* upb_strtable ***************************************************************/
+
+/* A simple "subclass" of upb_table that only adds a hash function for strings. */
+
+static upb_tabkey strcopy(lookupkey_t k2, upb_alloc *a) {
+ char *str = upb_malloc(a, k2.str.len + sizeof(uint32_t) + 1);
+ if (str == NULL) return 0;
+ memcpy(str, &k2.str.len, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ memcpy(str + sizeof(uint32_t), k2.str.str, k2.str.len + 1);
+ return (uintptr_t)str;
+}
+
+static uint32_t strhash(upb_tabkey key) {
+ uint32_t len;
+ char *str = upb_tabstr(key, &len);
+ return MurmurHash2(str, len, 0);
+}
+
+static bool streql(upb_tabkey k1, lookupkey_t k2) {
+ uint32_t len;
+ char *str = upb_tabstr(k1, &len);
+ return len == k2.str.len && memcmp(str, k2.str.str, len) == 0;
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_init2(upb_strtable *t, upb_ctype_t ctype, upb_alloc *a) {
+ return init(&t->t, ctype, 2, a);
+}
+
+void upb_strtable_uninit2(upb_strtable *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_table_size(&t->t); i++)
+ upb_free(a, (void*)t->t.entries[i].key);
+ uninit(&t->t, a);
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2, upb_alloc *a) {
+ upb_strtable new_table;
+ upb_strtable_iter i;
+
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+
+ if (!init(&new_table.t, t->t.ctype, size_lg2, a))
+ return false;
+ upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
+ for ( ; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_strtable_insert3(
+ &new_table,
+ upb_strtable_iter_key(&i),
+ upb_strtable_iter_keylength(&i),
+ upb_strtable_iter_value(&i),
+ a);
+ }
+ upb_strtable_uninit2(t, a);
+ *t = new_table;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_insert3(upb_strtable *t, const char *k, size_t len,
+ upb_value v, upb_alloc *a) {
+ lookupkey_t key;
+ upb_tabkey tabkey;
+ uint32_t hash;
+
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+
+ if (isfull(&t->t)) {
+ /* Need to resize. New table of double the size, add old elements to it. */
+ if (!upb_strtable_resize(t, t->t.size_lg2 + 1, a)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ key = strkey2(k, len);
+ tabkey = strcopy(key, a);
+ if (tabkey == 0) return false;
+
+ hash = MurmurHash2(key.str.str, key.str.len, 0);
+ insert(&t->t, key, tabkey, v, hash, &strhash, &streql);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_lookup2(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ uint32_t hash = MurmurHash2(key, len, 0);
+ return lookup(&t->t, strkey2(key, len), v, hash, &streql);
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_remove3(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value *val, upb_alloc *alloc) {
+ uint32_t hash = MurmurHash2(key, strlen(key), 0);
+ upb_tabkey tabkey;
+ if (rm(&t->t, strkey2(key, len), val, &tabkey, hash, &streql)) {
+ upb_free(alloc, (void*)tabkey);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Iteration */
+
+static const upb_tabent *str_tabent(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ return &i->t->t.entries[i->index];
+}
+
+void upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable_iter *i, const upb_strtable *t) {
+ i->t = t;
+ i->index = begin(&t->t);
+}
+
+void upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ i->index = next(&i->t->t, i->index);
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_done(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ return i->index >= upb_table_size(&i->t->t) ||
+ upb_tabent_isempty(str_tabent(i));
+}
+
+const char *upb_strtable_iter_key(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
+ return upb_tabstr(str_tabent(i)->key, NULL);
+}
+
+size_t upb_strtable_iter_keylength(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ uint32_t len;
+ assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
+ upb_tabstr(str_tabent(i)->key, &len);
+ return len;
+}
+
+upb_value upb_strtable_iter_value(const upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ assert(!upb_strtable_done(i));
+ return _upb_value_val(str_tabent(i)->val.val, i->t->t.ctype);
+}
+
+void upb_strtable_iter_setdone(upb_strtable_iter *i) {
+ i->index = SIZE_MAX;
+}
+
+bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_strtable_iter *i2) {
+ if (upb_strtable_done(i1) && upb_strtable_done(i2))
+ return true;
+ return i1->t == i2->t && i1->index == i2->index;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_inttable ***************************************************************/
+
+/* For inttables we use a hybrid structure where small keys are kept in an
+ * array and large keys are put in the hash table. */
+
+static uint32_t inthash(upb_tabkey key) { return upb_inthash(key); }
+
+static bool inteql(upb_tabkey k1, lookupkey_t k2) {
+ return k1 == k2.num;
+}
+
+static upb_tabval *mutable_array(upb_inttable *t) {
+ return (upb_tabval*)t->array;
+}
+
+static upb_tabval *inttable_val(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key) {
+ if (key < t->array_size) {
+ return upb_arrhas(t->array[key]) ? &(mutable_array(t)[key]) : NULL;
+ } else {
+ upb_tabent *e =
+ findentry_mutable(&t->t, intkey(key), upb_inthash(key), &inteql);
+ return e ? &e->val : NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static const upb_tabval *inttable_val_const(const upb_inttable *t,
+ uintptr_t key) {
+ return inttable_val((upb_inttable*)t, key);
+}
+
+size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t) {
+ return t->t.count + t->array_count;
+}
+
+static void check(upb_inttable *t) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(t);
+#if defined(UPB_DEBUG_TABLE) && !defined(NDEBUG)
+ {
+ /* This check is very expensive (makes inserts/deletes O(N)). */
+ size_t count = 0;
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i), count++) {
+ assert(upb_inttable_lookup(t, upb_inttable_iter_key(&i), NULL));
+ }
+ assert(count == upb_inttable_count(t));
+ }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_sizedinit(upb_inttable *t, upb_ctype_t ctype,
+ size_t asize, int hsize_lg2, upb_alloc *a) {
+ size_t array_bytes;
+
+ if (!init(&t->t, ctype, hsize_lg2, a)) return false;
+ /* Always make the array part at least 1 long, so that we know key 0
+ * won't be in the hash part, which simplifies things. */
+ t->array_size = UPB_MAX(1, asize);
+ t->array_count = 0;
+ array_bytes = t->array_size * sizeof(upb_value);
+ t->array = upb_malloc(a, array_bytes);
+ if (!t->array) {
+ uninit(&t->t, a);
+ return false;
+ }
+ memset(mutable_array(t), 0xff, array_bytes);
+ check(t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_init2(upb_inttable *t, upb_ctype_t ctype, upb_alloc *a) {
+ return upb_inttable_sizedinit(t, ctype, 0, 4, a);
+}
+
+void upb_inttable_uninit2(upb_inttable *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ uninit(&t->t, a);
+ upb_free(a, mutable_array(t));
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_insert2(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val,
+ upb_alloc *a) {
+ upb_tabval tabval;
+ tabval.val = val.val;
+ UPB_UNUSED(tabval);
+ assert(upb_arrhas(tabval)); /* This will reject (uint64_t)-1. Fix this. */
+
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+
+ if (key < t->array_size) {
+ assert(!upb_arrhas(t->array[key]));
+ t->array_count++;
+ mutable_array(t)[key].val = val.val;
+ } else {
+ if (isfull(&t->t)) {
+ /* Need to resize the hash part, but we re-use the array part. */
+ size_t i;
+ upb_table new_table;
+
+ if (!init(&new_table, t->t.ctype, t->t.size_lg2 + 1, a)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ for (i = begin(&t->t); i < upb_table_size(&t->t); i = next(&t->t, i)) {
+ const upb_tabent *e = &t->t.entries[i];
+ uint32_t hash;
+ upb_value v;
+
+ _upb_value_setval(&v, e->val.val, t->t.ctype);
+ hash = upb_inthash(e->key);
+ insert(&new_table, intkey(e->key), e->key, v, hash, &inthash, &inteql);
+ }
+
+ assert(t->t.count == new_table.count);
+
+ uninit(&t->t, a);
+ t->t = new_table;
+ }
+ insert(&t->t, intkey(key), key, val, upb_inthash(key), &inthash, &inteql);
+ }
+ check(t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v) {
+ const upb_tabval *table_v = inttable_val_const(t, key);
+ if (!table_v) return false;
+ if (v) _upb_value_setval(v, table_v->val, t->t.ctype);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val) {
+ upb_tabval *table_v = inttable_val(t, key);
+ if (!table_v) return false;
+ table_v->val = val.val;
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val) {
+ bool success;
+ if (key < t->array_size) {
+ if (upb_arrhas(t->array[key])) {
+ upb_tabval empty = UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT;
+ t->array_count--;
+ if (val) {
+ _upb_value_setval(val, t->array[key].val, t->t.ctype);
+ }
+ mutable_array(t)[key] = empty;
+ success = true;
+ } else {
+ success = false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ upb_tabkey removed;
+ uint32_t hash = upb_inthash(key);
+ success = rm(&t->t, intkey(key), val, &removed, hash, &inteql);
+ }
+ check(t);
+ return success;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_push2(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val, upb_alloc *a) {
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+ return upb_inttable_insert2(t, upb_inttable_count(t), val, a);
+}
+
+upb_value upb_inttable_pop(upb_inttable *t) {
+ upb_value val;
+ bool ok = upb_inttable_remove(t, upb_inttable_count(t) - 1, &val);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return val;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_insertptr2(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value val,
+ upb_alloc *a) {
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+ return upb_inttable_insert2(t, (uintptr_t)key, val, a);
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_lookupptr(const upb_inttable *t, const void *key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ return upb_inttable_lookup(t, (uintptr_t)key, v);
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val) {
+ return upb_inttable_remove(t, (uintptr_t)key, val);
+}
+
+void upb_inttable_compact2(upb_inttable *t, upb_alloc *a) {
+ /* A power-of-two histogram of the table keys. */
+ size_t counts[UPB_MAXARRSIZE + 1] = {0};
+
+ /* The max key in each bucket. */
+ uintptr_t max[UPB_MAXARRSIZE + 1] = {0};
+
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ size_t arr_count;
+ int size_lg2;
+ upb_inttable new_t;
+
+ upb_check_alloc(&t->t, a);
+
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ int bucket = log2ceil(key);
+ max[bucket] = UPB_MAX(max[bucket], key);
+ counts[bucket]++;
+ }
+
+ /* Find the largest power of two that satisfies the MIN_DENSITY
+ * definition (while actually having some keys). */
+ arr_count = upb_inttable_count(t);
+
+ for (size_lg2 = ARRAY_SIZE(counts) - 1; size_lg2 > 0; size_lg2--) {
+ if (counts[size_lg2] == 0) {
+ /* We can halve again without losing any entries. */
+ continue;
+ } else if (arr_count >= (1 << size_lg2) * MIN_DENSITY) {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ arr_count -= counts[size_lg2];
+ }
+
+ assert(arr_count <= upb_inttable_count(t));
+
+ {
+ /* Insert all elements into new, perfectly-sized table. */
+ size_t arr_size = max[size_lg2] + 1; /* +1 so arr[max] will fit. */
+ size_t hash_count = upb_inttable_count(t) - arr_count;
+ size_t hash_size = hash_count ? (hash_count / MAX_LOAD) + 1 : 0;
+ size_t hashsize_lg2 = log2ceil(hash_size);
+
+ upb_inttable_sizedinit(&new_t, t->t.ctype, arr_size, hashsize_lg2, a);
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ for (; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ uintptr_t k = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ upb_inttable_insert2(&new_t, k, upb_inttable_iter_value(&i), a);
+ }
+ assert(new_t.array_size == arr_size);
+ assert(new_t.t.size_lg2 == hashsize_lg2);
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit2(t, a);
+ *t = new_t;
+}
+
+/* Iteration. */
+
+static const upb_tabent *int_tabent(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ assert(!i->array_part);
+ return &i->t->t.entries[i->index];
+}
+
+static upb_tabval int_arrent(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ assert(i->array_part);
+ return i->t->array[i->index];
+}
+
+void upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable_iter *i, const upb_inttable *t) {
+ i->t = t;
+ i->index = -1;
+ i->array_part = true;
+ upb_inttable_next(i);
+}
+
+void upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable_iter *iter) {
+ const upb_inttable *t = iter->t;
+ if (iter->array_part) {
+ while (++iter->index < t->array_size) {
+ if (upb_arrhas(int_arrent(iter))) {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ iter->array_part = false;
+ iter->index = begin(&t->t);
+ } else {
+ iter->index = next(&t->t, iter->index);
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_done(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ if (i->array_part) {
+ return i->index >= i->t->array_size ||
+ !upb_arrhas(int_arrent(i));
+ } else {
+ return i->index >= upb_table_size(&i->t->t) ||
+ upb_tabent_isempty(int_tabent(i));
+ }
+}
+
+uintptr_t upb_inttable_iter_key(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ assert(!upb_inttable_done(i));
+ return i->array_part ? i->index : int_tabent(i)->key;
+}
+
+upb_value upb_inttable_iter_value(const upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ assert(!upb_inttable_done(i));
+ return _upb_value_val(
+ i->array_part ? i->t->array[i->index].val : int_tabent(i)->val.val,
+ i->t->t.ctype);
+}
+
+void upb_inttable_iter_setdone(upb_inttable_iter *i) {
+ i->index = SIZE_MAX;
+ i->array_part = false;
+}
+
+bool upb_inttable_iter_isequal(const upb_inttable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_inttable_iter *i2) {
+ if (upb_inttable_done(i1) && upb_inttable_done(i2))
+ return true;
+ return i1->t == i2->t && i1->index == i2->index &&
+ i1->array_part == i2->array_part;
+}
+
+#ifdef UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MurmurHash2, by Austin Appleby (released as public domain).
+ * Reformatted and C99-ified by Joshua Haberman.
+ * Note - This code makes a few assumptions about how your machine behaves -
+ * 1. We can read a 4-byte value from any address without crashing
+ * 2. sizeof(int) == 4 (in upb this limitation is removed by using uint32_t
+ * And it has a few limitations -
+ * 1. It will not work incrementally.
+ * 2. It will not produce the same results on little-endian and big-endian
+ * machines. */
+uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void *key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
+ /* 'm' and 'r' are mixing constants generated offline.
+ * They're not really 'magic', they just happen to work well. */
+ const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995;
+ const int32_t r = 24;
+
+ /* Initialize the hash to a 'random' value */
+ uint32_t h = seed ^ len;
+
+ /* Mix 4 bytes at a time into the hash */
+ const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key;
+ while(len >= 4) {
+ uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data;
+
+ k *= m;
+ k ^= k >> r;
+ k *= m;
+
+ h *= m;
+ h ^= k;
+
+ data += 4;
+ len -= 4;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle the last few bytes of the input array */
+ switch(len) {
+ case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8;
+ case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m;
+ };
+
+ /* Do a few final mixes of the hash to ensure the last few
+ * bytes are well-incorporated. */
+ h ^= h >> 13;
+ h *= m;
+ h ^= h >> 15;
+
+ return h;
+}
+
+#else /* !UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK */
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * MurmurHashAligned2, by Austin Appleby
+ * Same algorithm as MurmurHash2, but only does aligned reads - should be safer
+ * on certain platforms.
+ * Performance will be lower than MurmurHash2 */
+
+#define MIX(h,k,m) { k *= m; k ^= k >> r; k *= m; h *= m; h ^= k; }
+
+uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed) {
+ const uint32_t m = 0x5bd1e995;
+ const int32_t r = 24;
+ const uint8_t * data = (const uint8_t *)key;
+ uint32_t h = seed ^ len;
+ uint8_t align = (uintptr_t)data & 3;
+
+ if(align && (len >= 4)) {
+ /* Pre-load the temp registers */
+ uint32_t t = 0, d = 0;
+ int32_t sl;
+ int32_t sr;
+
+ switch(align) {
+ case 1: t |= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: t |= data[1] << 8;
+ case 3: t |= data[0];
+ }
+
+ t <<= (8 * align);
+
+ data += 4-align;
+ len -= 4-align;
+
+ sl = 8 * (4-align);
+ sr = 8 * align;
+
+ /* Mix */
+
+ while(len >= 4) {
+ uint32_t k;
+
+ d = *(uint32_t *)data;
+ t = (t >> sr) | (d << sl);
+
+ k = t;
+
+ MIX(h,k,m);
+
+ t = d;
+
+ data += 4;
+ len -= 4;
+ }
+
+ /* Handle leftover data in temp registers */
+
+ d = 0;
+
+ if(len >= align) {
+ uint32_t k;
+
+ switch(align) {
+ case 3: d |= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: d |= data[1] << 8;
+ case 1: d |= data[0];
+ }
+
+ k = (t >> sr) | (d << sl);
+ MIX(h,k,m);
+
+ data += align;
+ len -= align;
+
+ /* ----------
+ * Handle tail bytes */
+
+ switch(len) {
+ case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8;
+ case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m;
+ };
+ } else {
+ switch(len) {
+ case 3: d |= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: d |= data[1] << 8;
+ case 1: d |= data[0];
+ case 0: h ^= (t >> sr) | (d << sl); h *= m;
+ }
+ }
+
+ h ^= h >> 13;
+ h *= m;
+ h ^= h >> 15;
+
+ return h;
+ } else {
+ while(len >= 4) {
+ uint32_t k = *(uint32_t *)data;
+
+ MIX(h,k,m);
+
+ data += 4;
+ len -= 4;
+ }
+
+ /* ----------
+ * Handle tail bytes */
+
+ switch(len) {
+ case 3: h ^= data[2] << 16;
+ case 2: h ^= data[1] << 8;
+ case 1: h ^= data[0]; h *= m;
+ };
+
+ h ^= h >> 13;
+ h *= m;
+ h ^= h >> 15;
+
+ return h;
+ }
+}
+#undef MIX
+
+#endif /* UPB_UNALIGNED_READS_OK */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+bool upb_dumptostderr(void *closure, const upb_status* status) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", upb_status_errmsg(status));
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Guarantee null-termination and provide ellipsis truncation.
+ * It may be tempting to "optimize" this by initializing these final
+ * four bytes up-front and then being careful never to overwrite them,
+ * this is safer and simpler. */
+static void nullz(upb_status *status) {
+ const char *ellipsis = "...";
+ size_t len = strlen(ellipsis);
+ assert(sizeof(status->msg) > len);
+ memcpy(status->msg + sizeof(status->msg) - len, ellipsis, len);
+}
+
+
+/* upb_upberr *****************************************************************/
+
+upb_errorspace upb_upberr = {"upb error"};
+
+void upb_upberr_setoom(upb_status *status) {
+ status->error_space_ = &upb_upberr;
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Out of memory");
+}
+
+
+/* upb_status *****************************************************************/
+
+void upb_status_clear(upb_status *status) {
+ if (!status) return;
+ status->ok_ = true;
+ status->code_ = 0;
+ status->msg[0] = '\0';
+}
+
+bool upb_ok(const upb_status *status) { return status->ok_; }
+
+upb_errorspace *upb_status_errspace(const upb_status *status) {
+ return status->error_space_;
+}
+
+int upb_status_errcode(const upb_status *status) { return status->code_; }
+
+const char *upb_status_errmsg(const upb_status *status) { return status->msg; }
+
+void upb_status_seterrmsg(upb_status *status, const char *msg) {
+ if (!status) return;
+ status->ok_ = false;
+ strncpy(status->msg, msg, sizeof(status->msg));
+ nullz(status);
+}
+
+void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...) {
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ upb_status_vseterrf(status, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void upb_status_vseterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, va_list args) {
+ if (!status) return;
+ status->ok_ = false;
+ _upb_vsnprintf(status->msg, sizeof(status->msg), fmt, args);
+ nullz(status);
+}
+
+void upb_status_copy(upb_status *to, const upb_status *from) {
+ if (!to) return;
+ *to = *from;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_alloc ******************************************************************/
+
+static void *upb_global_allocfunc(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
+ size_t size) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(alloc);
+ UPB_UNUSED(oldsize);
+ if (size == 0) {
+ free(ptr);
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ return realloc(ptr, size);
+ }
+}
+
+upb_alloc upb_alloc_global = {&upb_global_allocfunc};
+
+
+/* upb_arena ******************************************************************/
+
+/* Be conservative and choose 16 in case anyone is using SSE. */
+static const size_t maxalign = 16;
+
+static size_t align_up(size_t size) {
+ return ((size + maxalign - 1) / maxalign) * maxalign;
+}
+
+typedef struct mem_block {
+ struct mem_block *next;
+ size_t size;
+ size_t used;
+ bool owned;
+ /* Data follows. */
+} mem_block;
+
+typedef struct cleanup_ent {
+ struct cleanup_ent *next;
+ upb_cleanup_func *cleanup;
+ void *ud;
+} cleanup_ent;
+
+static void upb_arena_addblock(upb_arena *a, void *ptr, size_t size,
+ bool owned) {
+ mem_block *block = ptr;
+
+ block->next = a->block_head;
+ block->size = size;
+ block->used = align_up(sizeof(mem_block));
+ block->owned = owned;
+
+ a->block_head = block;
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): ASAN poison. */
+}
+
+
+static mem_block *upb_arena_allocblock(upb_arena *a, size_t size) {
+ size_t block_size = UPB_MAX(size, a->next_block_size) + sizeof(mem_block);
+ mem_block *block = upb_malloc(a->block_alloc, block_size);
+
+ if (!block) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ upb_arena_addblock(a, block, block_size, true);
+ a->next_block_size = UPB_MIN(block_size * 2, a->max_block_size);
+
+ return block;
+}
+
+static void *upb_arena_doalloc(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
+ size_t size) {
+ upb_arena *a = (upb_arena*)alloc; /* upb_alloc is initial member. */
+ mem_block *block = a->block_head;
+ void *ret;
+
+ if (size == 0) {
+ return NULL; /* We are an arena, don't need individual frees. */
+ }
+
+ size = align_up(size);
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): special-case if this is a realloc of the last alloc? */
+
+ if (!block || block->size - block->used < size) {
+ /* Slow path: have to allocate a new block. */
+ block = upb_arena_allocblock(a, size);
+
+ if (!block) {
+ return NULL; /* Out of memory. */
+ }
+ }
+
+ ret = (char*)block + block->used;
+ block->used += size;
+
+ if (oldsize > 0) {
+ memcpy(ret, ptr, oldsize); /* Preserve existing data. */
+ }
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): ASAN unpoison. */
+
+ a->bytes_allocated += size;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Public Arena API ***********************************************************/
+
+void upb_arena_init(upb_arena *a) {
+ a->alloc.func = &upb_arena_doalloc;
+ a->block_alloc = &upb_alloc_global;
+ a->bytes_allocated = 0;
+ a->next_block_size = 256;
+ a->max_block_size = 16384;
+ a->cleanup_head = NULL;
+ a->block_head = NULL;
+}
+
+void upb_arena_init2(upb_arena *a, void *mem, size_t size, upb_alloc *alloc) {
+ upb_arena_init(a);
+
+ if (size > sizeof(mem_block)) {
+ upb_arena_addblock(a, mem, size, false);
+ }
+
+ if (alloc) {
+ a->block_alloc = alloc;
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_arena_uninit(upb_arena *a) {
+ cleanup_ent *ent = a->cleanup_head;
+ mem_block *block = a->block_head;
+
+ while (ent) {
+ ent->cleanup(ent->ud);
+ ent = ent->next;
+ }
+
+ /* Must do this after running cleanup functions, because this will delete
+ * the memory we store our cleanup entries in! */
+ while (block) {
+ mem_block *next = block->next;
+
+ if (block->owned) {
+ upb_free(a->block_alloc, block);
+ }
+
+ block = next;
+ }
+}
+
+bool upb_arena_addcleanup(upb_arena *a, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud) {
+ cleanup_ent *ent = upb_malloc(&a->alloc, sizeof(cleanup_ent));
+ if (!ent) {
+ return false; /* Out of memory. */
+ }
+
+ ent->cleanup = func;
+ ent->ud = ud;
+ ent->next = a->cleanup_head;
+ a->cleanup_head = ent;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+size_t upb_arena_bytesallocated(const upb_arena *a) {
+ return a->bytes_allocated;
+}
+
+
+/* Standard error functions ***************************************************/
+
+static bool default_err(void *ud, const upb_status *status) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(ud);
+ UPB_UNUSED(status);
+ return false;
+}
+
+static bool write_err_to(void *ud, const upb_status *status) {
+ upb_status *copy_to = ud;
+ upb_status_copy(copy_to, status);
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_env ********************************************************************/
+
+void upb_env_initonly(upb_env *e) {
+ e->ok_ = true;
+ e->error_func_ = &default_err;
+ e->error_ud_ = NULL;
+}
+
+void upb_env_init(upb_env *e) {
+ upb_arena_init(&e->arena_);
+ upb_env_initonly(e);
+}
+
+void upb_env_init2(upb_env *e, void *mem, size_t n, upb_alloc *alloc) {
+ upb_arena_init2(&e->arena_, mem, n, alloc);
+ upb_env_initonly(e);
+}
+
+void upb_env_uninit(upb_env *e) {
+ upb_arena_uninit(&e->arena_);
+}
+
+void upb_env_seterrorfunc(upb_env *e, upb_error_func *func, void *ud) {
+ e->error_func_ = func;
+ e->error_ud_ = ud;
+}
+
+void upb_env_reporterrorsto(upb_env *e, upb_status *s) {
+ e->error_func_ = &write_err_to;
+ e->error_ud_ = s;
+}
+
+bool upb_env_reporterror(upb_env *e, const upb_status *status) {
+ e->ok_ = false;
+ return e->error_func_(e->error_ud_, status);
+}
+
+void *upb_env_malloc(upb_env *e, size_t size) {
+ return upb_malloc(&e->arena_.alloc, size);
+}
+
+void *upb_env_realloc(upb_env *e, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
+ return upb_realloc(&e->arena_.alloc, ptr, oldsize, size);
+}
+
+void upb_env_free(upb_env *e, void *ptr) {
+ upb_free(&e->arena_.alloc, ptr);
+}
+
+bool upb_env_addcleanup(upb_env *e, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud) {
+ return upb_arena_addcleanup(&e->arena_, func, ud);
+}
+
+size_t upb_env_bytesallocated(const upb_env *e) {
+ return upb_arena_bytesallocated(&e->arena_);
+}
+/* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler) from the input
+ * file:
+ *
+ * upb/descriptor/descriptor.proto
+ *
+ * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
+ * regenerated. */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+
+static const upb_msgdef msgs[22];
+static const upb_fielddef fields[105];
+static const upb_enumdef enums[5];
+static const upb_tabent strentries[236];
+static const upb_tabent intentries[18];
+static const upb_tabval arrays[184];
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+static upb_inttable reftables[264];
+#endif
+
+static const upb_msgdef msgs[22] = {
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.DescriptorProto", 40, 8, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[0], 11, 10), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(10, 15, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 4, &strentries[0]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[0], &reftables[1]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange", 4, 0, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[11], 3, 2), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[16]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[2], &reftables[3]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ReservedRange", 4, 0, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[14], 3, 2), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[20]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[4], &reftables[5]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto", 11, 2, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[17], 4, 3), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[24]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[6], &reftables[7]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.EnumOptions", 8, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(1, 1, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 1, &intentries[0], &arrays[21], 4, 2), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[28]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[8], &reftables[9]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto", 8, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[25], 4, 3), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[32]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[10], &reftables[11]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions", 7, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(1, 1, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 1, &intentries[2], &arrays[29], 2, 1), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[36]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[12], &reftables[13]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto", 23, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[31], 11, 10), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(10, 15, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 4, &strentries[40]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[14], &reftables[15]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldOptions", 12, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(1, 1, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 1, &intentries[4], &arrays[42], 11, 6), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(7, 15, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 4, &strentries[56]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[16], &reftables[17]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto", 42, 6, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[53], 13, 12), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(12, 15, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 4, &strentries[72]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[18], &reftables[19]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet", 6, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[66], 2, 1), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(1, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[88]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[20], &reftables[21]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FileOptions", 31, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(1, 1, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 1, &intentries[6], &arrays[68], 39, 15), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(16, 31, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 5, &strentries[92]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[22], &reftables[23]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.MessageOptions", 10, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(1, 1, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 1, &intentries[8], &arrays[107], 8, 4), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(5, 7, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 3, &strentries[124]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[24], &reftables[25]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto", 15, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[115], 7, 6), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(6, 7, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 3, &strentries[132]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[26], &reftables[27]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.MethodOptions", 7, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &intentries[10], &arrays[122], 1, 0), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[140]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[28], &reftables[29]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.OneofDescriptorProto", 5, 0, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[123], 2, 1), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(1, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[144]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[30], &reftables[31]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto", 11, 2, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[125], 4, 3), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[148]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[32], &reftables[33]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.ServiceOptions", 7, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &intentries[14], &arrays[129], 1, 0), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[152]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[34], &reftables[35]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo", 6, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[130], 2, 1), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(1, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[156]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[36], &reftables[37]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location", 19, 0, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[132], 7, 5), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(5, 7, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 3, &strentries[160]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[38], &reftables[39]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption", 18, 1, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[139], 9, 7), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(7, 15, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 4, &strentries[168]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[40], &reftables[41]),
+ UPB_MSGDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart", 6, 0, UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[148], 3, 2), UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(2, 3, UPB_CTYPE_PTR, 2, &strentries[184]), false, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, &reftables[42], &reftables[43]),
+};
+
+static const upb_fielddef fields[105] = {
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "aggregate_value", 8, &msgs[20], NULL, 15, 6, {0},&reftables[44], &reftables[45]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "allow_alias", 2, &msgs[4], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[46], &reftables[47]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "cc_enable_arenas", 31, &msgs[11], NULL, 23, 12, {0},&reftables[48], &reftables[49]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "cc_generic_services", 16, &msgs[11], NULL, 17, 6, {0},&reftables[50], &reftables[51]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "client_streaming", 5, &msgs[13], NULL, 13, 4, {0},&reftables[52], &reftables[53]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "csharp_namespace", 37, &msgs[11], NULL, 27, 14, {0},&reftables[54], &reftables[55]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "ctype", 1, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&enums[2]), 6, 1, {0},&reftables[56], &reftables[57]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "default_value", 7, &msgs[7], NULL, 16, 7, {0},&reftables[58], &reftables[59]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "dependency", 3, &msgs[9], NULL, 30, 8, {0},&reftables[60], &reftables[61]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 3, &msgs[12], NULL, 8, 3, {0},&reftables[62], &reftables[63]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 3, &msgs[8], NULL, 8, 3, {0},&reftables[64], &reftables[65]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 33, &msgs[14], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[66], &reftables[67]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 23, &msgs[11], NULL, 21, 10, {0},&reftables[68], &reftables[69]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 3, &msgs[4], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[70], &reftables[71]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 33, &msgs[17], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[72], &reftables[73]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "deprecated", 1, &msgs[6], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[74], &reftables[75]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, 0, false, false, false, false, "double_value", 6, &msgs[20], NULL, 11, 4, {0},&reftables[76], &reftables[77]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "end", 2, &msgs[2], NULL, 3, 1, {0},&reftables[78], &reftables[79]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "end", 2, &msgs[1], NULL, 3, 1, {0},&reftables[80], &reftables[81]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 4, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[3]), 18, 2, {0},&reftables[82], &reftables[83]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "enum_type", 5, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[3]), 13, 1, {0},&reftables[84], &reftables[85]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "extendee", 2, &msgs[7], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[86], &reftables[87]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 6, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[7]), 24, 4, {0},&reftables[88], &reftables[89]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension", 7, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[7]), 19, 3, {0},&reftables[90], &reftables[91]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "extension_range", 5, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[1]), 21, 3, {0},&reftables[92], &reftables[93]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "field", 2, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[7]), 12, 0, {0},&reftables[94], &reftables[95]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "file", 1, &msgs[10], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[9]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[96], &reftables[97]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "go_package", 11, &msgs[11], NULL, 14, 5, {0},&reftables[98], &reftables[99]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "identifier_value", 3, &msgs[20], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[100], &reftables[101]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "input_type", 2, &msgs[13], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[102], &reftables[103]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "is_extension", 2, &msgs[21], NULL, 5, 1, {0},&reftables[104], &reftables[105]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_generate_equals_and_hash", 20, &msgs[11], NULL, 20, 9, {0},&reftables[106], &reftables[107]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_generic_services", 17, &msgs[11], NULL, 18, 7, {0},&reftables[108], &reftables[109]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_multiple_files", 10, &msgs[11], NULL, 13, 4, {0},&reftables[110], &reftables[111]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_outer_classname", 8, &msgs[11], NULL, 9, 2, {0},&reftables[112], &reftables[113]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_package", 1, &msgs[11], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[114], &reftables[115]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "java_string_check_utf8", 27, &msgs[11], NULL, 22, 11, {0},&reftables[116], &reftables[117]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "javanano_use_deprecated_package", 38, &msgs[11], NULL, 30, 15, {0},&reftables[118], &reftables[119]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "json_name", 10, &msgs[7], NULL, 20, 9, {0},&reftables[120], &reftables[121]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "jstype", 6, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&enums[3]), 10, 5, {0},&reftables[122], &reftables[123]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "label", 4, &msgs[7], (const upb_def*)(&enums[0]), 11, 4, {0},&reftables[124], &reftables[125]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "lazy", 5, &msgs[8], NULL, 9, 4, {0},&reftables[126], &reftables[127]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "leading_comments", 3, &msgs[19], NULL, 8, 2, {0},&reftables[128], &reftables[129]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "leading_detached_comments", 6, &msgs[19], NULL, 16, 4, {0},&reftables[130], &reftables[131]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "location", 1, &msgs[18], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[19]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[132], &reftables[133]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "map_entry", 7, &msgs[12], NULL, 9, 4, {0},&reftables[134], &reftables[135]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "message_set_wire_format", 1, &msgs[12], NULL, 6, 1, {0},&reftables[136], &reftables[137]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "message_type", 4, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[0]), 10, 0, {0},&reftables[138], &reftables[139]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "method", 2, &msgs[16], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[13]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[140], &reftables[141]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[3], NULL, 8, 2, {0},&reftables[142], &reftables[143]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[15], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[144], &reftables[145]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 2, &msgs[20], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[21]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[146], &reftables[147]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[0], NULL, 32, 8, {0},&reftables[148], &reftables[149]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[5], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[150], &reftables[151]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[9], NULL, 22, 6, {0},&reftables[152], &reftables[153]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[7], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[154], &reftables[155]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[13], NULL, 4, 1, {0},&reftables[156], &reftables[157]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name", 1, &msgs[16], NULL, 8, 2, {0},&reftables[158], &reftables[159]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "name_part", 1, &msgs[21], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[160], &reftables[161]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT64, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "negative_int_value", 5, &msgs[20], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[162], &reftables[163]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "nested_type", 3, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[0]), 15, 1, {0},&reftables[164], &reftables[165]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "no_standard_descriptor_accessor", 2, &msgs[12], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[166], &reftables[167]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "number", 2, &msgs[5], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[168], &reftables[169]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "number", 3, &msgs[7], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[170], &reftables[171]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "objc_class_prefix", 36, &msgs[11], NULL, 24, 13, {0},&reftables[172], &reftables[173]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "oneof_decl", 8, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[15]), 28, 6, {0},&reftables[174], &reftables[175]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "oneof_index", 9, &msgs[7], NULL, 19, 8, {0},&reftables[176], &reftables[177]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "optimize_for", 9, &msgs[11], (const upb_def*)(&enums[4]), 12, 3, {0},&reftables[178], &reftables[179]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 7, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[12]), 25, 5, {0},&reftables[180], &reftables[181]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[11]), 20, 4, {0},&reftables[182], &reftables[183]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 4, &msgs[13], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[14]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[184], &reftables[185]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 8, &msgs[7], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[8]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[186], &reftables[187]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[16], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[17]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[188], &reftables[189]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[5], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[6]), 3, 0, {0},&reftables[190], &reftables[191]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "options", 3, &msgs[3], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[4]), 7, 1, {0},&reftables[192], &reftables[193]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "output_type", 3, &msgs[13], NULL, 10, 3, {0},&reftables[194], &reftables[195]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "package", 2, &msgs[9], NULL, 25, 7, {0},&reftables[196], &reftables[197]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "packed", 2, &msgs[8], NULL, 7, 2, {0},&reftables[198], &reftables[199]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, true, "path", 1, &msgs[19], NULL, 4, 0, {0},&reftables[200], &reftables[201]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_UINT64, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "positive_int_value", 4, &msgs[20], NULL, 9, 2, {0},&reftables[202], &reftables[203]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "public_dependency", 10, &msgs[9], NULL, 35, 9, {0},&reftables[204], &reftables[205]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "py_generic_services", 18, &msgs[11], NULL, 19, 8, {0},&reftables[206], &reftables[207]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "reserved_name", 10, &msgs[0], NULL, 37, 9, {0},&reftables[208], &reftables[209]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "reserved_range", 9, &msgs[0], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[2]), 31, 7, {0},&reftables[210], &reftables[211]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "server_streaming", 6, &msgs[13], NULL, 14, 5, {0},&reftables[212], &reftables[213]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "service", 6, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[16]), 16, 2, {0},&reftables[214], &reftables[215]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "source_code_info", 9, &msgs[9], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[18]), 21, 5, {0},&reftables[216], &reftables[217]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, true, "span", 2, &msgs[19], NULL, 7, 1, {0},&reftables[218], &reftables[219]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "start", 1, &msgs[2], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[220], &reftables[221]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "start", 1, &msgs[1], NULL, 2, 0, {0},&reftables[222], &reftables[223]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BYTES, 0, false, false, false, false, "string_value", 7, &msgs[20], NULL, 12, 5, {0},&reftables[224], &reftables[225]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "syntax", 12, &msgs[9], NULL, 39, 11, {0},&reftables[226], &reftables[227]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "trailing_comments", 4, &msgs[19], NULL, 11, 3, {0},&reftables[228], &reftables[229]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_ENUM, 0, false, false, false, false, "type", 5, &msgs[7], (const upb_def*)(&enums[1]), 12, 5, {0},&reftables[230], &reftables[231]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_STRING, 0, false, false, false, false, "type_name", 6, &msgs[7], NULL, 13, 6, {0},&reftables[232], &reftables[233]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[11], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[234], &reftables[235]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[12], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[236], &reftables[237]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[6], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[238], &reftables[239]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[4], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[240], &reftables[241]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[8], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[242], &reftables[243]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[14], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[244], &reftables[245]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "uninterpreted_option", 999, &msgs[17], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[20]), 5, 0, {0},&reftables[246], &reftables[247]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE, 0, false, false, false, false, "value", 2, &msgs[3], (const upb_def*)(&msgs[5]), 6, 0, {0},&reftables[248], &reftables[249]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL, UPB_TYPE_BOOL, 0, false, false, false, false, "weak", 10, &msgs[8], NULL, 11, 6, {0},&reftables[250], &reftables[251]),
+ UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(UPB_LABEL_REPEATED, UPB_TYPE_INT32, UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, false, false, false, false, "weak_dependency", 11, &msgs[9], NULL, 38, 10, {0},&reftables[252], &reftables[253]),
+};
+
+static const upb_enumdef enums[5] = {
+ UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label", UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, 2, &strentries[188]), UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[151], 4, 3), 0, &reftables[254], &reftables[255]),
+ UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Type", UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(18, 31, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, 5, &strentries[192]), UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[155], 19, 18), 0, &reftables[256], &reftables[257]),
+ UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldOptions.CType", UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, 2, &strentries[224]), UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[174], 3, 3), 0, &reftables[258], &reftables[259]),
+ UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FieldOptions.JSType", UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, 2, &strentries[228]), UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[177], 3, 3), 0, &reftables[260], &reftables[261]),
+ UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT("google.protobuf.FileOptions.OptimizeMode", UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(3, 3, UPB_CTYPE_INT32, 2, &strentries[232]), UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR, 0, NULL, &arrays[180], 4, 3), 0, &reftables[262], &reftables[263]),
+};
+
+static const upb_tabent strentries[236] = {
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[22]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "reserved_name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[82]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[52]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "field"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[25]), &strentries[12]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension_range"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[24]), &strentries[14]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "nested_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[60]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "reserved_range"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[83]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[68]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "oneof_decl"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[65]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[19]), &strentries[13]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "start"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[89]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\003", "\000", "\000", "\000", "end"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[18]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "start"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[88]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\003", "\000", "\000", "\000", "end"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[17]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[102]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[74]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[49]), &strentries[26]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[98]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[13]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "allow_alias"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[1]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[62]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[73]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[53]), &strentries[34]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[97]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[15]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "oneof_index"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[66]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "label"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[40]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[55]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "number"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[63]), &strentries[53]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extendee"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[21]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type_name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[94]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "json_name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[38]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[93]), &strentries[50]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "default_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[7]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[71]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[99]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[103]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "packed"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[77]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "lazy"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[41]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "ctype"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[6]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "jstype"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[39]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[10]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[23]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "weak_dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[104]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[54]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "service"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[85]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "source_code_info"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[86]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "syntax"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[91]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[8]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[47]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[76]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[69]), &strentries[86]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "enum_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[20]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "public_dependency"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[80]), &strentries[85]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "file"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[26]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "cc_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[3]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "csharp_namespace"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[5]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "go_package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[27]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[35]), &strentries[120]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_outer_classname"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[34]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[95]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_multiple_files"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[33]), &strentries[117]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\025", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[32]), &strentries[118]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\035", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_generate_equals_and_hash"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[31]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "javanano_use_deprecated_package"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[37]), &strentries[123]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\023", "\000", "\000", "\000", "py_generic_services"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[81]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "optimize_for"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[67]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\026", "\000", "\000", "\000", "java_string_check_utf8"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[36]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[12]), &strentries[119]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "objc_class_prefix"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[64]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "cc_enable_arenas"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[2]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\027", "\000", "\000", "\000", "message_set_wire_format"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[46]), &strentries[128]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[96]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[9]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "map_entry"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[45]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\037", "\000", "\000", "\000", "no_standard_descriptor_accessor"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[61]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "client_streaming"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[4]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "server_streaming"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[84]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[56]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "input_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[29]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "output_type"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[75]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[70]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[100]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[11]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[50]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\007", "\000", "\000", "\000", "options"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[72]), &strentries[150]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "method"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[48]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[57]), &strentries[149]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\024", "\000", "\000", "\000", "uninterpreted_option"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[101]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "deprecated"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[14]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\010", "\000", "\000", "\000", "location"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[44]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "span"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[87]), &strentries[167]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\031", "\000", "\000", "\000", "leading_detached_comments"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[43]), &strentries[165]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\021", "\000", "\000", "\000", "trailing_comments"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[92]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "leading_comments"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[42]), &strentries[164]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "path"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[78]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "double_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[16]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[51]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "negative_int_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[59]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\017", "\000", "\000", "\000", "aggregate_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[0]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\022", "\000", "\000", "\000", "positive_int_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[79]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\020", "\000", "\000", "\000", "identifier_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[28]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "string_value"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[90]), &strentries[182]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "is_extension"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[30]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "name_part"), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[58]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REQUIRED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), &strentries[190]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_REPEATED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\016", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LABEL_OPTIONAL"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(6), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_STRING"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(9), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FLOAT"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), &strentries[221]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_DOUBLE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(5), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(15), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_FIXED32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(7), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_MESSAGE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(11), &strentries[222]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_INT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), &strentries[219]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_ENUM"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(14), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(13), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_UINT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(4), &strentries[218]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\015", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SFIXED64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(16), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BYTES"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(12), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT64"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(18), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_BOOL"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(8), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\012", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_GROUP"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(10), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\013", "\000", "\000", "\000", "TYPE_SINT32"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(17), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\004", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CORD"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\006", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(0), &strentries[225]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "STRING_PIECE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "JS_NORMAL"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(0), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "JS_NUMBER"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "JS_STRING"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\011", "\000", "\000", "\000", "CODE_SIZE"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(2), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\005", "\000", "\000", "\000", "SPEED"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(1), &strentries[235]},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_STR("\014", "\000", "\000", "\000", "LITE_RUNTIME"), UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(3), NULL},
+};
+
+static const upb_tabent intentries[18] = {
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[98]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[97]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[99]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[95]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[96]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(33), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[11]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[100]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(33), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[14]), NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NONE, UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT, NULL},
+ {UPB_TABKEY_NUM(999), UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[101]), NULL},
+};
+
+static const upb_tabval arrays[184] = {
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[52]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[25]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[60]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[19]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[24]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[22]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[68]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[65]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[83]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[82]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[89]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[18]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[88]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[17]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[49]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[102]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[74]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[1]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[13]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[53]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[62]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[73]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[15]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[55]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[21]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[63]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[40]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[93]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[94]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[7]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[71]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[66]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[38]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[6]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[77]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[10]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[41]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[39]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[103]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[54]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[76]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[8]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[47]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[20]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[85]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[23]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[69]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[86]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[80]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[104]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[91]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[26]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[35]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[34]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[67]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[33]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[27]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[3]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[32]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[81]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[31]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[12]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[36]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[2]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[64]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[5]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[37]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[46]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[61]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[9]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[45]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[56]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[29]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[75]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[70]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[4]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[84]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[50]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[57]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[48]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[72]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[44]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[78]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[87]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[42]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[92]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[43]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[51]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[28]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[79]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[59]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[16]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[90]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[0]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[58]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(&fields[30]),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_OPTIONAL"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_REQUIRED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LABEL_REPEATED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_DOUBLE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FLOAT"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_INT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_UINT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_INT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FIXED64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_FIXED32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_BOOL"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_STRING"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_GROUP"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_MESSAGE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_BYTES"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_UINT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_ENUM"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SFIXED32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SFIXED64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SINT32"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("TYPE_SINT64"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("STRING"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("CORD"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("STRING_PIECE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("JS_NORMAL"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("JS_STRING"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("JS_NUMBER"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT,
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("SPEED"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("CODE_SIZE"),
+ UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT("LITE_RUNTIME"),
+};
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+static upb_inttable reftables[264] = {
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+ UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(UPB_CTYPE_PTR),
+};
+#endif
+
+static const upb_msgdef *refm(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner) {
+ upb_msgdef_ref(m, owner);
+ return m;
+}
+
+static const upb_enumdef *refe(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner) {
+ upb_enumdef_ref(e, owner);
+ return e;
+}
+
+/* Public API. */
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[0], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[1], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[2], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[3], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[4], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[5], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[6], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[7], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[8], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[9], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[10], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[11], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[12], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[13], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[14], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[15], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[16], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[17], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[18], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[19], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[20], owner); }
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_get(const void *owner) { return refm(&msgs[21], owner); }
+
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label_get(const void *owner) { return refe(&enums[0], owner); }
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type_get(const void *owner) { return refe(&enums[1], owner); }
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType_get(const void *owner) { return refe(&enums[2], owner); }
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType_get(const void *owner) { return refe(&enums[3], owner); }
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode_get(const void *owner) { return refe(&enums[4], owner); }
+/*
+** XXX: The routines in this file that consume a string do not currently
+** support having the string span buffers. In the future, as upb_sink and
+** its buffering/sharing functionality evolve there should be an easy and
+** idiomatic way of correctly handling this case. For now, we accept this
+** limitation since we currently only parse descriptors from single strings.
+*/
+
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Compares a NULL-terminated string with a non-NULL-terminated string. */
+static bool upb_streq(const char *str, const char *buf, size_t n) {
+ return strlen(str) == n && memcmp(str, buf, n) == 0;
+}
+
+/* We keep a stack of all the messages scopes we are currently in, as well as
+ * the top-level file scope. This is necessary to correctly qualify the
+ * definitions that are contained inside. "name" tracks the name of the
+ * message or package (a bare name -- not qualified by any enclosing scopes). */
+typedef struct {
+ char *name;
+ /* Index of the first def that is under this scope. For msgdefs, the
+ * msgdef itself is at start-1. */
+ int start;
+} upb_descreader_frame;
+
+/* The maximum number of nested declarations that are allowed, ie.
+ * message Foo {
+ * message Bar {
+ * message Baz {
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * This is a resource limit that affects how big our runtime stack can grow.
+ * TODO: make this a runtime-settable property of the Reader instance. */
+#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_NESTING 64
+
+struct upb_descreader {
+ upb_sink sink;
+ upb_inttable files;
+ upb_filedef *file; /* The last file in files. */
+ upb_descreader_frame stack[UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_NESTING];
+ int stack_len;
+
+ uint32_t number;
+ char *name;
+ bool saw_number;
+ bool saw_name;
+
+ char *default_string;
+
+ upb_fielddef *f;
+};
+
+static char *upb_strndup(const char *buf, size_t n) {
+ char *ret = upb_gmalloc(n + 1);
+ if (!ret) return NULL;
+ memcpy(ret, buf, n);
+ ret[n] = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Returns a newly allocated string that joins input strings together, for
+ * example:
+ * join("Foo.Bar", "Baz") -> "Foo.Bar.Baz"
+ * join("", "Baz") -> "Baz"
+ * Caller owns a ref on the returned string. */
+static char *upb_join(const char *base, const char *name) {
+ if (!base || strlen(base) == 0) {
+ return upb_gstrdup(name);
+ } else {
+ char *ret = upb_gmalloc(strlen(base) + strlen(name) + 2);
+ if (!ret) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+ strcat(ret, base);
+ strcat(ret, ".");
+ strcat(ret, name);
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Qualify the defname for all defs starting with offset "start" with "str". */
+static bool upb_descreader_qualify(upb_filedef *f, char *str, int32_t start) {
+ size_t i;
+ for (i = start; i < upb_filedef_defcount(f); i++) {
+ upb_def *def = upb_filedef_mutabledef(f, i);
+ char *name = upb_join(str, upb_def_fullname(def));
+ if (!name) {
+ /* Need better logic here; at this point we've qualified some names but
+ * not others. */
+ return false;
+ }
+ upb_def_setfullname(def, name, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(name);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_descreader ************************************************************/
+
+static upb_msgdef *upb_descreader_top(upb_descreader *r) {
+ int index;
+ assert(r->stack_len > 1);
+ index = r->stack[r->stack_len-1].start - 1;
+ assert(index >= 0);
+ return upb_downcast_msgdef_mutable(upb_filedef_mutabledef(r->file, index));
+}
+
+static upb_def *upb_descreader_last(upb_descreader *r) {
+ return upb_filedef_mutabledef(r->file, upb_filedef_defcount(r->file) - 1);
+}
+
+/* Start/end handlers for FileDescriptorProto and DescriptorProto (the two
+ * entities that have names and can contain sub-definitions. */
+void upb_descreader_startcontainer(upb_descreader *r) {
+ upb_descreader_frame *f = &r->stack[r->stack_len++];
+ f->start = upb_filedef_defcount(r->file);
+ f->name = NULL;
+}
+
+bool upb_descreader_endcontainer(upb_descreader *r) {
+ upb_descreader_frame *f = &r->stack[--r->stack_len];
+ if (!upb_descreader_qualify(r->file, f->name, f->start)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ upb_gfree(f->name);
+ f->name = NULL;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void upb_descreader_setscopename(upb_descreader *r, char *str) {
+ upb_descreader_frame *f = &r->stack[r->stack_len-1];
+ upb_gfree(f->name);
+ f->name = str;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet. ***************************/
+
+static void *fileset_startfile(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ r->file = upb_filedef_new(&r->files);
+ upb_inttable_push(&r->files, upb_value_ptr(r->file));
+ return r;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto. *************************/
+
+static bool file_start(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ upb_descreader_startcontainer(r);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool file_end(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(status);
+ return upb_descreader_endcontainer(r);
+}
+
+static size_t file_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *name;
+ bool ok;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ ok = upb_filedef_setname(r->file, name, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(name);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t file_onpackage(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *package;
+ bool ok;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ package = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_descreader_setscopename(r, package);
+ ok = upb_filedef_setpackage(r->file, package, NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t file_onsyntax(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ bool ok;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ if (upb_streq("proto2", buf, n)) {
+ ok = upb_filedef_setsyntax(r->file, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2, NULL);
+ } else if (upb_streq("proto3", buf, n)) {
+ ok = upb_filedef_setsyntax(r->file, UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO3, NULL);
+ } else {
+ ok = false;
+ }
+
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static void *file_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
+ bool ok = upb_filedef_addmsg(r->file, m, &m, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void *file_startenum(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e);
+ bool ok = upb_filedef_addenum(r->file, e, &e, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void *file_startext(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ bool ok;
+ r->f = upb_fielddef_new(r);
+ ok = upb_filedef_addext(r->file, r->f, r, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return r;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto. *********************/
+
+static bool enumval_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ r->saw_number = false;
+ r->saw_name = false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t enumval_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_gfree(r->name);
+ r->name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ r->saw_name = true;
+ return n;
+}
+
+static bool enumval_onnumber(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ r->number = val;
+ r->saw_number = true;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool enumval_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_enumdef *e;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ if(!r->saw_number || !r->saw_name) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Enum value missing name or number.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
+ upb_enumdef_addval(e, r->name, r->number, status);
+ upb_gfree(r->name);
+ r->name = NULL;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto. *************************/
+
+static bool enum_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_enumdef *e;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ e = upb_downcast_enumdef_mutable(upb_descreader_last(r));
+ if (upb_def_fullname(upb_descreader_last(r)) == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Enum had no name.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (upb_enumdef_numvals(e) == 0) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Enum had no values.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t enum_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *fullname = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_def_setfullname(upb_descreader_last(r), fullname, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(fullname);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto *************************/
+
+static bool field_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ assert(r->f);
+ upb_gfree(r->default_string);
+ r->default_string = NULL;
+
+ /* fielddefs default to packed, but descriptors default to non-packed. */
+ upb_fielddef_setpacked(r->f, false);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Converts the default value in string "str" into "d". Passes a ref on str.
+ * Returns true on success. */
+static bool parse_default(char *str, upb_fielddef *f) {
+ bool success = true;
+ char *end;
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32: {
+ long val = strtol(str, &end, 0);
+ if (val > INT32_MAX || val < INT32_MIN || errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: {
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtoll, since it's not available in c89. */
+ long long val = strtol(str, &end, 0);
+ if (val > INT64_MAX || val < INT64_MIN || errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32: {
+ unsigned long val = strtoul(str, &end, 0);
+ if (val > UINT32_MAX || errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: {
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtoull, since it's not available in c89. */
+ unsigned long long val = strtoul(str, &end, 0);
+ if (val > UINT64_MAX || errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: {
+ double val = strtod(str, &end);
+ if (errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: {
+ /* XXX: Need to write our own strtof, since it's not available in c89. */
+ float val = strtod(str, &end);
+ if (errno == ERANGE || *end)
+ success = false;
+ else
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(f, val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL: {
+ if (strcmp(str, "false") == 0)
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(f, false);
+ else if (strcmp(str, "true") == 0)
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(f, true);
+ else
+ success = false;
+ break;
+ }
+ default: abort();
+ }
+ return success;
+}
+
+static bool field_endmsg(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_fielddef *f = r->f;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ /* TODO: verify that all required fields were present. */
+ assert(upb_fielddef_number(f) != 0);
+ assert(upb_fielddef_name(f) != NULL);
+ assert((upb_fielddef_subdefname(f) != NULL) == upb_fielddef_hassubdef(f));
+
+ if (r->default_string) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Submessages cannot have defaults.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(f) || upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(f, r->default_string, NULL);
+ } else {
+ if (r->default_string && !parse_default(r->default_string, f)) {
+ /* We don't worry too much about giving a great error message since the
+ * compiler should have ensured this was correct. */
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Error converting default value.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool field_onlazy(void *closure, const void *hd, bool val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_fielddef_setlazy(r->f, val);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool field_onpacked(void *closure, const void *hd, bool val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_fielddef_setpacked(r->f, val);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool field_ontype(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(r->f, val);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool field_onlabel(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_fielddef_setlabel(r->f, val);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool field_onnumber(void *closure, const void *hd, int32_t val) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ bool ok;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ ok = upb_fielddef_setnumber(r->f, val, NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t field_onname(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_fielddef_setname(r->f, name, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(name);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t field_ontypename(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(r->f, name, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(name);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t field_onextendee(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(r->f, name, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(name);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t field_ondefaultval(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ /* Have to convert from string to the correct type, but we might not know the
+ * type yet, so we save it as a string until the end of the field.
+ * XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ upb_gfree(r->default_string);
+ r->default_string = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/** Handlers for google.protobuf.DescriptorProto ******************************/
+
+static bool msg_start(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_descreader_startcontainer(r);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool msg_end(void *closure, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ if(!upb_def_fullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m))) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(status, "Encountered message with no name.");
+ return false;
+ }
+ return upb_descreader_endcontainer(r);
+}
+
+static size_t msg_name(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
+ /* XXX: see comment at the top of the file. */
+ char *name = upb_strndup(buf, n);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ upb_def_setfullname(upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), name, NULL);
+ upb_descreader_setscopename(r, name); /* Passes ownership of name. */
+ return n;
+}
+
+static void *msg_startmsg(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
+ bool ok = upb_filedef_addmsg(r->file, m, &m, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void *msg_startext(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
+ bool ok = upb_filedef_addext(r->file, f, &f, NULL);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static void *msg_startfield(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ r->f = upb_fielddef_new(&r->f);
+ /* We can't add the new field to the message until its name/number are
+ * filled in. */
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return r;
+}
+
+static bool msg_endfield(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_msgdef_addfield(m, r->f, &r->f, NULL);
+ r->f = NULL;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool msg_onmapentry(void *closure, const void *hd, bool mapentry) {
+ upb_descreader *r = closure;
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_descreader_top(r);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ upb_msgdef_setmapentry(m, mapentry);
+ r->f = NULL;
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+
+/** Code to register handlers *************************************************/
+
+#define F(msg, field) upbdefs_google_protobuf_ ## msg ## _f_ ## field(m)
+
+static void reghandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+
+ if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(FileDescriptorSet, file),
+ &fileset_startfile, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, &msg_start, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, &msg_end, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(DescriptorProto, name), &msg_name, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(DescriptorProto, extension), &msg_startext,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(DescriptorProto, nested_type),
+ &msg_startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(DescriptorProto, field),
+ &msg_startfield, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(h, F(DescriptorProto, field),
+ &msg_endfield, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(DescriptorProto, enum_type),
+ &file_startenum, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, &file_start, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, &file_end, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, name), &file_onname,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, package), &file_onpackage,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, syntax), &file_onsyntax,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, message_type),
+ &file_startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, enum_type),
+ &file_startenum, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, F(FileDescriptorProto, extension),
+ &file_startext, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, &enumval_startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, &enumval_endmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(EnumValueDescriptorProto, name), &enumval_onname, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, F(EnumValueDescriptorProto, number), &enumval_onnumber,
+ NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, &enum_endmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(EnumDescriptorProto, name), &enum_onname, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, &field_startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, &field_endmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, type), &field_ontype,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, label), &field_onlabel,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, number), &field_onnumber,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, name), &field_onname,
+ NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, type_name),
+ &field_ontypename, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, extendee),
+ &field_onextendee, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, F(FieldDescriptorProto, default_value),
+ &field_ondefaultval, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, F(FieldOptions, lazy), &field_onlazy, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, F(FieldOptions, packed), &field_onpacked, NULL);
+ } else if (upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)) {
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, F(MessageOptions, map_entry), &msg_onmapentry, NULL);
+ }
+
+ assert(upb_ok(upb_handlers_status(h)));
+}
+
+#undef F
+
+void descreader_cleanup(void *_r) {
+ upb_descreader *r = _r;
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_descreader_filecount(r); i++) {
+ upb_filedef_unref(upb_descreader_file(r, i), &r->files);
+ }
+
+ upb_gfree(r->name);
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&r->files);
+ upb_gfree(r->default_string);
+ while (r->stack_len > 0) {
+ upb_descreader_frame *f = &r->stack[--r->stack_len];
+ upb_gfree(f->name);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Public API ****************************************************************/
+
+upb_descreader *upb_descreader_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h) {
+ upb_descreader *r = upb_env_malloc(e, sizeof(upb_descreader));
+ if (!r || !upb_env_addcleanup(e, descreader_cleanup, r)) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_init(&r->files, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
+ upb_sink_reset(upb_descreader_input(r), h, r);
+ r->stack_len = 0;
+ r->name = NULL;
+ r->default_string = NULL;
+
+ return r;
+}
+
+size_t upb_descreader_filecount(const upb_descreader *r) {
+ return upb_inttable_count(&r->files);
+}
+
+upb_filedef *upb_descreader_file(const upb_descreader *r, size_t i) {
+ upb_value v;
+ if (upb_inttable_lookup(&r->files, i, &v)) {
+ return upb_value_getptr(v);
+ } else {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+upb_sink *upb_descreader_input(upb_descreader *r) {
+ return &r->sink;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_descreader_newhandlers(const void *owner) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_get(&m);
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, owner, reghandlers, NULL);
+ upb_msgdef_unref(m, &m);
+ return h;
+}
+/*
+** protobuf decoder bytecode compiler
+**
+** Code to compile a upb::Handlers into bytecode for decoding a protobuf
+** according to that specific schema and destination handlers.
+**
+** Compiling to bytecode is always the first step. If we are using the
+** interpreted decoder we leave it as bytecode and interpret that. If we are
+** using a JIT decoder we use a code generator to turn the bytecode into native
+** code, LLVM IR, etc.
+**
+** Bytecode definition is in decoder.int.h.
+*/
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#define MAXLABEL 5
+#define EMPTYLABEL -1
+
+/* mgroup *********************************************************************/
+
+static void freegroup(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ mgroup *g = (mgroup*)r;
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&g->methods);
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ upb_pbdecoder_freejit(g);
+#endif
+ upb_gfree(g->bytecode);
+ upb_gfree(g);
+}
+
+static void visitgroup(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const mgroup *g = (const mgroup*)r;
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &g->methods);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ visit(r, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast(method), closure);
+ }
+}
+
+mgroup *newgroup(const void *owner) {
+ mgroup *g = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*g));
+ static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitgroup, freegroup};
+ upb_refcounted_init(mgroup_upcast_mutable(g), &vtbl, owner);
+ upb_inttable_init(&g->methods, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
+ g->bytecode = NULL;
+ g->bytecode_end = NULL;
+ return g;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_pbdecodermethod ********************************************************/
+
+static void freemethod(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method = (upb_pbdecodermethod*)r;
+
+ if (method->dest_handlers_) {
+ upb_handlers_unref(method->dest_handlers_, method);
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&method->dispatch);
+ upb_gfree(method);
+}
+
+static void visitmethod(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = (const upb_pbdecodermethod*)r;
+ visit(r, m->group, closure);
+}
+
+static upb_pbdecodermethod *newmethod(const upb_handlers *dest_handlers,
+ mgroup *group) {
+ static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visitmethod, freemethod};
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ upb_refcounted_init(upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast_mutable(ret), &vtbl, &ret);
+ upb_byteshandler_init(&ret->input_handler_);
+
+ /* The method references the group and vice-versa, in a circular reference. */
+ upb_ref2(ret, group);
+ upb_ref2(group, ret);
+ upb_inttable_insertptr(&group->methods, dest_handlers, upb_value_ptr(ret));
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(ret, &ret);
+
+ ret->group = mgroup_upcast_mutable(group);
+ ret->dest_handlers_ = dest_handlers;
+ ret->is_native_ = false; /* If we JIT, it will update this later. */
+ upb_inttable_init(&ret->dispatch, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
+
+ if (ret->dest_handlers_) {
+ upb_handlers_ref(ret->dest_handlers_, ret);
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m) {
+ return m->dest_handlers_;
+}
+
+const upb_byteshandler *upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m) {
+ return &m->input_handler_;
+}
+
+bool upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m) {
+ return m->is_native_;
+}
+
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, const void *owner) {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *ret;
+ upb_pbcodecache cache;
+
+ upb_pbcodecache_init(&cache);
+ ret = upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(&cache, opts);
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(ret, owner);
+ upb_pbcodecache_uninit(&cache);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* bytecode compiler **********************************************************/
+
+/* Data used only at compilation time. */
+typedef struct {
+ mgroup *group;
+
+ uint32_t *pc;
+ int fwd_labels[MAXLABEL];
+ int back_labels[MAXLABEL];
+
+ /* For fields marked "lazy", parse them lazily or eagerly? */
+ bool lazy;
+} compiler;
+
+static compiler *newcompiler(mgroup *group, bool lazy) {
+ compiler *ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ int i;
+
+ ret->group = group;
+ ret->lazy = lazy;
+ for (i = 0; i < MAXLABEL; i++) {
+ ret->fwd_labels[i] = EMPTYLABEL;
+ ret->back_labels[i] = EMPTYLABEL;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void freecompiler(compiler *c) {
+ upb_gfree(c);
+}
+
+const size_t ptr_words = sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+/* How many words an instruction is. */
+static int instruction_len(uint32_t instr) {
+ switch (getop(instr)) {
+ case OP_SETDISPATCH: return 1 + ptr_words;
+ case OP_TAGN: return 3;
+ case OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM: return 2;
+ default: return 1;
+ }
+}
+
+bool op_has_longofs(int32_t instruction) {
+ switch (getop(instruction)) {
+ case OP_CALL:
+ case OP_BRANCH:
+ case OP_CHECKDELIM:
+ return true;
+ /* The "tag" instructions only have 8 bytes available for the jump target,
+ * but that is ok because these opcodes only require short jumps. */
+ case OP_TAG1:
+ case OP_TAG2:
+ case OP_TAGN:
+ return false;
+ default:
+ assert(false);
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static int32_t getofs(uint32_t instruction) {
+ if (op_has_longofs(instruction)) {
+ return (int32_t)instruction >> 8;
+ } else {
+ return (int8_t)(instruction >> 8);
+ }
+}
+
+static void setofs(uint32_t *instruction, int32_t ofs) {
+ if (op_has_longofs(*instruction)) {
+ *instruction = getop(*instruction) | ofs << 8;
+ } else {
+ *instruction = (*instruction & ~0xff00) | ((ofs & 0xff) << 8);
+ }
+ assert(getofs(*instruction) == ofs); /* Would fail in cases of overflow. */
+}
+
+static uint32_t pcofs(compiler *c) { return c->pc - c->group->bytecode; }
+
+/* Defines a local label at the current PC location. All previous forward
+ * references are updated to point to this location. The location is noted
+ * for any future backward references. */
+static void label(compiler *c, unsigned int label) {
+ int val;
+ uint32_t *codep;
+
+ assert(label < MAXLABEL);
+ val = c->fwd_labels[label];
+ codep = (val == EMPTYLABEL) ? NULL : c->group->bytecode + val;
+ while (codep) {
+ int ofs = getofs(*codep);
+ setofs(codep, c->pc - codep - instruction_len(*codep));
+ codep = ofs ? codep + ofs : NULL;
+ }
+ c->fwd_labels[label] = EMPTYLABEL;
+ c->back_labels[label] = pcofs(c);
+}
+
+/* Creates a reference to a numbered label; either a forward reference
+ * (positive arg) or backward reference (negative arg). For forward references
+ * the value returned now is actually a "next" pointer into a linked list of all
+ * instructions that use this label and will be patched later when the label is
+ * defined with label().
+ *
+ * The returned value is the offset that should be written into the instruction.
+ */
+static int32_t labelref(compiler *c, int label) {
+ assert(label < MAXLABEL);
+ if (label == LABEL_DISPATCH) {
+ /* No resolving required. */
+ return 0;
+ } else if (label < 0) {
+ /* Backward local label. Relative to the next instruction. */
+ uint32_t from = (c->pc + 1) - c->group->bytecode;
+ return c->back_labels[-label] - from;
+ } else {
+ /* Forward local label: prepend to (possibly-empty) linked list. */
+ int *lptr = &c->fwd_labels[label];
+ int32_t ret = (*lptr == EMPTYLABEL) ? 0 : *lptr - pcofs(c);
+ *lptr = pcofs(c);
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+static void put32(compiler *c, uint32_t v) {
+ mgroup *g = c->group;
+ if (c->pc == g->bytecode_end) {
+ int ofs = pcofs(c);
+ size_t oldsize = g->bytecode_end - g->bytecode;
+ size_t newsize = UPB_MAX(oldsize * 2, 64);
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle OOM. */
+ g->bytecode = upb_grealloc(g->bytecode, oldsize * sizeof(uint32_t),
+ newsize * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ g->bytecode_end = g->bytecode + newsize;
+ c->pc = g->bytecode + ofs;
+ }
+ *c->pc++ = v;
+}
+
+static void putop(compiler *c, opcode op, ...) {
+ va_list ap;
+ va_start(ap, op);
+
+ switch (op) {
+ case OP_SETDISPATCH: {
+ uintptr_t ptr = (uintptr_t)va_arg(ap, void*);
+ put32(c, OP_SETDISPATCH);
+ put32(c, ptr);
+ if (sizeof(uintptr_t) > sizeof(uint32_t))
+ put32(c, (uint64_t)ptr >> 32);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_STARTMSG:
+ case OP_ENDMSG:
+ case OP_PUSHLENDELIM:
+ case OP_POP:
+ case OP_SETDELIM:
+ case OP_HALT:
+ case OP_RET:
+ case OP_DISPATCH:
+ put32(c, op);
+ break;
+ case OP_PARSE_DOUBLE:
+ case OP_PARSE_FLOAT:
+ case OP_PARSE_INT64:
+ case OP_PARSE_UINT64:
+ case OP_PARSE_INT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_FIXED64:
+ case OP_PARSE_FIXED32:
+ case OP_PARSE_BOOL:
+ case OP_PARSE_UINT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SFIXED32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SFIXED64:
+ case OP_PARSE_SINT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SINT64:
+ case OP_STARTSEQ:
+ case OP_ENDSEQ:
+ case OP_STARTSUBMSG:
+ case OP_ENDSUBMSG:
+ case OP_STARTSTR:
+ case OP_STRING:
+ case OP_ENDSTR:
+ case OP_PUSHTAGDELIM:
+ put32(c, op | va_arg(ap, upb_selector_t) << 8);
+ break;
+ case OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM:
+ put32(c, op);
+ put32(c, va_arg(ap, int));
+ break;
+ case OP_CALL: {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method = va_arg(ap, upb_pbdecodermethod *);
+ put32(c, op | (method->code_base.ofs - (pcofs(c) + 1)) << 8);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_CHECKDELIM:
+ case OP_BRANCH: {
+ uint32_t instruction = op;
+ int label = va_arg(ap, int);
+ setofs(&instruction, labelref(c, label));
+ put32(c, instruction);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_TAG1:
+ case OP_TAG2: {
+ int label = va_arg(ap, int);
+ uint64_t tag = va_arg(ap, uint64_t);
+ uint32_t instruction = op | (tag << 16);
+ assert(tag <= 0xffff);
+ setofs(&instruction, labelref(c, label));
+ put32(c, instruction);
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_TAGN: {
+ int label = va_arg(ap, int);
+ uint64_t tag = va_arg(ap, uint64_t);
+ uint32_t instruction = op | (upb_value_size(tag) << 16);
+ setofs(&instruction, labelref(c, label));
+ put32(c, instruction);
+ put32(c, tag);
+ put32(c, tag >> 32);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ va_end(ap);
+}
+
+#if defined(UPB_USE_JIT_X64) || defined(UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE)
+
+const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op) {
+#define QUOTE(x) #x
+#define EXPAND_AND_QUOTE(x) QUOTE(x)
+#define OPNAME(x) OP_##x
+#define OP(x) case OPNAME(x): return EXPAND_AND_QUOTE(OPNAME(x));
+#define T(x) OP(PARSE_##x)
+ /* Keep in sync with list in decoder.int.h. */
+ switch ((opcode)op) {
+ T(DOUBLE) T(FLOAT) T(INT64) T(UINT64) T(INT32) T(FIXED64) T(FIXED32)
+ T(BOOL) T(UINT32) T(SFIXED32) T(SFIXED64) T(SINT32) T(SINT64)
+ OP(STARTMSG) OP(ENDMSG) OP(STARTSEQ) OP(ENDSEQ) OP(STARTSUBMSG)
+ OP(ENDSUBMSG) OP(STARTSTR) OP(STRING) OP(ENDSTR) OP(CALL) OP(RET)
+ OP(PUSHLENDELIM) OP(PUSHTAGDELIM) OP(SETDELIM) OP(CHECKDELIM)
+ OP(BRANCH) OP(TAG1) OP(TAG2) OP(TAGN) OP(SETDISPATCH) OP(POP)
+ OP(SETBIGGROUPNUM) OP(DISPATCH) OP(HALT)
+ }
+ return "<unknown op>";
+#undef OP
+#undef T
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
+
+static void dumpbc(uint32_t *p, uint32_t *end, FILE *f) {
+
+ uint32_t *begin = p;
+
+ while (p < end) {
+ fprintf(f, "%p %8tx", p, p - begin);
+ uint32_t instr = *p++;
+ uint8_t op = getop(instr);
+ fprintf(f, " %s", upb_pbdecoder_getopname(op));
+ switch ((opcode)op) {
+ case OP_SETDISPATCH: {
+ const upb_inttable *dispatch;
+ memcpy(&dispatch, p, sizeof(void*));
+ p += ptr_words;
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method =
+ (void *)((char *)dispatch -
+ offsetof(upb_pbdecodermethod, dispatch));
+ fprintf(f, " %s", upb_msgdef_fullname(
+ upb_handlers_msgdef(method->dest_handlers_)));
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_DISPATCH:
+ case OP_STARTMSG:
+ case OP_ENDMSG:
+ case OP_PUSHLENDELIM:
+ case OP_POP:
+ case OP_SETDELIM:
+ case OP_HALT:
+ case OP_RET:
+ break;
+ case OP_PARSE_DOUBLE:
+ case OP_PARSE_FLOAT:
+ case OP_PARSE_INT64:
+ case OP_PARSE_UINT64:
+ case OP_PARSE_INT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_FIXED64:
+ case OP_PARSE_FIXED32:
+ case OP_PARSE_BOOL:
+ case OP_PARSE_UINT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SFIXED32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SFIXED64:
+ case OP_PARSE_SINT32:
+ case OP_PARSE_SINT64:
+ case OP_STARTSEQ:
+ case OP_ENDSEQ:
+ case OP_STARTSUBMSG:
+ case OP_ENDSUBMSG:
+ case OP_STARTSTR:
+ case OP_STRING:
+ case OP_ENDSTR:
+ case OP_PUSHTAGDELIM:
+ fprintf(f, " %d", instr >> 8);
+ break;
+ case OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM:
+ fprintf(f, " %d", *p++);
+ break;
+ case OP_CHECKDELIM:
+ case OP_CALL:
+ case OP_BRANCH:
+ fprintf(f, " =>0x%tx", p + getofs(instr) - begin);
+ break;
+ case OP_TAG1:
+ case OP_TAG2: {
+ fprintf(f, " tag:0x%x", instr >> 16);
+ if (getofs(instr)) {
+ fprintf(f, " =>0x%tx", p + getofs(instr) - begin);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case OP_TAGN: {
+ uint64_t tag = *p++;
+ tag |= (uint64_t)*p++ << 32;
+ fprintf(f, " tag:0x%llx", (long long)tag);
+ fprintf(f, " n:%d", instr >> 16);
+ if (getofs(instr)) {
+ fprintf(f, " =>0x%tx", p + getofs(instr) - begin);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ fputs("\n", f);
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static uint64_t get_encoded_tag(const upb_fielddef *f, int wire_type) {
+ uint32_t tag = (upb_fielddef_number(f) << 3) | wire_type;
+ uint64_t encoded_tag = upb_vencode32(tag);
+ /* No tag should be greater than 5 bytes. */
+ assert(encoded_tag <= 0xffffffffff);
+ return encoded_tag;
+}
+
+static void putchecktag(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ int wire_type, int dest) {
+ uint64_t tag = get_encoded_tag(f, wire_type);
+ switch (upb_value_size(tag)) {
+ case 1:
+ putop(c, OP_TAG1, dest, tag);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ putop(c, OP_TAG2, dest, tag);
+ break;
+ default:
+ putop(c, OP_TAGN, dest, tag);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static upb_selector_t getsel(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ upb_selector_t selector;
+ bool ok = upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, &selector);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return selector;
+}
+
+/* Takes an existing, primary dispatch table entry and repacks it with a
+ * different alternate wire type. Called when we are inserting a secondary
+ * dispatch table entry for an alternate wire type. */
+static uint64_t repack(uint64_t dispatch, int new_wt2) {
+ uint64_t ofs;
+ uint8_t wt1;
+ uint8_t old_wt2;
+ upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(dispatch, &ofs, &wt1, &old_wt2);
+ assert(old_wt2 == NO_WIRE_TYPE); /* wt2 should not be set yet. */
+ return upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(ofs, wt1, new_wt2);
+}
+
+/* Marks the current bytecode position as the dispatch target for this message,
+ * field, and wire type. */
+static void dispatchtarget(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
+ const upb_fielddef *f, int wire_type) {
+ /* Offset is relative to msg base. */
+ uint64_t ofs = pcofs(c) - method->code_base.ofs;
+ uint32_t fn = upb_fielddef_number(f);
+ upb_inttable *d = &method->dispatch;
+ upb_value v;
+ if (upb_inttable_remove(d, fn, &v)) {
+ /* TODO: prioritize based on packed setting in .proto file. */
+ uint64_t repacked = repack(upb_value_getuint64(v), wire_type);
+ upb_inttable_insert(d, fn, upb_value_uint64(repacked));
+ upb_inttable_insert(d, fn + UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER, upb_value_uint64(ofs));
+ } else {
+ uint64_t val = upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(ofs, wire_type, NO_WIRE_TYPE);
+ upb_inttable_insert(d, fn, upb_value_uint64(val));
+ }
+}
+
+static void putpush(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f) == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
+ } else {
+ uint32_t fn = upb_fielddef_number(f);
+ if (fn >= 1 << 24) {
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, 0);
+ putop(c, OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM, fn);
+ } else {
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, fn);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static upb_pbdecodermethod *find_submethod(const compiler *c,
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
+ const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ const upb_handlers *sub =
+ upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(method->dest_handlers_, f);
+ upb_value v;
+ return upb_inttable_lookupptr(&c->group->methods, sub, &v)
+ ? upb_value_getptr(v)
+ : NULL;
+}
+
+static void putsel(compiler *c, opcode op, upb_selector_t sel,
+ const upb_handlers *h) {
+ if (upb_handlers_gethandler(h, sel)) {
+ putop(c, op, sel);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Puts an opcode to call a callback, but only if a callback actually exists for
+ * this field and handler type. */
+static void maybeput(compiler *c, opcode op, const upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ putsel(c, op, getsel(f, type), h);
+}
+
+static bool haslazyhandlers(const upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f) {
+ if (!upb_fielddef_lazy(f))
+ return false;
+
+ return upb_handlers_gethandler(h, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR)) ||
+ upb_handlers_gethandler(h, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STRING)) ||
+ upb_handlers_gethandler(h, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR));
+}
+
+
+/* bytecode compiler code generation ******************************************/
+
+/* Symbolic names for our local labels. */
+#define LABEL_LOOPSTART 1 /* Top of a repeated field loop. */
+#define LABEL_LOOPBREAK 2 /* To jump out of a repeated loop */
+#define LABEL_FIELD 3 /* Jump backward to find the most recent field. */
+#define LABEL_ENDMSG 4 /* To reach the OP_ENDMSG instr for this msg. */
+
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single non-lazy message field. */
+static void generate_msgfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *sub_m = find_submethod(c, method, f);
+ int wire_type;
+
+ if (!sub_m) {
+ /* Don't emit any code for this field at all; it will be parsed as an
+ * unknown field.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): we should change this to parse it as a string field
+ * instead. It will probably be faster, but more importantly, once we
+ * start vending unknown fields, a field shouldn't be treated as unknown
+ * just because it doesn't have subhandlers registered. */
+ return;
+ }
+
+ label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
+
+ wire_type =
+ (upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f) == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE)
+ ? UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED
+ : UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP;
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, wire_type);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, 0);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ));
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ putpush(c, f);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSUBMSG, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG));
+ putop(c, OP_CALL, sub_m);
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSUBMSG, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
+ if (wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) {
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM);
+ }
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSEQ, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ } else {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, wire_type);
+ putpush(c, f);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSUBMSG, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG));
+ putop(c, OP_CALL, sub_m);
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSUBMSG, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
+ if (wire_type == UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED) {
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single string or lazy submessage field. */
+static void generate_delimfield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+
+ label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, 0);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ));
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSTR, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR));
+ /* Need to emit even if no handler to skip past the string. */
+ putop(c, OP_STRING, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSTR, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM);
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putchecktag(c, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSEQ, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ } else {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSTR, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR));
+ putop(c, OP_STRING, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
+ putop(c, OP_POP);
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSTR, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Generates bytecode to parse a single primitive field. */
+static void generate_primitivefield(compiler *c, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+ upb_descriptortype_t descriptor_type = upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f);
+ opcode parse_type;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ int wire_type;
+
+ label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
+
+ /* From a decoding perspective, ENUM is the same as INT32. */
+ if (descriptor_type == UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM)
+ descriptor_type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32;
+
+ parse_type = (opcode)descriptor_type;
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): generate packed or non-packed first depending on "packed"
+ * setting in the fielddef. This will favor (in speed) whichever was
+ * specified. */
+
+ assert((int)parse_type >= 0 && parse_type <= OP_MAX);
+ sel = getsel(f, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(f));
+ wire_type = upb_pb_native_wire_types[upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)];
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHLENDELIM);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); /* Packed */
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ putop(c, parse_type, sel);
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, wire_type);
+ putop(c, OP_PUSHTAGDELIM, 0);
+ putop(c, OP_STARTSEQ, getsel(f, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ)); /* Non-packed */
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ putop(c, parse_type, sel);
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_LOOPSTART);
+ label(c, LABEL_LOOPBREAK);
+ putop(c, OP_POP); /* Packed and non-packed join. */
+ maybeput(c, OP_ENDSEQ, h, f, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ putop(c, OP_SETDELIM); /* Could remove for non-packed by dup ENDSEQ. */
+ } else {
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ putchecktag(c, f, wire_type, LABEL_DISPATCH);
+ dispatchtarget(c, method, f, wire_type);
+ putop(c, parse_type, sel);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Adds bytecode for parsing the given message to the given decoderplan,
+ * while adding all dispatch targets to this message's dispatch table. */
+static void compile_method(compiler *c, upb_pbdecodermethod *method) {
+ const upb_handlers *h;
+ const upb_msgdef *md;
+ uint32_t* start_pc;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_value val;
+
+ assert(method);
+
+ /* Clear all entries in the dispatch table. */
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&method->dispatch);
+ upb_inttable_init(&method->dispatch, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64);
+
+ h = upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(method);
+ md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+
+ method->code_base.ofs = pcofs(c);
+ putop(c, OP_SETDISPATCH, &method->dispatch);
+ putsel(c, OP_STARTMSG, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR, h);
+ label(c, LABEL_FIELD);
+ start_pc = c->pc;
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ upb_fieldtype_t type = upb_fielddef_type(f);
+
+ if (type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE && !(haslazyhandlers(h, f) && c->lazy)) {
+ generate_msgfield(c, f, method);
+ } else if (type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES ||
+ type == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE) {
+ generate_delimfield(c, f, method);
+ } else {
+ generate_primitivefield(c, f, method);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If there were no fields, or if no handlers were defined, we need to
+ * generate a non-empty loop body so that we can at least dispatch for unknown
+ * fields and check for the end of the message. */
+ if (c->pc == start_pc) {
+ /* Check for end-of-message. */
+ putop(c, OP_CHECKDELIM, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ /* Unconditionally dispatch. */
+ putop(c, OP_DISPATCH, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* For now we just loop back to the last field of the message (or if none,
+ * the DISPATCH opcode for the message). */
+ putop(c, OP_BRANCH, -LABEL_FIELD);
+
+ /* Insert both a label and a dispatch table entry for this end-of-msg. */
+ label(c, LABEL_ENDMSG);
+ val = upb_value_uint64(pcofs(c) - method->code_base.ofs);
+ upb_inttable_insert(&method->dispatch, DISPATCH_ENDMSG, val);
+
+ putsel(c, OP_ENDMSG, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR, h);
+ putop(c, OP_RET);
+
+ upb_inttable_compact(&method->dispatch);
+}
+
+/* Populate "methods" with new upb_pbdecodermethod objects reachable from "h".
+ * Returns the method for these handlers.
+ *
+ * Generates a new method for every destination handlers reachable from "h". */
+static void find_methods(compiler *c, const upb_handlers *h) {
+ upb_value v;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ const upb_msgdef *md;
+
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&c->group->methods, h, &v))
+ return;
+ newmethod(h, c->group);
+
+ /* Find submethods. */
+ md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ const upb_handlers *sub_h;
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE &&
+ (sub_h = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(h, f)) != NULL) {
+ /* We only generate a decoder method for submessages with handlers.
+ * Others will be parsed as unknown fields. */
+ find_methods(c, sub_h);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* (Re-)compile bytecode for all messages in "msgs."
+ * Overwrites any existing bytecode in "c". */
+static void compile_methods(compiler *c) {
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+
+ /* Start over at the beginning of the bytecode. */
+ c->pc = c->group->bytecode;
+
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &c->group->methods);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *method = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ compile_method(c, method);
+ }
+}
+
+static void set_bytecode_handlers(mgroup *g) {
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &g->methods);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_value_getptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ upb_byteshandler *h = &m->input_handler_;
+
+ m->code_base.ptr = g->bytecode + m->code_base.ofs;
+
+ upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_startbc, m->code_base.ptr);
+ upb_byteshandler_setstring(h, upb_pbdecoder_decode, g);
+ upb_byteshandler_setendstr(h, upb_pbdecoder_end, m);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* JIT setup. *****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+
+static void sethandlers(mgroup *g, bool allowjit) {
+ g->jit_code = NULL;
+ if (allowjit) {
+ /* Compile byte-code into machine code, create handlers. */
+ upb_pbdecoder_jit(g);
+ } else {
+ set_bytecode_handlers(g);
+ }
+}
+
+#else /* UPB_USE_JIT_X64 */
+
+static void sethandlers(mgroup *g, bool allowjit) {
+ /* No JIT compiled in; use bytecode handlers unconditionally. */
+ UPB_UNUSED(allowjit);
+ set_bytecode_handlers(g);
+}
+
+#endif /* UPB_USE_JIT_X64 */
+
+
+/* TODO(haberman): allow this to be constructed for an arbitrary set of dest
+ * handlers and other mgroups (but verify we have a transitive closure). */
+const mgroup *mgroup_new(const upb_handlers *dest, bool allowjit, bool lazy,
+ const void *owner) {
+ mgroup *g;
+ compiler *c;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(allowjit);
+ assert(upb_handlers_isfrozen(dest));
+
+ g = newgroup(owner);
+ c = newcompiler(g, lazy);
+ find_methods(c, dest);
+
+ /* We compile in two passes:
+ * 1. all messages are assigned relative offsets from the beginning of the
+ * bytecode (saved in method->code_base).
+ * 2. forwards OP_CALL instructions can be correctly linked since message
+ * offsets have been previously assigned.
+ *
+ * Could avoid the second pass by linking OP_CALL instructions somehow. */
+ compile_methods(c);
+ compile_methods(c);
+ g->bytecode_end = c->pc;
+ freecompiler(c);
+
+#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
+ {
+ FILE *f = fopen("/tmp/upb-bytecode", "w");
+ assert(f);
+ dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, stderr);
+ dumpbc(g->bytecode, g->bytecode_end, f);
+ fclose(f);
+
+ f = fopen("/tmp/upb-bytecode.bin", "wb");
+ assert(f);
+ fwrite(g->bytecode, 1, g->bytecode_end - g->bytecode, f);
+ fclose(f);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ sethandlers(g, allowjit);
+ return g;
+}
+
+
+/* upb_pbcodecache ************************************************************/
+
+void upb_pbcodecache_init(upb_pbcodecache *c) {
+ upb_inttable_init(&c->groups, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR);
+ c->allow_jit_ = true;
+}
+
+void upb_pbcodecache_uninit(upb_pbcodecache *c) {
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &c->groups);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ const mgroup *group = upb_value_getconstptr(upb_inttable_iter_value(&i));
+ mgroup_unref(group, c);
+ }
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&c->groups);
+}
+
+bool upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(const upb_pbcodecache *c) {
+ return c->allow_jit_;
+}
+
+bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow) {
+ if (upb_inttable_count(&c->groups) > 0)
+ return false;
+ c->allow_jit_ = allow;
+ return true;
+}
+
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(
+ upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool ok;
+
+ /* Right now we build a new DecoderMethod every time.
+ * TODO(haberman): properly cache methods by their true key. */
+ const mgroup *g = mgroup_new(opts->handlers, c->allow_jit_, opts->lazy, c);
+ upb_inttable_push(&c->groups, upb_value_constptr(g));
+
+ ok = upb_inttable_lookupptr(&g->methods, opts->handlers, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return upb_value_getptr(v);
+}
+
+
+/* upb_pbdecodermethodopts ****************************************************/
+
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts,
+ const upb_handlers *h) {
+ opts->handlers = h;
+ opts->lazy = false;
+}
+
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, bool lazy) {
+ opts->lazy = lazy;
+}
+/*
+** upb::Decoder (Bytecode Decoder VM)
+**
+** Bytecode must previously have been generated using the bytecode compiler in
+** compile_decoder.c. This decoder then walks through the bytecode op-by-op to
+** parse the input.
+**
+** Decoding is fully resumable; we just keep a pointer to the current bytecode
+** instruction and resume from there. A fair amount of the logic here is to
+** handle the fact that values can span buffer seams and we have to be able to
+** be capable of suspending/resuming from any byte in the stream. This
+** sometimes requires keeping a few trailing bytes from the last buffer around
+** in the "residual" buffer.
+*/
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#define CHECK_SUSPEND(x) if (!(x)) return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+
+/* Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders. */
+const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow = "Nesting too deep.";
+const char *kPbDecoderSubmessageTooLong =
+ "Submessage end extends past enclosing submessage.";
+
+/* Error messages shared within this file. */
+static const char *kUnterminatedVarint = "Unterminated varint.";
+
+/* upb_pbdecoder **************************************************************/
+
+static opcode halt = OP_HALT;
+
+/* A dummy character we can point to when the user passes us a NULL buffer.
+ * We need this because in C (NULL + 0) and (NULL - NULL) are undefined
+ * behavior, which would invalidate functions like curbufleft(). */
+static const char dummy_char;
+
+/* Whether an op consumes any of the input buffer. */
+static bool consumes_input(opcode op) {
+ switch (op) {
+ case OP_SETDISPATCH:
+ case OP_STARTMSG:
+ case OP_ENDMSG:
+ case OP_STARTSEQ:
+ case OP_ENDSEQ:
+ case OP_STARTSUBMSG:
+ case OP_ENDSUBMSG:
+ case OP_STARTSTR:
+ case OP_ENDSTR:
+ case OP_PUSHTAGDELIM:
+ case OP_POP:
+ case OP_SETDELIM:
+ case OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM:
+ case OP_CHECKDELIM:
+ case OP_CALL:
+ case OP_RET:
+ case OP_BRANCH:
+ return false;
+ default:
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+static size_t stacksize(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t entries) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(d);
+ return entries * sizeof(upb_pbdecoder_frame);
+}
+
+static size_t callstacksize(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t entries) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(d);
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ if (d->method_->is_native_) {
+ /* Each native stack frame needs two pointers, plus we need a few frames for
+ * the enter/exit trampolines. */
+ size_t ret = entries * sizeof(void*) * 2;
+ ret += sizeof(void*) * 10;
+ return ret;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return entries * sizeof(uint32_t*);
+}
+
+
+static bool in_residual_buf(const upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *p);
+
+/* It's unfortunate that we have to micro-manage the compiler with
+ * UPB_FORCEINLINE and UPB_NOINLINE, especially since this tuning is necessarily
+ * specific to one hardware configuration. But empirically on a Core i7,
+ * performance increases 30-50% with these annotations. Every instance where
+ * these appear, gcc 4.2.1 made the wrong decision and degraded performance in
+ * benchmarks. */
+
+static void seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg) {
+ upb_status status = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&status, msg);
+ upb_env_reporterror(d->env, &status);
+}
+
+void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg) {
+ seterr(d, msg);
+}
+
+
+/* Buffering ******************************************************************/
+
+/* We operate on one buffer at a time, which is either the user's buffer passed
+ * to our "decode" callback or some residual bytes from the previous buffer. */
+
+/* How many bytes can be safely read from d->ptr without reading past end-of-buf
+ * or past the current delimited end. */
+static size_t curbufleft(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ assert(d->data_end >= d->ptr);
+ return d->data_end - d->ptr;
+}
+
+/* How many bytes are available before end-of-buffer. */
+static size_t bufleft(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return d->end - d->ptr;
+}
+
+/* Overall stream offset of d->ptr. */
+uint64_t offset(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return d->bufstart_ofs + (d->ptr - d->buf);
+}
+
+/* How many bytes are available before the end of this delimited region. */
+size_t delim_remaining(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return d->top->end_ofs - offset(d);
+}
+
+/* Advances d->ptr. */
+static void advance(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t len) {
+ assert(curbufleft(d) >= len);
+ d->ptr += len;
+}
+
+static bool in_buf(const char *p, const char *buf, const char *end) {
+ return p >= buf && p <= end;
+}
+
+static bool in_residual_buf(const upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *p) {
+ return in_buf(p, d->residual, d->residual_end);
+}
+
+/* Calculates the delim_end value, which is affected by both the current buffer
+ * and the parsing stack, so must be called whenever either is updated. */
+static void set_delim_end(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ size_t delim_ofs = d->top->end_ofs - d->bufstart_ofs;
+ if (delim_ofs <= (size_t)(d->end - d->buf)) {
+ d->delim_end = d->buf + delim_ofs;
+ d->data_end = d->delim_end;
+ } else {
+ d->data_end = d->end;
+ d->delim_end = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+static void switchtobuf(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *buf, const char *end) {
+ d->ptr = buf;
+ d->buf = buf;
+ d->end = end;
+ set_delim_end(d);
+}
+
+static void advancetobuf(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *buf, size_t len) {
+ assert(curbufleft(d) == 0);
+ d->bufstart_ofs += (d->end - d->buf);
+ switchtobuf(d, buf, buf + len);
+}
+
+static void checkpoint(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ /* The assertion here is in the interests of efficiency, not correctness.
+ * We are trying to ensure that we don't checkpoint() more often than
+ * necessary. */
+ assert(d->checkpoint != d->ptr);
+ d->checkpoint = d->ptr;
+}
+
+/* Skips "bytes" bytes in the stream, which may be more than available. If we
+ * skip more bytes than are available, we return a long read count to the caller
+ * indicating how many bytes can be skipped over before passing actual data
+ * again. Skipped bytes can pass a NULL buffer and the decoder guarantees they
+ * won't actually be read.
+ */
+static int32_t skip(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t bytes) {
+ assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr) || d->size_param == 0);
+ assert(d->skip == 0);
+ if (bytes > delim_remaining(d)) {
+ seterr(d, "Skipped value extended beyond enclosing submessage.");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ } else if (bufleft(d) >= bytes) {
+ /* Skipped data is all in current buffer, and more is still available. */
+ advance(d, bytes);
+ d->skip = 0;
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else {
+ /* Skipped data extends beyond currently available buffers. */
+ d->pc = d->last;
+ d->skip = bytes - curbufleft(d);
+ d->bufstart_ofs += (d->end - d->buf);
+ d->residual_end = d->residual;
+ switchtobuf(d, d->residual, d->residual_end);
+ return d->size_param + d->skip;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Resumes the decoder from an initial state or from a previous suspend. */
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(p); /* Useless; just for the benefit of the JIT. */
+
+ /* d->skip and d->residual_end could probably elegantly be represented
+ * as a single variable, to more easily represent this invariant. */
+ assert(!(d->skip && d->residual_end > d->residual));
+
+ /* We need to remember the original size_param, so that the value we return
+ * is relative to it, even if we do some skipping first. */
+ d->size_param = size;
+ d->handle = handle;
+
+ /* Have to handle this case specially (ie. not with skip()) because the user
+ * is allowed to pass a NULL buffer here, which won't allow us to safely
+ * calculate a d->end or use our normal functions like curbufleft(). */
+ if (d->skip && d->skip >= size) {
+ d->skip -= size;
+ d->bufstart_ofs += size;
+ buf = &dummy_char;
+ size = 0;
+
+ /* We can't just return now, because we might need to execute some ops
+ * like CHECKDELIM, which could call some callbacks and pop the stack. */
+ }
+
+ /* We need to pretend that this was the actual buffer param, since some of the
+ * calculations assume that d->ptr/d->buf is relative to this. */
+ d->buf_param = buf;
+
+ if (!buf) {
+ /* NULL buf is ok if its entire span is covered by the "skip" above, but
+ * by this point we know that "skip" doesn't cover the buffer. */
+ seterr(d, "Passed NULL buffer over non-skippable region.");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+
+ if (d->residual_end > d->residual) {
+ /* We have residual bytes from the last buffer. */
+ assert(d->ptr == d->residual);
+ } else {
+ switchtobuf(d, buf, buf + size);
+ }
+
+ d->checkpoint = d->ptr;
+
+ /* Handle skips that don't cover the whole buffer (as above). */
+ if (d->skip) {
+ size_t skip_bytes = d->skip;
+ d->skip = 0;
+ CHECK_RETURN(skip(d, skip_bytes));
+ checkpoint(d);
+ }
+
+ /* If we're inside an unknown group, continue to parse unknown values. */
+ if (d->top->groupnum < 0) {
+ CHECK_RETURN(upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(d, -1, 0));
+ checkpoint(d);
+ }
+
+ return DECODE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, without saving any residual
+ * bytes. If there are any unconsumed bytes, returns a short byte count. */
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ d->pc = d->last;
+ if (d->checkpoint == d->residual) {
+ /* Checkpoint was in residual buf; no user bytes were consumed. */
+ d->ptr = d->residual;
+ return 0;
+ } else {
+ size_t ret = d->size_param - (d->end - d->checkpoint);
+ assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->checkpoint));
+ assert(d->buf == d->buf_param || d->buf == &dummy_char);
+
+ d->bufstart_ofs += (d->checkpoint - d->buf);
+ d->residual_end = d->residual;
+ switchtobuf(d, d->residual, d->residual_end);
+ return ret;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Suspends the decoder at the last checkpoint, and saves any unconsumed
+ * bytes in our residual buffer. This is necessary if we need more user
+ * bytes to form a complete value, which might not be contiguous in the
+ * user's buffers. Always consumes all user bytes. */
+static size_t suspend_save(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ /* We hit end-of-buffer before we could parse a full value.
+ * Save any unconsumed bytes (if any) to the residual buffer. */
+ d->pc = d->last;
+
+ if (d->checkpoint == d->residual) {
+ /* Checkpoint was in residual buf; append user byte(s) to residual buf. */
+ assert((d->residual_end - d->residual) + d->size_param <=
+ sizeof(d->residual));
+ if (!in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr)) {
+ d->bufstart_ofs -= (d->residual_end - d->residual);
+ }
+ memcpy(d->residual_end, d->buf_param, d->size_param);
+ d->residual_end += d->size_param;
+ } else {
+ /* Checkpoint was in user buf; old residual bytes not needed. */
+ size_t save;
+ assert(!in_residual_buf(d, d->checkpoint));
+
+ d->ptr = d->checkpoint;
+ save = curbufleft(d);
+ assert(save <= sizeof(d->residual));
+ memcpy(d->residual, d->ptr, save);
+ d->residual_end = d->residual + save;
+ d->bufstart_ofs = offset(d);
+ }
+
+ switchtobuf(d, d->residual, d->residual_end);
+ return d->size_param;
+}
+
+/* Copies the next "bytes" bytes into "buf" and advances the stream.
+ * Requires that this many bytes are available in the current buffer. */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static void consumebytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
+ size_t bytes) {
+ assert(bytes <= curbufleft(d));
+ memcpy(buf, d->ptr, bytes);
+ advance(d, bytes);
+}
+
+/* Slow path for getting the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are
+ * available in the current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described
+ * in decoder.int.h. */
+UPB_NOINLINE static int32_t getbytes_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
+ size_t bytes) {
+ const size_t avail = curbufleft(d);
+ consumebytes(d, buf, avail);
+ bytes -= avail;
+ assert(bytes > 0);
+ if (in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr)) {
+ advancetobuf(d, d->buf_param, d->size_param);
+ }
+ if (curbufleft(d) >= bytes) {
+ consumebytes(d, (char *)buf + avail, bytes);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else if (d->data_end == d->delim_end) {
+ seterr(d, "Submessage ended in the middle of a value or group");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ } else {
+ return suspend_save(d);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Gets the next "bytes" bytes, regardless of whether they are available in the
+ * current buffer or not. Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t getbytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
+ size_t bytes) {
+ if (curbufleft(d) >= bytes) {
+ /* Buffer has enough data to satisfy. */
+ consumebytes(d, buf, bytes);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else {
+ return getbytes_slow(d, buf, bytes);
+ }
+}
+
+UPB_NOINLINE static size_t peekbytes_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
+ size_t bytes) {
+ size_t ret = curbufleft(d);
+ memcpy(buf, d->ptr, ret);
+ if (in_residual_buf(d, d->ptr)) {
+ size_t copy = UPB_MIN(bytes - ret, d->size_param);
+ memcpy((char *)buf + ret, d->buf_param, copy);
+ ret += copy;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static size_t peekbytes(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *buf,
+ size_t bytes) {
+ if (curbufleft(d) >= bytes) {
+ memcpy(buf, d->ptr, bytes);
+ return bytes;
+ } else {
+ return peekbytes_slow(d, buf, bytes);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Decoding of wire types *****************************************************/
+
+/* Slow path for decoding a varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
+UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
+ uint64_t *u64) {
+ uint8_t byte = 0x80;
+ int bitpos;
+ *u64 = 0;
+ for(bitpos = 0; bitpos < 70 && (byte & 0x80); bitpos += 7) {
+ CHECK_RETURN(getbytes(d, &byte, 1));
+ *u64 |= (uint64_t)(byte & 0x7F) << bitpos;
+ }
+ if(bitpos == 70 && (byte & 0x80)) {
+ seterr(d, kUnterminatedVarint);
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+ return DECODE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Decodes a varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_varint(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
+ if (curbufleft(d) > 0 && !(*d->ptr & 0x80)) {
+ *u64 = *d->ptr;
+ advance(d, 1);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else if (curbufleft(d) >= 10) {
+ /* Fast case. */
+ upb_decoderet r = upb_vdecode_fast(d->ptr);
+ if (r.p == NULL) {
+ seterr(d, kUnterminatedVarint);
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+ advance(d, r.p - d->ptr);
+ *u64 = r.val;
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else {
+ /* Slow case -- varint spans buffer seam. */
+ return upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(d, u64);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Decodes a 32-bit varint from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h. */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_v32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
+ uint64_t u64;
+ int32_t ret = decode_varint(d, &u64);
+ if (ret >= 0) return ret;
+ if (u64 > UINT32_MAX) {
+ seterr(d, "Unterminated 32-bit varint");
+ /* TODO(haberman) guarantee that this function return is >= 0 somehow,
+ * so we know this path will always be treated as error by our caller.
+ * Right now the size_t -> int32_t can overflow and produce negative values.
+ */
+ *u32 = 0;
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+ *u32 = u64;
+ return DECODE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Decodes a fixed32 from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ * TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines. */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_fixed32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
+ return getbytes(d, u32, 4);
+}
+
+/* Decodes a fixed64 from the current buffer position.
+ * Returns a status code as described in decoder.int.h.
+ * TODO: proper byte swapping for big-endian machines. */
+UPB_FORCEINLINE static int32_t decode_fixed64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
+ return getbytes(d, u64, 8);
+}
+
+/* Non-static versions of the above functions.
+ * These are called by the JIT for fallback paths. */
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32) {
+ return decode_fixed32(d, u32);
+}
+
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64) {
+ return decode_fixed64(d, u64);
+}
+
+static double as_double(uint64_t n) { double d; memcpy(&d, &n, 8); return d; }
+static float as_float(uint32_t n) { float f; memcpy(&f, &n, 4); return f; }
+
+/* Pushes a frame onto the decoder stack. */
+static bool decoder_push(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t end) {
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *fr = d->top;
+
+ if (end > fr->end_ofs) {
+ seterr(d, kPbDecoderSubmessageTooLong);
+ return false;
+ } else if (fr == d->limit) {
+ seterr(d, kPbDecoderStackOverflow);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ fr++;
+ fr->end_ofs = end;
+ fr->dispatch = NULL;
+ fr->groupnum = 0;
+ d->top = fr;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool pushtagdelim(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t arg) {
+ /* While we expect to see an "end" tag (either ENDGROUP or a non-sequence
+ * field number) prior to hitting any enclosing submessage end, pushing our
+ * existing delim end prevents us from continuing to parse values from a
+ * corrupt proto that doesn't give us an END tag in time. */
+ if (!decoder_push(d, d->top->end_ofs))
+ return false;
+ d->top->groupnum = arg;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Pops a frame from the decoder stack. */
+static void decoder_pop(upb_pbdecoder *d) { d->top--; }
+
+UPB_NOINLINE int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d,
+ uint64_t expected) {
+ uint64_t data = 0;
+ size_t bytes = upb_value_size(expected);
+ size_t read = peekbytes(d, &data, bytes);
+ if (read == bytes && data == expected) {
+ /* Advance past matched bytes. */
+ int32_t ok = getbytes(d, &data, read);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok < 0);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else if (read < bytes && memcmp(&data, &expected, read) == 0) {
+ return suspend_save(d);
+ } else {
+ return DECODE_MISMATCH;
+ }
+}
+
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(upb_pbdecoder *d, int32_t fieldnum,
+ uint8_t wire_type) {
+ if (fieldnum >= 0)
+ goto have_tag;
+
+ while (true) {
+ uint32_t tag;
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_v32(d, &tag));
+ wire_type = tag & 0x7;
+ fieldnum = tag >> 3;
+
+have_tag:
+ if (fieldnum == 0) {
+ seterr(d, "Saw invalid field number (0)");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+
+ /* TODO: deliver to unknown field callback. */
+ switch (wire_type) {
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT:
+ CHECK_RETURN(skip(d, 4));
+ break;
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT:
+ CHECK_RETURN(skip(d, 8));
+ break;
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT: {
+ uint64_t u64;
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_varint(d, &u64));
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED: {
+ uint32_t len;
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_v32(d, &len));
+ CHECK_RETURN(skip(d, len));
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP:
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(pushtagdelim(d, -fieldnum));
+ break;
+ case UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP:
+ if (fieldnum == -d->top->groupnum) {
+ decoder_pop(d);
+ } else if (fieldnum == d->top->groupnum) {
+ return DECODE_ENDGROUP;
+ } else {
+ seterr(d, "Unmatched ENDGROUP tag.");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ seterr(d, "Invalid wire type");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+
+ if (d->top->groupnum >= 0) {
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ }
+
+ /* Unknown group -- continue looping over unknown fields. */
+ checkpoint(d);
+ }
+}
+
+static void goto_endmsg(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool found = upb_inttable_lookup32(d->top->dispatch, DISPATCH_ENDMSG, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ d->pc = d->top->base + upb_value_getuint64(v);
+}
+
+/* Parses a tag and jumps to the corresponding bytecode instruction for this
+ * field.
+ *
+ * If the tag is unknown (or the wire type doesn't match), parses the field as
+ * unknown. If the tag is a valid ENDGROUP tag, jumps to the bytecode
+ * instruction for the end of message. */
+static int32_t dispatch(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ upb_inttable *dispatch = d->top->dispatch;
+ uint32_t tag;
+ uint8_t wire_type;
+ uint32_t fieldnum;
+ upb_value val;
+ int32_t retval;
+
+ /* Decode tag. */
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_v32(d, &tag));
+ wire_type = tag & 0x7;
+ fieldnum = tag >> 3;
+
+ /* Lookup tag. Because of packed/non-packed compatibility, we have to
+ * check the wire type against two possibilities. */
+ if (fieldnum != DISPATCH_ENDMSG &&
+ upb_inttable_lookup32(dispatch, fieldnum, &val)) {
+ uint64_t v = upb_value_getuint64(val);
+ if (wire_type == (v & 0xff)) {
+ d->pc = d->top->base + (v >> 16);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ } else if (wire_type == ((v >> 8) & 0xff)) {
+ bool found =
+ upb_inttable_lookup(dispatch, fieldnum + UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER, &val);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(found, found);
+ d->pc = d->top->base + upb_value_getuint64(val);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* We have some unknown fields (or ENDGROUP) to parse. The DISPATCH or TAG
+ * bytecode that triggered this is preceded by a CHECKDELIM bytecode which
+ * we need to back up to, so that when we're done skipping unknown data we
+ * can re-check the delimited end. */
+ d->last--; /* Necessary if we get suspended */
+ d->pc = d->last;
+ assert(getop(*d->last) == OP_CHECKDELIM);
+
+ /* Unknown field or ENDGROUP. */
+ retval = upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(d, fieldnum, wire_type);
+
+ CHECK_RETURN(retval);
+
+ if (retval == DECODE_ENDGROUP) {
+ goto_endmsg(d);
+ return DECODE_OK;
+ }
+
+ return DECODE_OK;
+}
+
+/* Callers know that the stack is more than one deep because the opcodes that
+ * call this only occur after PUSH operations. */
+upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer_frame(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ assert(d->top != d->stack);
+ return d->top - 1;
+}
+
+
+/* The main decoding loop *****************************************************/
+
+/* The main decoder VM function. Uses traditional bytecode dispatch loop with a
+ * switch() statement. */
+size_t run_decoder_vm(upb_pbdecoder *d, const mgroup *group,
+ const upb_bufhandle* handle) {
+
+#define VMCASE(op, code) \
+ case op: { code; if (consumes_input(op)) checkpoint(d); break; }
+#define PRIMITIVE_OP(type, wt, name, convfunc, ctype) \
+ VMCASE(OP_PARSE_ ## type, { \
+ ctype val; \
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_ ## wt(d, &val)); \
+ upb_sink_put ## name(&d->top->sink, arg, (convfunc)(val)); \
+ })
+
+ while(1) {
+ int32_t instruction;
+ opcode op;
+ uint32_t arg;
+ int32_t longofs;
+
+ d->last = d->pc;
+ instruction = *d->pc++;
+ op = getop(instruction);
+ arg = instruction >> 8;
+ longofs = arg;
+ assert(d->ptr != d->residual_end);
+ UPB_UNUSED(group);
+#ifdef UPB_DUMP_BYTECODE
+ fprintf(stderr, "s_ofs=%d buf_ofs=%d data_rem=%d buf_rem=%d delim_rem=%d "
+ "%x %s (%d)\n",
+ (int)offset(d),
+ (int)(d->ptr - d->buf),
+ (int)(d->data_end - d->ptr),
+ (int)(d->end - d->ptr),
+ (int)((d->top->end_ofs - d->bufstart_ofs) - (d->ptr - d->buf)),
+ (int)(d->pc - 1 - group->bytecode),
+ upb_pbdecoder_getopname(op),
+ arg);
+#endif
+ switch (op) {
+ /* Technically, we are losing data if we see a 32-bit varint that is not
+ * properly sign-extended. We could detect this and error about the data
+ * loss, but proto2 does not do this, so we pass. */
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(INT32, varint, int32, int32_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(INT64, varint, int64, int64_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(UINT32, varint, uint32, uint32_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(UINT64, varint, uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(FIXED32, fixed32, uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(FIXED64, fixed64, uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(SFIXED32, fixed32, int32, int32_t, uint32_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(SFIXED64, fixed64, int64, int64_t, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(BOOL, varint, bool, bool, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(DOUBLE, fixed64, double, as_double, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(FLOAT, fixed32, float, as_float, uint32_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(SINT32, varint, int32, upb_zzdec_32, uint64_t)
+ PRIMITIVE_OP(SINT64, varint, int64, upb_zzdec_64, uint64_t)
+
+ VMCASE(OP_SETDISPATCH,
+ d->top->base = d->pc - 1;
+ memcpy(&d->top->dispatch, d->pc, sizeof(void*));
+ d->pc += sizeof(void*) / sizeof(uint32_t);
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_STARTMSG,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_startmsg(&d->top->sink));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_ENDMSG,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_endmsg(&d->top->sink, d->status));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_STARTSEQ,
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer = outer_frame(d);
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_startseq(&outer->sink, arg, &d->top->sink));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_ENDSEQ,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_endseq(&d->top->sink, arg));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_STARTSUBMSG,
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer = outer_frame(d);
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_startsubmsg(&outer->sink, arg, &d->top->sink));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_ENDSUBMSG,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_endsubmsg(&d->top->sink, arg));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_STARTSTR,
+ uint32_t len = delim_remaining(d);
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *outer = outer_frame(d);
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_startstr(&outer->sink, arg, len, &d->top->sink));
+ if (len == 0) {
+ d->pc++; /* Skip OP_STRING. */
+ }
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_STRING,
+ uint32_t len = curbufleft(d);
+ size_t n = upb_sink_putstring(&d->top->sink, arg, d->ptr, len, handle);
+ if (n > len) {
+ if (n > delim_remaining(d)) {
+ seterr(d, "Tried to skip past end of string.");
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ } else {
+ int32_t ret = skip(d, n);
+ /* This shouldn't return DECODE_OK, because n > len. */
+ assert(ret >= 0);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+ advance(d, n);
+ if (n < len || d->delim_end == NULL) {
+ /* We aren't finished with this string yet. */
+ d->pc--; /* Repeat OP_STRING. */
+ if (n > 0) checkpoint(d);
+ return upb_pbdecoder_suspend(d);
+ }
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_ENDSTR,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(upb_sink_endstr(&d->top->sink, arg));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_PUSHTAGDELIM,
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(pushtagdelim(d, arg));
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM,
+ d->top->groupnum = *d->pc++;
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_POP,
+ assert(d->top > d->stack);
+ decoder_pop(d);
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_PUSHLENDELIM,
+ uint32_t len;
+ CHECK_RETURN(decode_v32(d, &len));
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(decoder_push(d, offset(d) + len));
+ set_delim_end(d);
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_SETDELIM,
+ set_delim_end(d);
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_CHECKDELIM,
+ /* We are guaranteed of this assert because we never allow ourselves to
+ * consume bytes beyond data_end, which covers delim_end when non-NULL.
+ */
+ assert(!(d->delim_end && d->ptr > d->delim_end));
+ if (d->ptr == d->delim_end)
+ d->pc += longofs;
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_CALL,
+ d->callstack[d->call_len++] = d->pc;
+ d->pc += longofs;
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_RET,
+ assert(d->call_len > 0);
+ d->pc = d->callstack[--d->call_len];
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_BRANCH,
+ d->pc += longofs;
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_TAG1,
+ uint8_t expected;
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(curbufleft(d) > 0);
+ expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xff;
+ if (*d->ptr == expected) {
+ advance(d, 1);
+ } else {
+ int8_t shortofs;
+ badtag:
+ shortofs = arg;
+ if (shortofs == LABEL_DISPATCH) {
+ CHECK_RETURN(dispatch(d));
+ } else {
+ d->pc += shortofs;
+ break; /* Avoid checkpoint(). */
+ }
+ }
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_TAG2,
+ uint16_t expected;
+ CHECK_SUSPEND(curbufleft(d) > 0);
+ expected = (arg >> 8) & 0xffff;
+ if (curbufleft(d) >= 2) {
+ uint16_t actual;
+ memcpy(&actual, d->ptr, 2);
+ if (expected == actual) {
+ advance(d, 2);
+ } else {
+ goto badtag;
+ }
+ } else {
+ int32_t result = upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(d, expected);
+ if (result == DECODE_MISMATCH) goto badtag;
+ if (result >= 0) return result;
+ }
+ )
+ VMCASE(OP_TAGN, {
+ uint64_t expected;
+ int32_t result;
+ memcpy(&expected, d->pc, 8);
+ d->pc += 2;
+ result = upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(d, expected);
+ if (result == DECODE_MISMATCH) goto badtag;
+ if (result >= 0) return result;
+ })
+ VMCASE(OP_DISPATCH, {
+ CHECK_RETURN(dispatch(d));
+ })
+ VMCASE(OP_HALT, {
+ return d->size_param;
+ })
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* BytesHandler handlers ******************************************************/
+
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ d->top->end_ofs = UINT64_MAX;
+ d->bufstart_ofs = 0;
+ d->call_len = 1;
+ d->callstack[0] = &halt;
+ d->pc = pc;
+ d->skip = 0;
+ return d;
+}
+
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ d->top->end_ofs = UINT64_MAX;
+ d->bufstart_ofs = 0;
+ d->call_len = 0;
+ d->skip = 0;
+ return d;
+}
+
+bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_pbdecoder *d = closure;
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method = handler_data;
+ uint64_t end;
+ char dummy;
+
+ if (d->residual_end > d->residual) {
+ seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF: decoder still has buffered unparsed data");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (d->skip) {
+ seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF inside skipped data");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (d->top->end_ofs != UINT64_MAX) {
+ seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF inside delimited string");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* The user's end() call indicates that the message ends here. */
+ end = offset(d);
+ d->top->end_ofs = end;
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ if (method->is_native_) {
+ const mgroup *group = (const mgroup*)method->group;
+ if (d->top != d->stack)
+ d->stack->end_ofs = 0;
+ group->jit_code(closure, method->code_base.ptr, &dummy, 0, NULL);
+ } else
+#endif
+ {
+ const uint32_t *p = d->pc;
+ d->stack->end_ofs = end;
+ /* Check the previous bytecode, but guard against beginning. */
+ if (p != method->code_base.ptr) p--;
+ if (getop(*p) == OP_CHECKDELIM) {
+ /* Rewind from OP_TAG* to OP_CHECKDELIM. */
+ assert(getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAG1 ||
+ getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAG2 ||
+ getop(*d->pc) == OP_TAGN ||
+ getop(*d->pc) == OP_DISPATCH);
+ d->pc = p;
+ }
+ upb_pbdecoder_decode(closure, handler_data, &dummy, 0, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (d->call_len != 0) {
+ seterr(d, "Unexpected EOF inside submessage or group");
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *decoder, const void *group, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ int32_t result = upb_pbdecoder_resume(decoder, NULL, buf, size, handle);
+
+ if (result == DECODE_ENDGROUP) goto_endmsg(decoder);
+ CHECK_RETURN(result);
+
+ return run_decoder_vm(decoder, group, handle);
+}
+
+
+/* Public API *****************************************************************/
+
+void upb_pbdecoder_reset(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ d->top = d->stack;
+ d->top->groupnum = 0;
+ d->ptr = d->residual;
+ d->buf = d->residual;
+ d->end = d->residual;
+ d->residual_end = d->residual;
+}
+
+upb_pbdecoder *upb_pbdecoder_create(upb_env *e, const upb_pbdecodermethod *m,
+ upb_sink *sink) {
+ const size_t default_max_nesting = 64;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ size_t size_before = upb_env_bytesallocated(e);
+#endif
+
+ upb_pbdecoder *d = upb_env_malloc(e, sizeof(upb_pbdecoder));
+ if (!d) return NULL;
+
+ d->method_ = m;
+ d->callstack = upb_env_malloc(e, callstacksize(d, default_max_nesting));
+ d->stack = upb_env_malloc(e, stacksize(d, default_max_nesting));
+ if (!d->stack || !d->callstack) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ d->env = e;
+ d->limit = d->stack + default_max_nesting - 1;
+ d->stack_size = default_max_nesting;
+ d->status = NULL;
+
+ upb_pbdecoder_reset(d);
+ upb_bytessink_reset(&d->input_, &m->input_handler_, d);
+
+ assert(sink);
+ if (d->method_->dest_handlers_) {
+ if (sink->handlers != d->method_->dest_handlers_)
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ upb_sink_reset(&d->top->sink, sink->handlers, sink->closure);
+
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in decoder.h. */
+ assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(e) - size_before <= UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE);
+ return d;
+}
+
+uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return offset(d);
+}
+
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecoder_method(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return d->method_;
+}
+
+upb_bytessink *upb_pbdecoder_input(upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return &d->input_;
+}
+
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_maxnesting(const upb_pbdecoder *d) {
+ return d->stack_size;
+}
+
+bool upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t max) {
+ assert(d->top >= d->stack);
+
+ if (max < (size_t)(d->top - d->stack)) {
+ /* Can't set a limit smaller than what we are currently at. */
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (max > d->stack_size) {
+ /* Need to reallocate stack and callstack to accommodate. */
+ size_t old_size = stacksize(d, d->stack_size);
+ size_t new_size = stacksize(d, max);
+ void *p = upb_env_realloc(d->env, d->stack, old_size, new_size);
+ if (!p) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ d->stack = p;
+
+ old_size = callstacksize(d, d->stack_size);
+ new_size = callstacksize(d, max);
+ p = upb_env_realloc(d->env, d->callstack, old_size, new_size);
+ if (!p) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ d->callstack = p;
+
+ d->stack_size = max;
+ }
+
+ d->limit = d->stack + max - 1;
+ return true;
+}
+/*
+** upb::Encoder
+**
+** Since we are implementing pure handlers (ie. without any out-of-band access
+** to pre-computed lengths), we have to buffer all submessages before we can
+** emit even their first byte.
+**
+** Not knowing the size of submessages also means we can't write a perfect
+** zero-copy implementation, even with buffering. Lengths are stored as
+** varints, which means that we don't know how many bytes to reserve for the
+** length until we know what the length is.
+**
+** This leaves us with three main choices:
+**
+** 1. buffer all submessage data in a temporary buffer, then copy it exactly
+** once into the output buffer.
+**
+** 2. attempt to buffer data directly into the output buffer, estimating how
+** many bytes each length will take. When our guesses are wrong, use
+** memmove() to grow or shrink the allotted space.
+**
+** 3. buffer directly into the output buffer, allocating a max length
+** ahead-of-time for each submessage length. If we overallocated, we waste
+** space, but no memcpy() or memmove() is required. This approach requires
+** defining a maximum size for submessages and rejecting submessages that
+** exceed that size.
+**
+** (2) and (3) have the potential to have better performance, but they are more
+** complicated and subtle to implement:
+**
+** (3) requires making an arbitrary choice of the maximum message size; it
+** wastes space when submessages are shorter than this and fails
+** completely when they are longer. This makes it more finicky and
+** requires configuration based on the input. It also makes it impossible
+** to perfectly match the output of reference encoders that always use the
+** optimal amount of space for each length.
+**
+** (2) requires guessing the the size upfront, and if multiple lengths are
+** guessed wrong the minimum required number of memmove() operations may
+** be complicated to compute correctly. Implemented properly, it may have
+** a useful amortized or average cost, but more investigation is required
+** to determine this and what the optimal algorithm is to achieve it.
+**
+** (1) makes you always pay for exactly one copy, but its implementation is
+** the simplest and its performance is predictable.
+**
+** So for now, we implement (1) only. If we wish to optimize later, we should
+** be able to do it without affecting users.
+**
+** The strategy is to buffer the segments of data that do *not* depend on
+** unknown lengths in one buffer, and keep a separate buffer of segment pointers
+** and lengths. When the top-level submessage ends, we can go beginning to end,
+** alternating the writing of lengths with memcpy() of the rest of the data.
+** At the top level though, no buffering is required.
+*/
+
+
+
+/* The output buffer is divided into segments; a segment is a string of data
+ * that is "ready to go" -- it does not need any varint lengths inserted into
+ * the middle. The seams between segments are where varints will be inserted
+ * once they are known.
+ *
+ * We also use the concept of a "run", which is a range of encoded bytes that
+ * occur at a single submessage level. Every segment contains one or more runs.
+ *
+ * A segment can span messages. Consider:
+ *
+ * .--Submessage lengths---------.
+ * | | |
+ * | V V
+ * V | |--------------- | |-----------------
+ * Submessages: | |-----------------------------------------------
+ * Top-level msg: ------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * Segments: ----- ------------------- -----------------
+ * Runs: *---- *--------------*--- *----------------
+ * (* marks the start)
+ *
+ * Note that the top-level menssage is not in any segment because it does not
+ * have any length preceding it.
+ *
+ * A segment is only interrupted when another length needs to be inserted. So
+ * observe how the second segment spans both the inner submessage and part of
+ * the next enclosing message. */
+typedef struct {
+ uint32_t msglen; /* The length to varint-encode before this segment. */
+ uint32_t seglen; /* Length of the segment. */
+} upb_pb_encoder_segment;
+
+struct upb_pb_encoder {
+ upb_env *env;
+
+ /* Our input and output. */
+ upb_sink input_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+
+ /* The "subclosure" -- used as the inner closure as part of the bytessink
+ * protocol. */
+ void *subc;
+
+ /* The output buffer and limit, and our current write position. "buf"
+ * initially points to "initbuf", but is dynamically allocated if we need to
+ * grow beyond the initial size. */
+ char *buf, *ptr, *limit;
+
+ /* The beginning of the current run, or undefined if we are at the top
+ * level. */
+ char *runbegin;
+
+ /* The list of segments we are accumulating. */
+ upb_pb_encoder_segment *segbuf, *segptr, *seglimit;
+
+ /* The stack of enclosing submessages. Each entry in the stack points to the
+ * segment where this submessage's length is being accumulated. */
+ int *stack, *top, *stacklimit;
+
+ /* Depth of startmsg/endmsg calls. */
+ int depth;
+};
+
+/* low-level buffering ********************************************************/
+
+/* Low-level functions for interacting with the output buffer. */
+
+/* TODO(haberman): handle pushback */
+static void putbuf(upb_pb_encoder *e, const char *buf, size_t len) {
+ size_t n = upb_bytessink_putbuf(e->output_, e->subc, buf, len, NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(n, n == len);
+}
+
+static upb_pb_encoder_segment *top(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ return &e->segbuf[*e->top];
+}
+
+/* Call to ensure that at least "bytes" bytes are available for writing at
+ * e->ptr. Returns false if the bytes could not be allocated. */
+static bool reserve(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
+ if ((size_t)(e->limit - e->ptr) < bytes) {
+ /* Grow buffer. */
+ char *new_buf;
+ size_t needed = bytes + (e->ptr - e->buf);
+ size_t old_size = e->limit - e->buf;
+
+ size_t new_size = old_size;
+
+ while (new_size < needed) {
+ new_size *= 2;
+ }
+
+ new_buf = upb_env_realloc(e->env, e->buf, old_size, new_size);
+
+ if (new_buf == NULL) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ e->ptr = new_buf + (e->ptr - e->buf);
+ e->runbegin = new_buf + (e->runbegin - e->buf);
+ e->limit = new_buf + new_size;
+ e->buf = new_buf;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Call when "bytes" bytes have been writte at e->ptr. The caller *must* have
+ * previously called reserve() with at least this many bytes. */
+static void encoder_advance(upb_pb_encoder *e, size_t bytes) {
+ assert((size_t)(e->limit - e->ptr) >= bytes);
+ e->ptr += bytes;
+}
+
+/* Call when all of the bytes for a handler have been written. Flushes the
+ * bytes if possible and necessary, returning false if this failed. */
+static bool commit(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ if (!e->top) {
+ /* We aren't inside a delimited region. Flush our accumulated bytes to
+ * the output.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): in the future we may want to delay flushing for
+ * efficiency reasons. */
+ putbuf(e, e->buf, e->ptr - e->buf);
+ e->ptr = e->buf;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Writes the given bytes to the buffer, handling reserve/advance. */
+static bool encode_bytes(upb_pb_encoder *e, const void *data, size_t len) {
+ if (!reserve(e, len)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(e->ptr, data, len);
+ encoder_advance(e, len);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Finish the current run by adding the run totals to the segment and message
+ * length. */
+static void accumulate(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ size_t run_len;
+ assert(e->ptr >= e->runbegin);
+ run_len = e->ptr - e->runbegin;
+ e->segptr->seglen += run_len;
+ top(e)->msglen += run_len;
+ e->runbegin = e->ptr;
+}
+
+/* Call to indicate the start of delimited region for which the full length is
+ * not yet known. All data will be buffered until the length is known.
+ * Delimited regions may be nested; their lengths will all be tracked properly. */
+static bool start_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ if (e->top) {
+ /* We are already buffering, advance to the next segment and push it on the
+ * stack. */
+ accumulate(e);
+
+ if (++e->top == e->stacklimit) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): grow stack? */
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (++e->segptr == e->seglimit) {
+ /* Grow segment buffer. */
+ size_t old_size =
+ (e->seglimit - e->segbuf) * sizeof(upb_pb_encoder_segment);
+ size_t new_size = old_size * 2;
+ upb_pb_encoder_segment *new_buf =
+ upb_env_realloc(e->env, e->segbuf, old_size, new_size);
+
+ if (new_buf == NULL) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ e->segptr = new_buf + (e->segptr - e->segbuf);
+ e->seglimit = new_buf + (new_size / sizeof(upb_pb_encoder_segment));
+ e->segbuf = new_buf;
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* We were previously at the top level, start buffering. */
+ e->segptr = e->segbuf;
+ e->top = e->stack;
+ e->runbegin = e->ptr;
+ }
+
+ *e->top = e->segptr - e->segbuf;
+ e->segptr->seglen = 0;
+ e->segptr->msglen = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Call to indicate the end of a delimited region. We now know the length of
+ * the delimited region. If we are not nested inside any other delimited
+ * regions, we can now emit all of the buffered data we accumulated. */
+static bool end_delim(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ size_t msglen;
+ accumulate(e);
+ msglen = top(e)->msglen;
+
+ if (e->top == e->stack) {
+ /* All lengths are now available, emit all buffered data. */
+ char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
+ upb_pb_encoder_segment *s;
+ const char *ptr = e->buf;
+ for (s = e->segbuf; s <= e->segptr; s++) {
+ size_t lenbytes = upb_vencode64(s->msglen, buf);
+ putbuf(e, buf, lenbytes);
+ putbuf(e, ptr, s->seglen);
+ ptr += s->seglen;
+ }
+
+ e->ptr = e->buf;
+ e->top = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* Need to keep buffering; propagate length info into enclosing
+ * submessages. */
+ --e->top;
+ top(e)->msglen += msglen + upb_varint_size(msglen);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+
+/* tag_t **********************************************************************/
+
+/* A precomputed (pre-encoded) tag and length. */
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t bytes;
+ char tag[7];
+} tag_t;
+
+/* Allocates a new tag for this field, and sets it in these handlerattr. */
+static void new_tag(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, upb_wiretype_t wt,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ uint32_t n = upb_fielddef_number(f);
+
+ tag_t *tag = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(tag_t));
+ tag->bytes = upb_vencode64((n << 3) | wt, tag->tag);
+
+ upb_handlerattr_init(attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(attr, tag);
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, tag, upb_gfree);
+}
+
+static bool encode_tag(upb_pb_encoder *e, const tag_t *tag) {
+ return encode_bytes(e, tag->tag, tag->bytes);
+}
+
+
+/* encoding of wire types *****************************************************/
+
+static bool encode_fixed64(upb_pb_encoder *e, uint64_t val) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian. */
+ return encode_bytes(e, &val, sizeof(uint64_t));
+}
+
+static bool encode_fixed32(upb_pb_encoder *e, uint32_t val) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): byte-swap for big endian. */
+ return encode_bytes(e, &val, sizeof(uint32_t));
+}
+
+static bool encode_varint(upb_pb_encoder *e, uint64_t val) {
+ if (!reserve(e, UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ encoder_advance(e, upb_vencode64(val, e->ptr));
+ return true;
+}
+
+static uint64_t dbl2uint64(double d) {
+ uint64_t ret;
+ memcpy(&ret, &d, sizeof(uint64_t));
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static uint32_t flt2uint32(float d) {
+ uint32_t ret;
+ memcpy(&ret, &d, sizeof(uint32_t));
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* encoding of proto types ****************************************************/
+
+static bool startmsg(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ upb_pb_encoder *e = c;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ if (e->depth++ == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_start(e->output_, 0, &e->subc);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool endmsg(void *c, const void *hd, upb_status *status) {
+ upb_pb_encoder *e = c;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(status);
+ if (--e->depth == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_end(e->output_);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *encode_startdelimfield(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ bool ok = encode_tag(c, hd) && commit(c) && start_delim(c);
+ return ok ? c : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+static bool encode_enddelimfield(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return end_delim(c);
+}
+
+static void *encode_startgroup(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ return (encode_tag(c, hd) && commit(c)) ? c : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+static bool encode_endgroup(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ return encode_tag(c, hd) && commit(c);
+}
+
+static void *encode_startstr(void *c, const void *hd, size_t size_hint) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ return encode_startdelimfield(c, hd);
+}
+
+static size_t encode_strbuf(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(h);
+ return encode_bytes(c, buf, len) ? len : 0;
+}
+
+#define T(type, ctype, convert, encode) \
+ static bool encode_scalar_##type(void *e, const void *hd, ctype val) { \
+ return encode_tag(e, hd) && encode(e, (convert)(val)) && commit(e); \
+ } \
+ static bool encode_packed_##type(void *e, const void *hd, ctype val) { \
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd); \
+ return encode(e, (convert)(val)); \
+ }
+
+T(double, double, dbl2uint64, encode_fixed64)
+T(float, float, flt2uint32, encode_fixed32)
+T(int64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint)
+T(int32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(fixed64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64)
+T(fixed32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32)
+T(bool, bool, bool, encode_varint)
+T(uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, encode_varint)
+T(enum, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_varint)
+T(sfixed32, int32_t, uint32_t, encode_fixed32)
+T(sfixed64, int64_t, uint64_t, encode_fixed64)
+T(sint32, int32_t, upb_zzenc_32, encode_varint)
+T(sint64, int64_t, upb_zzenc_64, encode_varint)
+
+#undef T
+
+
+/* code to build the handlers *************************************************/
+
+static void newhandlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, endmsg, NULL);
+
+ m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ bool packed = upb_fielddef_isseq(f) && upb_fielddef_isprimitive(f) &&
+ upb_fielddef_packed(f);
+ upb_handlerattr attr;
+ upb_wiretype_t wt =
+ packed ? UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED
+ : upb_pb_native_wire_types[upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)];
+
+ /* Pre-encode the tag for this field. */
+ new_tag(h, f, wt, &attr);
+
+ if (packed) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartseq(h, f, encode_startdelimfield, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendseq(h, f, encode_enddelimfield, &attr);
+ }
+
+#define T(upper, lower, upbtype) \
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_##upper: \
+ if (packed) { \
+ upb_handlers_set##upbtype(h, f, encode_packed_##lower, &attr); \
+ } else { \
+ upb_handlers_set##upbtype(h, f, encode_scalar_##lower, &attr); \
+ } \
+ break;
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_descriptortype(f)) {
+ T(DOUBLE, double, double);
+ T(FLOAT, float, float);
+ T(INT64, int64, int64);
+ T(INT32, int32, int32);
+ T(FIXED64, fixed64, uint64);
+ T(FIXED32, fixed32, uint32);
+ T(BOOL, bool, bool);
+ T(UINT32, uint32, uint32);
+ T(UINT64, uint64, uint64);
+ T(ENUM, enum, int32);
+ T(SFIXED32, sfixed32, int32);
+ T(SFIXED64, sfixed64, int64);
+ T(SINT32, sint32, int32);
+ T(SINT64, sint64, int64);
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES:
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, encode_startstr, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, f, encode_enddelimfield, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, encode_strbuf, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, encode_startdelimfield, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(h, f, encode_enddelimfield, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP: {
+ /* Endgroup takes a different tag (wire_type = END_GROUP). */
+ upb_handlerattr attr2;
+ new_tag(h, f, UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP, &attr2);
+
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, encode_startgroup, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(h, f, encode_endgroup, &attr2);
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr2);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+#undef T
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&attr);
+ }
+}
+
+void upb_pb_encoder_reset(upb_pb_encoder *e) {
+ e->segptr = NULL;
+ e->top = NULL;
+ e->depth = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* public API *****************************************************************/
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner) {
+ return upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, owner, newhandlers_callback, NULL);
+}
+
+upb_pb_encoder *upb_pb_encoder_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_bytessink *output) {
+ const size_t initial_bufsize = 256;
+ const size_t initial_segbufsize = 16;
+ /* TODO(haberman): make this configurable. */
+ const size_t stack_size = 64;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ const size_t size_before = upb_env_bytesallocated(env);
+#endif
+
+ upb_pb_encoder *e = upb_env_malloc(env, sizeof(upb_pb_encoder));
+ if (!e) return NULL;
+
+ e->buf = upb_env_malloc(env, initial_bufsize);
+ e->segbuf = upb_env_malloc(env, initial_segbufsize * sizeof(*e->segbuf));
+ e->stack = upb_env_malloc(env, stack_size * sizeof(*e->stack));
+
+ if (!e->buf || !e->segbuf || !e->stack) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ e->limit = e->buf + initial_bufsize;
+ e->seglimit = e->segbuf + initial_segbufsize;
+ e->stacklimit = e->stack + stack_size;
+
+ upb_pb_encoder_reset(e);
+ upb_sink_reset(&e->input_, h, e);
+
+ e->env = env;
+ e->output_ = output;
+ e->subc = output->closure;
+ e->ptr = e->buf;
+
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in encoder.h. */
+ assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before <= UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE);
+ return e;
+}
+
+upb_sink *upb_pb_encoder_input(upb_pb_encoder *e) { return &e->input_; }
+
+
+
+upb_filedef **upb_loaddescriptor(const char *buf, size_t n, const void *owner,
+ upb_status *status) {
+ /* Create handlers. */
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *decoder_m;
+ const upb_handlers *reader_h = upb_descreader_newhandlers(&reader_h);
+ upb_env env;
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts opts;
+ upb_pbdecoder *decoder;
+ upb_descreader *reader;
+ bool ok;
+ size_t i;
+ upb_filedef **ret = NULL;
+
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(&opts, reader_h);
+ decoder_m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &decoder_m);
+
+ upb_env_init(&env);
+ upb_env_reporterrorsto(&env, status);
+
+ reader = upb_descreader_create(&env, reader_h);
+ decoder = upb_pbdecoder_create(&env, decoder_m, upb_descreader_input(reader));
+
+ /* Push input data. */
+ ok = upb_bufsrc_putbuf(buf, n, upb_pbdecoder_input(decoder));
+
+ if (!ok) {
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof (*ret) * (upb_descreader_filecount(reader) + 1));
+
+ if (!ret) {
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < upb_descreader_filecount(reader); i++) {
+ ret[i] = upb_descreader_file(reader, i);
+ upb_filedef_ref(ret[i], owner);
+ }
+
+ ret[i] = NULL;
+
+cleanup:
+ upb_env_uninit(&env);
+ upb_handlers_unref(reader_h, &reader_h);
+ upb_pbdecodermethod_unref(decoder_m, &decoder_m);
+ return ret;
+}
+/*
+ * upb::pb::TextPrinter
+ *
+ * OPT: This is not optimized at all. It uses printf() which parses the format
+ * string every time, and it allocates memory for every put.
+ */
+
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <float.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+struct upb_textprinter {
+ upb_sink input_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+ int indent_depth_;
+ bool single_line_;
+ void *subc;
+};
+
+#define CHECK(x) if ((x) < 0) goto err;
+
+static const char *shortname(const char *longname) {
+ const char *last = strrchr(longname, '.');
+ return last ? last + 1 : longname;
+}
+
+static int indent(upb_textprinter *p) {
+ int i;
+ if (!p->single_line_)
+ for (i = 0; i < p->indent_depth_; i++)
+ upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, " ", 2, NULL);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int endfield(upb_textprinter *p) {
+ const char ch = (p->single_line_ ? ' ' : '\n');
+ upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, &ch, 1, NULL);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int putescaped(upb_textprinter *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ bool preserve_utf8) {
+ /* Based on CEscapeInternal() from Google's protobuf release. */
+ char dstbuf[4096], *dst = dstbuf, *dstend = dstbuf + sizeof(dstbuf);
+ const char *end = buf + len;
+
+ /* I think hex is prettier and more useful, but proto2 uses octal; should
+ * investigate whether it can parse hex also. */
+ const bool use_hex = false;
+ bool last_hex_escape = false; /* true if last output char was \xNN */
+
+ for (; buf < end; buf++) {
+ bool is_hex_escape;
+
+ if (dstend - dst < 4) {
+ upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, dstbuf, dst - dstbuf, NULL);
+ dst = dstbuf;
+ }
+
+ is_hex_escape = false;
+ switch (*buf) {
+ case '\n': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = 'n'; break;
+ case '\r': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = 'r'; break;
+ case '\t': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = 't'; break;
+ case '\"': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = '\"'; break;
+ case '\'': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = '\''; break;
+ case '\\': *(dst++) = '\\'; *(dst++) = '\\'; break;
+ default:
+ /* Note that if we emit \xNN and the buf character after that is a hex
+ * digit then that digit must be escaped too to prevent it being
+ * interpreted as part of the character code by C. */
+ if ((!preserve_utf8 || (uint8_t)*buf < 0x80) &&
+ (!isprint(*buf) || (last_hex_escape && isxdigit(*buf)))) {
+ sprintf(dst, (use_hex ? "\\x%02x" : "\\%03o"), (uint8_t)*buf);
+ is_hex_escape = use_hex;
+ dst += 4;
+ } else {
+ *(dst++) = *buf; break;
+ }
+ }
+ last_hex_escape = is_hex_escape;
+ }
+ /* Flush remaining data. */
+ upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, dstbuf, dst - dstbuf, NULL);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool putf(upb_textprinter *p, const char *fmt, ...) {
+ va_list args;
+ va_list args_copy;
+ char *str;
+ int written;
+ int len;
+ bool ok;
+
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+
+ /* Run once to get the length of the string. */
+ _upb_va_copy(args_copy, args);
+ len = _upb_vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args_copy);
+ va_end(args_copy);
+
+ /* + 1 for NULL terminator (vsprintf() requires it even if we don't). */
+ str = upb_gmalloc(len + 1);
+ if (!str) return false;
+ written = vsprintf(str, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(written, written == len);
+
+ ok = upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, str, len, NULL);
+ upb_gfree(str);
+ return ok;
+}
+
+
+/* handlers *******************************************************************/
+
+static bool textprinter_startmsg(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = c;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ if (p->indent_depth_ == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_start(p->output_, 0, &p->subc);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool textprinter_endmsg(void *c, const void *hd, upb_status *s) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = c;
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(s);
+ if (p->indent_depth_ == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_end(p->output_);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+#define TYPE(name, ctype, fmt) \
+ static bool textprinter_put ## name(void *closure, const void *handler_data, \
+ ctype val) { \
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure; \
+ const upb_fielddef *f = handler_data; \
+ CHECK(indent(p)); \
+ putf(p, "%s: " fmt, upb_fielddef_name(f), val); \
+ CHECK(endfield(p)); \
+ return true; \
+ err: \
+ return false; \
+}
+
+static bool textprinter_putbool(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ bool val) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ const upb_fielddef *f = handler_data;
+ CHECK(indent(p));
+ putf(p, "%s: %s", upb_fielddef_name(f), val ? "true" : "false");
+ CHECK(endfield(p));
+ return true;
+err:
+ return false;
+}
+
+#define STRINGIFY_HELPER(x) #x
+#define STRINGIFY_MACROVAL(x) STRINGIFY_HELPER(x)
+
+TYPE(int32, int32_t, "%" PRId32)
+TYPE(int64, int64_t, "%" PRId64)
+TYPE(uint32, uint32_t, "%" PRIu32)
+TYPE(uint64, uint64_t, "%" PRIu64)
+TYPE(float, float, "%." STRINGIFY_MACROVAL(FLT_DIG) "g")
+TYPE(double, double, "%." STRINGIFY_MACROVAL(DBL_DIG) "g")
+
+#undef TYPE
+
+/* Output a symbolic value from the enum if found, else just print as int32. */
+static bool textprinter_putenum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ int32_t val) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ const upb_fielddef *f = handler_data;
+ const upb_enumdef *enum_def = upb_downcast_enumdef(upb_fielddef_subdef(f));
+ const char *label = upb_enumdef_iton(enum_def, val);
+ if (label) {
+ indent(p);
+ putf(p, "%s: %s", upb_fielddef_name(f), label);
+ endfield(p);
+ } else {
+ if (!textprinter_putint32(closure, handler_data, val))
+ return false;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *textprinter_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ const upb_fielddef *f = handler_data;
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ indent(p);
+ putf(p, "%s: \"", upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ return p;
+}
+
+static bool textprinter_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ putf(p, "\"");
+ endfield(p);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t textprinter_putstr(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ const upb_fielddef *f = hd;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ CHECK(putescaped(p, buf, len, upb_fielddef_type(f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING));
+ return len;
+err:
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void *textprinter_startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ const char *name = handler_data;
+ CHECK(indent(p));
+ putf(p, "%s {%c", name, p->single_line_ ? ' ' : '\n');
+ p->indent_depth_++;
+ return p;
+err:
+ return UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+static bool textprinter_endsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ p->indent_depth_--;
+ CHECK(indent(p));
+ upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc, "}", 1, NULL);
+ CHECK(endfield(p));
+ return true;
+err:
+ return false;
+}
+
+static void onmreg(const void *c, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *m = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ UPB_UNUSED(c);
+
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, textprinter_startmsg, NULL);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, textprinter_endmsg, NULL);
+
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ upb_handlerattr attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, f);
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, f, textprinter_putint32, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ upb_handlers_setint64(h, f, textprinter_putint64, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ upb_handlers_setuint32(h, f, textprinter_putuint32, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ upb_handlers_setuint64(h, f, textprinter_putuint64, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ upb_handlers_setfloat(h, f, textprinter_putfloat, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ upb_handlers_setdouble(h, f, textprinter_putdouble, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, f, textprinter_putbool, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, textprinter_startstr, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, textprinter_putstr, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, f, textprinter_endstr, &attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE: {
+ const char *name =
+ upb_fielddef_istagdelim(f)
+ ? shortname(upb_msgdef_fullname(upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f)))
+ : upb_fielddef_name(f);
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr, name);
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, textprinter_startsubmsg, &attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(h, f, textprinter_endsubmsg, &attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, f, textprinter_putenum, &attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void textprinter_reset(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line) {
+ p->single_line_ = single_line;
+ p->indent_depth_ = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Public API *****************************************************************/
+
+upb_textprinter *upb_textprinter_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_bytessink *output) {
+ upb_textprinter *p = upb_env_malloc(env, sizeof(upb_textprinter));
+ if (!p) return NULL;
+
+ p->output_ = output;
+ upb_sink_reset(&p->input_, h, p);
+ textprinter_reset(p, false);
+
+ return p;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_textprinter_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner) {
+ return upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, owner, &onmreg, NULL);
+}
+
+upb_sink *upb_textprinter_input(upb_textprinter *p) { return &p->input_; }
+
+void upb_textprinter_setsingleline(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line) {
+ p->single_line_ = single_line;
+}
+
+
+/* Index is descriptor type. */
+const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[] = {
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP, /* ENDGROUP */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* DOUBLE */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* FLOAT */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* INT64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* UINT64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* INT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* FIXED64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* FIXED32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* BOOL */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* STRING */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP, /* GROUP */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* MESSAGE */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED, /* BYTES */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* UINT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* ENUM */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT, /* SFIXED32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT, /* SFIXED64 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* SINT32 */
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT, /* SINT64 */
+};
+
+/* A basic branch-based decoder, uses 32-bit values to get good performance
+ * on 32-bit architectures (but performs well on 64-bits also).
+ * This scheme comes from the original Google Protobuf implementation
+ * (proto2). */
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r) {
+ upb_decoderet err = {NULL, 0};
+ const char *p = r.p;
+ uint32_t low = (uint32_t)r.val;
+ uint32_t high = 0;
+ uint32_t b;
+ b = *(p++); low |= (b & 0x7fU) << 14; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); low |= (b & 0x7fU) << 21; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); low |= (b & 0x7fU) << 28;
+ high = (b & 0x7fU) >> 4; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); high |= (b & 0x7fU) << 3; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); high |= (b & 0x7fU) << 10; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); high |= (b & 0x7fU) << 17; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); high |= (b & 0x7fU) << 24; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); high |= (b & 0x7fU) << 31; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ return err;
+
+done:
+ r.val = ((uint64_t)high << 32) | low;
+ r.p = p;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Like the previous, but uses 64-bit values. */
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r) {
+ const char *p = r.p;
+ uint64_t val = r.val;
+ uint64_t b;
+ upb_decoderet err = {NULL, 0};
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 14; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 21; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 28; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 35; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 42; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 49; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 56; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ b = *(p++); val |= (b & 0x7fU) << 63; if (!(b & 0x80)) goto done;
+ return err;
+
+done:
+ r.val = val;
+ r.p = p;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Given an encoded varint v, returns an integer with a single bit set that
+ * indicates the end of the varint. Subtracting one from this value will
+ * yield a mask that leaves only bits that are part of the varint. Returns
+ * 0 if the varint is unterminated. */
+static uint64_t upb_get_vstopbit(uint64_t v) {
+ uint64_t cbits = v | 0x7f7f7f7f7f7f7f7fULL;
+ return ~cbits & (cbits+1);
+}
+
+/* A branchless decoder. Credit to Pascal Massimino for the bit-twiddling. */
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r) {
+ uint64_t b;
+ uint64_t stop_bit;
+ upb_decoderet my_r;
+ memcpy(&b, r.p, sizeof(b));
+ stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
+ b = (b & 0x7f7f7f7f7f7f7f7fULL) & (stop_bit - 1);
+ b += b & 0x007f007f007f007fULL;
+ b += 3 * (b & 0x0000ffff0000ffffULL);
+ b += 15 * (b & 0x00000000ffffffffULL);
+ if (stop_bit == 0) {
+ /* Error: unterminated varint. */
+ upb_decoderet err_r = {(void*)0, 0};
+ return err_r;
+ }
+ my_r = upb_decoderet_make(r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
+ r.val | (b << 7));
+ return my_r;
+}
+
+/* A branchless decoder. Credit to Daniel Wright for the bit-twiddling. */
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r) {
+ uint64_t b;
+ uint64_t stop_bit;
+ upb_decoderet my_r;
+ memcpy(&b, r.p, sizeof(b));
+ stop_bit = upb_get_vstopbit(b);
+ b &= (stop_bit - 1);
+ b = ((b & 0x7f007f007f007f00ULL) >> 1) | (b & 0x007f007f007f007fULL);
+ b = ((b & 0xffff0000ffff0000ULL) >> 2) | (b & 0x0000ffff0000ffffULL);
+ b = ((b & 0xffffffff00000000ULL) >> 4) | (b & 0x00000000ffffffffULL);
+ if (stop_bit == 0) {
+ /* Error: unterminated varint. */
+ upb_decoderet err_r = {(void*)0, 0};
+ return err_r;
+ }
+ my_r = upb_decoderet_make(r.p + ((__builtin_ctzll(stop_bit) + 1) / 8),
+ r.val | (b << 14));
+ return my_r;
+}
+
+#line 1 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+/*
+** upb::json::Parser (upb_json_parser)
+**
+** A parser that uses the Ragel State Machine Compiler to generate
+** the finite automata.
+**
+** Ragel only natively handles regular languages, but we can manually
+** program it a bit to handle context-free languages like JSON, by using
+** the "fcall" and "fret" constructs.
+**
+** This parser can handle the basics, but needs several things to be fleshed
+** out:
+**
+** - handling of unicode escape sequences (including high surrogate pairs).
+** - properly check and report errors for unknown fields, stack overflow,
+** improper array nesting (or lack of nesting).
+** - handling of base64 sequences with padding characters.
+** - handling of push-back (non-success returns from sink functions).
+** - handling of keys/escape-sequences/etc that span input buffers.
+*/
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+#define UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH 64
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_sink sink;
+
+ /* The current message in which we're parsing, and the field whose value we're
+ * expecting next. */
+ const upb_msgdef *m;
+ const upb_fielddef *f;
+
+ /* The table mapping json name to fielddef for this message. */
+ upb_strtable *name_table;
+
+ /* We are in a repeated-field context, ready to emit mapentries as
+ * submessages. This flag alters the start-of-object (open-brace) behavior to
+ * begin a sequence of mapentry messages rather than a single submessage. */
+ bool is_map;
+
+ /* We are in a map-entry message context. This flag is set when parsing the
+ * value field of a single map entry and indicates to all value-field parsers
+ * (subobjects, strings, numbers, and bools) that the map-entry submessage
+ * should end as soon as the value is parsed. */
+ bool is_mapentry;
+
+ /* If |is_map| or |is_mapentry| is true, |mapfield| refers to the parent
+ * message's map field that we're currently parsing. This differs from |f|
+ * because |f| is the field in the *current* message (i.e., the map-entry
+ * message itself), not the parent's field that leads to this map. */
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+} upb_jsonparser_frame;
+
+struct upb_json_parser {
+ upb_env *env;
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *method;
+ upb_bytessink input_;
+
+ /* Stack to track the JSON scopes we are in. */
+ upb_jsonparser_frame stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *top;
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *limit;
+
+ upb_status status;
+
+ /* Ragel's internal parsing stack for the parsing state machine. */
+ int current_state;
+ int parser_stack[UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH];
+ int parser_top;
+
+ /* The handle for the current buffer. */
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle;
+
+ /* Accumulate buffer. See details in parser.rl. */
+ const char *accumulated;
+ size_t accumulated_len;
+ char *accumulate_buf;
+ size_t accumulate_buf_size;
+
+ /* Multi-part text data. See details in parser.rl. */
+ int multipart_state;
+ upb_selector_t string_selector;
+
+ /* Input capture. See details in parser.rl. */
+ const char *capture;
+
+ /* Intermediate result of parsing a unicode escape sequence. */
+ uint32_t digit;
+};
+
+struct upb_json_parsermethod {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
+
+ /* Mainly for the purposes of refcounting, so all the fielddefs we point
+ * to stay alive. */
+ const upb_msgdef *msg;
+
+ /* Keys are upb_msgdef*, values are upb_strtable (json_name -> fielddef) */
+ upb_inttable name_tables;
+};
+
+#define PARSER_CHECK_RETURN(x) if (!(x)) return false
+
+/* Used to signal that a capture has been suspended. */
+static char suspend_capture;
+
+static upb_selector_t getsel_for_handlertype(upb_json_parser *p,
+ upb_handlertype_t type) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ bool ok = upb_handlers_getselector(p->top->f, type, &sel);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ return sel;
+}
+
+static upb_selector_t parser_getsel(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ return getsel_for_handlertype(
+ p, upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(p->top->f));
+}
+
+static bool check_stack(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ if ((p->top + 1) == p->limit) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "Nesting too deep");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void set_name_table(upb_json_parser *p, upb_jsonparser_frame *frame) {
+ upb_value v;
+ bool ok = upb_inttable_lookupptr(&p->method->name_tables, frame->m, &v);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ frame->name_table = upb_value_getptr(v);
+}
+
+/* There are GCC/Clang built-ins for overflow checking which we could start
+ * using if there was any performance benefit to it. */
+
+static bool checked_add(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *c) {
+ if (SIZE_MAX - a < b) return false;
+ *c = a + b;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t saturating_multiply(size_t a, size_t b) {
+ /* size_t is unsigned, so this is defined behavior even on overflow. */
+ size_t ret = a * b;
+ if (b != 0 && ret / b != a) {
+ ret = SIZE_MAX;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+/* Base64 decoding ************************************************************/
+
+/* TODO(haberman): make this streaming. */
+
+static const signed char b64table[] = {
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, 62/*+*/, -1, -1, -1, 63/*/ */,
+ 52/*0*/, 53/*1*/, 54/*2*/, 55/*3*/, 56/*4*/, 57/*5*/, 58/*6*/, 59/*7*/,
+ 60/*8*/, 61/*9*/, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, 0/*A*/, 1/*B*/, 2/*C*/, 3/*D*/, 4/*E*/, 5/*F*/, 6/*G*/,
+ 07/*H*/, 8/*I*/, 9/*J*/, 10/*K*/, 11/*L*/, 12/*M*/, 13/*N*/, 14/*O*/,
+ 15/*P*/, 16/*Q*/, 17/*R*/, 18/*S*/, 19/*T*/, 20/*U*/, 21/*V*/, 22/*W*/,
+ 23/*X*/, 24/*Y*/, 25/*Z*/, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, 26/*a*/, 27/*b*/, 28/*c*/, 29/*d*/, 30/*e*/, 31/*f*/, 32/*g*/,
+ 33/*h*/, 34/*i*/, 35/*j*/, 36/*k*/, 37/*l*/, 38/*m*/, 39/*n*/, 40/*o*/,
+ 41/*p*/, 42/*q*/, 43/*r*/, 44/*s*/, 45/*t*/, 46/*u*/, 47/*v*/, 48/*w*/,
+ 49/*x*/, 50/*y*/, 51/*z*/, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
+ -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1
+};
+
+/* Returns the table value sign-extended to 32 bits. Knowing that the upper
+ * bits will be 1 for unrecognized characters makes it easier to check for
+ * this error condition later (see below). */
+int32_t b64lookup(unsigned char ch) { return b64table[ch]; }
+
+/* Returns true if the given character is not a valid base64 character or
+ * padding. */
+bool nonbase64(unsigned char ch) { return b64lookup(ch) == -1 && ch != '='; }
+
+static bool base64_push(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel, const char *ptr,
+ size_t len) {
+ const char *limit = ptr + len;
+ for (; ptr < limit; ptr += 4) {
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[3];
+
+ if (limit - ptr < 4) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Base64 input for bytes field not a multiple of 4: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[3]);
+
+ /* Test the upper bit; returns true if any of the characters returned -1. */
+ if (val & 0x80000000) {
+ goto otherchar;
+ }
+
+ output[0] = val >> 16;
+ output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
+ output[2] = val & 0xff;
+ upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, output, 3, NULL);
+ }
+ return true;
+
+otherchar:
+ if (nonbase64(ptr[0]) || nonbase64(ptr[1]) || nonbase64(ptr[2]) ||
+ nonbase64(ptr[3]) ) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Non-base64 characters in bytes field: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ } if (ptr[2] == '=') {
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output;
+
+ /* Last group contains only two input bytes, one output byte. */
+ if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[3] != '=') {
+ goto badpadding;
+ }
+
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12;
+
+ assert(!(val & 0x80000000));
+ output = val >> 16;
+ upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, &output, 1, NULL);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ uint32_t val;
+ char output[2];
+
+ /* Last group contains only three input bytes, two output bytes. */
+ if (ptr[0] == '=' || ptr[1] == '=' || ptr[2] == '=') {
+ goto badpadding;
+ }
+
+ val = b64lookup(ptr[0]) << 18 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[1]) << 12 |
+ b64lookup(ptr[2]) << 6;
+
+ output[0] = val >> 16;
+ output[1] = (val >> 8) & 0xff;
+ upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, sel, output, 2, NULL);
+ return true;
+ }
+
+badpadding:
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Incorrect base64 padding for field: %s (%.*s)",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f),
+ 4, ptr);
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+}
+
+
+/* Accumulate buffer **********************************************************/
+
+/* Functionality for accumulating a buffer.
+ *
+ * Some parts of the parser need an entire value as a contiguous string. For
+ * example, to look up a member name in a hash table, or to turn a string into
+ * a number, the relevant library routines need the input string to be in
+ * contiguous memory, even if the value spanned two or more buffers in the
+ * input. These routines handle that.
+ *
+ * In the common case we can just point to the input buffer to get this
+ * contiguous string and avoid any actual copy. So we optimistically begin
+ * this way. But there are a few cases where we must instead copy into a
+ * separate buffer:
+ *
+ * 1. The string was not contiguous in the input (it spanned buffers).
+ *
+ * 2. The string included escape sequences that need to be interpreted to get
+ * the true value in a contiguous buffer. */
+
+static void assert_accumulate_empty(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(p);
+ assert(p->accumulated == NULL);
+ assert(p->accumulated_len == 0);
+}
+
+static void accumulate_clear(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ p->accumulated = NULL;
+ p->accumulated_len = 0;
+}
+
+/* Used internally by accumulate_append(). */
+static bool accumulate_realloc(upb_json_parser *p, size_t need) {
+ void *mem;
+ size_t old_size = p->accumulate_buf_size;
+ size_t new_size = UPB_MAX(old_size, 128);
+ while (new_size < need) {
+ new_size = saturating_multiply(new_size, 2);
+ }
+
+ mem = upb_env_realloc(p->env, p->accumulate_buf, old_size, new_size);
+ if (!mem) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "Out of memory allocating buffer.");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ p->accumulate_buf = mem;
+ p->accumulate_buf_size = new_size;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Logically appends the given data to the append buffer.
+ * If "can_alias" is true, we will try to avoid actually copying, but the buffer
+ * must be valid until the next accumulate_append() call (if any). */
+static bool accumulate_append(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ bool can_alias) {
+ size_t need;
+
+ if (!p->accumulated && can_alias) {
+ p->accumulated = buf;
+ p->accumulated_len = len;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (!checked_add(p->accumulated_len, len, &need)) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "Integer overflow.");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (need > p->accumulate_buf_size && !accumulate_realloc(p, need)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (p->accumulated != p->accumulate_buf) {
+ memcpy(p->accumulate_buf, p->accumulated, p->accumulated_len);
+ p->accumulated = p->accumulate_buf;
+ }
+
+ memcpy(p->accumulate_buf + p->accumulated_len, buf, len);
+ p->accumulated_len += len;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Returns a pointer to the data accumulated since the last accumulate_clear()
+ * call, and writes the length to *len. This with point either to the input
+ * buffer or a temporary accumulate buffer. */
+static const char *accumulate_getptr(upb_json_parser *p, size_t *len) {
+ assert(p->accumulated);
+ *len = p->accumulated_len;
+ return p->accumulated;
+}
+
+
+/* Mult-part text data ********************************************************/
+
+/* When we have text data in the input, it can often come in multiple segments.
+ * For example, there may be some raw string data followed by an escape
+ * sequence. The two segments are processed with different logic. Also buffer
+ * seams in the input can cause multiple segments.
+ *
+ * As we see segments, there are two main cases for how we want to process them:
+ *
+ * 1. we want to push the captured input directly to string handlers.
+ *
+ * 2. we need to accumulate all the parts into a contiguous buffer for further
+ * processing (field name lookup, string->number conversion, etc). */
+
+/* This is the set of states for p->multipart_state. */
+enum {
+ /* We are not currently processing multipart data. */
+ MULTIPART_INACTIVE = 0,
+
+ /* We are processing multipart data by accumulating it into a contiguous
+ * buffer. */
+ MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE = 1,
+
+ /* We are processing multipart data by pushing each part directly to the
+ * current string handlers. */
+ MULTIPART_PUSHEAGERLY = 2
+};
+
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we accumulate the data for processing at
+ * the end. */
+static void multipart_startaccum(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert_accumulate_empty(p);
+ assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
+ p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE;
+}
+
+/* Start a multi-part text value where we immediately push text data to a string
+ * value with the given selector. */
+static void multipart_start(upb_json_parser *p, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ assert_accumulate_empty(p);
+ assert(p->multipart_state == MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
+ p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_PUSHEAGERLY;
+ p->string_selector = sel;
+}
+
+static bool multipart_text(upb_json_parser *p, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ bool can_alias) {
+ switch (p->multipart_state) {
+ case MULTIPART_INACTIVE:
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(
+ &p->status, "Internal error: unexpected state MULTIPART_INACTIVE");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+
+ case MULTIPART_ACCUMULATE:
+ if (!accumulate_append(p, buf, len, can_alias)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case MULTIPART_PUSHEAGERLY: {
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle = can_alias ? p->handle : NULL;
+ upb_sink_putstring(&p->top->sink, p->string_selector, buf, len, handle);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Note: this invalidates the accumulate buffer! Call only after reading its
+ * contents. */
+static void multipart_end(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
+ p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_INACTIVE;
+ accumulate_clear(p);
+}
+
+
+/* Input capture **************************************************************/
+
+/* Functionality for capturing a region of the input as text. Gracefully
+ * handles the case where a buffer seam occurs in the middle of the captured
+ * region. */
+
+static void capture_begin(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ assert(p->multipart_state != MULTIPART_INACTIVE);
+ assert(p->capture == NULL);
+ p->capture = ptr;
+}
+
+static bool capture_end(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ assert(p->capture);
+ if (multipart_text(p, p->capture, ptr - p->capture, true)) {
+ p->capture = NULL;
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is called at the end of each input buffer (ie. when we have hit a
+ * buffer seam). If we are in the middle of capturing the input, this
+ * processes the unprocessed capture region. */
+static void capture_suspend(upb_json_parser *p, const char **ptr) {
+ if (!p->capture) return;
+
+ if (multipart_text(p, p->capture, *ptr - p->capture, false)) {
+ /* We use this as a signal that we were in the middle of capturing, and
+ * that capturing should resume at the beginning of the next buffer.
+ *
+ * We can't use *ptr here, because we have no guarantee that this pointer
+ * will be valid when we resume (if the underlying memory is freed, then
+ * using the pointer at all, even to compare to NULL, is likely undefined
+ * behavior). */
+ p->capture = &suspend_capture;
+ } else {
+ /* Need to back up the pointer to the beginning of the capture, since
+ * we were not able to actually preserve it. */
+ *ptr = p->capture;
+ }
+}
+
+static void capture_resume(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ if (p->capture) {
+ assert(p->capture == &suspend_capture);
+ p->capture = ptr;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* Callbacks from the parser **************************************************/
+
+/* These are the functions called directly from the parser itself.
+ * We define these in the same order as their declarations in the parser. */
+
+static char escape_char(char in) {
+ switch (in) {
+ case 'r': return '\r';
+ case 't': return '\t';
+ case 'n': return '\n';
+ case 'f': return '\f';
+ case 'b': return '\b';
+ case '/': return '/';
+ case '"': return '"';
+ case '\\': return '\\';
+ default:
+ assert(0);
+ return 'x';
+ }
+}
+
+static bool escape(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ char ch = escape_char(*ptr);
+ return multipart_text(p, &ch, 1, false);
+}
+
+static void start_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ p->digit = 0;
+}
+
+static void hexdigit(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ char ch = *ptr;
+
+ p->digit <<= 4;
+
+ if (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
+ p->digit += (ch - '0');
+ } else if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f') {
+ p->digit += ((ch - 'a') + 10);
+ } else {
+ assert(ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F');
+ p->digit += ((ch - 'A') + 10);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool end_hex(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ uint32_t codepoint = p->digit;
+
+ /* emit the codepoint as UTF-8. */
+ char utf8[3]; /* support \u0000 -- \uFFFF -- need only three bytes. */
+ int length = 0;
+ if (codepoint <= 0x7F) {
+ utf8[0] = codepoint;
+ length = 1;
+ } else if (codepoint <= 0x07FF) {
+ utf8[1] = (codepoint & 0x3F) | 0x80;
+ codepoint >>= 6;
+ utf8[0] = (codepoint & 0x1F) | 0xC0;
+ length = 2;
+ } else /* codepoint <= 0xFFFF */ {
+ utf8[2] = (codepoint & 0x3F) | 0x80;
+ codepoint >>= 6;
+ utf8[1] = (codepoint & 0x3F) | 0x80;
+ codepoint >>= 6;
+ utf8[0] = (codepoint & 0x0F) | 0xE0;
+ length = 3;
+ }
+ /* TODO(haberman): Handle high surrogates: if codepoint is a high surrogate
+ * we have to wait for the next escape to get the full code point). */
+
+ return multipart_text(p, utf8, length, false);
+}
+
+static void start_text(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ capture_begin(p, ptr);
+}
+
+static bool end_text(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ return capture_end(p, ptr);
+}
+
+static void start_number(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ multipart_startaccum(p);
+ capture_begin(p, ptr);
+}
+
+static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p);
+
+static bool end_number(upb_json_parser *p, const char *ptr) {
+ if (!capture_end(p, ptr)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return parse_number(p);
+}
+
+static bool parse_number(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf;
+ const char *myend;
+ char *end;
+
+ /* strtol() and friends unfortunately do not support specifying the length of
+ * the input string, so we need to force a copy into a NULL-terminated buffer. */
+ if (!multipart_text(p, "\0", 1, false)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+ myend = buf + len - 1; /* One for NULL. */
+
+ /* XXX: We are using strtol to parse integers, but this is wrong as even
+ * integers can be represented as 1e6 (for example), which strtol can't
+ * handle correctly.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we can't handle large integers properly because strto[u]ll
+ * isn't in C89.
+ *
+ * XXX: Also, we don't properly check floats for overflow, since strtof
+ * isn't in C89. */
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32: {
+ long val = strtol(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ if (val > INT32_MAX || val < INT32_MIN || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putint32(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64: {
+ long long val = strtol(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ if (val > INT64_MAX || val < INT64_MIN || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putint64(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32: {
+ unsigned long val = strtoul(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ if (val > UINT32_MAX || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putuint32(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64: {
+ unsigned long long val = strtoul(p->accumulated, &end, 0);
+ if (val > UINT64_MAX || errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putuint64(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE: {
+ double val = strtod(p->accumulated, &end);
+ if (errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putdouble(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT: {
+ float val = strtod(p->accumulated, &end);
+ if (errno == ERANGE || end != myend)
+ goto err;
+ else
+ upb_sink_putfloat(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ assert(false);
+ }
+
+ multipart_end(p);
+
+ return true;
+
+err:
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status, "error parsing number: %s", buf);
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ multipart_end(p);
+ return false;
+}
+
+static bool parser_putbool(upb_json_parser *p, bool val) {
+ bool ok;
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) != UPB_TYPE_BOOL) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Boolean value specified for non-bool field: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ok = upb_sink_putbool(&p->top->sink, parser_getsel(p), val);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool start_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert(p->top->f);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isstring(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
+
+ /* Start a new parser frame: parser frames correspond one-to-one with
+ * handler frames, and string events occur in a sub-frame. */
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
+ upb_sink_startstr(&p->top->sink, sel, 0, &inner->sink);
+ inner->m = p->top->m;
+ inner->f = p->top->f;
+ inner->name_table = NULL;
+ inner->is_map = false;
+ inner->is_mapentry = false;
+ p->top = inner;
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_STRING) {
+ /* For STRING fields we push data directly to the handlers as it is
+ * parsed. We don't do this yet for BYTES fields, because our base64
+ * decoder is not streaming.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): make base64 decoding streaming also. */
+ multipart_start(p, getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STRING));
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ multipart_startaccum(p);
+ return true;
+ }
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f) == UPB_TYPE_ENUM) {
+ /* No need to push a frame -- symbolic enum names in quotes remain in the
+ * current parser frame.
+ *
+ * Enum string values must accumulate so we can look up the value in a table
+ * once it is complete. */
+ multipart_startaccum(p);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "String specified for non-string/non-enum field: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool end_stringval(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ bool ok = true;
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ if (!base64_push(p, getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STRING),
+ p->accumulated, p->accumulated_len)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING: {
+ upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
+ upb_sink_endstr(&p->top->sink, sel);
+ p->top--;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ /* Resolve enum symbolic name to integer value. */
+ const upb_enumdef *enumdef =
+ (const upb_enumdef*)upb_fielddef_subdef(p->top->f);
+
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+
+ int32_t int_val = 0;
+ ok = upb_enumdef_ntoi(enumdef, buf, len, &int_val);
+
+ if (ok) {
+ upb_selector_t sel = parser_getsel(p);
+ upb_sink_putint32(&p->top->sink, sel, int_val);
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status, "Enum value unknown: '%.*s'", len, buf);
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ default:
+ assert(false);
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "Internal error in JSON decoder");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ ok = false;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ multipart_end(p);
+
+ return ok;
+}
+
+static void start_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert(!p->top->f);
+ multipart_startaccum(p);
+}
+
+/* Helper: invoked during parse_mapentry() to emit the mapentry message's key
+ * field based on the current contents of the accumulate buffer. */
+static bool parse_mapentry_key(upb_json_parser *p) {
+
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+
+ /* Emit the key field. We do a bit of ad-hoc parsing here because the
+ * parser state machine has already decided that this is a string field
+ * name, and we are reinterpreting it as some arbitrary key type. In
+ * particular, integer and bool keys are quoted, so we need to parse the
+ * quoted string contents here. */
+
+ p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY);
+ if (p->top->f == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "mapentry message has no key");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(p->top->f)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ /* Invoke end_number. The accum buffer has the number's text already. */
+ if (!parse_number(p)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ if (len == 4 && !strncmp(buf, "true", 4)) {
+ if (!parser_putbool(p, true)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ } else if (len == 5 && !strncmp(buf, "false", 5)) {
+ if (!parser_putbool(p, false)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status,
+ "Map bool key not 'true' or 'false'");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+ multipart_end(p);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES: {
+ upb_sink subsink;
+ upb_selector_t sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR);
+ upb_sink_startstr(&p->top->sink, sel, len, &subsink);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STRING);
+ upb_sink_putstring(&subsink, sel, buf, len, NULL);
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR);
+ upb_sink_endstr(&subsink, sel);
+ multipart_end(p);
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "Invalid field type for map key");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Helper: emit one map entry (as a submessage in the map field sequence). This
+ * is invoked from end_membername(), at the end of the map entry's key string,
+ * with the map key in the accumulate buffer. It parses the key from that
+ * buffer, emits the handler calls to start the mapentry submessage (setting up
+ * its subframe in the process), and sets up state in the subframe so that the
+ * value parser (invoked next) will emit the mapentry's value field and then
+ * end the mapentry message. */
+
+static bool handle_mapentry(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+ const upb_msgdef *mapentrymsg;
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Map entry: p->top->sink is the seq frame, so we need to start a frame
+ * for the mapentry itself, and then set |f| in that frame so that the map
+ * value field is parsed, and also set a flag to end the frame after the
+ * map-entry value is parsed. */
+ if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
+
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+ mapentrymsg = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(mapfield);
+
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ p->top->f = mapfield;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
+ inner->m = mapentrymsg;
+ inner->name_table = NULL;
+ inner->mapfield = mapfield;
+ inner->is_map = false;
+
+ /* Don't set this to true *yet* -- we reuse parsing handlers below to push
+ * the key field value to the sink, and these handlers will pop the frame
+ * if they see is_mapentry (when invoked by the parser state machine, they
+ * would have just seen the map-entry value, not key). */
+ inner->is_mapentry = false;
+ p->top = inner;
+
+ /* send STARTMSG in submsg frame. */
+ upb_sink_startmsg(&p->top->sink);
+
+ parse_mapentry_key(p);
+
+ /* Set up the value field to receive the map-entry value. */
+ p->top->f = upb_msgdef_itof(p->top->m, UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE);
+ p->top->is_mapentry = true; /* set up to pop frame after value is parsed. */
+ p->top->mapfield = mapfield;
+ if (p->top->f == NULL) {
+ upb_status_seterrmsg(&p->status, "mapentry message has no value");
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool end_membername(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert(!p->top->f);
+
+ if (p->top->is_map) {
+ return handle_mapentry(p);
+ } else {
+ size_t len;
+ const char *buf = accumulate_getptr(p, &len);
+ upb_value v;
+
+ if (upb_strtable_lookup2(p->top->name_table, buf, len, &v)) {
+ p->top->f = upb_value_getconstptr(v);
+ multipart_end(p);
+
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ /* TODO(haberman): Ignore unknown fields if requested/configured to do
+ * so. */
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status, "No such field: %.*s\n", (int)len, buf);
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void end_member(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ /* If we just parsed a map-entry value, end that frame too. */
+ if (p->top->is_mapentry) {
+ upb_status s = UPB_STATUS_INIT;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ bool ok;
+ const upb_fielddef *mapfield;
+
+ assert(p->top > p->stack);
+ /* send ENDMSG on submsg. */
+ upb_sink_endmsg(&p->top->sink, &s);
+ mapfield = p->top->mapfield;
+
+ /* send ENDSUBMSG in repeated-field-of-mapentries frame. */
+ p->top--;
+ ok = upb_handlers_getselector(mapfield, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG, &sel);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
+ }
+
+ p->top->f = NULL;
+}
+
+static bool start_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ assert(p->top->f);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_ismap(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a map. Start a new parser frame in a repeated-field
+ * context. */
+ if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
+
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
+ inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
+ inner->name_table = NULL;
+ inner->mapfield = p->top->f;
+ inner->f = NULL;
+ inner->is_map = true;
+ inner->is_mapentry = false;
+ p->top = inner;
+
+ return true;
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ /* Beginning of a subobject. Start a new parser frame in the submsg
+ * context. */
+ if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
+
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG);
+ upb_sink_startsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
+ inner->m = upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(p->top->f);
+ set_name_table(p, inner);
+ inner->f = NULL;
+ inner->is_map = false;
+ inner->is_mapentry = false;
+ p->top = inner;
+
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Object specified for non-message/group field: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static void end_subobject(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ if (p->top->is_map) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ p->top--;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
+ } else {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+ p->top--;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG);
+ upb_sink_endsubmsg(&p->top->sink, sel);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool start_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_jsonparser_frame *inner;
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ assert(p->top->f);
+
+ if (!upb_fielddef_isseq(p->top->f)) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&p->status,
+ "Array specified for non-repeated field: %s",
+ upb_fielddef_name(p->top->f));
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &p->status);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (!check_stack(p)) return false;
+
+ inner = p->top + 1;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ);
+ upb_sink_startseq(&p->top->sink, sel, &inner->sink);
+ inner->m = p->top->m;
+ inner->name_table = NULL;
+ inner->f = p->top->f;
+ inner->is_map = false;
+ inner->is_mapentry = false;
+ p->top = inner;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void end_array(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ upb_selector_t sel;
+
+ assert(p->top > p->stack);
+
+ p->top--;
+ sel = getsel_for_handlertype(p, UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ);
+ upb_sink_endseq(&p->top->sink, sel);
+}
+
+static void start_object(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ if (!p->top->is_map) {
+ upb_sink_startmsg(&p->top->sink);
+ }
+}
+
+static void end_object(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ if (!p->top->is_map) {
+ upb_status status;
+ upb_status_clear(&status);
+ upb_sink_endmsg(&p->top->sink, &status);
+ if (!upb_ok(&status)) {
+ upb_env_reporterror(p->env, &status);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+#define CHECK_RETURN_TOP(x) if (!(x)) goto error
+
+
+/* The actual parser **********************************************************/
+
+/* What follows is the Ragel parser itself. The language is specified in Ragel
+ * and the actions call our C functions above.
+ *
+ * Ragel has an extensive set of functionality, and we use only a small part of
+ * it. There are many action types but we only use a few:
+ *
+ * ">" -- transition into a machine
+ * "%" -- transition out of a machine
+ * "@" -- transition into a final state of a machine.
+ *
+ * "@" transitions are tricky because a machine can transition into a final
+ * state repeatedly. But in some cases we know this can't happen, for example
+ * a string which is delimited by a final '"' can only transition into its
+ * final state once, when the closing '"' is seen. */
+
+
+#line 1245 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+
+
+
+#line 1157 "upb/json/parser.c"
+static const char _json_actions[] = {
+ 0, 1, 0, 1, 2, 1, 3, 1,
+ 5, 1, 6, 1, 7, 1, 8, 1,
+ 10, 1, 12, 1, 13, 1, 14, 1,
+ 15, 1, 16, 1, 17, 1, 21, 1,
+ 25, 1, 27, 2, 3, 8, 2, 4,
+ 5, 2, 6, 2, 2, 6, 8, 2,
+ 11, 9, 2, 13, 15, 2, 14, 15,
+ 2, 18, 1, 2, 19, 27, 2, 20,
+ 9, 2, 22, 27, 2, 23, 27, 2,
+ 24, 27, 2, 26, 27, 3, 14, 11,
+ 9
+};
+
+static const unsigned char _json_key_offsets[] = {
+ 0, 0, 4, 9, 14, 15, 19, 24,
+ 29, 34, 38, 42, 45, 48, 50, 54,
+ 58, 60, 62, 67, 69, 71, 80, 86,
+ 92, 98, 104, 106, 115, 116, 116, 116,
+ 121, 126, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 135,
+ 136, 137, 138, 138, 139, 140, 141, 141,
+ 146, 151, 152, 156, 161, 166, 171, 175,
+ 175, 178, 178, 178
+};
+
+static const char _json_trans_keys[] = {
+ 32, 123, 9, 13, 32, 34, 125, 9,
+ 13, 32, 34, 125, 9, 13, 34, 32,
+ 58, 9, 13, 32, 93, 125, 9, 13,
+ 32, 44, 125, 9, 13, 32, 44, 125,
+ 9, 13, 32, 34, 9, 13, 45, 48,
+ 49, 57, 48, 49, 57, 46, 69, 101,
+ 48, 57, 69, 101, 48, 57, 43, 45,
+ 48, 57, 48, 57, 48, 57, 46, 69,
+ 101, 48, 57, 34, 92, 34, 92, 34,
+ 47, 92, 98, 102, 110, 114, 116, 117,
+ 48, 57, 65, 70, 97, 102, 48, 57,
+ 65, 70, 97, 102, 48, 57, 65, 70,
+ 97, 102, 48, 57, 65, 70, 97, 102,
+ 34, 92, 34, 45, 91, 102, 110, 116,
+ 123, 48, 57, 34, 32, 93, 125, 9,
+ 13, 32, 44, 93, 9, 13, 32, 93,
+ 125, 9, 13, 97, 108, 115, 101, 117,
+ 108, 108, 114, 117, 101, 32, 34, 125,
+ 9, 13, 32, 34, 125, 9, 13, 34,
+ 32, 58, 9, 13, 32, 93, 125, 9,
+ 13, 32, 44, 125, 9, 13, 32, 44,
+ 125, 9, 13, 32, 34, 9, 13, 32,
+ 9, 13, 0
+};
+
+static const char _json_single_lengths[] = {
+ 0, 2, 3, 3, 1, 2, 3, 3,
+ 3, 2, 2, 1, 3, 0, 2, 2,
+ 0, 0, 3, 2, 2, 9, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 2, 7, 1, 0, 0, 3,
+ 3, 3, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1,
+ 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 3,
+ 3, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 2, 0,
+ 1, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const char _json_range_lengths[] = {
+ 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1,
+ 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1,
+ 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 3, 3,
+ 3, 3, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+ 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,
+ 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+ 1, 0, 0, 0
+};
+
+static const short _json_index_offsets[] = {
+ 0, 0, 4, 9, 14, 16, 20, 25,
+ 30, 35, 39, 43, 46, 50, 52, 56,
+ 60, 62, 64, 69, 72, 75, 85, 89,
+ 93, 97, 101, 104, 113, 115, 116, 117,
+ 122, 127, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 141,
+ 143, 145, 147, 148, 150, 152, 154, 155,
+ 160, 165, 167, 171, 176, 181, 186, 190,
+ 191, 194, 195, 196
+};
+
+static const char _json_indicies[] = {
+ 0, 2, 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 3,
+ 1, 6, 7, 8, 6, 1, 9, 1,
+ 10, 11, 10, 1, 11, 1, 1, 11,
+ 12, 13, 14, 15, 13, 1, 16, 17,
+ 8, 16, 1, 17, 7, 17, 1, 18,
+ 19, 20, 1, 19, 20, 1, 22, 23,
+ 23, 21, 24, 1, 23, 23, 24, 21,
+ 25, 25, 26, 1, 26, 1, 26, 21,
+ 22, 23, 23, 20, 21, 28, 29, 27,
+ 31, 32, 30, 33, 33, 33, 33, 33,
+ 33, 33, 33, 34, 1, 35, 35, 35,
+ 1, 36, 36, 36, 1, 37, 37, 37,
+ 1, 38, 38, 38, 1, 40, 41, 39,
+ 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 43,
+ 1, 49, 1, 50, 51, 53, 54, 1,
+ 53, 52, 55, 56, 54, 55, 1, 56,
+ 1, 1, 56, 52, 57, 1, 58, 1,
+ 59, 1, 60, 1, 61, 62, 1, 63,
+ 1, 64, 1, 65, 66, 1, 67, 1,
+ 68, 1, 69, 70, 71, 72, 70, 1,
+ 73, 74, 75, 73, 1, 76, 1, 77,
+ 78, 77, 1, 78, 1, 1, 78, 79,
+ 80, 81, 82, 80, 1, 83, 84, 75,
+ 83, 1, 84, 74, 84, 1, 85, 86,
+ 86, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0
+};
+
+static const char _json_trans_targs[] = {
+ 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 56, 3, 4,
+ 56, 5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 56,
+ 8, 9, 11, 12, 18, 57, 13, 15,
+ 14, 16, 17, 20, 58, 21, 20, 58,
+ 21, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 20,
+ 58, 21, 28, 30, 31, 34, 39, 43,
+ 47, 29, 59, 59, 32, 31, 29, 32,
+ 33, 35, 36, 37, 38, 59, 40, 41,
+ 42, 59, 44, 45, 46, 59, 48, 49,
+ 55, 48, 49, 55, 50, 50, 51, 52,
+ 53, 54, 55, 53, 54, 59, 56
+};
+
+static const char _json_trans_actions[] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 21, 77, 53, 0, 47,
+ 23, 17, 0, 0, 15, 19, 19, 50,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 3, 13, 0, 0, 35,
+ 5, 11, 0, 38, 7, 7, 7, 41,
+ 44, 9, 62, 56, 25, 0, 0, 0,
+ 31, 29, 33, 59, 15, 0, 27, 0,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 68, 0, 0,
+ 0, 71, 0, 0, 0, 65, 21, 77,
+ 53, 0, 47, 23, 17, 0, 0, 15,
+ 19, 19, 50, 0, 0, 74, 0
+};
+
+static const int json_start = 1;
+
+static const int json_en_number_machine = 10;
+static const int json_en_string_machine = 19;
+static const int json_en_value_machine = 27;
+static const int json_en_main = 1;
+
+
+#line 1248 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+
+size_t parse(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf, size_t size,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_parser *parser = closure;
+
+ /* Variables used by Ragel's generated code. */
+ int cs = parser->current_state;
+ int *stack = parser->parser_stack;
+ int top = parser->parser_top;
+
+ const char *p = buf;
+ const char *pe = buf + size;
+
+ parser->handle = handle;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ capture_resume(parser, buf);
+
+
+#line 1328 "upb/json/parser.c"
+ {
+ int _klen;
+ unsigned int _trans;
+ const char *_acts;
+ unsigned int _nacts;
+ const char *_keys;
+
+ if ( p == pe )
+ goto _test_eof;
+ if ( cs == 0 )
+ goto _out;
+_resume:
+ _keys = _json_trans_keys + _json_key_offsets[cs];
+ _trans = _json_index_offsets[cs];
+
+ _klen = _json_single_lengths[cs];
+ if ( _klen > 0 ) {
+ const char *_lower = _keys;
+ const char *_mid;
+ const char *_upper = _keys + _klen - 1;
+ while (1) {
+ if ( _upper < _lower )
+ break;
+
+ _mid = _lower + ((_upper-_lower) >> 1);
+ if ( (*p) < *_mid )
+ _upper = _mid - 1;
+ else if ( (*p) > *_mid )
+ _lower = _mid + 1;
+ else {
+ _trans += (unsigned int)(_mid - _keys);
+ goto _match;
+ }
+ }
+ _keys += _klen;
+ _trans += _klen;
+ }
+
+ _klen = _json_range_lengths[cs];
+ if ( _klen > 0 ) {
+ const char *_lower = _keys;
+ const char *_mid;
+ const char *_upper = _keys + (_klen<<1) - 2;
+ while (1) {
+ if ( _upper < _lower )
+ break;
+
+ _mid = _lower + (((_upper-_lower) >> 1) & ~1);
+ if ( (*p) < _mid[0] )
+ _upper = _mid - 2;
+ else if ( (*p) > _mid[1] )
+ _lower = _mid + 2;
+ else {
+ _trans += (unsigned int)((_mid - _keys)>>1);
+ goto _match;
+ }
+ }
+ _trans += _klen;
+ }
+
+_match:
+ _trans = _json_indicies[_trans];
+ cs = _json_trans_targs[_trans];
+
+ if ( _json_trans_actions[_trans] == 0 )
+ goto _again;
+
+ _acts = _json_actions + _json_trans_actions[_trans];
+ _nacts = (unsigned int) *_acts++;
+ while ( _nacts-- > 0 )
+ {
+ switch ( *_acts++ )
+ {
+ case 0:
+#line 1160 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+ case 1:
+#line 1161 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { p--; {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 10; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+ case 2:
+#line 1165 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { start_text(parser, p); }
+ break;
+ case 3:
+#line 1166 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_text(parser, p)); }
+ break;
+ case 4:
+#line 1172 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { start_hex(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 5:
+#line 1173 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { hexdigit(parser, p); }
+ break;
+ case 6:
+#line 1174 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_hex(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 7:
+#line 1180 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(escape(parser, p)); }
+ break;
+ case 8:
+#line 1186 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+ case 9:
+#line 1189 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 19; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+ case 10:
+#line 1191 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { p--; {stack[top++] = cs; cs = 27; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+ case 11:
+#line 1196 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { start_member(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 12:
+#line 1197 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_membername(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 13:
+#line 1200 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { end_member(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 14:
+#line 1206 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { start_object(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 15:
+#line 1209 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { end_object(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 16:
+#line 1215 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_array(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 17:
+#line 1219 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { end_array(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 18:
+#line 1224 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { start_number(parser, p); }
+ break;
+ case 19:
+#line 1225 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_number(parser, p)); }
+ break;
+ case 20:
+#line 1227 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_stringval(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 21:
+#line 1228 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(end_stringval(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 22:
+#line 1230 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(parser_putbool(parser, true)); }
+ break;
+ case 23:
+#line 1232 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(parser_putbool(parser, false)); }
+ break;
+ case 24:
+#line 1234 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { /* null value */ }
+ break;
+ case 25:
+#line 1236 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { CHECK_RETURN_TOP(start_subobject(parser)); }
+ break;
+ case 26:
+#line 1237 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { end_subobject(parser); }
+ break;
+ case 27:
+#line 1242 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ { p--; {cs = stack[--top]; goto _again;} }
+ break;
+#line 1514 "upb/json/parser.c"
+ }
+ }
+
+_again:
+ if ( cs == 0 )
+ goto _out;
+ if ( ++p != pe )
+ goto _resume;
+ _test_eof: {}
+ _out: {}
+ }
+
+#line 1269 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+
+ if (p != pe) {
+ upb_status_seterrf(&parser->status, "Parse error at '%.*s'\n", pe - p, p);
+ upb_env_reporterror(parser->env, &parser->status);
+ } else {
+ capture_suspend(parser, &p);
+ }
+
+error:
+ /* Save parsing state back to parser. */
+ parser->current_state = cs;
+ parser->parser_top = top;
+
+ return p - buf;
+}
+
+bool end(void *closure, const void *hd) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+
+ /* Prevent compile warning on unused static constants. */
+ UPB_UNUSED(json_start);
+ UPB_UNUSED(json_en_number_machine);
+ UPB_UNUSED(json_en_string_machine);
+ UPB_UNUSED(json_en_value_machine);
+ UPB_UNUSED(json_en_main);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void json_parser_reset(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ int cs;
+ int top;
+
+ p->top = p->stack;
+ p->top->f = NULL;
+ p->top->is_map = false;
+ p->top->is_mapentry = false;
+
+ /* Emit Ragel initialization of the parser. */
+
+#line 1568 "upb/json/parser.c"
+ {
+ cs = json_start;
+ top = 0;
+ }
+
+#line 1309 "upb/json/parser.rl"
+ p->current_state = cs;
+ p->parser_top = top;
+ accumulate_clear(p);
+ p->multipart_state = MULTIPART_INACTIVE;
+ p->capture = NULL;
+ p->accumulated = NULL;
+ upb_status_clear(&p->status);
+}
+
+static void visit_json_parsermethod(const upb_refcounted *r,
+ upb_refcounted_visit *visit,
+ void *closure) {
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *method = (upb_json_parsermethod*)r;
+ visit(r, upb_msgdef_upcast2(method->msg), closure);
+}
+
+static void free_json_parsermethod(upb_refcounted *r) {
+ upb_json_parsermethod *method = (upb_json_parsermethod*)r;
+
+ upb_inttable_iter i;
+ upb_inttable_begin(&i, &method->name_tables);
+ for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
+ upb_strtable *t = upb_value_getptr(val);
+ upb_strtable_uninit(t);
+ upb_gfree(t);
+ }
+
+ upb_inttable_uninit(&method->name_tables);
+
+ upb_gfree(r);
+}
+
+static void add_jsonname_table(upb_json_parsermethod *m, const upb_msgdef* md) {
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ upb_strtable *t;
+
+ /* It would be nice to stack-allocate this, but protobufs do not limit the
+ * length of fields to any reasonable limit. */
+ char *buf = NULL;
+ size_t len = 0;
+
+ if (upb_inttable_lookupptr(&m->name_tables, md, NULL)) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle malloc failure. */
+ t = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*t));
+ upb_strtable_init(t, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR);
+ upb_inttable_insertptr(&m->name_tables, md, upb_value_ptr(t));
+
+ for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
+ !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+
+ /* Add an entry for the JSON name. */
+ size_t field_len = upb_fielddef_getjsonname(f, buf, len);
+ if (field_len > len) {
+ size_t len2;
+ buf = upb_grealloc(buf, 0, field_len);
+ len = field_len;
+ len2 = upb_fielddef_getjsonname(f, buf, len);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(len2, len == len2);
+ }
+ upb_strtable_insert(t, buf, upb_value_constptr(f));
+
+ if (strcmp(buf, upb_fielddef_name(f)) != 0) {
+ /* Since the JSON name is different from the regular field name, add an
+ * entry for the raw name (compliant proto3 JSON parsers must accept
+ * both). */
+ upb_strtable_insert(t, upb_fielddef_name(f), upb_value_constptr(f));
+ }
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_issubmsg(f)) {
+ add_jsonname_table(m, upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(f));
+ }
+ }
+
+ upb_gfree(buf);
+}
+
+/* Public API *****************************************************************/
+
+upb_json_parser *upb_json_parser_create(upb_env *env,
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *method,
+ upb_sink *output) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ const size_t size_before = upb_env_bytesallocated(env);
+#endif
+ upb_json_parser *p = upb_env_malloc(env, sizeof(upb_json_parser));
+ if (!p) return false;
+
+ p->env = env;
+ p->method = method;
+ p->limit = p->stack + UPB_JSON_MAX_DEPTH;
+ p->accumulate_buf = NULL;
+ p->accumulate_buf_size = 0;
+ upb_bytessink_reset(&p->input_, &method->input_handler_, p);
+
+ json_parser_reset(p);
+ upb_sink_reset(&p->top->sink, output->handlers, output->closure);
+ p->top->m = upb_handlers_msgdef(output->handlers);
+ set_name_table(p, p->top);
+
+ /* If this fails, uncomment and increase the value in parser.h. */
+ /* fprintf(stderr, "%zd\n", upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before); */
+ assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(env) - size_before <= UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE);
+ return p;
+}
+
+upb_bytessink *upb_json_parser_input(upb_json_parser *p) {
+ return &p->input_;
+}
+
+upb_json_parsermethod *upb_json_parsermethod_new(const upb_msgdef* md,
+ const void* owner) {
+ static const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl vtbl = {visit_json_parsermethod,
+ free_json_parsermethod};
+ upb_json_parsermethod *ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ upb_refcounted_init(upb_json_parsermethod_upcast_mutable(ret), &vtbl, owner);
+
+ ret->msg = md;
+ upb_ref2(md, ret);
+
+ upb_byteshandler_init(&ret->input_handler_);
+ upb_byteshandler_setstring(&ret->input_handler_, parse, ret);
+ upb_byteshandler_setendstr(&ret->input_handler_, end, ret);
+
+ upb_inttable_init(&ret->name_tables, UPB_CTYPE_PTR);
+
+ add_jsonname_table(ret, md);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+const upb_byteshandler *upb_json_parsermethod_inputhandler(
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *m) {
+ return &m->input_handler_;
+}
+/*
+** This currently uses snprintf() to format primitives, and could be optimized
+** further.
+*/
+
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+struct upb_json_printer {
+ upb_sink input_;
+ /* BytesSink closure. */
+ void *subc_;
+ upb_bytessink *output_;
+
+ /* We track the depth so that we know when to emit startstr/endstr on the
+ * output. */
+ int depth_;
+
+ /* Have we emitted the first element? This state is necessary to emit commas
+ * without leaving a trailing comma in arrays/maps. We keep this state per
+ * frame depth.
+ *
+ * Why max_depth * 2? UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH counts depth as nested messages.
+ * We count frames (contexts in which we separate elements by commas) as both
+ * repeated fields and messages (maps), and the worst case is a
+ * message->repeated field->submessage->repeated field->... nesting. */
+ bool first_elem_[UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH * 2];
+};
+
+/* StringPiece; a pointer plus a length. */
+typedef struct {
+ char *ptr;
+ size_t len;
+} strpc;
+
+void freestrpc(void *ptr) {
+ strpc *pc = ptr;
+ upb_gfree(pc->ptr);
+ upb_gfree(pc);
+}
+
+/* Convert fielddef name to JSON name and return as a string piece. */
+strpc *newstrpc(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ bool preserve_fieldnames) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle malloc failure. */
+ strpc *ret = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ if (preserve_fieldnames) {
+ ret->ptr = upb_gstrdup(upb_fielddef_name(f));
+ ret->len = strlen(ret->ptr);
+ } else {
+ size_t len;
+ ret->len = upb_fielddef_getjsonname(f, NULL, 0);
+ ret->ptr = upb_gmalloc(ret->len);
+ len = upb_fielddef_getjsonname(f, ret->ptr, ret->len);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(len, len == ret->len);
+ ret->len--; /* NULL */
+ }
+
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, ret, freestrpc);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* ------------ JSON string printing: values, maps, arrays ------------------ */
+
+static void print_data(
+ upb_json_printer *p, const char *buf, unsigned int len) {
+ /* TODO: Will need to change if we support pushback from the sink. */
+ size_t n = upb_bytessink_putbuf(p->output_, p->subc_, buf, len, NULL);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(n, n == len);
+}
+
+static void print_comma(upb_json_printer *p) {
+ if (!p->first_elem_[p->depth_]) {
+ print_data(p, ",", 1);
+ }
+ p->first_elem_[p->depth_] = false;
+}
+
+/* Helpers that print properly formatted elements to the JSON output stream. */
+
+/* Used for escaping control chars in strings. */
+static const char kControlCharLimit = 0x20;
+
+UPB_INLINE bool is_json_escaped(char c) {
+ /* See RFC 4627. */
+ unsigned char uc = (unsigned char)c;
+ return uc < kControlCharLimit || uc == '"' || uc == '\\';
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE const char* json_nice_escape(char c) {
+ switch (c) {
+ case '"': return "\\\"";
+ case '\\': return "\\\\";
+ case '\b': return "\\b";
+ case '\f': return "\\f";
+ case '\n': return "\\n";
+ case '\r': return "\\r";
+ case '\t': return "\\t";
+ default: return NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Write a properly escaped string chunk. The surrounding quotes are *not*
+ * printed; this is so that the caller has the option of emitting the string
+ * content in chunks. */
+static void putstring(upb_json_printer *p, const char *buf, unsigned int len) {
+ const char* unescaped_run = NULL;
+ unsigned int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ char c = buf[i];
+ /* Handle escaping. */
+ if (is_json_escaped(c)) {
+ /* Use a "nice" escape, like \n, if one exists for this character. */
+ const char* escape = json_nice_escape(c);
+ /* If we don't have a specific 'nice' escape code, use a \uXXXX-style
+ * escape. */
+ char escape_buf[8];
+ if (!escape) {
+ unsigned char byte = (unsigned char)c;
+ _upb_snprintf(escape_buf, sizeof(escape_buf), "\\u%04x", (int)byte);
+ escape = escape_buf;
+ }
+
+ /* N.B. that we assume that the input encoding is equal to the output
+ * encoding (both UTF-8 for now), so for chars >= 0x20 and != \, ", we
+ * can simply pass the bytes through. */
+
+ /* If there's a current run of unescaped chars, print that run first. */
+ if (unescaped_run) {
+ print_data(p, unescaped_run, &buf[i] - unescaped_run);
+ unescaped_run = NULL;
+ }
+ /* Then print the escape code. */
+ print_data(p, escape, strlen(escape));
+ } else {
+ /* Add to the current unescaped run of characters. */
+ if (unescaped_run == NULL) {
+ unescaped_run = &buf[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the string ended in a run of unescaped characters, print that last run. */
+ if (unescaped_run) {
+ print_data(p, unescaped_run, &buf[len] - unescaped_run);
+ }
+}
+
+#define CHKLENGTH(x) if (!(x)) return -1;
+
+/* Helpers that format floating point values according to our custom formats.
+ * Right now we use %.8g and %.17g for float/double, respectively, to match
+ * proto2::util::JsonFormat's defaults. May want to change this later. */
+
+static size_t fmt_double(double val, char* buf, size_t length) {
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%.17g", val);
+ CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t fmt_float(float val, char* buf, size_t length) {
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%.8g", val);
+ CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t fmt_bool(bool val, char* buf, size_t length) {
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%s", (val ? "true" : "false"));
+ CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t fmt_int64(long val, char* buf, size_t length) {
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%ld", val);
+ CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
+ return n;
+}
+
+static size_t fmt_uint64(unsigned long long val, char* buf, size_t length) {
+ size_t n = _upb_snprintf(buf, length, "%llu", val);
+ CHKLENGTH(n > 0 && n < length);
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Print a map key given a field name. Called by scalar field handlers and by
+ * startseq for repeated fields. */
+static bool putkey(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ const strpc *key = handler_data;
+ print_comma(p);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ putstring(p, key->ptr, key->len);
+ print_data(p, "\":", 2);
+ return true;
+}
+
+#define CHKFMT(val) if ((val) == (size_t)-1) return false;
+#define CHK(val) if (!(val)) return false;
+
+#define TYPE_HANDLERS(type, fmt_func) \
+ static bool put##type(void *closure, const void *handler_data, type val) { \
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure; \
+ char data[64]; \
+ size_t length = fmt_func(val, data, sizeof(data)); \
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data); \
+ CHKFMT(length); \
+ print_data(p, data, length); \
+ return true; \
+ } \
+ static bool scalar_##type(void *closure, const void *handler_data, \
+ type val) { \
+ CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data)); \
+ CHK(put##type(closure, handler_data, val)); \
+ return true; \
+ } \
+ static bool repeated_##type(void *closure, const void *handler_data, \
+ type val) { \
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure; \
+ print_comma(p); \
+ CHK(put##type(closure, handler_data, val)); \
+ return true; \
+ }
+
+#define TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(type, fmt_func) \
+ static bool putmapkey_##type(void *closure, const void *handler_data, \
+ type val) { \
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure; \
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1); \
+ CHK(put##type(closure, handler_data, val)); \
+ print_data(p, "\":", 2); \
+ return true; \
+ }
+
+TYPE_HANDLERS(double, fmt_double)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(float, fmt_float)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(bool, fmt_bool)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(int32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(uint32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(int64_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS(uint64_t, fmt_uint64)
+
+/* double and float are not allowed to be map keys. */
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(bool, fmt_bool)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint32_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(int64_t, fmt_int64)
+TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY(uint64_t, fmt_uint64)
+
+#undef TYPE_HANDLERS
+#undef TYPE_HANDLERS_MAPKEY
+
+typedef struct {
+ void *keyname;
+ const upb_enumdef *enumdef;
+} EnumHandlerData;
+
+static bool scalar_enum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ int32_t val) {
+ const EnumHandlerData *hd = handler_data;
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ const char *symbolic_name;
+
+ CHK(putkey(closure, hd->keyname));
+
+ symbolic_name = upb_enumdef_iton(hd->enumdef, val);
+ if (symbolic_name) {
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ putstring(p, symbolic_name, strlen(symbolic_name));
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ } else {
+ putint32_t(closure, NULL, val);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void print_enum_symbolic_name(upb_json_printer *p,
+ const upb_enumdef *def,
+ int32_t val) {
+ const char *symbolic_name = upb_enumdef_iton(def, val);
+ if (symbolic_name) {
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ putstring(p, symbolic_name, strlen(symbolic_name));
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ } else {
+ putint32_t(p, NULL, val);
+ }
+}
+
+static bool repeated_enum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ int32_t val) {
+ const EnumHandlerData *hd = handler_data;
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ print_comma(p);
+
+ print_enum_symbolic_name(p, hd->enumdef, val);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool mapvalue_enum(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ int32_t val) {
+ const EnumHandlerData *hd = handler_data;
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+
+ print_enum_symbolic_name(p, hd->enumdef, val);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *scalar_startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ return putkey(closure, handler_data) ? closure : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+static void *repeated_startsubmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_comma(p);
+ return closure;
+}
+
+static void start_frame(upb_json_printer *p) {
+ p->depth_++;
+ p->first_elem_[p->depth_] = true;
+ print_data(p, "{", 1);
+}
+
+static void end_frame(upb_json_printer *p) {
+ print_data(p, "}", 1);
+ p->depth_--;
+}
+
+static bool printer_startmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ if (p->depth_ == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_start(p->output_, 0, &p->subc_);
+ }
+ start_frame(p);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool printer_endmsg(void *closure, const void *handler_data, upb_status *s) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(s);
+ end_frame(p);
+ if (p->depth_ == 0) {
+ upb_bytessink_end(p->output_);
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *startseq(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data));
+ p->depth_++;
+ p->first_elem_[p->depth_] = true;
+ print_data(p, "[", 1);
+ return closure;
+}
+
+static bool endseq(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "]", 1);
+ p->depth_--;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *startmap(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data));
+ p->depth_++;
+ p->first_elem_[p->depth_] = true;
+ print_data(p, "{", 1);
+ return closure;
+}
+
+static bool endmap(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "}", 1);
+ p->depth_--;
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t putstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
+ size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ putstring(p, str, len);
+ return len;
+}
+
+/* This has to Base64 encode the bytes, because JSON has no "bytes" type. */
+static size_t putbytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data, const char *str,
+ size_t len, const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+
+ /* This is the regular base64, not the "web-safe" version. */
+ static const char base64[] =
+ "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";
+
+ /* Base64-encode. */
+ char data[16000];
+ const char *limit = data + sizeof(data);
+ const unsigned char *from = (const unsigned char*)str;
+ char *to = data;
+ size_t remaining = len;
+ size_t bytes;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+
+ while (remaining > 2) {
+ /* TODO(haberman): handle encoded lengths > sizeof(data) */
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(limit, (limit - to) >= 4);
+
+ to[0] = base64[from[0] >> 2];
+ to[1] = base64[((from[0] & 0x3) << 4) | (from[1] >> 4)];
+ to[2] = base64[((from[1] & 0xf) << 2) | (from[2] >> 6)];
+ to[3] = base64[from[2] & 0x3f];
+
+ remaining -= 3;
+ to += 4;
+ from += 3;
+ }
+
+ switch (remaining) {
+ case 2:
+ to[0] = base64[from[0] >> 2];
+ to[1] = base64[((from[0] & 0x3) << 4) | (from[1] >> 4)];
+ to[2] = base64[(from[1] & 0xf) << 2];
+ to[3] = '=';
+ to += 4;
+ from += 2;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ to[0] = base64[from[0] >> 2];
+ to[1] = base64[((from[0] & 0x3) << 4)];
+ to[2] = '=';
+ to[3] = '=';
+ to += 4;
+ from += 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ bytes = to - data;
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ putstring(p, data, bytes);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return len;
+}
+
+static void *scalar_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data));
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return p;
+}
+
+static size_t scalar_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ CHK(putstr(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ return len;
+}
+
+static bool scalar_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *repeated_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ print_comma(p);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return p;
+}
+
+static size_t repeated_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ CHK(putstr(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ return len;
+}
+
+static bool repeated_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void *mapkeyval_startstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ size_t size_hint) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ UPB_UNUSED(size_hint);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return p;
+}
+
+static size_t mapkey_str(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ CHK(putstr(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ return len;
+}
+
+static bool mapkey_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "\":", 2);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool mapvalue_endstr(void *closure, const void *handler_data) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ UPB_UNUSED(handler_data);
+ print_data(p, "\"", 1);
+ return true;
+}
+
+static size_t scalar_bytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ CHK(putkey(closure, handler_data));
+ CHK(putbytes(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ return len;
+}
+
+static size_t repeated_bytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ print_comma(p);
+ CHK(putbytes(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ return len;
+}
+
+static size_t mapkey_bytes(void *closure, const void *handler_data,
+ const char *str, size_t len,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ upb_json_printer *p = closure;
+ CHK(putbytes(closure, handler_data, str, len, handle));
+ print_data(p, ":", 1);
+ return len;
+}
+
+static void set_enum_hd(upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f,
+ bool preserve_fieldnames,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ EnumHandlerData *hd = upb_gmalloc(sizeof(EnumHandlerData));
+ hd->enumdef = (const upb_enumdef *)upb_fielddef_subdef(f);
+ hd->keyname = newstrpc(h, f, preserve_fieldnames);
+ upb_handlers_addcleanup(h, hd, upb_gfree);
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(attr, hd);
+}
+
+/* Set up handlers for a mapentry submessage (i.e., an individual key/value pair
+ * in a map).
+ *
+ * TODO: Handle missing key, missing value, out-of-order key/value, or repeated
+ * key or value cases properly. The right way to do this is to allocate a
+ * temporary structure at the start of a mapentry submessage, store key and
+ * value data in it as key and value handlers are called, and then print the
+ * key/value pair once at the end of the submessage. If we don't do this, we
+ * should at least detect the case and throw an error. However, so far all of
+ * our sources that emit mapentry messages do so canonically (with one key
+ * field, and then one value field), so this is not a pressing concern at the
+ * moment. */
+void printer_sethandlers_mapentry(const void *closure, bool preserve_fieldnames,
+ upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+
+ /* A mapentry message is printed simply as '"key": value'. Rather than
+ * special-case key and value for every type below, we just handle both
+ * fields explicitly here. */
+ const upb_fielddef* key_field = upb_msgdef_itof(md, UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY);
+ const upb_fielddef* value_field = upb_msgdef_itof(md, UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE);
+
+ upb_handlerattr empty_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+
+ UPB_UNUSED(closure);
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(key_field)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, key_field, putmapkey_int32_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ upb_handlers_setint64(h, key_field, putmapkey_int64_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ upb_handlers_setuint32(h, key_field, putmapkey_uint32_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ upb_handlers_setuint64(h, key_field, putmapkey_uint64_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, key_field, putmapkey_bool, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, key_field, mapkeyval_startstr, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, key_field, mapkey_str, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, key_field, mapkey_endstr, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, key_field, mapkey_bytes, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ default:
+ assert(false);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(value_field)) {
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT32:
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, value_field, putint32_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_INT64:
+ upb_handlers_setint64(h, value_field, putint64_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT32:
+ upb_handlers_setuint32(h, value_field, putuint32_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_UINT64:
+ upb_handlers_setuint64(h, value_field, putuint64_t, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BOOL:
+ upb_handlers_setbool(h, value_field, putbool, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_FLOAT:
+ upb_handlers_setfloat(h, value_field, putfloat, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ upb_handlers_setdouble(h, value_field, putdouble, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, value_field, mapkeyval_startstr, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, value_field, putstr, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, value_field, mapvalue_endstr, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, value_field, putbytes, &empty_attr);
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ upb_handlerattr enum_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ set_enum_hd(h, value_field, preserve_fieldnames, &enum_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, value_field, mapvalue_enum, &enum_attr);
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&enum_attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ /* No handler necessary -- the submsg handlers will print the message
+ * as appropriate. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&empty_attr);
+}
+
+void printer_sethandlers(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h) {
+ const upb_msgdef *md = upb_handlers_msgdef(h);
+ bool is_mapentry = upb_msgdef_mapentry(md);
+ upb_handlerattr empty_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ const bool *preserve_fieldnames_ptr = closure;
+ const bool preserve_fieldnames = *preserve_fieldnames_ptr;
+
+ if (is_mapentry) {
+ /* mapentry messages are sufficiently different that we handle them
+ * separately. */
+ printer_sethandlers_mapentry(closure, preserve_fieldnames, h);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ upb_handlers_setstartmsg(h, printer_startmsg, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendmsg(h, printer_endmsg, &empty_attr);
+
+#define TYPE(type, name, ctype) \
+ case type: \
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) { \
+ upb_handlers_set##name(h, f, repeated_##ctype, &empty_attr); \
+ } else { \
+ upb_handlers_set##name(h, f, scalar_##ctype, &name_attr); \
+ } \
+ break;
+
+ upb_msg_field_begin(&i, md);
+ for(; !upb_msg_field_done(&i); upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ const upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+
+ upb_handlerattr name_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&name_attr,
+ newstrpc(h, f, preserve_fieldnames));
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_ismap(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartseq(h, f, startmap, &name_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendseq(h, f, endmap, &name_attr);
+ } else if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartseq(h, f, startseq, &name_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendseq(h, f, endseq, &empty_attr);
+ }
+
+ switch (upb_fielddef_type(f)) {
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_FLOAT, float, float);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE, double, double);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_BOOL, bool, bool);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_INT32, int32, int32_t);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_UINT32, uint32, uint32_t);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_INT64, int64, int64_t);
+ TYPE(UPB_TYPE_UINT64, uint64, uint64_t);
+ case UPB_TYPE_ENUM: {
+ /* For now, we always emit symbolic names for enums. We may want an
+ * option later to control this behavior, but we will wait for a real
+ * need first. */
+ upb_handlerattr enum_attr = UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER;
+ set_enum_hd(h, f, preserve_fieldnames, &enum_attr);
+
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, f, repeated_enum, &enum_attr);
+ } else {
+ upb_handlers_setint32(h, f, scalar_enum, &enum_attr);
+ }
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&enum_attr);
+ break;
+ }
+ case UPB_TYPE_STRING:
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, repeated_startstr, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, repeated_str, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, f, repeated_endstr, &empty_attr);
+ } else {
+ upb_handlers_setstartstr(h, f, scalar_startstr, &name_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, scalar_str, &empty_attr);
+ upb_handlers_setendstr(h, f, scalar_endstr, &empty_attr);
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_BYTES:
+ /* XXX: this doesn't support strings that span buffers yet. The base64
+ * encoder will need to be made resumable for this to work properly. */
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, repeated_bytes, &empty_attr);
+ } else {
+ upb_handlers_setstring(h, f, scalar_bytes, &name_attr);
+ }
+ break;
+ case UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE:
+ if (upb_fielddef_isseq(f)) {
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, repeated_startsubmsg, &name_attr);
+ } else {
+ upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(h, f, scalar_startsubmsg, &name_attr);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&name_attr);
+ }
+
+ upb_handlerattr_uninit(&empty_attr);
+#undef TYPE
+}
+
+static void json_printer_reset(upb_json_printer *p) {
+ p->depth_ = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Public API *****************************************************************/
+
+upb_json_printer *upb_json_printer_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_bytessink *output) {
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ size_t size_before = upb_env_bytesallocated(e);
+#endif
+
+ upb_json_printer *p = upb_env_malloc(e, sizeof(upb_json_printer));
+ if (!p) return NULL;
+
+ p->output_ = output;
+ json_printer_reset(p);
+ upb_sink_reset(&p->input_, h, p);
+
+ /* If this fails, increase the value in printer.h. */
+ assert(upb_env_bytesallocated(e) - size_before <= UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE);
+ return p;
+}
+
+upb_sink *upb_json_printer_input(upb_json_printer *p) {
+ return &p->input_;
+}
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_json_printer_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *md,
+ bool preserve_fieldnames,
+ const void *owner) {
+ return upb_handlers_newfrozen(
+ md, owner, printer_sethandlers, &preserve_fieldnames);
+}
diff --git a/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e8b683bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ruby/ext/google/protobuf_c/upb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,8569 @@
+// Amalgamated source file
+/*
+** Defs are upb's internal representation of the constructs that can appear
+** in a .proto file:
+**
+** - upb::MessageDef (upb_msgdef): describes a "message" construct.
+** - upb::FieldDef (upb_fielddef): describes a message field.
+** - upb::FileDef (upb_filedef): describes a .proto file and its defs.
+** - upb::EnumDef (upb_enumdef): describes an enum.
+** - upb::OneofDef (upb_oneofdef): describes a oneof.
+** - upb::Def (upb_def): base class of all the others.
+**
+** TODO: definitions of services.
+**
+** Like upb_refcounted objects, defs are mutable only until frozen, and are
+** only thread-safe once frozen.
+**
+** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+** See the top-level README for more information.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_DEF_H_
+#define UPB_DEF_H_
+
+/*
+** upb::RefCounted (upb_refcounted)
+**
+** A refcounting scheme that supports circular refs. It accomplishes this by
+** partitioning the set of objects into groups such that no cycle spans groups;
+** we can then reference-count the group as a whole and ignore refs within the
+** group. When objects are mutable, these groups are computed very
+** conservatively; we group any objects that have ever had a link between them.
+** When objects are frozen, we compute strongly-connected components which
+** allows us to be precise and only group objects that are actually cyclic.
+**
+** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+** See the top-level README for more information.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_H_
+
+/*
+** upb_table
+**
+** This header is INTERNAL-ONLY! Its interfaces are not public or stable!
+** This file defines very fast int->upb_value (inttable) and string->upb_value
+** (strtable) hash tables.
+**
+** The table uses chained scatter with Brent's variation (inspired by the Lua
+** implementation of hash tables). The hash function for strings is Austin
+** Appleby's "MurmurHash."
+**
+** The inttable uses uintptr_t as its key, which guarantees it can be used to
+** store pointers or integers of at least 32 bits (upb isn't really useful on
+** systems where sizeof(void*) < 4).
+**
+** The table must be homogeneous (all values of the same type). In debug
+** mode, we check this on insert and lookup.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_TABLE_H_
+#define UPB_TABLE_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+/*
+** This file contains shared definitions that are widely used across upb.
+**
+** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+** See the top-level README for more information.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_H_
+#define UPB_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class Allocator;
+class Arena;
+class Environment;
+class ErrorSpace;
+class Status;
+template <int N> class InlinedArena;
+template <int N> class InlinedEnvironment;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* UPB_INLINE: inline if possible, emit standalone code if required. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define UPB_INLINE inline
+#elif defined (__GNUC__)
+#define UPB_INLINE static __inline__
+#else
+#define UPB_INLINE static
+#endif
+
+/* Define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN manually if you're on big endian and your compiler
+ * doesn't provide these preprocessor symbols. */
+#if defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && (__BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__)
+#define UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
+#endif
+
+/* Macros for function attributes on compilers that support them. */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define UPB_FORCEINLINE __inline__ __attribute__((always_inline))
+#define UPB_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline))
+#define UPB_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#else /* !defined(__GNUC__) */
+#define UPB_FORCEINLINE
+#define UPB_NOINLINE
+#define UPB_NORETURN
+#endif
+
+/* A few hacky workarounds for functions not in C89.
+ * For internal use only!
+ * TODO(haberman): fix these by including our own implementations, or finding
+ * another workaround.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define _upb_snprintf __builtin_snprintf
+#define _upb_vsnprintf __builtin_vsnprintf
+#define _upb_va_copy(a, b) __va_copy(a, b)
+#elif __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+/* C99 versions. */
+#define _upb_snprintf snprintf
+#define _upb_vsnprintf vsnprintf
+#define _upb_va_copy(a, b) va_copy(a, b)
+#else
+#error Need implementations of [v]snprintf and va_copy
+#endif
+
+
+#if ((defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 201103L) || \
+ defined(__GXX_EXPERIMENTAL_CXX0X__)) && !defined(UPB_NO_CXX11)
+#define UPB_CXX11
+#endif
+
+/* UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN()
+ * UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS()
+ *
+ * Declare these in the "private" section of a C++ class to forbid copy/assign
+ * or all POD ops (construct, destruct, copy, assign) on that class. */
+#ifdef UPB_CXX11
+#include <type_traits>
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
+ class_name(const class_name&) = delete; \
+ void operator=(const class_name&) = delete;
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
+ class_name() = delete; \
+ ~class_name() = delete; \
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
+#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type) \
+ static_assert(std::is_standard_layout<type>::value, \
+ #type " must be standard layout");
+#define UPB_FINAL final
+#else /* !defined(UPB_CXX11) */
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name) \
+ class_name(const class_name&); \
+ void operator=(const class_name&);
+#define UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(class_name, full_class_name) \
+ class_name(); \
+ ~class_name(); \
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(class_name)
+#define UPB_ASSERT_STDLAYOUT(type)
+#define UPB_FINAL
+#endif
+
+/* UPB_DECLARE_TYPE()
+ * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE()
+ * UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2()
+ *
+ * Macros for declaring C and C++ types both, including inheritance.
+ * The inheritance doesn't use real C++ inheritance, to stay compatible with C.
+ *
+ * These macros also provide upcasts:
+ * - in C: types-specific functions (ie. upb_foo_upcast(foo))
+ * - in C++: upb::upcast(foo) along with implicit conversions
+ *
+ * Downcasts are not provided, but upb/def.h defines downcasts for upb::Def. */
+
+#define UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \
+ UPB_INLINE base *ty ## _upcast_mutable(ty *p) { return (base*)p; } \
+ UPB_INLINE const base *ty ## _upcast(const ty *p) { return (const base*)p; }
+
+#define UPB_C_UPCASTS2(ty, base, base2) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(ty, base) \
+ UPB_INLINE base2 *ty ## _upcast2_mutable(ty *p) { return (base2*)p; } \
+ UPB_INLINE const base2 *ty ## _upcast2(const ty *p) { return (const base2*)p; }
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C extern "C" {
+#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C }
+#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP private:
+#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) typedef cppname cname;
+
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase<cppname, cppbase> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) \
+ : PointerBase<cppname, cppbase>(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<const cppname> \
+ : public PointerBase<const cppname, const cppbase> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) \
+ : PointerBase<const cppname, const cppbase>(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ }
+
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, cname, cbase, \
+ cbase2) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<cppname> : public PointerBase2<cppname, cppbase, cppbase2> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(cppname* ptr) \
+ : PointerBase2<cppname, cppbase, cppbase2>(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ class Pointer<const cppname> \
+ : public PointerBase2<const cppname, const cppbase, const cppbase2> { \
+ public: \
+ explicit Pointer(const cppname* ptr) \
+ : PointerBase2<const cppname, const cppbase, const cppbase2>(ptr) {} \
+ }; \
+ }
+
+#else /* !defined(__cplusplus) */
+
+#define UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+#define UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+#define UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+#define UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ struct cname; \
+ typedef struct cname cname;
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(cppname, cppbase, cname, cbase) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS(cname, cbase)
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, cppbase, cppbase2, \
+ cname, cbase, cbase2) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(cppname, cname) \
+ UPB_C_UPCASTS2(cname, cbase, cbase2)
+
+#endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */
+
+#define UPB_MAX(x, y) ((x) > (y) ? (x) : (y))
+#define UPB_MIN(x, y) ((x) < (y) ? (x) : (y))
+
+#define UPB_UNUSED(var) (void)var
+
+/* For asserting something about a variable when the variable is not used for
+ * anything else. This prevents "unused variable" warnings when compiling in
+ * debug mode. */
+#define UPB_ASSERT_VAR(var, predicate) UPB_UNUSED(var); assert(predicate)
+
+/* Generic function type. */
+typedef void upb_func();
+
+
+/* C++ Casts ******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+template <class T> class Pointer;
+
+/* Casts to a subclass. The caller must know that cast is correct; an
+ * incorrect cast will throw an assertion failure in debug mode.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::Def* def = GetDef();
+ * // Assert-fails if this was not actually a MessageDef.
+ * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def);
+ *
+ * Note that downcasts are only defined for some types (at the moment you can
+ * only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type). */
+template<class To, class From> To down_cast(From* f);
+
+/* Casts to a subclass. If the class does not actually match the given To type,
+ * returns NULL.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::Def* def = GetDef();
+ * // md will be NULL if this was not actually a MessageDef.
+ * upb::MessgeDef* md = upb::down_cast<upb::MessageDef>(def);
+ *
+ * Note that dynamic casts are only defined for some types (at the moment you
+ * can only downcast from a upb::Def to a specific Def type).. */
+template<class To, class From> To dyn_cast(From* f);
+
+/* Casts to any base class, or the type itself (ie. can be a no-op).
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef();
+ * // This will fail to compile if this wasn't actually a base class.
+ * upb::Def* def = upb::upcast(md);
+ */
+template <class T> inline Pointer<T> upcast(T *f) { return Pointer<T>(f); }
+
+/* Attempt upcast to specific base class.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ * upb::MessageDef* md = GetDef();
+ * upb::upcast_to<upb::Def>(md)->MethodOnDef();
+ */
+template <class T, class F> inline T* upcast_to(F *f) {
+ return static_cast<T*>(upcast(f));
+}
+
+/* PointerBase<T>: implementation detail of upb::upcast().
+ * It is implicitly convertable to pointers to the Base class(es).
+ */
+template <class T, class Base>
+class PointerBase {
+ public:
+ explicit PointerBase(T* ptr) : ptr_(ptr) {}
+ operator T*() { return ptr_; }
+ operator Base*() { return (Base*)ptr_; }
+
+ private:
+ T* ptr_;
+};
+
+template <class T, class Base, class Base2>
+class PointerBase2 : public PointerBase<T, Base> {
+ public:
+ explicit PointerBase2(T* ptr) : PointerBase<T, Base>(ptr) {}
+ operator Base2*() { return Pointer<Base>(*this); }
+};
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* upb::ErrorSpace ************************************************************/
+
+/* A upb::ErrorSpace represents some domain of possible error values. This lets
+ * upb::Status attach specific error codes to operations, like POSIX/C errno,
+ * Win32 error codes, etc. Clients who want to know the very specific error
+ * code can check the error space and then know the type of the integer code.
+ *
+ * NOTE: upb::ErrorSpace is currently not used and should be considered
+ * experimental. It is important primarily in cases where upb is performing
+ * I/O, but upb doesn't currently have any components that do this. */
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::ErrorSpace, upb_errorspace)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+class upb::ErrorSpace {
+#else
+struct upb_errorspace {
+#endif
+ const char *name;
+};
+
+
+/* upb::Status ****************************************************************/
+
+/* upb::Status represents a success or failure status and error message.
+ * It owns no resources and allocates no memory, so it should work
+ * even in OOM situations. */
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Status, upb_status)
+
+/* The maximum length of an error message before it will get truncated. */
+#define UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE 128
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+const char *upb_status_errmsg(const upb_status *status);
+bool upb_ok(const upb_status *status);
+upb_errorspace *upb_status_errspace(const upb_status *status);
+int upb_status_errcode(const upb_status *status);
+
+/* Any of the functions that write to a status object allow status to be NULL,
+ * to support use cases where the function's caller does not care about the
+ * status message. */
+void upb_status_clear(upb_status *status);
+void upb_status_seterrmsg(upb_status *status, const char *msg);
+void upb_status_seterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, ...);
+void upb_status_vseterrf(upb_status *status, const char *fmt, va_list args);
+void upb_status_copy(upb_status *to, const upb_status *from);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::Status {
+ public:
+ Status() { upb_status_clear(this); }
+
+ /* Returns true if there is no error. */
+ bool ok() const { return upb_ok(this); }
+
+ /* Optional error space and code, useful if the caller wants to
+ * programmatically check the specific kind of error. */
+ ErrorSpace* error_space() { return upb_status_errspace(this); }
+ int error_code() const { return upb_status_errcode(this); }
+
+ /* The returned string is invalidated by any other call into the status. */
+ const char *error_message() const { return upb_status_errmsg(this); }
+
+ /* The error message will be truncated if it is longer than
+ * UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE-4. */
+ void SetErrorMessage(const char* msg) { upb_status_seterrmsg(this, msg); }
+ void SetFormattedErrorMessage(const char* fmt, ...) {
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ upb_status_vseterrf(this, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ }
+
+ /* Resets the status to a successful state with no message. */
+ void Clear() { upb_status_clear(this); }
+
+ void CopyFrom(const Status& other) { upb_status_copy(this, &other); }
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Status)
+#else
+struct upb_status {
+#endif
+ bool ok_;
+
+ /* Specific status code defined by some error space (optional). */
+ int code_;
+ upb_errorspace *error_space_;
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): add file/line of error? */
+
+ /* Error message; NULL-terminated. */
+ char msg[UPB_STATUS_MAX_MESSAGE];
+};
+
+#define UPB_STATUS_INIT {true, 0, NULL, {0}}
+
+
+/** Built-in error spaces. ****************************************************/
+
+/* Errors raised by upb that we want to be able to detect programmatically. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_NOMEM /* Can't reuse ENOMEM because it is POSIX, not ISO C. */
+} upb_errcode_t;
+
+extern upb_errorspace upb_upberr;
+
+void upb_upberr_setoom(upb_status *s);
+
+/* Since errno is defined by standard C, we define an error space for it in
+ * core upb. Other error spaces should be defined in other, platform-specific
+ * modules. */
+
+extern upb_errorspace upb_errnoerr;
+
+
+/** upb::Allocator ************************************************************/
+
+/* A upb::Allocator is a possibly-stateful allocator object.
+ *
+ * It could either be an arena allocator (which doesn't require individual
+ * free() calls) or a regular malloc() (which does). The client must therefore
+ * free memory unless it knows that the allocator is an arena allocator. */
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Allocator, upb_alloc)
+
+/* A malloc()/free() function.
+ * If "size" is 0 then the function acts like free(), otherwise it acts like
+ * realloc(). Only "oldsize" bytes from a previous allocation are preserved. */
+typedef void *upb_alloc_func(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
+ size_t size);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::Allocator UPB_FINAL {
+ public:
+ Allocator() {}
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Allocator)
+
+ public:
+#else
+struct upb_alloc {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ upb_alloc_func *func;
+};
+
+UPB_INLINE void *upb_malloc(upb_alloc *alloc, size_t size) {
+ assert(size > 0);
+ return alloc->func(alloc, NULL, 0, size);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void *upb_realloc(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr, size_t oldsize,
+ size_t size) {
+ assert(size > 0);
+ return alloc->func(alloc, ptr, oldsize, size);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_free(upb_alloc *alloc, void *ptr) {
+ alloc->func(alloc, ptr, 0, 0);
+}
+
+/* The global allocator used by upb. Uses the standard malloc()/free(). */
+
+extern upb_alloc upb_alloc_global;
+
+/* Functions that hard-code the global malloc.
+ *
+ * We still get benefit because we can put custom logic into our global
+ * allocator, like injecting out-of-memory faults in debug/testing builds. */
+
+UPB_INLINE void *upb_gmalloc(size_t size) {
+ return upb_malloc(&upb_alloc_global, size);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void *upb_grealloc(void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size) {
+ return upb_realloc(&upb_alloc_global, ptr, oldsize, size);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_gfree(void *ptr) {
+ upb_free(&upb_alloc_global, ptr);
+}
+
+/* upb::Arena *****************************************************************/
+
+/* upb::Arena is a specific allocator implementation that uses arena allocation.
+ * The user provides an allocator that will be used to allocate the underlying
+ * arena blocks. Arenas by nature do not require the individual allocations
+ * to be freed. However the Arena does allow users to register cleanup
+ * functions that will run when the arena is destroyed.
+ *
+ * A upb::Arena is *not* thread-safe.
+ *
+ * You could write a thread-safe arena allocator that satisfies the
+ * upb::Allocator interface, but it would not be as efficient for the
+ * single-threaded case. */
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Arena, upb_arena)
+
+typedef void upb_cleanup_func(void *ud);
+
+#define UPB_ARENA_BLOCK_OVERHEAD (sizeof(size_t)*4)
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+void upb_arena_init(upb_arena *a);
+void upb_arena_init2(upb_arena *a, void *mem, size_t n, upb_alloc *alloc);
+void upb_arena_uninit(upb_arena *a);
+upb_alloc *upb_arena_alloc(upb_arena *a);
+bool upb_arena_addcleanup(upb_arena *a, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud);
+size_t upb_arena_bytesallocated(const upb_arena *a);
+void upb_arena_setnextblocksize(upb_arena *a, size_t size);
+void upb_arena_setmaxblocksize(upb_arena *a, size_t size);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::Arena {
+ public:
+ /* A simple arena with no initial memory block and the default allocator. */
+ Arena() { upb_arena_init(this); }
+
+ /* Constructs an arena with the given initial block which allocates blocks
+ * with the given allocator. The given allocator must outlive the Arena.
+ *
+ * If you pass NULL for the allocator it will default to the global allocator
+ * upb_alloc_global, and NULL/0 for the initial block will cause there to be
+ * no initial block. */
+ Arena(void *mem, size_t len, Allocator* a) {
+ upb_arena_init2(this, mem, len, a);
+ }
+
+ ~Arena() { upb_arena_uninit(this); }
+
+ /* Sets the size of the next block the Arena will request (unless the
+ * requested allocation is larger). Each block will double in size until the
+ * max limit is reached. */
+ void SetNextBlockSize(size_t size) { upb_arena_setnextblocksize(this, size); }
+
+ /* Sets the maximum block size. No blocks larger than this will be requested
+ * from the underlying allocator unless individual arena allocations are
+ * larger. */
+ void SetMaxBlockSize(size_t size) { upb_arena_setmaxblocksize(this, size); }
+
+ /* Allows this arena to be used as a generic allocator.
+ *
+ * The arena does not need free() calls so when using Arena as an allocator
+ * it is safe to skip them. However they are no-ops so there is no harm in
+ * calling free() either. */
+ Allocator* allocator() { return upb_arena_alloc(this); }
+
+ /* Add a cleanup function to run when the arena is destroyed.
+ * Returns false on out-of-memory. */
+ bool AddCleanup(upb_cleanup_func* func, void* ud) {
+ return upb_arena_addcleanup(this, func, ud);
+ }
+
+ /* Total number of bytes that have been allocated. It is undefined what
+ * Realloc() does to this counter. */
+ size_t BytesAllocated() const {
+ return upb_arena_bytesallocated(this);
+ }
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Arena)
+
+#else
+struct upb_arena {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ /* We implement the allocator interface.
+ * This must be the first member of upb_arena! */
+ upb_alloc alloc;
+
+ /* Allocator to allocate arena blocks. We are responsible for freeing these
+ * when we are destroyed. */
+ upb_alloc *block_alloc;
+
+ size_t bytes_allocated;
+ size_t next_block_size;
+ size_t max_block_size;
+
+ /* Linked list of blocks. Points to an arena_block, defined in env.c */
+ void *block_head;
+
+ /* Cleanup entries. Pointer to a cleanup_ent, defined in env.c */
+ void *cleanup_head;
+
+ /* For future expansion, since the size of this struct is exposed to users. */
+ void *future1;
+ void *future2;
+};
+
+
+/* upb::Environment ***********************************************************/
+
+/* A upb::Environment provides a means for injecting malloc and an
+ * error-reporting callback into encoders/decoders. This allows them to be
+ * independent of nearly all assumptions about their actual environment.
+ *
+ * It is also a container for allocating the encoders/decoders themselves that
+ * insulates clients from knowing their actual size. This provides ABI
+ * compatibility even if the size of the objects change. And this allows the
+ * structure definitions to be in the .c files instead of the .h files, making
+ * the .h files smaller and more readable.
+ *
+ * We might want to consider renaming this to "Pipeline" if/when the concept of
+ * a pipeline element becomes more formalized. */
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Environment, upb_env)
+
+/* A function that receives an error report from an encoder or decoder. The
+ * callback can return true to request that the error should be recovered, but
+ * if the error is not recoverable this has no effect. */
+typedef bool upb_error_func(void *ud, const upb_status *status);
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+void upb_env_init(upb_env *e);
+void upb_env_init2(upb_env *e, void *mem, size_t n, upb_alloc *alloc);
+void upb_env_uninit(upb_env *e);
+
+void upb_env_initonly(upb_env *e);
+
+upb_arena *upb_env_arena(upb_env *e);
+bool upb_env_ok(const upb_env *e);
+void upb_env_seterrorfunc(upb_env *e, upb_error_func *func, void *ud);
+
+/* Convenience wrappers around the methods of the contained arena. */
+void upb_env_reporterrorsto(upb_env *e, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_env_reporterror(upb_env *e, const upb_status *s);
+void *upb_env_malloc(upb_env *e, size_t size);
+void *upb_env_realloc(upb_env *e, void *ptr, size_t oldsize, size_t size);
+void upb_env_free(upb_env *e, void *ptr);
+bool upb_env_addcleanup(upb_env *e, upb_cleanup_func *func, void *ud);
+size_t upb_env_bytesallocated(const upb_env *e);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::Environment {
+ public:
+ /* The given Arena must outlive this environment. */
+ Environment() { upb_env_initonly(this); }
+
+ Environment(void *mem, size_t len, Allocator *a) : arena_(mem, len, a) {
+ upb_env_initonly(this);
+ }
+
+ Arena* arena() { return upb_env_arena(this); }
+
+ /* Set a custom error reporting function. */
+ void SetErrorFunction(upb_error_func* func, void* ud) {
+ upb_env_seterrorfunc(this, func, ud);
+ }
+
+ /* Set the error reporting function to simply copy the status to the given
+ * status and abort. */
+ void ReportErrorsTo(Status* status) { upb_env_reporterrorsto(this, status); }
+
+ /* Returns true if all allocations and AddCleanup() calls have succeeded,
+ * and no errors were reported with ReportError() (except ones that recovered
+ * successfully). */
+ bool ok() const { return upb_env_ok(this); }
+
+ /* Reports an error to this environment's callback, returning true if
+ * the caller should try to recover. */
+ bool ReportError(const Status* status) {
+ return upb_env_reporterror(this, status);
+ }
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Environment)
+
+#else
+struct upb_env {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+ upb_arena arena_;
+ upb_error_func *error_func_;
+ void *error_ud_;
+ bool ok_;
+};
+
+
+/* upb::InlinedArena **********************************************************/
+/* upb::InlinedEnvironment ****************************************************/
+
+/* upb::InlinedArena and upb::InlinedEnvironment seed their arenas with a
+ * predefined amount of memory. No heap memory will be allocated until the
+ * initial block is exceeded.
+ *
+ * These types only exist in C++ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+template <int N> class upb::InlinedArena : public upb::Arena {
+ public:
+ InlinedArena() : Arena(initial_block_, N, NULL) {}
+ explicit InlinedArena(Allocator* a) : Arena(initial_block_, N, a) {}
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(InlinedArena)
+
+ char initial_block_[N + UPB_ARENA_BLOCK_OVERHEAD];
+};
+
+template <int N> class upb::InlinedEnvironment : public upb::Environment {
+ public:
+ InlinedEnvironment() : Environment(initial_block_, N, NULL) {}
+ explicit InlinedEnvironment(Allocator *a)
+ : Environment(initial_block_, N, a) {}
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(InlinedEnvironment)
+
+ char initial_block_[N + UPB_ARENA_BLOCK_OVERHEAD];
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+
+#endif /* UPB_H_ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* upb_value ******************************************************************/
+
+/* A tagged union (stored untagged inside the table) so that we can check that
+ * clients calling table accessors are correctly typed without having to have
+ * an explosion of accessors. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_CTYPE_INT32 = 1,
+ UPB_CTYPE_INT64 = 2,
+ UPB_CTYPE_UINT32 = 3,
+ UPB_CTYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ UPB_CTYPE_BOOL = 5,
+ UPB_CTYPE_CSTR = 6,
+ UPB_CTYPE_PTR = 7,
+ UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR = 8,
+ UPB_CTYPE_FPTR = 9
+} upb_ctype_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint64_t val;
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* In debug mode we carry the value type around also so we can check accesses
+ * to be sure the right member is being read. */
+ upb_ctype_t ctype;
+#endif
+} upb_value;
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) UPB_UNUSED(val)
+#else
+#define SET_TYPE(dest, val) dest = val
+#endif
+
+/* Like strdup(), which isn't always available since it's not ANSI C. */
+char *upb_strdup(const char *s, upb_alloc *a);
+/* Variant that works with a length-delimited rather than NULL-delimited string,
+ * as supported by strtable. */
+char *upb_strdup2(const char *s, size_t len, upb_alloc *a);
+
+UPB_INLINE char *upb_gstrdup(const char *s) {
+ return upb_strdup(s, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void _upb_value_setval(upb_value *v, uint64_t val,
+ upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ v->val = val;
+ SET_TYPE(v->ctype, ctype);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_value _upb_value_val(uint64_t val, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ upb_value ret;
+ _upb_value_setval(&ret, val, ctype);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* For each value ctype, define the following set of functions:
+ *
+ * // Get/set an int32 from a upb_value.
+ * int32_t upb_value_getint32(upb_value val);
+ * void upb_value_setint32(upb_value *val, int32_t cval);
+ *
+ * // Construct a new upb_value from an int32.
+ * upb_value upb_value_int32(int32_t val); */
+#define FUNCS(name, membername, type_t, converter, proto_type) \
+ UPB_INLINE void upb_value_set ## name(upb_value *val, type_t cval) { \
+ val->val = (converter)cval; \
+ SET_TYPE(val->ctype, proto_type); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_value upb_value_ ## name(type_t val) { \
+ upb_value ret; \
+ upb_value_set ## name(&ret, val); \
+ return ret; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE type_t upb_value_get ## name(upb_value val) { \
+ assert(val.ctype == proto_type); \
+ return (type_t)(converter)val.val; \
+ }
+
+FUNCS(int32, int32, int32_t, int32_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT32)
+FUNCS(int64, int64, int64_t, int64_t, UPB_CTYPE_INT64)
+FUNCS(uint32, uint32, uint32_t, uint32_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT32)
+FUNCS(uint64, uint64, uint64_t, uint64_t, UPB_CTYPE_UINT64)
+FUNCS(bool, _bool, bool, bool, UPB_CTYPE_BOOL)
+FUNCS(cstr, cstr, char*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CSTR)
+FUNCS(ptr, ptr, void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_PTR)
+FUNCS(constptr, constptr, const void*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_CONSTPTR)
+FUNCS(fptr, fptr, upb_func*, uintptr_t, UPB_CTYPE_FPTR)
+
+#undef FUNCS
+#undef SET_TYPE
+
+
+/* upb_tabkey *****************************************************************/
+
+/* Either:
+ * 1. an actual integer key, or
+ * 2. a pointer to a string prefixed by its uint32_t length, owned by us.
+ *
+ * ...depending on whether this is a string table or an int table. We would
+ * make this a union of those two types, but C89 doesn't support statically
+ * initializing a non-first union member. */
+typedef uintptr_t upb_tabkey;
+
+#define UPB_TABKEY_NUM(n) n
+#define UPB_TABKEY_NONE 0
+/* The preprocessor isn't quite powerful enough to turn the compile-time string
+ * length into a byte-wise string representation, so code generation needs to
+ * help it along.
+ *
+ * "len1" is the low byte and len4 is the high byte. */
+#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define UPB_TABKEY_STR(len1, len2, len3, len4, strval) \
+ (uintptr_t)(len4 len3 len2 len1 strval)
+#else
+#define UPB_TABKEY_STR(len1, len2, len3, len4, strval) \
+ (uintptr_t)(len1 len2 len3 len4 strval)
+#endif
+
+UPB_INLINE char *upb_tabstr(upb_tabkey key, uint32_t *len) {
+ char* mem = (char*)key;
+ if (len) memcpy(len, mem, sizeof(*len));
+ return mem + sizeof(*len);
+}
+
+
+/* upb_tabval *****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Status initialization not supported.
+ *
+ * This separate definition is necessary because in C++, UINTPTR_MAX isn't
+ * reliably available. */
+typedef struct {
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_tabval;
+
+#else
+
+/* C -- supports static initialization, but to support static initialization of
+ * both integers and points for both 32 and 64 bit targets, it takes a little
+ * bit of doing. */
+
+#if UINTPTR_MAX == 0xffffffffffffffffULL
+#define UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+#elif UINTPTR_MAX != 0xffffffff
+#error Could not determine how many bits pointers are.
+#endif
+
+typedef union {
+ /* For static initialization.
+ *
+ * Unfortunately this ugliness is necessary -- it is the only way that we can,
+ * with -std=c89 -pedantic, statically initialize this to either a pointer or
+ * an integer on 32-bit platforms. */
+ struct {
+#ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+ uintptr_t val;
+#else
+ uintptr_t val1;
+ uintptr_t val2;
+#endif
+ } staticinit;
+
+ /* The normal accessor that we use for everything at runtime. */
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_tabval;
+
+#ifdef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1}}
+#else
+
+/* 32-bit pointers */
+
+#ifdef UPB_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{0, v}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}}
+#else
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT(v) {{v, 0}}
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_EMPTY_INIT {{-1, -1}}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define UPB_TABVALUE_PTR_INIT(v) UPB_TABVALUE_INT_INIT((uintptr_t)v)
+
+#undef UPB_PTR_IS_64BITS
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+/* upb_table ******************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct _upb_tabent {
+ upb_tabkey key;
+ upb_tabval val;
+
+ /* Internal chaining. This is const so we can create static initializers for
+ * tables. We cast away const sometimes, but *only* when the containing
+ * upb_table is known to be non-const. This requires a bit of care, but
+ * the subtlety is confined to table.c. */
+ const struct _upb_tabent *next;
+} upb_tabent;
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t count; /* Number of entries in the hash part. */
+ size_t mask; /* Mask to turn hash value -> bucket. */
+ upb_ctype_t ctype; /* Type of all values. */
+ uint8_t size_lg2; /* Size of the hashtable part is 2^size_lg2 entries. */
+
+ /* Hash table entries.
+ * Making this const isn't entirely accurate; what we really want is for it to
+ * have the same const-ness as the table it's inside. But there's no way to
+ * declare that in C. So we have to make it const so that we can statically
+ * initialize const hash tables. Then we cast away const when we have to.
+ */
+ const upb_tabent *entries;
+
+#ifndef NDEBUG
+ /* This table's allocator. We make the user pass it in to every relevant
+ * function and only use this to check it in debug mode. We do this solely
+ * to keep upb_table as small as possible. This might seem slightly paranoid
+ * but the plan is to use upb_table for all map fields and extension sets in
+ * a forthcoming message representation, so there could be a lot of these.
+ * If this turns out to be too annoying later, we can change it (since this
+ * is an internal-only header file). */
+ upb_alloc *alloc;
+#endif
+} upb_table;
+
+#ifdef NDEBUG
+# define UPB_TABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \
+ {count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries}
+#else
+# ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+/* At the moment the only mutable tables we statically initialize are debug
+ * ref tables. */
+# define UPB_TABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \
+ {count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries, &upb_alloc_debugrefs}
+# else
+# define UPB_TABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \
+ {count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries, NULL}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_table t;
+} upb_strtable;
+
+#define UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries) \
+ {UPB_TABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, entries)}
+
+#define UPB_EMPTY_STRTABLE_INIT(ctype) \
+ UPB_STRTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL)
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_table t; /* For entries that don't fit in the array part. */
+ const upb_tabval *array; /* Array part of the table. See const note above. */
+ size_t array_size; /* Array part size. */
+ size_t array_count; /* Array part number of elements. */
+} upb_inttable;
+
+#define UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent, a, asize, acount) \
+ {UPB_TABLE_INIT(count, mask, ctype, size_lg2, ent), a, asize, acount}
+
+#define UPB_EMPTY_INTTABLE_INIT(ctype) \
+ UPB_INTTABLE_INIT(0, 0, ctype, 0, NULL, NULL, 0, 0)
+
+#define UPB_ARRAY_EMPTYENT -1
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_table_size(const upb_table *t) {
+ if (t->size_lg2 == 0)
+ return 0;
+ else
+ return 1 << t->size_lg2;
+}
+
+/* Internal-only functions, in .h file only out of necessity. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_tabent_isempty(const upb_tabent *e) {
+ return e->key == 0;
+}
+
+/* Used by some of the unit tests for generic hashing functionality. */
+uint32_t MurmurHash2(const void * key, size_t len, uint32_t seed);
+
+UPB_INLINE uintptr_t upb_intkey(uintptr_t key) {
+ return key;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_inthash(uintptr_t key) {
+ return (uint32_t)key;
+}
+
+static const upb_tabent *upb_getentry(const upb_table *t, uint32_t hash) {
+ return t->entries + (hash & t->mask);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_arrhas(upb_tabval key) {
+ return key.val != (uint64_t)-1;
+}
+
+/* Initialize and uninitialize a table, respectively. If memory allocation
+ * failed, false is returned that the table is uninitialized. */
+bool upb_inttable_init2(upb_inttable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype, upb_alloc *a);
+bool upb_strtable_init2(upb_strtable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype, upb_alloc *a);
+void upb_inttable_uninit2(upb_inttable *table, upb_alloc *a);
+void upb_strtable_uninit2(upb_strtable *table, upb_alloc *a);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_init(upb_inttable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ return upb_inttable_init2(table, ctype, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_init(upb_strtable *table, upb_ctype_t ctype) {
+ return upb_strtable_init2(table, ctype, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_inttable_uninit(upb_inttable *table) {
+ upb_inttable_uninit2(table, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_strtable_uninit(upb_strtable *table) {
+ upb_strtable_uninit2(table, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of values in the table. */
+size_t upb_inttable_count(const upb_inttable *t);
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_strtable_count(const upb_strtable *t) {
+ return t->t.count;
+}
+
+/* Inserts the given key into the hashtable with the given value. The key must
+ * not already exist in the hash table. For string tables, the key must be
+ * NULL-terminated, and the table will make an internal copy of the key.
+ * Inttables must not insert a value of UINTPTR_MAX.
+ *
+ * If a table resize was required but memory allocation failed, false is
+ * returned and the table is unchanged. */
+bool upb_inttable_insert2(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val,
+ upb_alloc *a);
+bool upb_strtable_insert3(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value val, upb_alloc *a);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_insert(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key,
+ upb_value val) {
+ return upb_inttable_insert2(t, key, val, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_insert2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ size_t len, upb_value val) {
+ return upb_strtable_insert3(t, key, len, val, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_insert(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ upb_value val) {
+ return upb_strtable_insert2(t, key, strlen(key), val);
+}
+
+/* Looks up key in this table, returning "true" if the key was found.
+ * If v is non-NULL, copies the value for this key into *v. */
+bool upb_inttable_lookup(const upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *v);
+bool upb_strtable_lookup2(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value *v);
+
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_lookup(const upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ return upb_strtable_lookup2(t, key, strlen(key), v);
+}
+
+/* Removes an item from the table. Returns true if the remove was successful,
+ * and stores the removed item in *val if non-NULL. */
+bool upb_inttable_remove(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value *val);
+bool upb_strtable_remove3(upb_strtable *t, const char *key, size_t len,
+ upb_value *val, upb_alloc *alloc);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_remove2(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ size_t len, upb_value *val) {
+ return upb_strtable_remove3(t, key, len, val, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* For NULL-terminated strings. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_strtable_remove(upb_strtable *t, const char *key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ return upb_strtable_remove2(t, key, strlen(key), v);
+}
+
+/* Updates an existing entry in an inttable. If the entry does not exist,
+ * returns false and does nothing. Unlike insert/remove, this does not
+ * invalidate iterators. */
+bool upb_inttable_replace(upb_inttable *t, uintptr_t key, upb_value val);
+
+/* Handy routines for treating an inttable like a stack. May not be mixed with
+ * other insert/remove calls. */
+bool upb_inttable_push2(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val, upb_alloc *a);
+upb_value upb_inttable_pop(upb_inttable *t);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_push(upb_inttable *t, upb_value val) {
+ return upb_inttable_push2(t, val, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* Convenience routines for inttables with pointer keys. */
+bool upb_inttable_insertptr2(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value val,
+ upb_alloc *a);
+bool upb_inttable_removeptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
+bool upb_inttable_lookupptr(
+ const upb_inttable *t, const void *key, upb_value *val);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_insertptr(upb_inttable *t, const void *key,
+ upb_value val) {
+ return upb_inttable_insertptr2(t, key, val, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* Optimizes the table for the current set of entries, for both memory use and
+ * lookup time. Client should call this after all entries have been inserted;
+ * inserting more entries is legal, but will likely require a table resize. */
+void upb_inttable_compact2(upb_inttable *t, upb_alloc *a);
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_inttable_compact(upb_inttable *t) {
+ upb_inttable_compact2(t, &upb_alloc_global);
+}
+
+/* A special-case inlinable version of the lookup routine for 32-bit
+ * integers. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_inttable_lookup32(const upb_inttable *t, uint32_t key,
+ upb_value *v) {
+ *v = upb_value_int32(0); /* Silence compiler warnings. */
+ if (key < t->array_size) {
+ upb_tabval arrval = t->array[key];
+ if (upb_arrhas(arrval)) {
+ _upb_value_setval(v, arrval.val, t->t.ctype);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+ } else {
+ const upb_tabent *e;
+ if (t->t.entries == NULL) return false;
+ for (e = upb_getentry(&t->t, upb_inthash(key)); true; e = e->next) {
+ if ((uint32_t)e->key == key) {
+ _upb_value_setval(v, e->val.val, t->t.ctype);
+ return true;
+ }
+ if (e->next == NULL) return false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Exposed for testing only. */
+bool upb_strtable_resize(upb_strtable *t, size_t size_lg2, upb_alloc *a);
+
+/* Iterators ******************************************************************/
+
+/* Iterators for int and string tables. We are subject to some kind of unusual
+ * design constraints:
+ *
+ * For high-level languages:
+ * - we must be able to guarantee that we don't crash or corrupt memory even if
+ * the program accesses an invalidated iterator.
+ *
+ * For C++11 range-based for:
+ * - iterators must be copyable
+ * - iterators must be comparable
+ * - it must be possible to construct an "end" value.
+ *
+ * Iteration order is undefined.
+ *
+ * Modifying the table invalidates iterators. upb_{str,int}table_done() is
+ * guaranteed to work even on an invalidated iterator, as long as the table it
+ * is iterating over has not been freed. Calling next() or accessing data from
+ * an invalidated iterator yields unspecified elements from the table, but it is
+ * guaranteed not to crash and to return real table elements (except when done()
+ * is true). */
+
+
+/* upb_strtable_iter **********************************************************/
+
+/* upb_strtable_iter i;
+ * upb_strtable_begin(&i, t);
+ * for(; !upb_strtable_done(&i); upb_strtable_next(&i)) {
+ * const char *key = upb_strtable_iter_key(&i);
+ * const upb_value val = upb_strtable_iter_value(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ const upb_strtable *t;
+ size_t index;
+} upb_strtable_iter;
+
+void upb_strtable_begin(upb_strtable_iter *i, const upb_strtable *t);
+void upb_strtable_next(upb_strtable_iter *i);
+bool upb_strtable_done(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+const char *upb_strtable_iter_key(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+size_t upb_strtable_iter_keylength(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+upb_value upb_strtable_iter_value(const upb_strtable_iter *i);
+void upb_strtable_iter_setdone(upb_strtable_iter *i);
+bool upb_strtable_iter_isequal(const upb_strtable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_strtable_iter *i2);
+
+
+/* upb_inttable_iter **********************************************************/
+
+/* upb_inttable_iter i;
+ * upb_inttable_begin(&i, t);
+ * for(; !upb_inttable_done(&i); upb_inttable_next(&i)) {
+ * uintptr_t key = upb_inttable_iter_key(&i);
+ * upb_value val = upb_inttable_iter_value(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+ const upb_inttable *t;
+ size_t index;
+ bool array_part;
+} upb_inttable_iter;
+
+void upb_inttable_begin(upb_inttable_iter *i, const upb_inttable *t);
+void upb_inttable_next(upb_inttable_iter *i);
+bool upb_inttable_done(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+uintptr_t upb_inttable_iter_key(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+upb_value upb_inttable_iter_value(const upb_inttable_iter *i);
+void upb_inttable_iter_setdone(upb_inttable_iter *i);
+bool upb_inttable_iter_isequal(const upb_inttable_iter *i1,
+ const upb_inttable_iter *i2);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_TABLE_H_ */
+
+/* Reference tracking will check ref()/unref() operations to make sure the
+ * ref ownership is correct. Where possible it will also make tools like
+ * Valgrind attribute ref leaks to the code that took the leaked ref, not
+ * the code that originally created the object.
+ *
+ * Enabling this requires the application to define upb_lock()/upb_unlock()
+ * functions that acquire/release a global mutex (or #define UPB_THREAD_UNSAFE).
+ * For this reason we don't enable it by default, even in debug builds.
+ */
+
+/* #define UPB_DEBUG_REFS */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class RefCounted;
+template <class T> class reffed_ptr;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::RefCounted, upb_refcounted)
+
+struct upb_refcounted_vtbl;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::RefCounted {
+ public:
+ /* Returns true if the given object is frozen. */
+ bool IsFrozen() const;
+
+ /* Increases the ref count, the new ref is owned by "owner" which must not
+ * already own a ref (and should not itself be a refcounted object if the ref
+ * could possibly be circular; see below).
+ * Thread-safe iff "this" is frozen. */
+ void Ref(const void *owner) const;
+
+ /* Release a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref() and collects any
+ * objects it can. */
+ void Unref(const void *owner) const;
+
+ /* Moves an existing ref from "from" to "to", without changing the overall
+ * ref count. DonateRef(foo, NULL, owner) is the same as Ref(foo, owner),
+ * but "to" may not be NULL. */
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const;
+
+ /* Verifies that a ref to the given object is currently held by the given
+ * owner. Only effective in UPB_DEBUG_REFS builds. */
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(RefCounted, upb::RefCounted)
+#else
+struct upb_refcounted {
+#endif
+ /* TODO(haberman): move the actual structure definition to structdefs.int.h.
+ * The only reason they are here is because inline functions need to see the
+ * definition of upb_handlers, which needs to see this definition. But we
+ * can change the upb_handlers inline functions to deal in raw offsets
+ * instead.
+ */
+
+ /* A single reference count shared by all objects in the group. */
+ uint32_t *group;
+
+ /* A singly-linked list of all objects in the group. */
+ upb_refcounted *next;
+
+ /* Table of function pointers for this type. */
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl;
+
+ /* Maintained only when mutable, this tracks the number of refs (but not
+ * ref2's) to this object. *group should be the sum of all individual_count
+ * in the group. */
+ uint32_t individual_count;
+
+ bool is_frozen;
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+ upb_inttable *refs; /* Maps owner -> trackedref for incoming refs. */
+ upb_inttable *ref2s; /* Set of targets for outgoing ref2s. */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+extern upb_alloc upb_alloc_debugrefs;
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(vtbl, refs, ref2s) \
+ {&static_refcount, NULL, vtbl, 0, true, refs, ref2s}
+#else
+#define UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(vtbl, refs, ref2s) \
+ {&static_refcount, NULL, vtbl, 0, true}
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* It is better to use tracked refs when possible, for the extra debugging
+ * capability. But if this is not possible (because you don't have easy access
+ * to a stable pointer value that is associated with the ref), you can pass
+ * UPB_UNTRACKED_REF instead. */
+extern const void *UPB_UNTRACKED_REF;
+
+/* Native C API. */
+bool upb_refcounted_isfrozen(const upb_refcounted *r);
+void upb_refcounted_ref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+void upb_refcounted_unref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+void upb_refcounted_donateref(
+ const upb_refcounted *r, const void *from, const void *to);
+void upb_refcounted_checkref(const upb_refcounted *r, const void *owner);
+
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(type, upcastfunc) \
+ UPB_INLINE bool type ## _isfrozen(const type *v) { \
+ return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(upcastfunc(v)); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _ref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_ref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _unref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_unref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _donateref(const type *v, const void *from, const void *to) { \
+ upb_refcounted_donateref(upcastfunc(v), from, to); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE void type ## _checkref(const type *v, const void *owner) { \
+ upb_refcounted_checkref(upcastfunc(v), owner); \
+ }
+
+#define UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS \
+ bool IsFrozen() const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->IsFrozen(); \
+ } \
+ void Ref(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Ref(owner); \
+ } \
+ void Unref(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->Unref(owner); \
+ } \
+ void DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->DonateRef(from, to); \
+ } \
+ void CheckRef(const void *owner) const { \
+ return upb::upcast_to<const upb::RefCounted>(this)->CheckRef(owner); \
+ }
+
+/* Internal-to-upb Interface **************************************************/
+
+typedef void upb_refcounted_visit(const upb_refcounted *r,
+ const upb_refcounted *subobj,
+ void *closure);
+
+struct upb_refcounted_vtbl {
+ /* Must visit all subobjects that are currently ref'd via upb_refcounted_ref2.
+ * Must be longjmp()-safe. */
+ void (*visit)(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted_visit *visit, void *c);
+
+ /* Must free the object and release all references to other objects. */
+ void (*free)(upb_refcounted *r);
+};
+
+/* Initializes the refcounted with a single ref for the given owner. Returns
+ * false if memory could not be allocated. */
+bool upb_refcounted_init(upb_refcounted *r,
+ const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl *vtbl,
+ const void *owner);
+
+/* Adds a ref from one refcounted object to another ("from" must not already
+ * own a ref). These refs may be circular; cycles will be collected correctly
+ * (if conservatively). These refs do not need to be freed in from's free()
+ * function. */
+void upb_refcounted_ref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
+
+/* Removes a ref that was acquired from upb_refcounted_ref2(), and collects any
+ * object it can. This is only necessary when "from" no longer points to "r",
+ * and not from from's "free" function. */
+void upb_refcounted_unref2(const upb_refcounted *r, upb_refcounted *from);
+
+#define upb_ref2(r, from) \
+ upb_refcounted_ref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from)
+#define upb_unref2(r, from) \
+ upb_refcounted_unref2((const upb_refcounted*)r, (upb_refcounted*)from)
+
+/* Freezes all mutable object reachable by ref2() refs from the given roots.
+ * This will split refcounting groups into precise SCC groups, so that
+ * refcounting of frozen objects can be more aggressive. If memory allocation
+ * fails, or if more than 2**31 mutable objects are reachable from "roots", or
+ * if the maximum depth of the graph exceeds "maxdepth", false is returned and
+ * the objects are unchanged.
+ *
+ * After this operation succeeds, the objects are frozen/const, and may not be
+ * used through non-const pointers. In particular, they may not be passed as
+ * the second parameter of upb_refcounted_{ref,unref}2(). On the upside, all
+ * operations on frozen refcounteds are threadsafe, and objects will be freed
+ * at the precise moment that they become unreachable.
+ *
+ * Caller must own refs on each object in the "roots" list. */
+bool upb_refcounted_freeze(upb_refcounted *const*roots, int n, upb_status *s,
+ int maxdepth);
+
+/* Shared by all compiled-in refcounted objects. */
+extern uint32_t static_refcount;
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* C++ Wrappers. */
+namespace upb {
+inline bool RefCounted::IsFrozen() const {
+ return upb_refcounted_isfrozen(this);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::Ref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_ref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::Unref(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_unref(this, owner);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::DonateRef(const void *from, const void *to) const {
+ upb_refcounted_donateref(this, from, to);
+}
+inline void RefCounted::CheckRef(const void *owner) const {
+ upb_refcounted_checkref(this, owner);
+}
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+
+/* upb::reffed_ptr ************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#include <algorithm> /* For std::swap(). */
+
+/* Provides RAII semantics for upb refcounted objects. Each reffed_ptr owns a
+ * ref on whatever object it points to (if any). */
+template <class T> class upb::reffed_ptr {
+ public:
+ reffed_ptr() : ptr_(NULL) {}
+
+ /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr(U* val, const void* ref_donor = NULL)
+ : ptr_(upb::upcast(val)) {
+ if (ref_donor) {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ ptr_->DonateRef(ref_donor, this);
+ } else if (ptr_) {
+ ptr_->Ref(this);
+ }
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr(const reffed_ptr<U>& other)
+ : ptr_(upb::upcast(other.get())) {
+ if (ptr_) ptr_->Ref(this);
+ }
+
+ reffed_ptr(const reffed_ptr& other)
+ : ptr_(upb::upcast(other.get())) {
+ if (ptr_) ptr_->Ref(this);
+ }
+
+ ~reffed_ptr() { if (ptr_) ptr_->Unref(this); }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr<U>& other) {
+ reset(other.get());
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ reffed_ptr& operator=(const reffed_ptr& other) {
+ reset(other.get());
+ return *this;
+ }
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): add C++11 move construction/assignment for greater
+ * efficiency. */
+
+ void swap(reffed_ptr& other) {
+ if (ptr_ == other.ptr_) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (ptr_) ptr_->DonateRef(this, &other);
+ if (other.ptr_) other.ptr_->DonateRef(&other, this);
+ std::swap(ptr_, other.ptr_);
+ }
+
+ T& operator*() const {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ return *ptr_;
+ }
+
+ T* operator->() const {
+ assert(ptr_);
+ return ptr_;
+ }
+
+ T* get() const { return ptr_; }
+
+ /* If ref_donor is NULL, takes a new ref, otherwise adopts from ref_donor. */
+ template <class U>
+ void reset(U* ptr = NULL, const void* ref_donor = NULL) {
+ reffed_ptr(ptr, ref_donor).swap(*this);
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr<U> down_cast() {
+ return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::down_cast<U*>(get()));
+ }
+
+ template <class U>
+ reffed_ptr<U> dyn_cast() {
+ return reffed_ptr<U>(upb::dyn_cast<U*>(get()));
+ }
+
+ /* Plain release() is unsafe; if we were the only owner, it would leak the
+ * object. Instead we provide this: */
+ T* ReleaseTo(const void* new_owner) {
+ T* ret = NULL;
+ ptr_->DonateRef(this, new_owner);
+ std::swap(ret, ptr_);
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ private:
+ T* ptr_;
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* UPB_REFCOUNT_H_ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <cstring>
+#include <string>
+#include <vector>
+
+namespace upb {
+class Def;
+class EnumDef;
+class FieldDef;
+class FileDef;
+class MessageDef;
+class OneofDef;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, upb_def, upb_refcounted)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::OneofDef, upb::RefCounted, upb_oneofdef,
+ upb_refcounted)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::FileDef, upb::RefCounted, upb_filedef,
+ upb_refcounted)
+
+/* The maximum message depth that the type graph can have. This is a resource
+ * limit for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the
+ * graph. Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but
+ * we must hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+ *
+ * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+ * of Def::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */
+#define UPB_MAX_MESSAGE_DEPTH 64
+
+
+/* upb::Def: base class for top-level defs ***********************************/
+
+/* All the different kind of defs that can be defined at the top-level and put
+ * in a SymbolTable or appear in a FileDef::defs() list. This excludes some
+ * defs (like oneofs and files). It only includes fields because they can be
+ * defined as extensions. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_DEF_MSG,
+ UPB_DEF_FIELD,
+ UPB_DEF_ENUM,
+ UPB_DEF_SERVICE, /* Not yet implemented. */
+ UPB_DEF_ANY = -1 /* Wildcard for upb_symtab_get*() */
+} upb_deftype_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* The base class of all defs. Its base is upb::RefCounted (use upb::upcast()
+ * to convert). */
+class upb::Def {
+ public:
+ typedef upb_deftype_t Type;
+
+ Def* Dup(const void *owner) const;
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ Type def_type() const;
+
+ /* "fullname" is the def's fully-qualified name (eg. foo.bar.Message). */
+ const char *full_name() const;
+
+ /* The final part of a def's name (eg. Message). */
+ const char *name() const;
+
+ /* The def must be mutable. Caller retains ownership of fullname. Defs are
+ * not required to have a name; if a def has no name when it is frozen, it
+ * will remain an anonymous def. On failure, returns false and details in "s"
+ * if non-NULL. */
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string &fullname, upb::Status* s);
+
+ /* The file in which this def appears. It is not necessary to add a def to a
+ * file (and consequently the accessor may return NULL). Set this by calling
+ * file->Add(def). */
+ FileDef* file() const;
+
+ /* Freezes the given defs; this validates all constraints and marks the defs
+ * as frozen (read-only). "defs" may not contain any fielddefs, but fields
+ * of any msgdefs will be frozen.
+ *
+ * Symbolic references to sub-types and enum defaults must have already been
+ * resolved. Any mutable defs reachable from any of "defs" must also be in
+ * the list; more formally, "defs" must be a transitive closure of mutable
+ * defs.
+ *
+ * After this operation succeeds, the finalized defs must only be accessed
+ * through a const pointer! */
+ static bool Freeze(Def* const* defs, size_t n, Status* status);
+ static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Def, upb::Def)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+upb_def *upb_def_dup(const upb_def *def, const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_def_ref()/upb_def_unref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_def, upb_def_upcast)
+
+upb_deftype_t upb_def_type(const upb_def *d);
+const char *upb_def_fullname(const upb_def *d);
+const char *upb_def_name(const upb_def *d);
+const upb_filedef *upb_def_file(const upb_def *d);
+bool upb_def_setfullname(upb_def *def, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_def_freeze(upb_def *const *defs, size_t n, upb_status *s);
+
+/* Temporary API: for internal use only. */
+bool _upb_def_validate(upb_def *const*defs, size_t n, upb_status *s);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+/* upb::Def casts *************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype) \
+ namespace upb { \
+ template <> \
+ inline cpptype *down_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname##_mutable(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline cpptype *dyn_cast<cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname##_mutable(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>( \
+ const Def *def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, const Def>(const Def *def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *down_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_downcast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ template <> \
+ inline const cpptype *dyn_cast<const cpptype *, Def>(Def * def) { \
+ return upb_dyncast_##cname(def); \
+ } \
+ } /* namespace upb */
+#else
+#define UPB_CPP_CASTS(cname, cpptype)
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* Dynamic casts, for determining if a def is of a particular type at runtime.
+ * Downcasts, for when some wants to assert that a def is of a particular type.
+ * These are only checked if we are building debug. */
+#define UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cpptype) \
+ UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \
+ if (upb_def_type(def) != UPB_DEF_##upper) return NULL; \
+ return (upb_##lower *)def; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE const upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower(const upb_def *def) { \
+ assert(upb_def_type(def) == UPB_DEF_##upper); \
+ return (const upb_##lower *)def; \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_dyncast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \
+ return (upb_##lower *)upb_dyncast_##lower(def); \
+ } \
+ UPB_INLINE upb_##lower *upb_downcast_##lower##_mutable(upb_def *def) { \
+ return (upb_##lower *)upb_downcast_##lower(def); \
+ } \
+ UPB_CPP_CASTS(lower, cpptype)
+
+#define UPB_DEFINE_DEF(cppname, lower, upper, cppmethods, members) \
+ UPB_DEFINE_CLASS2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, cppmethods, \
+ members) \
+ UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname)
+
+#define UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(cppname, lower, upper) \
+ UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE2(cppname, upb::Def, upb::RefCounted, \
+ upb_ ## lower, upb_def, upb_refcounted) \
+ UPB_DEF_CASTS(lower, upper, cppname)
+
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::FieldDef, fielddef, FIELD)
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::MessageDef, msgdef, MSG)
+UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE(upb::EnumDef, enumdef, ENUM)
+
+#undef UPB_DECLARE_DEF_TYPE
+#undef UPB_DEF_CASTS
+#undef UPB_CPP_CASTS
+
+
+/* upb::FieldDef **************************************************************/
+
+/* The types a field can have. Note that this list is not identical to the
+ * types defined in descriptor.proto, which gives INT32 and SINT32 separate
+ * types (we distinguish the two with the "integer encoding" enum below). */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_TYPE_FLOAT = 1,
+ UPB_TYPE_DOUBLE = 2,
+ UPB_TYPE_BOOL = 3,
+ UPB_TYPE_STRING = 4,
+ UPB_TYPE_BYTES = 5,
+ UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE = 6,
+ UPB_TYPE_ENUM = 7, /* Enum values are int32. */
+ UPB_TYPE_INT32 = 8,
+ UPB_TYPE_UINT32 = 9,
+ UPB_TYPE_INT64 = 10,
+ UPB_TYPE_UINT64 = 11
+} upb_fieldtype_t;
+
+/* The repeated-ness of each field; this matches descriptor.proto. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
+ UPB_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
+ UPB_LABEL_REPEATED = 3
+} upb_label_t;
+
+/* How integers should be encoded in serializations that offer multiple
+ * integer encoding methods. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE = 1,
+ UPB_INTFMT_FIXED = 2,
+ UPB_INTFMT_ZIGZAG = 3 /* Only for signed types (INT32/INT64). */
+} upb_intfmt_t;
+
+/* Descriptor types, as defined in descriptor.proto. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FLOAT = 2,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT64 = 3,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_INT32 = 5,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BOOL = 8,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_STRING = 9,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_GROUP = 10,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_BYTES = 12,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_UINT32 = 13,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ENUM = 14,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
+ UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_SINT64 = 18
+} upb_descriptortype_t;
+
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO2 = 2,
+ UPB_SYNTAX_PROTO3 = 3
+} upb_syntax_t;
+
+/* Maximum field number allowed for FieldDefs. This is an inherent limit of the
+ * protobuf wire format. */
+#define UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER ((1 << 29) - 1)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A upb_fielddef describes a single field in a message. It is most often
+ * found as a part of a upb_msgdef, but can also stand alone to represent
+ * an extension.
+ *
+ * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */
+class upb::FieldDef {
+ public:
+ typedef upb_fieldtype_t Type;
+ typedef upb_label_t Label;
+ typedef upb_intfmt_t IntegerFormat;
+ typedef upb_descriptortype_t DescriptorType;
+
+ /* These return true if the given value is a valid member of the enumeration. */
+ static bool CheckType(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckLabel(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val);
+ static bool CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
+
+ /* These convert to the given enumeration; they require that the value is
+ * valid. */
+ static Type ConvertType(int32_t val);
+ static Label ConvertLabel(int32_t val);
+ static DescriptorType ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val);
+ static IntegerFormat ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val);
+
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<FieldDef> New();
+
+ /* Duplicates the given field, returning NULL if memory allocation failed.
+ * When a fielddef is duplicated, the subdef (if any) is made symbolic if it
+ * wasn't already. If the subdef is set but has no name (which is possible
+ * since msgdefs are not required to have a name) the new fielddef's subdef
+ * will be unset. */
+ FieldDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
+ const char* full_name() const;
+
+ bool type_is_set() const; /* set_[descriptor_]type() has been called? */
+ Type type() const; /* Requires that type_is_set() == true. */
+ Label label() const; /* Defaults to UPB_LABEL_OPTIONAL. */
+ const char* name() const; /* NULL if uninitialized. */
+ uint32_t number() const; /* Returns 0 if uninitialized. */
+ bool is_extension() const;
+
+ /* Copies the JSON name for this field into the given buffer. Returns the
+ * actual size of the JSON name, including the NULL terminator. If the
+ * return value is 0, the JSON name is unset. If the return value is
+ * greater than len, the JSON name was truncated. The buffer is always
+ * NULL-terminated if len > 0.
+ *
+ * The JSON name always defaults to a camelCased version of the regular
+ * name. However if the regular name is unset, the JSON name will be unset
+ * also.
+ */
+ size_t GetJsonName(char* buf, size_t len) const;
+
+ /* Convenience version of the above function which copies the JSON name
+ * into the given string, returning false if the name is not set. */
+ template <class T>
+ bool GetJsonName(T* str) {
+ str->resize(GetJsonName(NULL, 0));
+ GetJsonName(&(*str)[0], str->size());
+ return str->size() > 0;
+ }
+
+ /* For UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields only where is_tag_delimited() == false,
+ * indicates whether this field should have lazy parsing handlers that yield
+ * the unparsed string for the submessage.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): I think we want to move this into a FieldOptions container
+ * when we add support for custom options (the FieldOptions struct will
+ * contain both regular FieldOptions like "lazy" *and* custom options). */
+ bool lazy() const;
+
+ /* For non-string, non-submessage fields, this indicates whether binary
+ * protobufs are encoded in packed or non-packed format.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): see note above about putting options like this into a
+ * FieldOptions container. */
+ bool packed() const;
+
+ /* An integer that can be used as an index into an array of fields for
+ * whatever message this field belongs to. Guaranteed to be less than
+ * f->containing_type()->field_count(). May only be accessed once the def has
+ * been finalized. */
+ uint32_t index() const;
+
+ /* The MessageDef to which this field belongs.
+ *
+ * If this field has been added to a MessageDef, that message can be retrieved
+ * directly (this is always the case for frozen FieldDefs).
+ *
+ * If the field has not yet been added to a MessageDef, you can set the name
+ * of the containing type symbolically instead. This is mostly useful for
+ * extensions, where the extension is declared separately from the message. */
+ const MessageDef* containing_type() const;
+ const char* containing_type_name();
+
+ /* The OneofDef to which this field belongs, or NULL if this field is not part
+ * of a oneof. */
+ const OneofDef* containing_oneof() const;
+
+ /* The field's type according to the enum in descriptor.proto. This is not
+ * the same as UPB_TYPE_*, because it distinguishes between (for example)
+ * INT32 and SINT32, whereas our "type" enum does not. This return of
+ * descriptor_type() is a function of type(), integer_format(), and
+ * is_tag_delimited(). Likewise set_descriptor_type() sets all three
+ * appropriately. */
+ DescriptorType descriptor_type() const;
+
+ /* Convenient field type tests. */
+ bool IsSubMessage() const;
+ bool IsString() const;
+ bool IsSequence() const;
+ bool IsPrimitive() const;
+ bool IsMap() const;
+
+ /* Whether this field must be able to explicitly represent presence:
+ *
+ * * This is always false for repeated fields (an empty repeated field is
+ * equivalent to a repeated field with zero entries).
+ *
+ * * This is always true for submessages.
+ *
+ * * For other fields, it depends on the message (see
+ * MessageDef::SetPrimitivesHavePresence())
+ */
+ bool HasPresence() const;
+
+ /* How integers are encoded. Only meaningful for integer types.
+ * Defaults to UPB_INTFMT_VARIABLE, and is reset when "type" changes. */
+ IntegerFormat integer_format() const;
+
+ /* Whether a submessage field is tag-delimited or not (if false, then
+ * length-delimited). May only be set when type() == UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE. */
+ bool is_tag_delimited() const;
+
+ /* Returns the non-string default value for this fielddef, which may either
+ * be something the client set explicitly or the "default default" (0 for
+ * numbers, empty for strings). The field's type indicates the type of the
+ * returned value, except for enum fields that are still mutable.
+ *
+ * Requires that the given function matches the field's current type. */
+ int64_t default_int64() const;
+ int32_t default_int32() const;
+ uint64_t default_uint64() const;
+ uint32_t default_uint32() const;
+ bool default_bool() const;
+ float default_float() const;
+ double default_double() const;
+
+ /* The resulting string is always NULL-terminated. If non-NULL, the length
+ * will be stored in *len. */
+ const char *default_string(size_t* len) const;
+
+ /* For frozen UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, enum defaults can always be read as either
+ * string or int32, and both of these methods will always return true.
+ *
+ * For mutable UPB_TYPE_ENUM fields, the story is a bit more complicated.
+ * Enum defaults are unusual. They can be specified either as string or int32,
+ * but to be valid the enum must have that value as a member. And if no
+ * default is specified, the "default default" comes from the EnumDef.
+ *
+ * We allow reading the default as either an int32 or a string, but only if
+ * we have a meaningful value to report. We have a meaningful value if it was
+ * set explicitly, or if we could get the "default default" from the EnumDef.
+ * Also if you explicitly set the name and we find the number in the EnumDef */
+ bool EnumHasStringDefault() const;
+ bool EnumHasInt32Default() const;
+
+ /* Submessage and enum fields must reference a "subdef", which is the
+ * upb::MessageDef or upb::EnumDef that defines their type. Note that when
+ * the FieldDef is mutable it may not have a subdef *yet*, but this function
+ * still returns true to indicate that the field's type requires a subdef. */
+ bool HasSubDef() const;
+
+ /* Returns the enum or submessage def for this field, if any. The field's
+ * type must match (ie. you may only call enum_subdef() for fields where
+ * type() == UPB_TYPE_ENUM). Returns NULL if the subdef has not been set or
+ * is currently set symbolically. */
+ const EnumDef* enum_subdef() const;
+ const MessageDef* message_subdef() const;
+
+ /* Returns the generic subdef for this field. Requires that HasSubDef() (ie.
+ * only works for UPB_TYPE_ENUM and UPB_TYPE_MESSAGE fields). */
+ const Def* subdef() const;
+
+ /* Returns the symbolic name of the subdef. If the subdef is currently set
+ * unresolved (ie. set symbolically) returns the symbolic name. If it has
+ * been resolved to a specific subdef, returns the name from that subdef. */
+ const char* subdef_name() const;
+
+ /* Setters (non-const methods), only valid for mutable FieldDefs! ***********/
+
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, upb::Status* s);
+
+ /* This may only be called if containing_type() == NULL (ie. the field has not
+ * been added to a message yet). */
+ bool set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* status);
+ bool set_containing_type_name(const std::string& name, Status* status);
+
+ /* Defaults to false. When we freeze, we ensure that this can only be true
+ * for length-delimited message fields. Prior to freezing this can be true or
+ * false with no restrictions. */
+ void set_lazy(bool lazy);
+
+ /* Defaults to true. Sets whether this field is encoded in packed format. */
+ void set_packed(bool packed);
+
+ /* "type" or "descriptor_type" MUST be set explicitly before the fielddef is
+ * finalized. These setters require that the enum value is valid; if the
+ * value did not come directly from an enum constant, the caller should
+ * validate it first with the functions above (CheckFieldType(), etc). */
+ void set_type(Type type);
+ void set_label(Label label);
+ void set_descriptor_type(DescriptorType type);
+ void set_is_extension(bool is_extension);
+
+ /* "number" and "name" must be set before the FieldDef is added to a
+ * MessageDef, and may not be set after that.
+ *
+ * "name" is the same as full_name()/set_full_name(), but since fielddefs
+ * most often use simple, non-qualified names, we provide this accessor
+ * also. Generally only extensions will want to think of this name as
+ * fully-qualified. */
+ bool set_number(uint32_t number, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const char* name, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const std::string& name, upb::Status* s);
+
+ /* Sets the JSON name to the given string. */
+ /* TODO(haberman): implement. Right now only default json_name (camelCase)
+ * is supported. */
+ bool set_json_name(const char* json_name, upb::Status* s);
+ bool set_json_name(const std::string& name, upb::Status* s);
+
+ /* Clears the JSON name. This will make it revert to its default, which is
+ * a camelCased version of the regular field name. */
+ void clear_json_name();
+
+ void set_integer_format(IntegerFormat format);
+ bool set_tag_delimited(bool tag_delimited, upb::Status* s);
+
+ /* Sets default value for the field. The call must exactly match the type
+ * of the field. Enum fields may use either setint32 or setstring to set
+ * the default numerically or symbolically, respectively, but symbolic
+ * defaults must be resolved before finalizing (see ResolveEnumDefault()).
+ *
+ * Changing the type of a field will reset its default. */
+ void set_default_int64(int64_t val);
+ void set_default_int32(int32_t val);
+ void set_default_uint64(uint64_t val);
+ void set_default_uint32(uint32_t val);
+ void set_default_bool(bool val);
+ void set_default_float(float val);
+ void set_default_double(double val);
+ bool set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len, Status *s);
+ bool set_default_string(const std::string &str, Status *s);
+ void set_default_cstr(const char *str, Status *s);
+
+ /* Before a fielddef is frozen, its subdef may be set either directly (with a
+ * upb::Def*) or symbolically. Symbolic refs must be resolved before the
+ * containing msgdef can be frozen (see upb_resolve() above). upb always
+ * guarantees that any def reachable from a live def will also be kept alive.
+ *
+ * Both methods require that upb_hassubdef(f) (so the type must be set prior
+ * to calling these methods). Returns false if this is not the case, or if
+ * the given subdef is not of the correct type. The subdef is reset if the
+ * field's type is changed. The subdef can be set to NULL to clear it. */
+ bool set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s);
+ bool set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s);
+ bool set_subdef_name(const std::string &name, Status* s);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FieldDef, upb::FieldDef)
+};
+
+# endif /* defined(__cplusplus) */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_new(const void *owner);
+upb_fielddef *upb_fielddef_dup(const upb_fielddef *f, const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_fielddef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_fielddef, upb_fielddef_upcast2)
+
+/* Methods from upb_def. */
+const char *upb_fielddef_fullname(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_setfullname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+bool upb_fielddef_typeisset(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_fieldtype_t upb_fielddef_type(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_descriptortype_t upb_fielddef_descriptortype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_label_t upb_fielddef_label(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_number(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_name(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isextension(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_lazy(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_packed(const upb_fielddef *f);
+size_t upb_fielddef_getjsonname(const upb_fielddef *f, char *buf, size_t len);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_oneofdef *upb_fielddef_containingoneof(const upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_containingtype_mutable(upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_containingtypename(upb_fielddef *f);
+upb_intfmt_t upb_fielddef_intfmt(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_index(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_istagdelim(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_issubmsg(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isstring(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isseq(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_isprimitive(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_ismap(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_haspresence(const upb_fielddef *f);
+int64_t upb_fielddef_defaultint64(const upb_fielddef *f);
+int32_t upb_fielddef_defaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint64_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_defaultbool(const upb_fielddef *f);
+float upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(const upb_fielddef *f);
+double upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_defaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f, size_t *len);
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultint32(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_enumhasdefaultstr(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_hassubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_def *upb_fielddef_subdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_enumdef *upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(const upb_fielddef *f);
+const char *upb_fielddef_subdefname(const upb_fielddef *f);
+
+void upb_fielddef_settype(upb_fielddef *f, upb_fieldtype_t type);
+void upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(upb_fielddef *f, int type);
+void upb_fielddef_setlabel(upb_fielddef *f, upb_label_t label);
+bool upb_fielddef_setnumber(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t number, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setjsonname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_clearjsonname(upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s);
+void upb_fielddef_setisextension(upb_fielddef *f, bool is_extension);
+void upb_fielddef_setlazy(upb_fielddef *f, bool lazy);
+void upb_fielddef_setpacked(upb_fielddef *f, bool packed);
+void upb_fielddef_setintfmt(upb_fielddef *f, upb_intfmt_t fmt);
+void upb_fielddef_settagdelim(upb_fielddef *f, bool tag_delim);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(upb_fielddef *f, int64_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(upb_fielddef *f, int32_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(upb_fielddef *f, uint64_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(upb_fielddef *f, uint32_t val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(upb_fielddef *f, bool val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(upb_fielddef *f, float val);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(upb_fielddef *f, double val);
+bool upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(upb_fielddef *f, const void *str, size_t len,
+ upb_status *s);
+void upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(upb_fielddef *f, const char *str,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_def *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_msgdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(upb_fielddef *f, const upb_enumdef *subdef,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(upb_fielddef *f, const char *name,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+bool upb_fielddef_checklabel(int32_t label);
+bool upb_fielddef_checktype(int32_t type);
+bool upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(int32_t type);
+bool upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(int32_t fmt);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+/* upb::MessageDef ************************************************************/
+
+typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_msg_field_iter;
+typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_msg_oneof_iter;
+
+/* Well-known field tag numbers for map-entry messages. */
+#define UPB_MAPENTRY_KEY 1
+#define UPB_MAPENTRY_VALUE 2
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Structure that describes a single .proto message type.
+ *
+ * Its base class is upb::Def (use upb::upcast() to convert). */
+class upb::MessageDef {
+ public:
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<MessageDef> New();
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
+ const char* full_name() const;
+ const char* name() const;
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
+
+ /* Call to freeze this MessageDef.
+ * WARNING: this will fail if this message has any unfrozen submessages!
+ * Messages with cycles must be frozen as a batch using upb::Def::Freeze(). */
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ /* The number of fields that belong to the MessageDef. */
+ int field_count() const;
+
+ /* The number of oneofs that belong to the MessageDef. */
+ int oneof_count() const;
+
+ /* Adds a field (upb_fielddef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef
+ * and the fielddefs are mutable. The fielddef's name and number must be
+ * set, and the message may not already contain any field with this name or
+ * number, and this fielddef may not be part of another message. In error
+ * cases false is returned and the msgdef is unchanged.
+ *
+ * If the given field is part of a oneof, this call succeeds if and only if
+ * that oneof is already part of this msgdef. (Note that adding a oneof to a
+ * msgdef automatically adds all of its fields to the msgdef at the time that
+ * the oneof is added, so it is usually more idiomatic to add the oneof's
+ * fields first then add the oneof to the msgdef. This case is supported for
+ * convenience.)
+ *
+ * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
+ * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */
+ bool AddField(FieldDef* f, Status* s);
+ bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s);
+
+ /* Adds a oneof (upb_oneofdef object) to a msgdef. Requires that the msgdef,
+ * oneof, and any fielddefs are mutable, that the fielddefs contained in the
+ * oneof do not have any name or number conflicts with existing fields in the
+ * msgdef, and that the oneof's name is unique among all oneofs in the msgdef.
+ * If the oneof is added successfully, all of its fields will be added
+ * directly to the msgdef as well. In error cases, false is returned and the
+ * msgdef is unchanged. */
+ bool AddOneof(OneofDef* o, Status* s);
+ bool AddOneof(const reffed_ptr<OneofDef>& o, Status* s);
+
+ upb_syntax_t syntax() const;
+
+ /* Returns false if we don't support this syntax value. */
+ bool set_syntax(upb_syntax_t syntax);
+
+ /* Set this to false to indicate that primitive fields should not have
+ * explicit presence information associated with them. This will affect all
+ * fields added to this message. Defaults to true. */
+ void SetPrimitivesHavePresence(bool have_presence);
+
+ /* These return NULL if the field is not found. */
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number);
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name, size_t len);
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const;
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const;
+
+
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char *name) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+
+ template <class T>
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+ template <class T>
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+
+ OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len);
+ const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len) const;
+
+ OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name) {
+ return FindOneofByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+ const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const char* name) const {
+ return FindOneofByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+
+ template<class T>
+ OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const T& str) {
+ return FindOneofByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+ template<class T>
+ const OneofDef* FindOneofByName(const T& str) const {
+ return FindOneofByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+
+ /* Returns a new msgdef that is a copy of the given msgdef (and a copy of all
+ * the fields) but with any references to submessages broken and replaced
+ * with just the name of the submessage. Returns NULL if memory allocation
+ * failed.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): which is more useful, keeping fields resolved or
+ * unresolving them? If there's no obvious answer, Should this functionality
+ * just be moved into symtab.c? */
+ MessageDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ /* Is this message a map entry? */
+ void setmapentry(bool map_entry);
+ bool mapentry() const;
+
+ /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */
+ class field_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit field_iterator(MessageDef* md);
+ static field_iterator end(MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const field_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const field_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_field_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ class const_field_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit const_field_iterator(const MessageDef* md);
+ static const_field_iterator end(const MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ const FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const const_field_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const const_field_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_field_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ /* Iteration over oneofs. The order is undefined. */
+ class oneof_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit oneof_iterator(MessageDef* md);
+ static oneof_iterator end(MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ OneofDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const oneof_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const oneof_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ class const_oneof_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit const_oneof_iterator(const MessageDef* md);
+ static const_oneof_iterator end(const MessageDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ const OneofDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const const_oneof_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const const_oneof_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ class FieldAccessor {
+ public:
+ explicit FieldAccessor(MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {}
+ field_iterator begin() { return msg_->field_begin(); }
+ field_iterator end() { return msg_->field_end(); }
+ private:
+ MessageDef* msg_;
+ };
+
+ class ConstFieldAccessor {
+ public:
+ explicit ConstFieldAccessor(const MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {}
+ const_field_iterator begin() { return msg_->field_begin(); }
+ const_field_iterator end() { return msg_->field_end(); }
+ private:
+ const MessageDef* msg_;
+ };
+
+ class OneofAccessor {
+ public:
+ explicit OneofAccessor(MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {}
+ oneof_iterator begin() { return msg_->oneof_begin(); }
+ oneof_iterator end() { return msg_->oneof_end(); }
+ private:
+ MessageDef* msg_;
+ };
+
+ class ConstOneofAccessor {
+ public:
+ explicit ConstOneofAccessor(const MessageDef* msg) : msg_(msg) {}
+ const_oneof_iterator begin() { return msg_->oneof_begin(); }
+ const_oneof_iterator end() { return msg_->oneof_end(); }
+ private:
+ const MessageDef* msg_;
+ };
+
+ field_iterator field_begin();
+ field_iterator field_end();
+ const_field_iterator field_begin() const;
+ const_field_iterator field_end() const;
+
+ oneof_iterator oneof_begin();
+ oneof_iterator oneof_end();
+ const_oneof_iterator oneof_begin() const;
+ const_oneof_iterator oneof_end() const;
+
+ FieldAccessor fields() { return FieldAccessor(this); }
+ ConstFieldAccessor fields() const { return ConstFieldAccessor(this); }
+ OneofAccessor oneofs() { return OneofAccessor(this); }
+ ConstOneofAccessor oneofs() const { return ConstOneofAccessor(this); }
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(MessageDef, upb::MessageDef)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_new(const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_msgdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_msgdef, upb_msgdef_upcast2)
+
+bool upb_msgdef_freeze(upb_msgdef *m, upb_status *status);
+
+upb_msgdef *upb_msgdef_dup(const upb_msgdef *m, const void *owner);
+const char *upb_msgdef_fullname(const upb_msgdef *m);
+const char *upb_msgdef_name(const upb_msgdef *m);
+int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m);
+upb_syntax_t upb_msgdef_syntax(const upb_msgdef *m);
+
+bool upb_msgdef_addfield(upb_msgdef *m, upb_fielddef *f, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_msgdef_addoneof(upb_msgdef *m, upb_oneofdef *o, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_msgdef_setfullname(upb_msgdef *m, const char *fullname, upb_status *s);
+void upb_msgdef_setmapentry(upb_msgdef *m, bool map_entry);
+bool upb_msgdef_mapentry(const upb_msgdef *m);
+bool upb_msgdef_setsyntax(upb_msgdef *m, upb_syntax_t syntax);
+
+/* Field lookup in a couple of different variations:
+ * - itof = int to field
+ * - ntof = name to field
+ * - ntofz = name to field, null-terminated string. */
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof(const upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i);
+const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ size_t len);
+int upb_msgdef_numfields(const upb_msgdef *m);
+
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntofz(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, strlen(name));
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m, uint32_t i) {
+ return (upb_fielddef*)upb_msgdef_itof(m, i);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_fielddef *upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name, size_t len) {
+ return (upb_fielddef *)upb_msgdef_ntof(m, name, len);
+}
+
+/* Oneof lookup:
+ * - ntoo = name to oneof
+ * - ntooz = name to oneof, null-terminated string. */
+const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ size_t len);
+int upb_msgdef_numoneofs(const upb_msgdef *m);
+
+UPB_INLINE const upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntooz(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntoo(m, name, strlen(name));
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_oneofdef *upb_msgdef_ntoo_mutable(upb_msgdef *m,
+ const char *name, size_t len) {
+ return (upb_oneofdef *)upb_msgdef_ntoo(m, name, len);
+}
+
+/* Lookup of either field or oneof by name. Returns whether either was found.
+ * If the return is true, then the found def will be set, and the non-found
+ * one set to NULL. */
+bool upb_msgdef_lookupname(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name, size_t len,
+ const upb_fielddef **f, const upb_oneofdef **o);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_msgdef_lookupnamez(const upb_msgdef *m, const char *name,
+ const upb_fielddef **f,
+ const upb_oneofdef **o) {
+ return upb_msgdef_lookupname(m, name, strlen(name), f, o);
+}
+
+/* Iteration over fields and oneofs. For example:
+ *
+ * upb_msg_field_iter i;
+ * for(upb_msg_field_begin(&i, m);
+ * !upb_msg_field_done(&i);
+ * upb_msg_field_next(&i)) {
+ * upb_fielddef *f = upb_msg_iter_field(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+ * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+ * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */
+void upb_msg_field_begin(upb_msg_field_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m);
+void upb_msg_field_next(upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
+bool upb_msg_field_done(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
+upb_fielddef *upb_msg_iter_field(const upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
+void upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(upb_msg_field_iter *iter);
+
+/* Similar to above, we also support iterating through the oneofs in a
+ * msgdef. */
+void upb_msg_oneof_begin(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_msgdef *m);
+void upb_msg_oneof_next(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
+bool upb_msg_oneof_done(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
+upb_oneofdef *upb_msg_iter_oneof(const upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
+void upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_msg_oneof_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+/* upb::EnumDef ***************************************************************/
+
+typedef upb_strtable_iter upb_enum_iter;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that represents an enum. Its base class is upb::Def (convert with
+ * upb::upcast()). */
+class upb::EnumDef {
+ public:
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<EnumDef> New();
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Functionality from upb::Def. */
+ const char* full_name() const;
+ const char* name() const;
+ bool set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s);
+ bool set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s);
+
+ /* Call to freeze this EnumDef. */
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ /* The value that is used as the default when no field default is specified.
+ * If not set explicitly, the first value that was added will be used.
+ * The default value must be a member of the enum.
+ * Requires that value_count() > 0. */
+ int32_t default_value() const;
+
+ /* Sets the default value. If this value is not valid, returns false and an
+ * error message in status. */
+ bool set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status);
+
+ /* Returns the number of values currently defined in the enum. Note that
+ * multiple names can refer to the same number, so this may be greater than
+ * the total number of unique numbers. */
+ int value_count() const;
+
+ /* Adds a single name/number pair to the enum. Fails if this name has
+ * already been used by another value. */
+ bool AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status);
+ bool AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num, Status* status);
+
+ /* Lookups from name to integer, returning true if found. */
+ bool FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t* num) const;
+
+ /* Finds the name corresponding to the given number, or NULL if none was
+ * found. If more than one name corresponds to this number, returns the
+ * first one that was added. */
+ const char* FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const;
+
+ /* Returns a new EnumDef with all the same values. The new EnumDef will be
+ * owned by the given owner. */
+ EnumDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ /* Iteration over name/value pairs. The order is undefined.
+ * Adding an enum val invalidates any iterators.
+ *
+ * TODO: make compatible with range-for, with elements as pairs? */
+ class Iterator {
+ public:
+ explicit Iterator(const EnumDef*);
+
+ int32_t number();
+ const char *name();
+ bool Done();
+ void Next();
+
+ private:
+ upb_enum_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(EnumDef, upb::EnumDef)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_new(const void *owner);
+upb_enumdef *upb_enumdef_dup(const upb_enumdef *e, const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_enumdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_enumdef, upb_enumdef_upcast2)
+
+bool upb_enumdef_freeze(upb_enumdef *e, upb_status *status);
+
+/* From upb_def. */
+const char *upb_enumdef_fullname(const upb_enumdef *e);
+const char *upb_enumdef_name(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_setfullname(upb_enumdef *e, const char *fullname,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+int32_t upb_enumdef_default(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_setdefault(upb_enumdef *e, int32_t val, upb_status *s);
+int upb_enumdef_numvals(const upb_enumdef *e);
+bool upb_enumdef_addval(upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, int32_t num,
+ upb_status *status);
+
+/* Enum lookups:
+ * - ntoi: look up a name with specified length.
+ * - ntoiz: look up a name provided as a null-terminated string.
+ * - iton: look up an integer, returning the name as a null-terminated
+ * string. */
+bool upb_enumdef_ntoi(const upb_enumdef *e, const char *name, size_t len,
+ int32_t *num);
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_enumdef_ntoiz(const upb_enumdef *e,
+ const char *name, int32_t *num) {
+ return upb_enumdef_ntoi(e, name, strlen(name), num);
+}
+const char *upb_enumdef_iton(const upb_enumdef *e, int32_t num);
+
+/* upb_enum_iter i;
+ * for(upb_enum_begin(&i, e); !upb_enum_done(&i); upb_enum_next(&i)) {
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
+void upb_enum_begin(upb_enum_iter *iter, const upb_enumdef *e);
+void upb_enum_next(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+bool upb_enum_done(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+const char *upb_enum_iter_name(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+int32_t upb_enum_iter_number(upb_enum_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/* upb::OneofDef **************************************************************/
+
+typedef upb_inttable_iter upb_oneof_iter;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that represents a oneof. */
+class upb::OneofDef {
+ public:
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<OneofDef> New();
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Returns the MessageDef that owns this OneofDef. */
+ const MessageDef* containing_type() const;
+
+ /* Returns the name of this oneof. This is the name used to look up the oneof
+ * by name once added to a message def. */
+ const char* name() const;
+ bool set_name(const char* name, Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s);
+
+ /* Returns the number of fields currently defined in the oneof. */
+ int field_count() const;
+
+ /* Adds a field to the oneof. The field must not have been added to any other
+ * oneof or msgdef. If the oneof is not yet part of a msgdef, then when the
+ * oneof is eventually added to a msgdef, all fields added to the oneof will
+ * also be added to the msgdef at that time. If the oneof is already part of a
+ * msgdef, the field must either be a part of that msgdef already, or must not
+ * be a part of any msgdef; in the latter case, the field is added to the
+ * msgdef as a part of this operation.
+ *
+ * The field may only have an OPTIONAL label, never REQUIRED or REPEATED.
+ *
+ * If |f| is already part of this MessageDef, this method performs no action
+ * and returns true (success). Thus, this method is idempotent. */
+ bool AddField(FieldDef* field, Status* s);
+ bool AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& field, Status* s);
+
+ /* Looks up by name. */
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) const;
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len);
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const char* name) {
+ return FindFieldByName(name, strlen(name));
+ }
+
+ template <class T>
+ FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+ template <class T>
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByName(const T& str) const {
+ return FindFieldByName(str.c_str(), str.size());
+ }
+
+ /* Looks up by tag number. */
+ const FieldDef* FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t num) const;
+
+ /* Returns a new OneofDef with all the same fields. The OneofDef will be owned
+ * by the given owner. */
+ OneofDef* Dup(const void* owner) const;
+
+ /* Iteration over fields. The order is undefined. */
+ class iterator : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit iterator(OneofDef* md);
+ static iterator end(OneofDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_oneof_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ class const_iterator
+ : public std::iterator<std::forward_iterator_tag, const FieldDef*> {
+ public:
+ explicit const_iterator(const OneofDef* md);
+ static const_iterator end(const OneofDef* md);
+
+ void operator++();
+ const FieldDef* operator*() const;
+ bool operator!=(const const_iterator& other) const;
+ bool operator==(const const_iterator& other) const;
+
+ private:
+ upb_oneof_iter iter_;
+ };
+
+ iterator begin();
+ iterator end();
+ const_iterator begin() const;
+ const_iterator end() const;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(OneofDef, upb::OneofDef)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_new(const void *owner);
+upb_oneofdef *upb_oneofdef_dup(const upb_oneofdef *o, const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_oneofdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_oneofdef, upb_oneofdef_upcast)
+
+const char *upb_oneofdef_name(const upb_oneofdef *o);
+bool upb_oneofdef_setname(upb_oneofdef *o, const char *name, upb_status *s);
+
+const upb_msgdef *upb_oneofdef_containingtype(const upb_oneofdef *o);
+int upb_oneofdef_numfields(const upb_oneofdef *o);
+bool upb_oneofdef_addfield(upb_oneofdef *o, upb_fielddef *f,
+ const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s);
+
+/* Oneof lookups:
+ * - ntof: look up a field by name.
+ * - ntofz: look up a field by name (as a null-terminated string).
+ * - itof: look up a field by number. */
+const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntof(const upb_oneofdef *o,
+ const char *name, size_t length);
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_ntofz(const upb_oneofdef *o,
+ const char *name) {
+ return upb_oneofdef_ntof(o, name, strlen(name));
+}
+const upb_fielddef *upb_oneofdef_itof(const upb_oneofdef *o, uint32_t num);
+
+/* upb_oneof_iter i;
+ * for(upb_oneof_begin(&i, e); !upb_oneof_done(&i); upb_oneof_next(&i)) {
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ */
+void upb_oneof_begin(upb_oneof_iter *iter, const upb_oneofdef *o);
+void upb_oneof_next(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
+bool upb_oneof_done(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
+upb_fielddef *upb_oneof_iter_field(const upb_oneof_iter *iter);
+void upb_oneof_iter_setdone(upb_oneof_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+/* upb::FileDef ***************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that represents a .proto file with some things defined in it.
+ *
+ * Many users won't care about FileDefs, but they are necessary if you want to
+ * read the values of file-level options. */
+class upb::FileDef {
+ public:
+ /* Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<FileDef> New();
+
+ /* upb::RefCounted methods like Ref()/Unref(). */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Get/set name of the file (eg. "foo/bar.proto"). */
+ const char* name() const;
+ bool set_name(const char* name, Status* s);
+ bool set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s);
+
+ /* Package name for definitions inside the file (eg. "foo.bar"). */
+ const char* package() const;
+ bool set_package(const char* package, Status* s);
+
+ /* Syntax for the file. Defaults to proto2. */
+ upb_syntax_t syntax() const;
+ void set_syntax(upb_syntax_t syntax);
+
+ /* Get the list of defs from the file. These are returned in the order that
+ * they were added to the FileDef. */
+ int def_count() const;
+ const Def* def(int index) const;
+ Def* def(int index);
+
+ /* Get the list of dependencies from the file. These are returned in the
+ * order that they were added to the FileDef. */
+ int dependency_count() const;
+ const FileDef* dependency(int index) const;
+
+ /* Adds defs to this file. The def must not already belong to another
+ * file.
+ *
+ * Note: this does *not* ensure that this def's name is unique in this file!
+ * Use a SymbolTable if you want to check this property. Especially since
+ * properly checking uniqueness would require a check across *all* files
+ * (including dependencies). */
+ bool AddDef(Def* def, Status* s);
+ bool AddMessage(MessageDef* m, Status* s);
+ bool AddEnum(EnumDef* e, Status* s);
+ bool AddExtension(FieldDef* f, Status* s);
+
+ /* Adds a dependency of this file. */
+ bool AddDependency(const FileDef* file);
+
+ /* Freezes this FileDef and all messages/enums under it. All subdefs must be
+ * resolved and all messages/enums must validate. Returns true if this
+ * succeeded.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): should we care whether the file's dependencies are frozen
+ * already? */
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(FileDef, upb::FileDef)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+upb_filedef *upb_filedef_new(const void *owner);
+
+/* Include upb_refcounted methods like upb_msgdef_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_filedef, upb_filedef_upcast)
+
+const char *upb_filedef_name(const upb_filedef *f);
+const char *upb_filedef_package(const upb_filedef *f);
+upb_syntax_t upb_filedef_syntax(const upb_filedef *f);
+size_t upb_filedef_defcount(const upb_filedef *f);
+size_t upb_filedef_depcount(const upb_filedef *f);
+const upb_def *upb_filedef_def(const upb_filedef *f, size_t i);
+const upb_filedef *upb_filedef_dep(const upb_filedef *f, size_t i);
+
+bool upb_filedef_freeze(upb_filedef *f, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_filedef_setname(upb_filedef *f, const char *name, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_filedef_setpackage(upb_filedef *f, const char *package, upb_status *s);
+bool upb_filedef_setsyntax(upb_filedef *f, upb_syntax_t syntax, upb_status *s);
+
+bool upb_filedef_adddef(upb_filedef *f, upb_def *def, const void *ref_donor,
+ upb_status *s);
+bool upb_filedef_adddep(upb_filedef *f, const upb_filedef *dep);
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_filedef_addmsg(upb_filedef *f, upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *ref_donor, upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_filedef_adddef(f, upb_msgdef_upcast_mutable(m), ref_donor, s);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_filedef_addenum(upb_filedef *f, upb_enumdef *e,
+ const void *ref_donor, upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_filedef_adddef(f, upb_enumdef_upcast_mutable(e), ref_donor, s);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_filedef_addext(upb_filedef *file, upb_fielddef *f,
+ const void *ref_donor, upb_status *s) {
+ return upb_filedef_adddef(file, upb_fielddef_upcast_mutable(f), ref_donor, s);
+}
+UPB_INLINE upb_def *upb_filedef_mutabledef(upb_filedef *f, int i) {
+ return (upb_def*)upb_filedef_def(f, i);
+}
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+UPB_INLINE const char* upb_safecstr(const std::string& str) {
+ assert(str.size() == std::strlen(str.c_str()));
+ return str.c_str();
+}
+
+/* Inline C++ wrappers. */
+namespace upb {
+
+inline Def* Def::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_def_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline Def::Type Def::def_type() const { return upb_def_type(this); }
+inline const char* Def::full_name() const { return upb_def_fullname(this); }
+inline const char* Def::name() const { return upb_def_name(this); }
+inline bool Def::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool Def::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_def_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool Def::Freeze(Def* const* defs, size_t n, Status* status) {
+ return upb_def_freeze(defs, n, status);
+}
+inline bool Def::Freeze(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, Status* status) {
+ return upb_def_freeze((Def* const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), status);
+}
+
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckType(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checktype(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckLabel(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checklabel(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckDescriptorType(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checkdescriptortype(val);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::CheckIntegerFormat(int32_t val) {
+ return upb_fielddef_checkintfmt(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::ConvertType(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckType(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::Type>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::ConvertLabel(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckLabel(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::Label>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::ConvertDescriptorType(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckDescriptorType(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::DescriptorType>(val);
+}
+inline FieldDef::IntegerFormat FieldDef::ConvertIntegerFormat(int32_t val) {
+ assert(CheckIntegerFormat(val));
+ return static_cast<FieldDef::IntegerFormat>(val);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<FieldDef> FieldDef::New() {
+ upb_fielddef *f = upb_fielddef_new(&f);
+ return reffed_ptr<FieldDef>(f, &f);
+}
+inline FieldDef* FieldDef::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_fielddef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::type_is_set() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_typeisset(this);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Type FieldDef::type() const { return upb_fielddef_type(this); }
+inline FieldDef::DescriptorType FieldDef::descriptor_type() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_descriptortype(this);
+}
+inline FieldDef::Label FieldDef::label() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_label(this);
+}
+inline uint32_t FieldDef::number() const { return upb_fielddef_number(this); }
+inline const char* FieldDef::name() const { return upb_fielddef_name(this); }
+inline bool FieldDef::is_extension() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_isextension(this);
+}
+inline size_t FieldDef::GetJsonName(char* buf, size_t len) const {
+ return upb_fielddef_getjsonname(this, buf, len);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::lazy() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_lazy(this);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_lazy(bool lazy) {
+ upb_fielddef_setlazy(this, lazy);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::packed() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_packed(this);
+}
+inline uint32_t FieldDef::index() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_index(this);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_packed(bool packed) {
+ upb_fielddef_setpacked(this, packed);
+}
+inline const MessageDef* FieldDef::containing_type() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_containingtype(this);
+}
+inline const OneofDef* FieldDef::containing_oneof() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_containingoneof(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::containing_type_name() {
+ return upb_fielddef_containingtypename(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_number(uint32_t number, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setnumber(this, number, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const char *name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_json_name(const char *name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setjsonname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_json_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setjsonname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::clear_json_name() {
+ upb_fielddef_clearjsonname(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const char *name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_containing_type_name(const std::string &name,
+ Status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setcontainingtypename(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_type(upb_fieldtype_t type) {
+ upb_fielddef_settype(this, type);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_is_extension(bool is_extension) {
+ upb_fielddef_setisextension(this, is_extension);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_descriptor_type(FieldDef::DescriptorType type) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdescriptortype(this, type);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_label(upb_label_t label) {
+ upb_fielddef_setlabel(this, label);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::IsSubMessage() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_issubmsg(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::IsString() const { return upb_fielddef_isstring(this); }
+inline bool FieldDef::IsSequence() const { return upb_fielddef_isseq(this); }
+inline bool FieldDef::IsMap() const { return upb_fielddef_ismap(this); }
+inline int64_t FieldDef::default_int64() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultint64(this);
+}
+inline int32_t FieldDef::default_int32() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultint32(this);
+}
+inline uint64_t FieldDef::default_uint64() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultuint64(this);
+}
+inline uint32_t FieldDef::default_uint32() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultuint32(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::default_bool() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultbool(this);
+}
+inline float FieldDef::default_float() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultfloat(this);
+}
+inline double FieldDef::default_double() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultdouble(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::default_string(size_t* len) const {
+ return upb_fielddef_defaultstr(this, len);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_int64(int64_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint64(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_int32(int32_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultint32(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint64(uint64_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint64(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_uint32(uint32_t value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultuint32(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_bool(bool value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultbool(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_float(float value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultfloat(this, value);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_double(double value) {
+ upb_fielddef_setdefaultdouble(this, value);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const void *str, size_t len,
+ Status *s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str, len, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_default_string(const std::string& str, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultstr(this, str.c_str(), str.size(), s);
+}
+inline void FieldDef::set_default_cstr(const char* str, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setdefaultcstr(this, str, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::HasSubDef() const { return upb_fielddef_hassubdef(this); }
+inline const Def* FieldDef::subdef() const { return upb_fielddef_subdef(this); }
+inline const MessageDef *FieldDef::message_subdef() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_msgsubdef(this);
+}
+inline const EnumDef *FieldDef::enum_subdef() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_enumsubdef(this);
+}
+inline const char* FieldDef::subdef_name() const {
+ return upb_fielddef_subdefname(this);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef(const Def* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_enum_subdef(const EnumDef* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setenumsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_message_subdef(const MessageDef* subdef, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setmsgsubdef(this, subdef, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const char* name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FieldDef::set_subdef_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_fielddef_setsubdefname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<MessageDef> MessageDef::New() {
+ upb_msgdef *m = upb_msgdef_new(&m);
+ return reffed_ptr<MessageDef>(m, &m);
+}
+inline const char *MessageDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline const char *MessageDef::name() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_name(this);
+}
+inline upb_syntax_t MessageDef::syntax() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_syntax(this);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::set_syntax(upb_syntax_t syntax) {
+ return upb_msgdef_setsyntax(this, syntax);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::Freeze(Status* status) {
+ return upb_msgdef_freeze(this, status);
+}
+inline int MessageDef::field_count() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_numfields(this);
+}
+inline int MessageDef::oneof_count() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_numoneofs(this);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddField(upb_fielddef* f, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& f, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addfield(this, f.get(), NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddOneof(upb_oneofdef* o, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addoneof(this, o, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::AddOneof(const reffed_ptr<OneofDef>& o, Status* s) {
+ return upb_msgdef_addoneof(this, o.get(), NULL, s);
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) {
+ return upb_msgdef_itof_mutable(this, number);
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char* name, size_t len) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof_mutable(this, name, len);
+}
+inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t number) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_itof(this, number);
+}
+inline const FieldDef *MessageDef::FindFieldByName(const char *name,
+ size_t len) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntof(this, name, len);
+}
+inline OneofDef* MessageDef::FindOneofByName(const char* name, size_t len) {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntoo_mutable(this, name, len);
+}
+inline const OneofDef* MessageDef::FindOneofByName(const char* name,
+ size_t len) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_ntoo(this, name, len);
+}
+inline MessageDef* MessageDef::Dup(const void *owner) const {
+ return upb_msgdef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::setmapentry(bool map_entry) {
+ upb_msgdef_setmapentry(this, map_entry);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::mapentry() const {
+ return upb_msgdef_mapentry(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_begin() {
+ return field_iterator(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_end() {
+ return field_iterator::end(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::field_begin() const {
+ return const_field_iterator(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::field_end() const {
+ return const_field_iterator::end(this);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_begin() {
+ return oneof_iterator(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_end() {
+ return oneof_iterator::end(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_begin() const {
+ return const_oneof_iterator(this);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_end() const {
+ return const_oneof_iterator::end(this);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::field_iterator::field_iterator(MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_field_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::field_iterator MessageDef::field_iterator::end(
+ MessageDef* md) {
+ MessageDef::field_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline FieldDef* MessageDef::field_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::field_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_msg_field_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::field_iterator::operator==(
+ const field_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::field_iterator::operator!=(
+ const field_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator::const_field_iterator(
+ const MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_field_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_field_iterator MessageDef::const_field_iterator::end(
+ const MessageDef *md) {
+ MessageDef::const_field_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_field_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline const FieldDef* MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_msg_field_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator==(
+ const const_field_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_field_iterator::operator!=(
+ const const_field_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator::oneof_iterator(MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_oneof_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::oneof_iterator MessageDef::oneof_iterator::end(
+ MessageDef* md) {
+ MessageDef::oneof_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline OneofDef* MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_oneof(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_msg_oneof_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator==(
+ const oneof_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_strtable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::oneof_iterator::operator!=(
+ const oneof_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::const_oneof_iterator(
+ const MessageDef* md) {
+ upb_msg_oneof_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::end(
+ const MessageDef *md) {
+ MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_msg_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline const OneofDef* MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_oneof(&iter_);
+}
+inline void MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_msg_oneof_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator==(
+ const const_oneof_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_strtable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool MessageDef::const_oneof_iterator::operator!=(
+ const const_oneof_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<EnumDef> EnumDef::New() {
+ upb_enumdef *e = upb_enumdef_new(&e);
+ return reffed_ptr<EnumDef>(e, &e);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::full_name() const {
+ return upb_enumdef_fullname(this);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::name() const {
+ return upb_enumdef_name(this);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const char* fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, fullname, s);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_full_name(const std::string& fullname, Status* s) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setfullname(this, upb_safecstr(fullname), s);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::Freeze(Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_freeze(this, status);
+}
+inline int32_t EnumDef::default_value() const {
+ return upb_enumdef_default(this);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::set_default_value(int32_t val, Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_setdefault(this, val, status);
+}
+inline int EnumDef::value_count() const { return upb_enumdef_numvals(this); }
+inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const char* name, int32_t num, Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_addval(this, name, num, status);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::AddValue(const std::string& name, int32_t num,
+ Status* status) {
+ return upb_enumdef_addval(this, upb_safecstr(name), num, status);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::FindValueByName(const char* name, int32_t *num) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_ntoiz(this, name, num);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::FindValueByNumber(int32_t num) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_iton(this, num);
+}
+inline EnumDef* EnumDef::Dup(const void* owner) const {
+ return upb_enumdef_dup(this, owner);
+}
+
+inline EnumDef::Iterator::Iterator(const EnumDef* e) {
+ upb_enum_begin(&iter_, e);
+}
+inline int32_t EnumDef::Iterator::number() {
+ return upb_enum_iter_number(&iter_);
+}
+inline const char* EnumDef::Iterator::name() {
+ return upb_enum_iter_name(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool EnumDef::Iterator::Done() { return upb_enum_done(&iter_); }
+inline void EnumDef::Iterator::Next() { return upb_enum_next(&iter_); }
+
+inline reffed_ptr<OneofDef> OneofDef::New() {
+ upb_oneofdef *o = upb_oneofdef_new(&o);
+ return reffed_ptr<OneofDef>(o, &o);
+}
+
+inline const MessageDef* OneofDef::containing_type() const {
+ return upb_oneofdef_containingtype(this);
+}
+inline const char* OneofDef::name() const {
+ return upb_oneofdef_name(this);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::set_name(const char* name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_oneofdef_setname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_oneofdef_setname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline int OneofDef::field_count() const {
+ return upb_oneofdef_numfields(this);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::AddField(FieldDef* field, Status* s) {
+ return upb_oneofdef_addfield(this, field, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::AddField(const reffed_ptr<FieldDef>& field, Status* s) {
+ return upb_oneofdef_addfield(this, field.get(), NULL, s);
+}
+inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::FindFieldByName(const char* name,
+ size_t len) const {
+ return upb_oneofdef_ntof(this, name, len);
+}
+inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::FindFieldByNumber(uint32_t num) const {
+ return upb_oneofdef_itof(this, num);
+}
+inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::begin() { return iterator(this); }
+inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::end() { return iterator::end(this); }
+inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::begin() const {
+ return const_iterator(this);
+}
+inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::end() const {
+ return const_iterator::end(this);
+}
+
+inline OneofDef::iterator::iterator(OneofDef* o) {
+ upb_oneof_begin(&iter_, o);
+}
+inline OneofDef::iterator OneofDef::iterator::end(OneofDef* o) {
+ OneofDef::iterator iter(o);
+ upb_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline FieldDef* OneofDef::iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_oneof_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void OneofDef::iterator::operator++() { return upb_oneof_next(&iter_); }
+inline bool OneofDef::iterator::operator==(const iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::iterator::operator!=(const iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline OneofDef::const_iterator::const_iterator(const OneofDef* md) {
+ upb_oneof_begin(&iter_, md);
+}
+inline OneofDef::const_iterator OneofDef::const_iterator::end(
+ const OneofDef *md) {
+ OneofDef::const_iterator iter(md);
+ upb_oneof_iter_setdone(&iter.iter_);
+ return iter;
+}
+inline const FieldDef* OneofDef::const_iterator::operator*() const {
+ return upb_msg_iter_field(&iter_);
+}
+inline void OneofDef::const_iterator::operator++() {
+ return upb_oneof_next(&iter_);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::const_iterator::operator==(
+ const const_iterator &other) const {
+ return upb_inttable_iter_isequal(&iter_, &other.iter_);
+}
+inline bool OneofDef::const_iterator::operator!=(
+ const const_iterator &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<FileDef> FileDef::New() {
+ upb_filedef *f = upb_filedef_new(&f);
+ return reffed_ptr<FileDef>(f, &f);
+}
+
+inline const char* FileDef::name() const {
+ return upb_filedef_name(this);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::set_name(const char* name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_setname(this, name, s);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::set_name(const std::string& name, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_setname(this, upb_safecstr(name), s);
+}
+inline const char* FileDef::package() const {
+ return upb_filedef_package(this);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::set_package(const char* package, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_setpackage(this, package, s);
+}
+inline int FileDef::def_count() const {
+ return upb_filedef_defcount(this);
+}
+inline const Def* FileDef::def(int index) const {
+ return upb_filedef_def(this, index);
+}
+inline Def* FileDef::def(int index) {
+ return const_cast<Def*>(upb_filedef_def(this, index));
+}
+inline int FileDef::dependency_count() const {
+ return upb_filedef_depcount(this);
+}
+inline const FileDef* FileDef::dependency(int index) const {
+ return upb_filedef_dep(this, index);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::AddDef(Def* def, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_adddef(this, def, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::AddMessage(MessageDef* m, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_addmsg(this, m, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::AddEnum(EnumDef* e, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_addenum(this, e, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::AddExtension(FieldDef* f, Status* s) {
+ return upb_filedef_addext(this, f, NULL, s);
+}
+inline bool FileDef::AddDependency(const FileDef* file) {
+ return upb_filedef_adddep(this, file);
+}
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_DEF_H_ */
+/*
+** This file contains definitions of structs that should be considered private
+** and NOT stable across versions of upb.
+**
+** The only reason they are declared here and not in .c files is to allow upb
+** and the application (if desired) to embed statically-initialized instances
+** of structures like defs.
+**
+** If you include this file, all guarantees of ABI compatibility go out the
+** window! Any code that includes this file needs to recompile against the
+** exact same version of upb that they are linking against.
+**
+** You also need to recompile if you change the value of the UPB_DEBUG_REFS
+** flag.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef UPB_STATICINIT_H_
+#define UPB_STATICINIT_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* Because of how we do our typedefs, this header can't be included from C++. */
+#error This file cannot be included from C++
+#endif
+
+/* upb_refcounted *************************************************************/
+
+
+/* upb_def ********************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_def {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ const char *fullname;
+ const upb_filedef* file;
+ char type; /* A upb_deftype_t (char to save space) */
+
+ /* Used as a flag during the def's mutable stage. Must be false unless
+ * it is currently being used by a function on the stack. This allows
+ * us to easily determine which defs were passed into the function's
+ * current invocation. */
+ bool came_from_user;
+};
+
+#define UPB_DEF_INIT(name, type, vtbl, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(vtbl, refs, ref2s), name, NULL, type, false }
+
+
+/* upb_fielddef ***************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_fielddef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ union {
+ int64_t sint;
+ uint64_t uint;
+ double dbl;
+ float flt;
+ void *bytes;
+ } defaultval;
+ union {
+ const upb_msgdef *def; /* If !msg_is_symbolic. */
+ char *name; /* If msg_is_symbolic. */
+ } msg;
+ union {
+ const upb_def *def; /* If !subdef_is_symbolic. */
+ char *name; /* If subdef_is_symbolic. */
+ } sub; /* The msgdef or enumdef for this field, if upb_hassubdef(f). */
+ bool subdef_is_symbolic;
+ bool msg_is_symbolic;
+ const upb_oneofdef *oneof;
+ bool default_is_string;
+ bool type_is_set_; /* False until type is explicitly set. */
+ bool is_extension_;
+ bool lazy_;
+ bool packed_;
+ upb_intfmt_t intfmt;
+ bool tagdelim;
+ upb_fieldtype_t type_;
+ upb_label_t label_;
+ uint32_t number_;
+ uint32_t selector_base; /* Used to index into a upb::Handlers table. */
+ uint32_t index_;
+};
+
+extern const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_fielddef_vtbl;
+
+#define UPB_FIELDDEF_INIT(label, type, intfmt, tagdelim, is_extension, lazy, \
+ packed, name, num, msgdef, subdef, selector_base, \
+ index, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_FIELD, &upb_fielddef_vtbl, refs, ref2s), \
+ defaultval, {msgdef}, {subdef}, NULL, false, false, \
+ type == UPB_TYPE_STRING || type == UPB_TYPE_BYTES, true, is_extension, \
+ lazy, packed, intfmt, tagdelim, type, label, num, selector_base, index \
+ }
+
+
+/* upb_msgdef *****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_msgdef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ size_t selector_count;
+ uint32_t submsg_field_count;
+
+ /* Tables for looking up fields by number and name. */
+ upb_inttable itof; /* int to field */
+ upb_strtable ntof; /* name to field/oneof */
+
+ /* Is this a map-entry message? */
+ bool map_entry;
+
+ /* Whether this message has proto2 or proto3 semantics. */
+ upb_syntax_t syntax;
+
+ /* TODO(haberman): proper extension ranges (there can be multiple). */
+};
+
+extern const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_msgdef_vtbl;
+
+/* TODO: also support static initialization of the oneofs table. This will be
+ * needed if we compile in descriptors that contain oneofs. */
+#define UPB_MSGDEF_INIT(name, selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, \
+ map_entry, syntax, refs, ref2s) \
+ { \
+ UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_MSG, &upb_fielddef_vtbl, refs, ref2s), \
+ selector_count, submsg_field_count, itof, ntof, map_entry, syntax \
+ }
+
+
+/* upb_enumdef ****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_enumdef {
+ upb_def base;
+
+ upb_strtable ntoi;
+ upb_inttable iton;
+ int32_t defaultval;
+};
+
+extern const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_enumdef_vtbl;
+
+#define UPB_ENUMDEF_INIT(name, ntoi, iton, defaultval, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_DEF_INIT(name, UPB_DEF_ENUM, &upb_enumdef_vtbl, refs, ref2s), ntoi, \
+ iton, defaultval }
+
+
+/* upb_oneofdef ***************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_oneofdef {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ const char *name;
+ upb_strtable ntof;
+ upb_inttable itof;
+ const upb_msgdef *parent;
+};
+
+extern const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_oneofdef_vtbl;
+
+#define UPB_ONEOFDEF_INIT(name, ntof, itof, refs, ref2s) \
+ { UPB_REFCOUNT_INIT(&upb_oneofdef_vtbl, refs, ref2s), name, ntof, itof }
+
+
+/* upb_symtab *****************************************************************/
+
+struct upb_symtab {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ upb_strtable symtab;
+};
+
+struct upb_filedef {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ const char *name;
+ const char *package;
+ upb_syntax_t syntax;
+
+ upb_inttable defs;
+ upb_inttable deps;
+};
+
+extern const struct upb_refcounted_vtbl upb_filedef_vtbl;
+
+#endif /* UPB_STATICINIT_H_ */
+/*
+** upb::Handlers (upb_handlers)
+**
+** A upb_handlers is like a virtual table for a upb_msgdef. Each field of the
+** message can have associated functions that will be called when we are
+** parsing or visiting a stream of data. This is similar to how handlers work
+** in SAX (the Simple API for XML).
+**
+** The handlers have no idea where the data is coming from, so a single set of
+** handlers could be used with two completely different data sources (for
+** example, a parser and a visitor over in-memory objects). This decoupling is
+** the most important feature of upb, because it allows parsers and serializers
+** to be highly reusable.
+**
+** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+** See the top-level README for more information.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_H
+#define UPB_HANDLERS_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class BufferHandle;
+class BytesHandler;
+class HandlerAttributes;
+class Handlers;
+template <class T> class Handler;
+template <class T> struct CanonicalType;
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferHandle, upb_bufhandle)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesHandler, upb_byteshandler)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::HandlerAttributes, upb_handlerattr)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::Handlers, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_handlers, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* The maximum depth that the handler graph can have. This is a resource limit
+ * for the C stack since we sometimes need to recursively traverse the graph.
+ * Cycles are ok; the traversal will stop when it detects a cycle, but we must
+ * hit the cycle before the maximum depth is reached.
+ *
+ * If having a single static limit is too inflexible, we can add another variant
+ * of Handlers::Freeze that allows specifying this as a parameter. */
+#define UPB_MAX_HANDLER_DEPTH 64
+
+/* All the different types of handlers that can be registered.
+ * Only needed for the advanced functions in upb::Handlers. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_HANDLER_INT32,
+ UPB_HANDLER_INT64,
+ UPB_HANDLER_UINT32,
+ UPB_HANDLER_UINT64,
+ UPB_HANDLER_FLOAT,
+ UPB_HANDLER_DOUBLE,
+ UPB_HANDLER_BOOL,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSTR,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STRING,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSTR,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSUBMSG,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSUBMSG,
+ UPB_HANDLER_STARTSEQ,
+ UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ
+} upb_handlertype_t;
+
+#define UPB_HANDLER_MAX (UPB_HANDLER_ENDSEQ+1)
+
+#define UPB_BREAK NULL
+
+/* A convenient definition for when no closure is needed. */
+extern char _upb_noclosure;
+#define UPB_NO_CLOSURE &_upb_noclosure
+
+/* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+ * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15"). */
+typedef int32_t upb_selector_t;
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Forward-declares for C inline accessors. We need to declare these here
+ * so we can "friend" them in the class declarations in C++. */
+UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s);
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
+ const void *type);
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
+ size_t ofs);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+
+/* Static selectors for upb::Handlers. */
+#define UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR 0
+#define UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR 1
+#define UPB_STATIC_SELECTOR_COUNT 2
+
+/* Static selectors for upb::BytesHandler. */
+#define UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR 0
+#define UPB_STRING_SELECTOR 1
+#define UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR 2
+
+typedef void upb_handlerfree(void *d);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A set of attributes that accompanies a handler's function pointer. */
+class upb::HandlerAttributes {
+ public:
+ HandlerAttributes();
+ ~HandlerAttributes();
+
+ /* Sets the handler data that will be passed as the second parameter of the
+ * handler. To free this pointer when the handlers are freed, call
+ * Handlers::AddCleanup(). */
+ bool SetHandlerData(const void *handler_data);
+ const void* handler_data() const;
+
+ /* Use this to specify the type of the closure. This will be checked against
+ * all other closure types for handler that use the same closure.
+ * Registration will fail if this does not match all other non-NULL closure
+ * types. */
+ bool SetClosureType(const void *closure_type);
+ const void* closure_type() const;
+
+ /* Use this to specify the type of the returned closure. Only used for
+ * Start*{String,SubMessage,Sequence} handlers. This must match the closure
+ * type of any handlers that use it (for example, the StringBuf handler must
+ * match the closure returned from StartString). */
+ bool SetReturnClosureType(const void *return_closure_type);
+ const void* return_closure_type() const;
+
+ /* Set to indicate that the handler always returns "ok" (either "true" or a
+ * non-NULL closure). This is a hint that can allow code generators to
+ * generate more efficient code. */
+ bool SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok);
+ bool always_ok() const;
+
+ private:
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void * ::upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+#else
+struct upb_handlerattr {
+#endif
+ const void *handler_data_;
+ const void *closure_type_;
+ const void *return_closure_type_;
+ bool alwaysok_;
+};
+
+#define UPB_HANDLERATTR_INITIALIZER {NULL, NULL, NULL, false}
+
+typedef struct {
+ upb_func *func;
+
+ /* It is wasteful to include the entire attributes here:
+ *
+ * * Some of the information is redundant (like storing the closure type
+ * separately for each handler that must match).
+ * * Some of the info is only needed prior to freeze() (like closure types).
+ * * alignment padding wastes a lot of space for alwaysok_.
+ *
+ * If/when the size and locality of handlers is an issue, we can optimize this
+ * not to store the entire attr like this. We do not expose the table's
+ * layout to allow this optimization in the future. */
+ upb_handlerattr attr;
+} upb_handlers_tabent;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Extra information about a buffer that is passed to a StringBuf handler.
+ * TODO(haberman): allow the handle to be pinned so that it will outlive
+ * the handler invocation. */
+class upb::BufferHandle {
+ public:
+ BufferHandle();
+ ~BufferHandle();
+
+ /* The beginning of the buffer. This may be different than the pointer
+ * passed to a StringBuf handler because the handler may receive data
+ * that is from the middle or end of a larger buffer. */
+ const char* buffer() const;
+
+ /* The offset within the attached object where this buffer begins. Only
+ * meaningful if there is an attached object. */
+ size_t object_offset() const;
+
+ /* Note that object_offset is the offset of "buf" within the attached
+ * object. */
+ void SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t object_offset);
+
+ /* The BufferHandle can have an "attached object", which can be used to
+ * tunnel through a pointer to the buffer's underlying representation. */
+ template <class T>
+ void SetAttachedObject(const T* obj);
+
+ /* Returns NULL if the attached object is not of this type. */
+ template <class T>
+ const T* GetAttachedObject() const;
+
+ private:
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h,
+ const void *obj,
+ const void *type);
+ friend UPB_INLINE void ::upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h,
+ const char *buf, size_t ofs);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void* ::upb_bufhandle_objtype(
+ const upb_bufhandle *h);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const char* ::upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+#else
+struct upb_bufhandle {
+#endif
+ const char *buf_;
+ const void *obj_;
+ const void *objtype_;
+ size_t objofs_;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A upb::Handlers object represents the set of handlers associated with a
+ * message in the graph of messages. You can think of it as a big virtual
+ * table with functions corresponding to all the events that can fire while
+ * parsing or visiting a message of a specific type.
+ *
+ * Any handlers that are not set behave as if they had successfully consumed
+ * the value. Any unset Start* handlers will propagate their closure to the
+ * inner frame.
+ *
+ * The easiest way to create the *Handler objects needed by the Set* methods is
+ * with the UpbBind() and UpbMakeHandler() macros; see below. */
+class upb::Handlers {
+ public:
+ typedef upb_selector_t Selector;
+ typedef upb_handlertype_t Type;
+
+ typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *)> StartFieldHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> EndFieldHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *)> StartMessageHandler;
+ typedef Handler<bool (*)(void *, const void *, Status*)> EndMessageHandler;
+ typedef Handler<void *(*)(void *, const void *, size_t)> StartStringHandler;
+ typedef Handler<size_t (*)(void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *)> StringHandler;
+
+ template <class T> struct ValueHandler {
+ typedef Handler<bool(*)(void *, const void *, T)> H;
+ };
+
+ typedef ValueHandler<int32_t>::H Int32Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<int64_t>::H Int64Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<uint32_t>::H UInt32Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<uint64_t>::H UInt64Handler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<float>::H FloatHandler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<double>::H DoubleHandler;
+ typedef ValueHandler<bool>::H BoolHandler;
+
+ /* Any function pointer can be converted to this and converted back to its
+ * correct type. */
+ typedef void GenericFunction();
+
+ typedef void HandlersCallback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
+
+ /* Returns a new handlers object for the given frozen msgdef.
+ * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<Handlers> New(const MessageDef *m);
+
+ /* Convenience function for registering a graph of handlers that mirrors the
+ * graph of msgdefs for some message. For "m" and all its children a new set
+ * of handlers will be created and the given callback will be invoked,
+ * allowing the client to register handlers for this message. Note that any
+ * subhandlers set by the callback will be overwritten. */
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewFrozen(const MessageDef *m,
+ HandlersCallback *callback,
+ const void *closure);
+
+ /* Functionality from upb::RefCounted. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* All handler registration functions return bool to indicate success or
+ * failure; details about failures are stored in this status object. If a
+ * failure does occur, it must be cleared before the Handlers are frozen,
+ * otherwise the freeze() operation will fail. The functions may *only* be
+ * used while the Handlers are mutable. */
+ const Status* status();
+ void ClearError();
+
+ /* Call to freeze these Handlers. Requires that any SubHandlers are already
+ * frozen. For cycles, you must use the static version below and freeze the
+ * whole graph at once. */
+ bool Freeze(Status* s);
+
+ /* Freezes the given set of handlers. You may not freeze a handler without
+ * also freezing any handlers they point to. */
+ static bool Freeze(Handlers*const* handlers, int n, Status* s);
+ static bool Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& handlers, Status* s);
+
+ /* Returns the msgdef associated with this handlers object. */
+ const MessageDef* message_def() const;
+
+ /* Adds the given pointer and function to the list of cleanup functions that
+ * will be run when these handlers are freed. If this pointer has previously
+ * been registered, the function returns false and does nothing. */
+ bool AddCleanup(void *ptr, upb_handlerfree *cleanup);
+
+ /* Sets the startmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * bool startmsg(MyType* closure) {
+ * // Called when the message begins. Returns true if processing should
+ * // continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ */
+ bool SetStartMessageHandler(const StartMessageHandler& handler);
+
+ /* Sets the endmsg handler for the message, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * bool endmsg(MyType* closure, upb_status *status) {
+ * // Called when processing of this message ends, whether in success or
+ * // failure. "status" indicates the final status of processing, and
+ * // can also be modified in-place to update the final status.
+ * }
+ */
+ bool SetEndMessageHandler(const EndMessageHandler& handler);
+
+ /* Sets the value handler for the given field, which is defined as follows
+ * (this is for an int32 field; other field types will pass their native
+ * C/C++ type for "val"):
+ *
+ * bool OnValue(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+ * // Called when the field's value is encountered. "d" contains
+ * // whatever data was bound to this field when it was registered.
+ * // Returns true if processing should continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * handers->SetInt32Handler(f, UpbBind(OnValue, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * The value type must exactly match f->type().
+ * For example, a handler that takes an int32_t parameter may only be used for
+ * fields of type UPB_TYPE_INT32 and UPB_TYPE_ENUM.
+ *
+ * Returns false if the handler failed to register; in this case the cleanup
+ * handler (if any) will be called immediately.
+ */
+ bool SetInt32Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int32Handler& h);
+ bool SetInt64Handler (const FieldDef* f, const Int64Handler& h);
+ bool SetUInt32Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt32Handler& h);
+ bool SetUInt64Handler(const FieldDef* f, const UInt64Handler& h);
+ bool SetFloatHandler (const FieldDef* f, const FloatHandler& h);
+ bool SetDoubleHandler(const FieldDef* f, const DoubleHandler& h);
+ bool SetBoolHandler (const FieldDef* f, const BoolHandler& h);
+
+ /* Like the previous, but templated on the type on the value (ie. int32).
+ * This is mostly useful to call from other templates. To call this you must
+ * specify the template parameter explicitly, ie:
+ * h->SetValueHandler<T>(f, UpbBind(MyHandler<T>, MyData)); */
+ template <class T>
+ bool SetValueHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f,
+ const typename ValueHandler<typename CanonicalType<T>::Type>::H& handler);
+
+ /* Sets handlers for a string field, which are defined as follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure* startstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ * size_t size_hint) {
+ * // Called when a string value begins. The return value indicates the
+ * // closure for the string. "size_hint" indicates the size of the
+ * // string if it is known, however if the string is length-delimited
+ * // and the end-of-string is not available size_hint will be zero.
+ * // This case is indistinguishable from the case where the size is
+ * // known to be zero.
+ * //
+ * // TODO(haberman): is it important to distinguish these cases?
+ * // If we had ssize_t as a type we could make -1 "unknown", but
+ * // ssize_t is POSIX (not ANSI) and therefore less portable.
+ * // In practice I suspect it won't be important to distinguish.
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * size_t str(MyClosure* closure, const MyHandlerData* d,
+ * const char *str, size_t len) {
+ * // Called for each buffer of string data; the multiple physical buffers
+ * // are all part of the same logical string. The return value indicates
+ * // how many bytes were consumed. If this number is less than "len",
+ * // this will also indicate that processing should be halted for now,
+ * // like returning false or UPB_BREAK from any other callback. If
+ * // number is greater than "len", the excess bytes will be skipped over
+ * // and not passed to the callback.
+ * return len;
+ * }
+ *
+ * bool endstr(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a string value ends. Return value indicates whether
+ * // processing should continue.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ */
+ bool SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartStringHandler& h);
+ bool SetStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StringHandler& h);
+ bool SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
+
+ /* Sets the startseq handler, which is defined as follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure *startseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a sequence (repeated field) begins. The returned
+ * // pointer indicates the closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK
+ * // to interrupt processing).
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * h->SetStartSequenceHandler(f, UpbBind(startseq, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * repeated field.
+ */
+ bool SetStartSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
+
+ /* Sets the startsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * MySubClosure* startsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a submessage begins. The returned pointer indicates the
+ * // closure for the sequence (or UPB_BREAK to interrupt processing).
+ * return closure;
+ * }
+ *
+ * h->SetStartSubMessageHandler(f, UpbBind(startsubmsg,
+ * new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * submessage/group field.
+ */
+ bool SetStartSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef* f, const StartFieldHandler& h);
+
+ /* Sets the endsubmsg handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * bool endsubmsg(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a submessage ends. Returns true to continue processing.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * submessage/group field.
+ */
+ bool SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f, const EndFieldHandler &h);
+
+ /* Starts the endsubseq handler for the given field, which is defined as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * bool endseq(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d) {
+ * // Called when a sequence ends. Returns true continue processing.
+ * return true;
+ * }
+ *
+ * Returns "false" if "f" does not belong to this message or is not a
+ * repeated field.
+ */
+ bool SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef* f, const EndFieldHandler& h);
+
+ /* Sets or gets the object that specifies handlers for the given field, which
+ * must be a submessage or group. Returns NULL if no handlers are set. */
+ bool SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f, const Handlers* sub);
+ const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef* f) const;
+
+ /* Equivalent to GetSubHandlers, but takes the STARTSUBMSG selector for the
+ * field. */
+ const Handlers* GetSubHandlers(Selector startsubmsg) const;
+
+ /* A selector refers to a specific field handler in the Handlers object
+ * (for example: the STARTSUBMSG handler for field "field15").
+ * On success, returns true and stores the selector in "s".
+ * If the FieldDef or Type are invalid, returns false.
+ * The returned selector is ONLY valid for Handlers whose MessageDef
+ * contains this FieldDef. */
+ static bool GetSelector(const FieldDef* f, Type type, Selector* s);
+
+ /* Given a START selector of any kind, returns the corresponding END selector. */
+ static Selector GetEndSelector(Selector start_selector);
+
+ /* Returns the function pointer for this handler. It is the client's
+ * responsibility to cast to the correct function type before calling it. */
+ GenericFunction* GetHandler(Selector selector);
+
+ /* Sets the given attributes to the attributes for this selector. */
+ bool GetAttributes(Selector selector, HandlerAttributes* attr);
+
+ /* Returns the handler data that was registered with this handler. */
+ const void* GetHandlerData(Selector selector);
+
+ /* Could add any of the following functions as-needed, with some minor
+ * implementation changes:
+ *
+ * const FieldDef* GetFieldDef(Selector selector);
+ * static bool IsSequence(Selector selector); */
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Handlers, upb::Handlers)
+
+ friend UPB_INLINE GenericFunction *::upb_handlers_gethandler(
+ const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
+ friend UPB_INLINE const void *::upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(
+ const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s);
+#else
+struct upb_handlers {
+#endif
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ const upb_msgdef *msg;
+ const upb_handlers **sub;
+ const void *top_closure_type;
+ upb_inttable cleanup_;
+ upb_status status_; /* Used only when mutable. */
+ upb_handlers_tabent table[1]; /* Dynamically-sized field handler array. */
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+/* Convenience macros for creating a Handler object that is wrapped with a
+ * type-safe wrapper function that converts the "void*" parameters/returns
+ * of the underlying C API into nice C++ function.
+ *
+ * Sample usage:
+ * void OnValue1(MyClosure* c, const MyHandlerData* d, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Handler that doesn't need any data bound to it.
+ * void OnValue2(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Handler that returns bool so it can return failure if necessary.
+ * bool OnValue3(MyClosure* c, int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * return ok;
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Member function handler.
+ * class MyClosure {
+ * public:
+ * void OnValue(int32_t val) {
+ * // do stuff ...
+ * }
+ * };
+ *
+ * // Takes ownership of the MyHandlerData.
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbBind(OnValue1, new MyHandlerData(...)));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue2));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f1, UpbMakeHandler(OnValue3));
+ * handlers->SetInt32Handler(f2, UpbMakeHandler(&MyClosure::OnValue));
+ */
+
+#ifdef UPB_CXX11
+
+/* In C++11, the "template" disambiguator can appear even outside templates,
+ * so all calls can safely use this pair of macros. */
+
+#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
+
+/* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */
+#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+#else
+
+/* Prior to C++11, the "template" disambiguator may only appear inside a
+ * template, so the regular macro must not use "template" */
+
+#define UpbMakeHandler(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>()
+
+#define UpbBind(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+#endif /* UPB_CXX11 */
+
+/* This macro must be used in C++98 for calls from inside a template. But we
+ * define this variant in all cases; code that wants to be compatible with both
+ * C++98 and C++11 should always use this macro when calling from a template. */
+#define UpbMakeHandlerT(f) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>()
+
+/* We have to be careful to only evaluate "d" once. */
+#define UpbBindT(f, d) upb::MatchFunc(f).template GetFunc<f>((d))
+
+/* Handler: a struct that contains the (handler, data, deleter) tuple that is
+ * used to register all handlers. Users can Make() these directly but it's
+ * more convenient to use the UpbMakeHandler/UpbBind macros above. */
+template <class T> class Handler {
+ public:
+ /* The underlying, handler function signature that upb uses internally. */
+ typedef T FuncPtr;
+
+ /* Intentionally implicit. */
+ template <class F> Handler(F func);
+ ~Handler();
+
+ private:
+ void AddCleanup(Handlers* h) const {
+ if (cleanup_func_) {
+ bool ok = h->AddCleanup(cleanup_data_, cleanup_func_);
+ UPB_ASSERT_VAR(ok, ok);
+ }
+ }
+
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(Handler)
+ friend class Handlers;
+ FuncPtr handler_;
+ mutable HandlerAttributes attr_;
+ mutable bool registered_;
+ void *cleanup_data_;
+ upb_handlerfree *cleanup_func_;
+};
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+
+/* Handler function typedefs. */
+typedef bool upb_startmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void*);
+typedef bool upb_endmsg_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *, upb_status *status);
+typedef void* upb_startfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd);
+typedef bool upb_endfield_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd);
+typedef bool upb_int32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int32_t val);
+typedef bool upb_int64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, int64_t val);
+typedef bool upb_uint32_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint32_t val);
+typedef bool upb_uint64_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, uint64_t val);
+typedef bool upb_float_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, float val);
+typedef bool upb_double_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, double val);
+typedef bool upb_bool_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, bool val);
+typedef void *upb_startstr_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd,
+ size_t size_hint);
+typedef size_t upb_string_handlerfunc(void *c, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t n, const upb_bufhandle* handle);
+
+/* upb_bufhandle */
+size_t upb_bufhandle_objofs(const upb_bufhandle *h);
+
+/* upb_handlerattr */
+void upb_handlerattr_init(upb_handlerattr *attr);
+void upb_handlerattr_uninit(upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+bool upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *hd);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr, const void *type);
+const void *upb_handlerattr_closuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(upb_handlerattr *attr,
+ const void *type);
+const void *upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(upb_handlerattr *attr, bool alwaysok);
+bool upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(const upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ const upb_handlerattr *attr) {
+ return attr->handler_data_;
+}
+
+/* upb_handlers */
+typedef void upb_handlers_callback(const void *closure, upb_handlers *h);
+upb_handlers *upb_handlers_new(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_newfrozen(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner,
+ upb_handlers_callback *callback,
+ const void *closure);
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_handlers_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_handlers, upb_handlers_upcast)
+
+const upb_status *upb_handlers_status(upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_handlers_clearerr(upb_handlers *h);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_handlers_msgdef(const upb_handlers *h);
+bool upb_handlers_addcleanup(upb_handlers *h, void *p, upb_handlerfree *hfree);
+
+bool upb_handlers_setstartmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_startmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendmsg(upb_handlers *h, upb_endmsg_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_int32_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_int64_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setuint32(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_uint32_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setuint64(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_uint64_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setfloat(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_float_handlerfunc *func, upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setdouble(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_double_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setbool(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_bool_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstring(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendstr(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_startfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+bool upb_handlers_setendseq(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+bool upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f,
+ const upb_handlers *sub);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(const upb_handlers *h,
+ const upb_fielddef *f);
+const upb_handlers *upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t sel);
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_func *upb_handlers_gethandler(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s) {
+ return (upb_func *)h->table[s].func;
+}
+
+bool upb_handlers_getattr(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
+ upb_handlerattr *attr);
+
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_selector_t s) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(&h->table[s].attr);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Handler types for single fields.
+ * Right now we only have one for TYPE_BYTES but ones for other types
+ * should follow.
+ *
+ * These follow the same handlers protocol for fields of a message. */
+class upb::BytesHandler {
+ public:
+ BytesHandler();
+ ~BytesHandler();
+#else
+struct upb_byteshandler {
+#endif
+ upb_handlers_tabent table[3];
+};
+
+void upb_byteshandler_init(upb_byteshandler *h);
+
+/* Caller must ensure that "d" outlives the handlers.
+ * TODO(haberman): should this have a "freeze" operation? It's not necessary
+ * for memory management, but could be useful to force immutability and provide
+ * a convenient moment to verify that all registration succeeded. */
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstartstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_startstr_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+bool upb_byteshandler_setstring(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+bool upb_byteshandler_setendstr(upb_byteshandler *h,
+ upb_endfield_handlerfunc *func, void *d);
+
+/* "Static" methods */
+bool upb_handlers_freeze(upb_handlers *const *handlers, int n, upb_status *s);
+upb_handlertype_t upb_handlers_getprimitivehandlertype(const upb_fielddef *f);
+bool upb_handlers_getselector(const upb_fielddef *f, upb_handlertype_t type,
+ upb_selector_t *s);
+UPB_INLINE upb_selector_t upb_handlers_getendselector(upb_selector_t start) {
+ return start + 1;
+}
+
+/* Internal-only. */
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorbaseoffset(const upb_fielddef *f);
+uint32_t upb_handlers_selectorcount(const upb_fielddef *f);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+/*
+** Inline definitions for handlers.h, which are particularly long and a bit
+** tricky.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+#define UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* C inline methods. */
+
+/* upb_bufhandle */
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_init(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ h->obj_ = NULL;
+ h->objtype_ = NULL;
+ h->buf_ = NULL;
+ h->objofs_ = 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_uninit(upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(h);
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setobj(upb_bufhandle *h, const void *obj,
+ const void *type) {
+ h->obj_ = obj;
+ h->objtype_ = type;
+}
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bufhandle_setbuf(upb_bufhandle *h, const char *buf,
+ size_t ofs) {
+ h->buf_ = buf;
+ h->objofs_ = ofs;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_obj(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->obj_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const void *upb_bufhandle_objtype(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->objtype_;
+}
+UPB_INLINE const char *upb_bufhandle_buf(const upb_bufhandle *h) {
+ return h->buf_;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Type detection and typedefs for integer types.
+ * For platforms where there are multiple 32-bit or 64-bit types, we need to be
+ * able to enumerate them so we can properly create overloads for all variants.
+ *
+ * If any platform existed where there were three integer types with the same
+ * size, this would have to become more complicated. For example, short, int,
+ * and long could all be 32-bits. Even more diabolically, short, int, long,
+ * and long long could all be 64 bits and still be standard-compliant.
+ * However, few platforms are this strange, and it's unlikely that upb will be
+ * used on the strangest ones. */
+
+/* Can't count on stdint.h limits like INT32_MAX, because in C++ these are
+ * only defined when __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS are defined before the *first* include
+ * of stdint.h. We can't guarantee that someone else didn't include these first
+ * without defining __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS. */
+#define UPB_INT32_MAX 0x7fffffffLL
+#define UPB_INT32_MIN (-UPB_INT32_MAX - 1)
+#define UPB_INT64_MAX 0x7fffffffffffffffLL
+#define UPB_INT64_MIN (-UPB_INT64_MAX - 1)
+
+#if INT_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && INT_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN
+#define UPB_INT_IS_32BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT32_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT32_MIN
+#define UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN
+#define UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS 1
+#endif
+
+#if LLONG_MAX == UPB_INT64_MAX && LLONG_MIN == UPB_INT64_MIN
+#define UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS 1
+#endif
+
+/* We use macros instead of typedefs so we can undefine them later and avoid
+ * leaking them outside this header file. */
+#if UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#define UPB_INT32_T int
+#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned int
+
+#if UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+#define UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES 1
+#define UPB_INT32ALT_T long
+#define UPB_UINT32ALT_T unsigned long
+#endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS */
+
+#elif UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS /* && !UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */
+#define UPB_INT32_T long
+#define UPB_UINT32_T unsigned long
+#endif /* UPB_INT_IS_32BITS */
+
+
+#if UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_INT64_T long
+#define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long
+
+#if UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+#define UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES 1
+#define UPB_INT64ALT_T long long
+#define UPB_UINT64ALT_T unsigned long long
+#endif /* UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS */
+
+#elif UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS /* && !UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */
+#define UPB_INT64_T long long
+#define UPB_UINT64_T unsigned long long
+#endif /* UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS */
+
+#undef UPB_INT32_MAX
+#undef UPB_INT32_MIN
+#undef UPB_INT64_MAX
+#undef UPB_INT64_MIN
+#undef UPB_INT_IS_32BITS
+#undef UPB_LONG_IS_32BITS
+#undef UPB_LONG_IS_64BITS
+#undef UPB_LLONG_IS_64BITS
+
+
+namespace upb {
+
+typedef void CleanupFunc(void *ptr);
+
+/* Template to remove "const" from "const T*" and just return "T*".
+ *
+ * We define a nonsense default because otherwise it will fail to instantiate as
+ * a function parameter type even in cases where we don't expect any caller to
+ * actually match the overload. */
+class CouldntRemoveConst {};
+template <class T> struct remove_constptr { typedef CouldntRemoveConst type; };
+template <class T> struct remove_constptr<const T *> { typedef T *type; };
+
+/* Template that we use below to remove a template specialization from
+ * consideration if it matches a specific type. */
+template <class T, class U> struct disable_if_same { typedef void Type; };
+template <class T> struct disable_if_same<T, T> {};
+
+template <class T> void DeletePointer(void *p) { delete static_cast<T>(p); }
+
+template <class T1, class T2>
+struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool {
+ typedef T1 value;
+};
+
+template <class T2>
+struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<void, T2> {
+ typedef T2 value;
+};
+
+template <class T2>
+struct FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<bool, T2> {
+ typedef T2 value;
+};
+
+template<class T, class U>
+struct is_same {
+ static bool value;
+};
+
+template<class T>
+struct is_same<T, T> {
+ static bool value;
+};
+
+template<class T, class U>
+bool is_same<T, U>::value = false;
+
+template<class T>
+bool is_same<T, T>::value = true;
+
+/* FuncInfo *******************************************************************/
+
+/* Info about the user's original, pre-wrapped function. */
+template <class C, class R = void>
+struct FuncInfo {
+ /* The type of the closure that the function takes (its first param). */
+ typedef C Closure;
+
+ /* The return type. */
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+/* Func ***********************************************************************/
+
+/* Func1, Func2, Func3: Template classes representing a function and its
+ * signature.
+ *
+ * Since the function is a template parameter, calling the function can be
+ * inlined at compile-time and does not require a function pointer at runtime.
+ * These functions are not bound to a handler data so have no data or cleanup
+ * handler. */
+struct UnboundFunc {
+ CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return NULL; }
+ void *GetData() { return NULL; }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I>
+struct Func1 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1) { return F(p1); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct Func2 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2) { return F(p1, p2); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct Func3 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) { return F(p1, p2, p3); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I>
+struct Func4 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) { return F(p1, p2, p3, p4); }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I>
+struct Func5 : public UnboundFunc {
+ typedef R Return;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ static R Call(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5);
+ }
+};
+
+/* BoundFunc ******************************************************************/
+
+/* BoundFunc2, BoundFunc3: Like Func2/Func3 except also contains a value that
+ * shall be bound to the function's second parameter.
+ *
+ * Note that the second parameter is a const pointer, but our stored bound value
+ * is non-const so we can free it when the handlers are destroyed. */
+template <class T>
+struct BoundFunc {
+ typedef typename remove_constptr<T>::type MutableP2;
+ explicit BoundFunc(MutableP2 data_) : data(data_) {}
+ CleanupFunc *GetCleanup() { return &DeletePointer<MutableP2>; }
+ MutableP2 GetData() { return data; }
+ MutableP2 data;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct BoundFunc2 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc2(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct BoundFunc3 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc3(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I>
+struct BoundFunc4 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc4(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I>
+struct BoundFunc5 : public BoundFunc<P2> {
+ typedef BoundFunc<P2> Base;
+ typedef I FuncInfo;
+ explicit BoundFunc5(typename Base::MutableP2 arg) : Base(arg) {}
+};
+
+/* FuncSig ********************************************************************/
+
+/* FuncSig1, FuncSig2, FuncSig3: template classes reflecting a function
+ * *signature*, but without a specific function attached.
+ *
+ * These classes contain member functions that can be invoked with a
+ * specific function to return a Func/BoundFunc class. */
+template <class R, class P1>
+struct FuncSig1 {
+ template <R F(P1)>
+ Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func1<R, P1, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+struct FuncSig2 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2)>
+ Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2)>
+ BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct FuncSig3 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+ Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+ BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct FuncSig4 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+struct FuncSig5 {
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+ Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+ BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P2>::type param2) {
+ return BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, FuncInfo<P1, R> >(param2);
+ }
+};
+
+/* Overloaded template function that can construct the appropriate FuncSig*
+ * class given a function pointer by deducing the template parameters. */
+template <class R, class P1>
+inline FuncSig1<R, P1> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return FuncSig1<R, P1>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+inline FuncSig2<R, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return FuncSig2<R, P1, P2>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+inline FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return FuncSig3<R, P1, P2, P3>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+inline FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return FuncSig4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+inline FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5> MatchFunc(R (*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return FuncSig5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5>();
+}
+
+/* MethodSig ******************************************************************/
+
+/* CallMethod*: a function template that calls a given method. */
+template <class R, class C, R (C::*F)()>
+R CallMethod0(C *obj) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, R (C::*F)(P1)>
+R CallMethod1(C *obj, P1 arg1) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+R CallMethod2(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+R CallMethod3(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4,
+ R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+R CallMethod4(C *obj, P1 arg1, P2 arg2, P3 arg3, P4 arg4) {
+ return ((*obj).*F)(arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4);
+}
+
+/* MethodSig: like FuncSig, but for member functions.
+ *
+ * GetFunc() returns a normal FuncN object, so after calling GetFunc() no
+ * more logic is required to special-case methods. */
+template <class R, class C>
+struct MethodSig0 {
+ template <R (C::*F)()>
+ Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func1<R, C *, CallMethod0<R, C, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1>
+struct MethodSig1 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1)>
+ Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc() {
+ return Func2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1)>
+ BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> > GetFunc(
+ typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc2<R, C *, P1, CallMethod1<R, C, P1, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(
+ param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2>
+struct MethodSig2 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+ Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2)>
+ BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc3<R, C *, P1, P2, CallMethod2<R, C, P1, P2, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct MethodSig3 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+ Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3)>
+ BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc4<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, CallMethod3<R, C, P1, P2, P3, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >(param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct MethodSig4 {
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc() {
+ return Func5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >();
+ }
+
+ template <R (C::*F)(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+ BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4, CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>,
+ FuncInfo<C *, R> >
+ GetFunc(typename remove_constptr<P1>::type param1) {
+ return BoundFunc5<R, C *, P1, P2, P3, P4,
+ CallMethod4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, FuncInfo<C *, R> >(
+ param1);
+ }
+};
+
+template <class R, class C>
+inline MethodSig0<R, C> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)()) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return MethodSig0<R, C>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1>
+inline MethodSig1<R, C, P1> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return MethodSig1<R, C, P1>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2>
+inline MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return MethodSig2<R, C, P1, P2>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+inline MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return MethodSig3<R, C, P1, P2, P3>();
+}
+
+template <class R, class C, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+inline MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4> MatchFunc(R (C::*f)(P1, P2, P3, P4)) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(f); /* Only used for template parameter deduction. */
+ return MethodSig4<R, C, P1, P2, P3, P4>();
+}
+
+/* MaybeWrapReturn ************************************************************/
+
+/* Template class that attempts to wrap the return value of the function so it
+ * matches the expected type. There are two main adjustments it may make:
+ *
+ * 1. If the function returns void, make it return the expected type and with
+ * a value that always indicates success.
+ * 2. If the function returns bool, make it return the expected type with a
+ * value that indicates success or failure.
+ *
+ * The "expected type" for return is:
+ * 1. void* for start handlers. If the closure parameter has a different type
+ * we will cast it to void* for the return in the success case.
+ * 2. size_t for string buffer handlers.
+ * 3. bool for everything else. */
+
+/* Template parameters are FuncN type and desired return type. */
+template <class F, class R, class Enable = void>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn;
+
+/* If the return type matches, return the given function unwrapped. */
+template <class F>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<F, typename F::Return> {
+ typedef F Func;
+};
+
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (bool)true. */
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
+bool ReturnTrue2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ F(p1, p2);
+ return true;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)>
+bool ReturnTrue3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from void to (void*)arg1 */
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2)>
+void *ReturnClosure2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ F(p1, p2);
+ return p1;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *ReturnClosure3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3);
+ return p1;
+}
+
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from R to void*. */
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
+void *CastReturnToVoidPtr2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ return F(p1, p2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *CastReturnToVoidPtr3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3);
+}
+
+/* Function wrapper that munges the return value from bool to void*. */
+template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2)>
+void *ReturnClosureOrBreak2(P1 p1, P2 p2) {
+ return F(p1, p2) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3)>
+void *ReturnClosureOrBreak3(P1 p1, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3) ? p1 : UPB_BREAK;
+}
+
+/* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param. */
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
+size_t ReturnStringLen(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
+ const BufferHandle *p5) {
+ F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5);
+ return p4;
+}
+
+/* For the string callback, which takes five params, returns the size param or
+ * zero. */
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *)>
+size_t ReturnNOr0(P1 p1, P2 p2, const char *p3, size_t p4,
+ const BufferHandle *p5) {
+ return F(p1, p2, p3, p4, p5) ? p4 : 0;
+}
+
+/* If we have a function returning void but want a function returning bool, wrap
+ * it in a function that returns true. */
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, bool> {
+ typedef Func2<bool, P1, P2, ReturnTrue2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, bool> {
+ typedef Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, ReturnTrue3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* If our function returns void but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns the first argument. */
+template <class P1, class P2, void F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<void, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosure2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, void F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<void, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosure3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* If our function returns R* but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that casts to void*. */
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R *F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<R *, P1, P2, F, I>, void *,
+ typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, CastReturnToVoidPtr2<R *, P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R *F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *,
+ typename disable_if_same<R *, void *>::Type> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, CastReturnToVoidPtr3<R *, P1, P2, P3, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+/* If our function returns bool but we want one returning void*, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns either the first param or UPB_BREAK. */
+template <class P1, class P2, bool F(P1, P2), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func2<bool, P1, P2, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func2<void *, P1, P2, ReturnClosureOrBreak2<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class P1, class P2, class P3, bool F(P1, P2, P3), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<Func3<bool, P1, P2, P3, F, I>, void *> {
+ typedef Func3<void *, P1, P2, P3, ReturnClosureOrBreak3<P1, P2, P3, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+/* If our function returns void but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns the size argument. */
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ void F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<
+ Func5<void, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>,
+ size_t> {
+ typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *,
+ ReturnStringLen<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* If our function returns bool but we want one returning size_t, wrap it in a
+ * function that returns either 0 or the buf size. */
+template <class P1, class P2,
+ bool F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *), class I>
+struct MaybeWrapReturn<
+ Func5<bool, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *, F, I>,
+ size_t> {
+ typedef Func5<size_t, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, const BufferHandle *,
+ ReturnNOr0<P1, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* ConvertParams **************************************************************/
+
+/* Template class that converts the function parameters if necessary, and
+ * ignores the HandlerData parameter if appropriate.
+ *
+ * Template parameter is the are FuncN function type. */
+template <class F, class T>
+struct ConvertParams;
+
+/* Function that discards the handler data parameter. */
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData2(void *p1, const void *hd) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1));
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2Wrapper, class P2Wrapped,
+ R F(P1, P2Wrapped)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData3(void *p1, const void *hd, P2Wrapper p2) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData4(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4)>
+R IgnoreHandlerData5(void *p1, const void *hd, P2 p2, P3 p3, P4 p4) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3, p4);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char*, size_t)>
+R IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *p1, const void *hd, const char *p2,
+ size_t p3, const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(hd);
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(p1), p2, p3);
+}
+
+/* Function that casts the handler data parameter. */
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2)>
+R CastHandlerData2(void *c, const void *hd) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd));
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3Wrapper, class P3Wrapped,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3Wrapped)>
+R CastHandlerData3(void *c, const void *hd, P3Wrapper p3) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)>
+R CastHandlerData5(void *c, const void *hd, P3 p3, P4 p4, P5 p5) {
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4, p5);
+}
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t)>
+R CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle(void *c, const void *hd, const char *p3,
+ size_t p4, const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ UPB_UNUSED(handle);
+ return F(static_cast<P1>(c), static_cast<P2>(hd), p3, p4);
+}
+
+/* For unbound functions, ignore the handler data. */
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func1<R, P1, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, IgnoreHandlerData2<R, P1, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I,
+ class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2>
+struct ConvertParams<Func2<R, P1, P2, F, I>,
+ R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> {
+ typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2,
+ IgnoreHandlerData3<R, P1, P3_2, P2, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* For StringBuffer only; this ignores both the handler data and the
+ * BufferHandle. */
+template <class R, class P1, R F(P1, const char *, size_t), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func3<R, P1, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *, IgnoreHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, F>,
+ I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, R F(P1, P2, P3, P4),
+ class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<Func4<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P2, P3, P4,
+ IgnoreHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* For bound functions, cast the handler data. */
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc2<R, P1, P2, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func2<R, void *, const void *, CastHandlerData2<R, P1, P2, F>, I>
+ Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, R F(P1, P2, P3), class I,
+ class R2, class P1_2, class P2_2, class P3_2>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc3<R, P1, P2, P3, F, I>,
+ R2 (*)(P1_2, P2_2, P3_2)> {
+ typedef Func3<R, void *, const void *, P3_2,
+ CastHandlerData3<R, P1, P2, P3_2, P3, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* For StringBuffer only; this ignores the BufferHandle. */
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, R F(P1, P2, const char *, size_t),
+ class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc4<R, P1, P2, const char *, size_t, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, const char *, size_t,
+ const BufferHandle *, CastHandlerDataIgnoreHandle<R, P1, P2, F>,
+ I> Func;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5,
+ R F(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5), class I, class T>
+struct ConvertParams<BoundFunc5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F, I>, T> {
+ typedef Func5<R, void *, const void *, P3, P4, P5,
+ CastHandlerData5<R, P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, F>, I> Func;
+};
+
+/* utype/ltype are upper/lower-case, ctype is canonical C type, vtype is
+ * variant C type. */
+#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ltype, ctype, vtype) \
+ template <> struct CanonicalType<vtype> { \
+ typedef ctype Type; \
+ }; \
+ template <> \
+ inline bool Handlers::SetValueHandler<vtype>( \
+ const FieldDef *f, \
+ const Handlers::utype ## Handler& handler) { \
+ assert(!handler.registered_); \
+ handler.AddCleanup(this); \
+ handler.registered_ = true; \
+ return upb_handlers_set##ltype(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_); \
+ } \
+
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double, double, double)
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float, float, float)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool, bool, bool)
+
+#ifdef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32, int32_t, UPB_INT32ALT_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32, uint32_t, UPB_UINT32ALT_T)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64, int64_t, UPB_INT64ALT_T)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64, uint64_t, UPB_UINT64ALT_T)
+#endif
+#undef TYPE_METHODS
+
+template <> struct CanonicalType<Status*> {
+ typedef Status* Type;
+};
+
+/* Type methods that are only one-per-canonical-type and not
+ * one-per-cvariant. */
+
+#define TYPE_METHODS(utype, ctype) \
+ inline bool Handlers::Set##utype##Handler(const FieldDef *f, \
+ const utype##Handler &h) { \
+ return SetValueHandler<ctype>(f, h); \
+ } \
+
+TYPE_METHODS(Double, double)
+TYPE_METHODS(Float, float)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt64, uint64_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(UInt32, uint32_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int64, int64_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Int32, int32_t)
+TYPE_METHODS(Bool, bool)
+#undef TYPE_METHODS
+
+template <class F> struct ReturnOf;
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template <class R, class P1, class P2, class P3, class P4, class P5>
+struct ReturnOf<R (*)(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5)> {
+ typedef R Return;
+};
+
+template<class T> const void *UniquePtrForType() {
+ static const char ch = 0;
+ return &ch;
+}
+
+template <class T>
+template <class F>
+inline Handler<T>::Handler(F func)
+ : registered_(false),
+ cleanup_data_(func.GetData()),
+ cleanup_func_(func.GetCleanup()) {
+ upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(&attr_, func.GetData());
+ typedef typename ReturnOf<T>::Return Return;
+ typedef typename ConvertParams<F, T>::Func ConvertedParamsFunc;
+ typedef typename MaybeWrapReturn<ConvertedParamsFunc, Return>::Func
+ ReturnWrappedFunc;
+ handler_ = ReturnWrappedFunc().Call;
+
+ /* Set attributes based on what templates can statically tell us about the
+ * user's function. */
+
+ /* If the original function returns void, then we know that we wrapped it to
+ * always return ok. */
+ bool always_ok = is_same<typename F::FuncInfo::Return, void>::value;
+ attr_.SetAlwaysOk(always_ok);
+
+ /* Closure parameter and return type. */
+ attr_.SetClosureType(UniquePtrForType<typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>());
+
+ /* We use the closure type (from the first parameter) if the return type is
+ * void or bool, since these are the two cases we wrap to return the closure's
+ * type anyway.
+ *
+ * This is all nonsense for non START* handlers, but it doesn't matter because
+ * in that case the value will be ignored. */
+ typedef typename FirstUnlessVoidOrBool<typename F::FuncInfo::Return,
+ typename F::FuncInfo::Closure>::value
+ EffectiveReturn;
+ attr_.SetReturnClosureType(UniquePtrForType<EffectiveReturn>());
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline Handler<T>::~Handler() {
+ assert(registered_);
+}
+
+inline HandlerAttributes::HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_init(this); }
+inline HandlerAttributes::~HandlerAttributes() { upb_handlerattr_uninit(this); }
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetHandlerData(const void *hd) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_sethandlerdata(this, hd);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::handler_data() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetClosureType(const void *type) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setclosuretype(this, type);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::closure_type() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_closuretype(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetReturnClosureType(const void *type) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setreturnclosuretype(this, type);
+}
+inline const void* HandlerAttributes::return_closure_type() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_returnclosuretype(this);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::SetAlwaysOk(bool always_ok) {
+ return upb_handlerattr_setalwaysok(this, always_ok);
+}
+inline bool HandlerAttributes::always_ok() const {
+ return upb_handlerattr_alwaysok(this);
+}
+
+inline BufferHandle::BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_init(this); }
+inline BufferHandle::~BufferHandle() { upb_bufhandle_uninit(this); }
+inline const char* BufferHandle::buffer() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_buf(this);
+}
+inline size_t BufferHandle::object_offset() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_objofs(this);
+}
+inline void BufferHandle::SetBuffer(const char* buf, size_t ofs) {
+ upb_bufhandle_setbuf(this, buf, ofs);
+}
+template <class T>
+void BufferHandle::SetAttachedObject(const T* obj) {
+ upb_bufhandle_setobj(this, obj, UniquePtrForType<T>());
+}
+template <class T>
+const T* BufferHandle::GetAttachedObject() const {
+ return upb_bufhandle_objtype(this) == UniquePtrForType<T>()
+ ? static_cast<const T *>(upb_bufhandle_obj(this))
+ : NULL;
+}
+
+inline reffed_ptr<Handlers> Handlers::New(const MessageDef *m) {
+ upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_new(m, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Handlers::NewFrozen(
+ const MessageDef *m, upb_handlers_callback *callback,
+ const void *closure) {
+ const upb_handlers *h = upb_handlers_newfrozen(m, &h, callback, closure);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+inline const Status* Handlers::status() {
+ return upb_handlers_status(this);
+}
+inline void Handlers::ClearError() {
+ return upb_handlers_clearerr(this);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Status *s) {
+ upb::Handlers* h = this;
+ return upb_handlers_freeze(&h, 1, s);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(Handlers *const *handlers, int n, Status *s) {
+ return upb_handlers_freeze(handlers, n, s);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::Freeze(const std::vector<Handlers*>& h, Status* status) {
+ return upb_handlers_freeze((Handlers* const*)&h[0], h.size(), status);
+}
+inline const MessageDef *Handlers::message_def() const {
+ return upb_handlers_msgdef(this);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::AddCleanup(void *p, upb_handlerfree *func) {
+ return upb_handlers_addcleanup(this, p, func);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartMessageHandler(
+ const Handlers::StartMessageHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndMessageHandler(
+ const Handlers::EndMessageHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendmsg(this, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const StartStringHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendstr(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStringHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const StringHandler& handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstring(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartSequenceHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetStartSubMessageHandler(
+ const FieldDef *f, const StartFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setstartsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndSubMessageHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendsubmsg(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetEndSequenceHandler(const FieldDef *f,
+ const EndFieldHandler &handler) {
+ assert(!handler.registered_);
+ handler.registered_ = true;
+ handler.AddCleanup(this);
+ return upb_handlers_setendseq(this, f, handler.handler_, &handler.attr_);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::SetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f, const Handlers *sub) {
+ return upb_handlers_setsubhandlers(this, f, sub);
+}
+inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(const FieldDef *f) const {
+ return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers(this, f);
+}
+inline const Handlers *Handlers::GetSubHandlers(Handlers::Selector sel) const {
+ return upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Handlers::GetSelector(const FieldDef *f, Handlers::Type type,
+ Handlers::Selector *s) {
+ return upb_handlers_getselector(f, type, s);
+}
+inline Handlers::Selector Handlers::GetEndSelector(Handlers::Selector start) {
+ return upb_handlers_getendselector(start);
+}
+inline Handlers::GenericFunction *Handlers::GetHandler(
+ Handlers::Selector selector) {
+ return upb_handlers_gethandler(this, selector);
+}
+inline const void *Handlers::GetHandlerData(Handlers::Selector selector) {
+ return upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(this, selector);
+}
+
+inline BytesHandler::BytesHandler() {
+ upb_byteshandler_init(this);
+}
+
+inline BytesHandler::~BytesHandler() {}
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+#undef UPB_TWO_32BIT_TYPES
+#undef UPB_TWO_64BIT_TYPES
+#undef UPB_INT32_T
+#undef UPB_UINT32_T
+#undef UPB_INT32ALT_T
+#undef UPB_UINT32ALT_T
+#undef UPB_INT64_T
+#undef UPB_UINT64_T
+#undef UPB_INT64ALT_T
+#undef UPB_UINT64ALT_T
+
+#endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_INL_H_ */
+
+#endif /* UPB_HANDLERS_H */
+/*
+** upb::Sink (upb_sink)
+** upb::BytesSink (upb_bytessink)
+**
+** A upb_sink is an object that binds a upb_handlers object to some runtime
+** state. It is the object that can actually receive data via the upb_handlers
+** interface.
+**
+** Unlike upb_def and upb_handlers, upb_sink is never frozen, immutable, or
+** thread-safe. You can create as many of them as you want, but each one may
+** only be used in a single thread at a time.
+**
+** If we compare with class-based OOP, a you can think of a upb_def as an
+** abstract base class, a upb_handlers as a concrete derived class, and a
+** upb_sink as an object (class instance).
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_SINK_H
+#define UPB_SINK_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+class BufferSource;
+class BytesSink;
+class Sink;
+}
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BufferSource, upb_bufsrc)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::BytesSink, upb_bytessink)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::Sink, upb_sink)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A upb::Sink is an object that binds a upb::Handlers object to some runtime
+ * state. It represents an endpoint to which data can be sent.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): right now all of these functions take selectors. Should they
+ * take selectorbase instead?
+ *
+ * ie. instead of calling:
+ * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD_START_STRING, ...)
+ * a selector base would let you say:
+ * sink->StartString(FOO_FIELD, ...)
+ *
+ * This would make call sites a little nicer and require emitting fewer selector
+ * definitions in .h files.
+ *
+ * But the current scheme has the benefit that you can retrieve a function
+ * pointer for any handler with handlers->GetHandler(selector), without having
+ * to have a separate GetHandler() function for each handler type. The JIT
+ * compiler uses this. To accommodate we'd have to expose a separate
+ * GetHandler() for every handler type.
+ *
+ * Also to ponder: selectors right now are independent of a specific Handlers
+ * instance. In other words, they allocate a number to every possible handler
+ * that *could* be registered, without knowing anything about what handlers
+ * *are* registered. That means that using selectors as table offsets prohibits
+ * us from compacting the handler table at Freeze() time. If the table is very
+ * sparse, this could be wasteful.
+ *
+ * Having another selector-like thing that is specific to a Handlers instance
+ * would allow this compacting, but then it would be impossible to write code
+ * ahead-of-time that can be bound to any Handlers instance at runtime. For
+ * example, a .proto file parser written as straight C will not know what
+ * Handlers it will be bound to, so when it calls sink->StartString() what
+ * selector will it pass? It needs a selector like we have today, that is
+ * independent of any particular upb::Handlers.
+ *
+ * Is there a way then to allow Handlers table compaction? */
+class upb::Sink {
+ public:
+ /* Constructor with no initialization; must be Reset() before use. */
+ Sink() {}
+
+ /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ *
+ * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ * matches it. */
+ template <class T> Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
+
+ /* Resets the value of the sink. */
+ template <class T> void Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure);
+
+ /* Returns the top-level object that is bound to this sink.
+ *
+ * TODO: once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify that T
+ * matches it. */
+ template <class T> T* GetObject() const;
+
+ /* Functions for pushing data into the sink.
+ *
+ * These return false if processing should stop (either due to error or just
+ * to suspend).
+ *
+ * These may not be called from within one of the same sink's handlers (in
+ * other words, handlers are not re-entrant). */
+
+ /* Should be called at the start and end of every message; both the top-level
+ * message and submessages. This means that submessages should use the
+ * following sequence:
+ * sink->StartSubMessage(startsubmsg_selector);
+ * sink->StartMessage();
+ * // ...
+ * sink->EndMessage(&status);
+ * sink->EndSubMessage(endsubmsg_selector); */
+ bool StartMessage();
+ bool EndMessage(Status* status);
+
+ /* Putting of individual values. These work for both repeated and
+ * non-repeated fields, but for repeated fields you must wrap them in
+ * calls to StartSequence()/EndSequence(). */
+ bool PutInt32(Handlers::Selector s, int32_t val);
+ bool PutInt64(Handlers::Selector s, int64_t val);
+ bool PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector s, uint32_t val);
+ bool PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector s, uint64_t val);
+ bool PutFloat(Handlers::Selector s, float val);
+ bool PutDouble(Handlers::Selector s, double val);
+ bool PutBool(Handlers::Selector s, bool val);
+
+ /* Putting of string/bytes values. Each string can consist of zero or more
+ * non-contiguous buffers of data.
+ *
+ * For StartString(), the function will write a sink for the string to "sub."
+ * The sub-sink must be used for any/all PutStringBuffer() calls. */
+ bool StartString(Handlers::Selector s, size_t size_hint, Sink* sub);
+ size_t PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector s, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle);
+ bool EndString(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ /* For submessage fields.
+ *
+ * For StartSubMessage(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ * submessage. */
+ bool StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
+ bool EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ /* For repeated fields of any type, the sequence of values must be wrapped in
+ * these calls.
+ *
+ * For StartSequence(), the function will write a sink for the string to
+ * "sub." The sub-sink must be used for any/all handlers called within the
+ * sequence. */
+ bool StartSequence(Handlers::Selector s, Sink* sub);
+ bool EndSequence(Handlers::Selector s);
+
+ /* Copy and assign specifically allowed.
+ * We don't even bother making these members private because so many
+ * functions need them and this is mainly just a dumb data container anyway.
+ */
+#else
+struct upb_sink {
+#endif
+ const upb_handlers *handlers;
+ void *closure;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+class upb::BytesSink {
+ public:
+ BytesSink() {}
+
+ /* Constructs a new sink for the given frozen handlers and closure.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): once the Handlers know the expected closure type, verify
+ * that T matches it. */
+ template <class T> BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
+
+ /* Resets the value of the sink. */
+ template <class T> void Reset(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure);
+
+ bool Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc);
+ size_t PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle);
+ bool End();
+#else
+struct upb_bytessink {
+#endif
+ const upb_byteshandler *handler;
+ void *closure;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A class for pushing a flat buffer of data to a BytesSink.
+ * You can construct an instance of this to get a resumable source,
+ * or just call the static PutBuffer() to do a non-resumable push all in one
+ * go. */
+class upb::BufferSource {
+ public:
+ BufferSource();
+ BufferSource(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
+
+ /* Returns true if the entire buffer was pushed successfully. Otherwise the
+ * next call to PutNext() will resume where the previous one left off.
+ * TODO(haberman): implement this. */
+ bool PutNext();
+
+ /* A static version; with this version is it not possible to resume in the
+ * case of failure or a partially-consumed buffer. */
+ static bool PutBuffer(const char* buf, size_t len, BytesSink* sink);
+
+ template <class T> static bool PutBuffer(const T& str, BytesSink* sink) {
+ return PutBuffer(str.c_str(), str.size(), sink);
+ }
+#else
+struct upb_bufsrc {
+ char dummy;
+#endif
+};
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Inline definitions. */
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_bytessink_reset(upb_bytessink *s, const upb_byteshandler *h,
+ void *closure) {
+ s->handler = h;
+ s->closure = closure;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_start(upb_bytessink *s, size_t size_hint,
+ void **subc) {
+ typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func;
+ func *start;
+ *subc = s->closure;
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ start = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!start) return true;
+ *subc = start(s->closure, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_STARTSTR_SELECTOR].attr),
+ size_hint);
+ return *subc != NULL;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_bytessink_putbuf(upb_bytessink *s, void *subc,
+ const char *buf, size_t size,
+ const upb_bufhandle* handle) {
+ typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func;
+ func *putbuf;
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ putbuf = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!putbuf) return true;
+ return putbuf(subc, upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_STRING_SELECTOR].attr),
+ buf, size, handle);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bytessink_end(upb_bytessink *s) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *end;
+ if (!s->handler) return true;
+ end = (func *)s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].func;
+
+ if (!end) return true;
+ return end(s->closure,
+ upb_handlerattr_handlerdata(
+ &s->handler->table[UPB_ENDSTR_SELECTOR].attr));
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_bufsrc_putbuf(const char *buf, size_t len,
+ upb_bytessink *sink) {
+ void *subc;
+ bool ret;
+ upb_bufhandle handle;
+ upb_bufhandle_init(&handle);
+ upb_bufhandle_setbuf(&handle, buf, 0);
+ ret = upb_bytessink_start(sink, len, &subc);
+ if (ret && len != 0) {
+ ret = (upb_bytessink_putbuf(sink, subc, buf, len, &handle) >= len);
+ }
+ if (ret) {
+ ret = upb_bytessink_end(sink);
+ }
+ upb_bufhandle_uninit(&handle);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#define PUTVAL(type, ctype) \
+ UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_put##type(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel, \
+ ctype val) { \
+ typedef upb_##type##_handlerfunc functype; \
+ functype *func; \
+ const void *hd; \
+ if (!s->handlers) return true; \
+ func = (functype *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel); \
+ if (!func) return true; \
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel); \
+ return func(s->closure, hd, val); \
+ }
+
+PUTVAL(int32, int32_t)
+PUTVAL(int64, int64_t)
+PUTVAL(uint32, uint32_t)
+PUTVAL(uint64, uint64_t)
+PUTVAL(float, float)
+PUTVAL(double, double)
+PUTVAL(bool, bool)
+#undef PUTVAL
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_sink_reset(upb_sink *s, const upb_handlers *h, void *c) {
+ s->handlers = h;
+ s->closure = c;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_sink_putstring(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ const char *buf, size_t n,
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle) {
+ typedef upb_string_handlerfunc func;
+ func *handler;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return n;
+ handler = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!handler) return n;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return handler(s->closure, hd, buf, n, handle);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startmsg(upb_sink *s) {
+ typedef upb_startmsg_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startmsg;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ startmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+
+ if (!startmsg) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_STARTMSG_SELECTOR);
+ return startmsg(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_status *status) {
+ typedef upb_endmsg_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endmsg;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ endmsg = (func *)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+
+ if (!endmsg) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, UPB_ENDMSG_SELECTOR);
+ return endmsg(s->closure, hd, status);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startseq;
+ const void *hd;
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ sub->handlers = s->handlers;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ startseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startseq) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startseq(s->closure, hd);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endseq(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endseq;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ endseq = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endseq) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endseq(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ size_t size_hint, upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startstr_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startstr;
+ const void *hd;
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ sub->handlers = s->handlers;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ startstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startstr) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startstr(s->closure, hd, size_hint);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endstr(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endstr;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ endstr = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endstr) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endstr(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_startsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel,
+ upb_sink *sub) {
+ typedef upb_startfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *startsubmsg;
+ const void *hd;
+ sub->closure = s->closure;
+ if (!s->handlers) {
+ sub->handlers = NULL;
+ return true;
+ }
+ sub->handlers = upb_handlers_getsubhandlers_sel(s->handlers, sel);
+ startsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!startsubmsg) return true;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ sub->closure = startsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
+ return sub->closure ? true : false;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE bool upb_sink_endsubmsg(upb_sink *s, upb_selector_t sel) {
+ typedef upb_endfield_handlerfunc func;
+ func *endsubmsg;
+ const void *hd;
+ if (!s->handlers) return true;
+ endsubmsg = (func*)upb_handlers_gethandler(s->handlers, sel);
+
+ if (!endsubmsg) return s->closure;
+ hd = upb_handlers_gethandlerdata(s->handlers, sel);
+ return endsubmsg(s->closure, hd);
+}
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+template <class T> Sink::Sink(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) {
+ upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure);
+}
+template <class T>
+inline void Sink::Reset(const Handlers* handlers, T* closure) {
+ upb_sink_reset(this, handlers, closure);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartMessage() {
+ return upb_sink_startmsg(this);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndMessage(Status* status) {
+ return upb_sink_endmsg(this, status);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, int32_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putint32(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, int64_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putint64(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutUInt32(Handlers::Selector sel, uint32_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putuint32(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutUInt64(Handlers::Selector sel, uint64_t val) {
+ return upb_sink_putuint64(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutFloat(Handlers::Selector sel, float val) {
+ return upb_sink_putfloat(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutDouble(Handlers::Selector sel, double val) {
+ return upb_sink_putdouble(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::PutBool(Handlers::Selector sel, bool val) {
+ return upb_sink_putbool(this, sel, val);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartString(Handlers::Selector sel, size_t size_hint,
+ Sink *sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startstr(this, sel, size_hint, sub);
+}
+inline size_t Sink::PutStringBuffer(Handlers::Selector sel, const char *buf,
+ size_t len, const BufferHandle* handle) {
+ return upb_sink_putstring(this, sel, buf, len, handle);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndString(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endstr(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startsubmsg(this, sel, sub);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndSubMessage(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endsubmsg(this, sel);
+}
+inline bool Sink::StartSequence(Handlers::Selector sel, Sink* sub) {
+ return upb_sink_startseq(this, sel, sub);
+}
+inline bool Sink::EndSequence(Handlers::Selector sel) {
+ return upb_sink_endseq(this, sel);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+BytesSink::BytesSink(const BytesHandler* handler, T* closure) {
+ Reset(handler, closure);
+}
+
+template <class T>
+void BytesSink::Reset(const BytesHandler *handler, T *closure) {
+ upb_bytessink_reset(this, handler, closure);
+}
+inline bool BytesSink::Start(size_t size_hint, void **subc) {
+ return upb_bytessink_start(this, size_hint, subc);
+}
+inline size_t BytesSink::PutBuffer(void *subc, const char *buf, size_t len,
+ const BufferHandle *handle) {
+ return upb_bytessink_putbuf(this, subc, buf, len, handle);
+}
+inline bool BytesSink::End() {
+ return upb_bytessink_end(this);
+}
+
+inline bool BufferSource::PutBuffer(const char *buf, size_t len,
+ BytesSink *sink) {
+ return upb_bufsrc_putbuf(buf, len, sink);
+}
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+#endif
+/*
+** For handlers that do very tiny, very simple operations, the function call
+** overhead of calling a handler can be significant. This file allows the
+** user to define handlers that do something very simple like store the value
+** to memory and/or set a hasbit. JIT compilers can then special-case these
+** handlers and emit specialized code for them instead of actually calling the
+** handler.
+**
+** The functionality is very simple/limited right now but may expand to be able
+** to call another function.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_SHIM_H
+#define UPB_SHIM_H
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ size_t offset;
+ int32_t hasbit;
+} upb_shim_data;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+struct Shim {
+ typedef upb_shim_data Data;
+
+ /* Sets a handler for the given field that writes the value to the given
+ * offset and, if hasbit >= 0, sets a bit at the given bit offset. Returns
+ * true if the handler was set successfully. */
+ static bool Set(Handlers *h, const FieldDef *f, size_t ofs, int32_t hasbit);
+
+ /* If this handler is a shim, returns the corresponding upb::Shim::Data and
+ * stores the type in "type". Otherwise returns NULL. */
+ static const Data* GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
+ FieldDef::Type* type);
+};
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* C API. */
+bool upb_shim_set(upb_handlers *h, const upb_fielddef *f, size_t offset,
+ int32_t hasbit);
+const upb_shim_data *upb_shim_getdata(const upb_handlers *h, upb_selector_t s,
+ upb_fieldtype_t *type);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* C++ Wrappers. */
+namespace upb {
+inline bool Shim::Set(Handlers* h, const FieldDef* f, size_t ofs,
+ int32_t hasbit) {
+ return upb_shim_set(h, f, ofs, hasbit);
+}
+inline const Shim::Data* Shim::GetData(const Handlers* h, Handlers::Selector s,
+ FieldDef::Type* type) {
+ return upb_shim_getdata(h, s, type);
+}
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_SHIM_H */
+/*
+** upb::SymbolTable (upb_symtab)
+**
+** A symtab (symbol table) stores a name->def map of upb_defs. Clients could
+** always create such tables themselves, but upb_symtab has logic for resolving
+** symbolic references, and in particular, for keeping a whole set of consistent
+** defs when replacing some subset of those defs. This logic is nontrivial.
+**
+** This is a mixed C/C++ interface that offers a full API to both languages.
+** See the top-level README for more information.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_SYMTAB_H_
+#define UPB_SYMTAB_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <vector>
+namespace upb { class SymbolTable; }
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::SymbolTable, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_symtab, upb_refcounted)
+
+typedef struct {
+ UPB_PRIVATE_FOR_CPP
+ upb_strtable_iter iter;
+ upb_deftype_t type;
+} upb_symtab_iter;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Non-const methods in upb::SymbolTable are NOT thread-safe. */
+class upb::SymbolTable {
+ public:
+ /* Returns a new symbol table with a single ref owned by "owner."
+ * Returns NULL if memory allocation failed. */
+ static reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> New();
+
+ /* Include RefCounted base methods. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* For all lookup functions, the returned pointer is not owned by the
+ * caller; it may be invalidated by any non-const call or unref of the
+ * SymbolTable! To protect against this, take a ref if desired. */
+
+ /* Freezes the symbol table: prevents further modification of it.
+ * After the Freeze() operation is successful, the SymbolTable must only be
+ * accessed via a const pointer.
+ *
+ * Unlike with upb::MessageDef/upb::EnumDef/etc, freezing a SymbolTable is not
+ * a necessary step in using a SymbolTable. If you have no need for it to be
+ * immutable, there is no need to freeze it ever. However sometimes it is
+ * useful, and SymbolTables that are statically compiled into the binary are
+ * always frozen by nature. */
+ void Freeze();
+
+ /* Resolves the given symbol using the rules described in descriptor.proto,
+ * namely:
+ *
+ * If the name starts with a '.', it is fully-qualified. Otherwise,
+ * C++-like scoping rules are used to find the type (i.e. first the nested
+ * types within this message are searched, then within the parent, on up
+ * to the root namespace).
+ *
+ * If not found, returns NULL. */
+ const Def* Resolve(const char* base, const char* sym) const;
+
+ /* Finds an entry in the symbol table with this exact name. If not found,
+ * returns NULL. */
+ const Def* Lookup(const char *sym) const;
+ const MessageDef* LookupMessage(const char *sym) const;
+ const EnumDef* LookupEnum(const char *sym) const;
+
+ /* TODO: introduce a C++ iterator, but make it nice and templated so that if
+ * you ask for an iterator of MessageDef the iterated elements are strongly
+ * typed as MessageDef*. */
+
+ /* Adds the given mutable defs to the symtab, resolving all symbols
+ * (including enum default values) and finalizing the defs. Only one def per
+ * name may be in the list, but defs can replace existing defs in the symtab.
+ * All defs must have a name -- anonymous defs are not allowed. Anonymous
+ * defs can still be frozen by calling upb_def_freeze() directly.
+ *
+ * Any existing defs that can reach defs that are being replaced will
+ * themselves be replaced also, so that the resulting set of defs is fully
+ * consistent.
+ *
+ * This logic implemented in this method is a convenience; ultimately it
+ * calls some combination of upb_fielddef_setsubdef(), upb_def_dup(), and
+ * upb_freeze(), any of which the client could call themself. However, since
+ * the logic for doing so is nontrivial, we provide it here.
+ *
+ * The entire operation either succeeds or fails. If the operation fails,
+ * the symtab is unchanged, false is returned, and status indicates the
+ * error. The caller passes a ref on all defs to the symtab (even if the
+ * operation fails).
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): currently failure will leave the symtab unchanged, but may
+ * leave the defs themselves partially resolved. Does this matter? If so we
+ * could do a prepass that ensures that all symbols are resolvable and bail
+ * if not, so we don't mutate anything until we know the operation will
+ * succeed.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): since the defs must be mutable, refining a frozen def
+ * requires making mutable copies of the entire tree. This is wasteful if
+ * only a few messages are changing. We may want to add a way of adding a
+ * tree of frozen defs to the symtab (perhaps an alternate constructor where
+ * you pass the root of the tree?) */
+ bool Add(Def*const* defs, size_t n, void* ref_donor, Status* status);
+
+ bool Add(const std::vector<Def*>& defs, void *owner, Status* status) {
+ return Add((Def*const*)&defs[0], defs.size(), owner, status);
+ }
+
+ /* Resolves all subdefs for messages in this file and attempts to freeze the
+ * file. If this succeeds, adds all the symbols to this SymbolTable
+ * (replacing any existing ones with the same names). */
+ bool AddFile(FileDef* file, Status* s);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(SymbolTable, upb::SymbolTable)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_symtab_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_symtab, upb_symtab_upcast)
+
+upb_symtab *upb_symtab_new(const void *owner);
+void upb_symtab_freeze(upb_symtab *s);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_resolve(const upb_symtab *s, const char *base,
+ const char *sym);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_lookup(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+const upb_msgdef *upb_symtab_lookupmsg(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+const upb_enumdef *upb_symtab_lookupenum(const upb_symtab *s, const char *sym);
+bool upb_symtab_add(upb_symtab *s, upb_def *const*defs, size_t n,
+ void *ref_donor, upb_status *status);
+bool upb_symtab_addfile(upb_symtab *s, upb_filedef *file, upb_status* status);
+
+/* upb_symtab_iter i;
+ * for(upb_symtab_begin(&i, s, type); !upb_symtab_done(&i);
+ * upb_symtab_next(&i)) {
+ * const upb_def *def = upb_symtab_iter_def(&i);
+ * // ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * For C we don't have separate iterators for const and non-const.
+ * It is the caller's responsibility to cast the upb_fielddef* to
+ * const if the upb_msgdef* is const. */
+void upb_symtab_begin(upb_symtab_iter *iter, const upb_symtab *s,
+ upb_deftype_t type);
+void upb_symtab_next(upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+bool upb_symtab_done(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+const upb_def *upb_symtab_iter_def(const upb_symtab_iter *iter);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* C++ inline wrappers. */
+namespace upb {
+inline reffed_ptr<SymbolTable> SymbolTable::New() {
+ upb_symtab *s = upb_symtab_new(&s);
+ return reffed_ptr<SymbolTable>(s, &s);
+}
+
+inline void SymbolTable::Freeze() {
+ return upb_symtab_freeze(this);
+}
+inline const Def *SymbolTable::Resolve(const char *base,
+ const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_resolve(this, base, sym);
+}
+inline const Def* SymbolTable::Lookup(const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_lookup(this, sym);
+}
+inline const MessageDef *SymbolTable::LookupMessage(const char *sym) const {
+ return upb_symtab_lookupmsg(this, sym);
+}
+inline bool SymbolTable::Add(
+ Def*const* defs, size_t n, void* ref_donor, Status* status) {
+ return upb_symtab_add(this, (upb_def*const*)defs, n, ref_donor, status);
+}
+inline bool SymbolTable::AddFile(FileDef* file, Status* s) {
+ return upb_symtab_addfile(this, file, s);
+}
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_SYMTAB_H_ */
+/*
+** upb::descriptor::Reader (upb_descreader)
+**
+** Provides a way of building upb::Defs from data in descriptor.proto format.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+#define UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace descriptor {
+class Reader;
+} /* namespace descriptor */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::descriptor::Reader, upb_descreader)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Class that receives descriptor data according to the descriptor.proto schema
+ * and use it to build upb::Defs corresponding to that schema. */
+class upb::descriptor::Reader {
+ public:
+ /* These handlers must have come from NewHandlers() and must outlive the
+ * Reader.
+ *
+ * TODO: generate the handlers statically (like we do with the
+ * descriptor.proto defs) so that there is no need to pass this parameter (or
+ * to build/memory-manage the handlers at runtime at all). Unfortunately this
+ * is a bit tricky to implement for Handlers, but necessary to simplify this
+ * interface. */
+ static Reader* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers);
+
+ /* The reader's input; this is where descriptor.proto data should be sent. */
+ Sink* input();
+
+ /* Use to get the FileDefs that have been parsed. */
+ size_t file_count() const;
+ FileDef* file(size_t i) const;
+
+ /* Builds and returns handlers for the reader, owned by "owner." */
+ static Handlers* NewHandlers(const void* owner);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Reader, upb::descriptor::Reader)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* C API. */
+upb_descreader *upb_descreader_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h);
+upb_sink *upb_descreader_input(upb_descreader *r);
+size_t upb_descreader_filecount(const upb_descreader *r);
+upb_filedef *upb_descreader_file(const upb_descreader *r, size_t i);
+const upb_handlers *upb_descreader_newhandlers(const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* C++ implementation details. ************************************************/
+namespace upb {
+namespace descriptor {
+inline Reader* Reader::Create(Environment* e, const Handlers *h) {
+ return upb_descreader_create(e, h);
+}
+inline Sink* Reader::input() { return upb_descreader_input(this); }
+inline size_t Reader::file_count() const {
+ return upb_descreader_filecount(this);
+}
+inline FileDef* Reader::file(size_t i) const {
+ return upb_descreader_file(this, i);
+}
+} /* namespace descriptor */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_DESCRIPTOR_H */
+/* This file contains accessors for a set of compiled-in defs.
+ * Note that unlike Google's protobuf, it does *not* define
+ * generated classes or any other kind of data structure for
+ * actually storing protobufs. It only contains *defs* which
+ * let you reflect over a protobuf *schema*.
+ */
+/* This file was generated by upbc (the upb compiler) from the input
+ * file:
+ *
+ * upb/descriptor/descriptor.proto
+ *
+ * Do not edit -- your changes will be discarded when the file is
+ * regenerated. */
+
+#ifndef UPB_DESCRIPTOR_DESCRIPTOR_PROTO_UPB_H_
+#define UPB_DESCRIPTOR_DESCRIPTOR_PROTO_UPB_H_
+
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Enums */
+
+typedef enum {
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_LABEL_OPTIONAL = 1,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_LABEL_REQUIRED = 2,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_LABEL_REPEATED = 3
+} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label;
+
+typedef enum {
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_DOUBLE = 1,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_FLOAT = 2,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_INT64 = 3,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_UINT64 = 4,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_INT32 = 5,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_FIXED64 = 6,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_FIXED32 = 7,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_BOOL = 8,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_STRING = 9,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_GROUP = 10,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_MESSAGE = 11,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_BYTES = 12,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_UINT32 = 13,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_ENUM = 14,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_SFIXED32 = 15,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_SFIXED64 = 16,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_SINT32 = 17,
+ google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_TYPE_SINT64 = 18
+} google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type;
+
+typedef enum {
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_STRING = 0,
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CORD = 1,
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_STRING_PIECE = 2
+} google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType;
+
+typedef enum {
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JS_NORMAL = 0,
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JS_STRING = 1,
+ google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JS_NUMBER = 2
+} google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType;
+
+typedef enum {
+ google_protobuf_FileOptions_SPEED = 1,
+ google_protobuf_FileOptions_CODE_SIZE = 2,
+ google_protobuf_FileOptions_LITE_RUNTIME = 3
+} google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode;
+
+/* MessageDefs: call these functions to get a ref to a msgdef. */
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_msgdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_get(const void *owner);
+
+/* EnumDefs: call these functions to get a ref to an enumdef. */
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType_get(const void *owner);
+const upb_enumdef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode_get(const void *owner);
+
+/* Functions to test whether this message is of a certain type. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ExtensionRange") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.DescriptorProto.ReservedRange") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.EnumDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.EnumOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.EnumValueDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.EnumValueOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.FieldOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.FileDescriptorSet") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.FileOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.MessageOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.MethodDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.MethodOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.OneofDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.ServiceDescriptorProto") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.ServiceOptions") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.SourceCodeInfo.Location") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is(const upb_msgdef *m) {
+ return strcmp(upb_msgdef_fullname(m), "google.protobuf.UninterpretedOption.NamePart") == 0;
+}
+
+/* Functions to test whether this enum is of a certain type. */
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label_is(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return strcmp(upb_enumdef_fullname(e), "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Label") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type_is(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return strcmp(upb_enumdef_fullname(e), "google.protobuf.FieldDescriptorProto.Type") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType_is(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return strcmp(upb_enumdef_fullname(e), "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.CType") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType_is(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return strcmp(upb_enumdef_fullname(e), "google.protobuf.FieldOptions.JSType") == 0;
+}
+UPB_INLINE bool upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode_is(const upb_enumdef *e) {
+ return strcmp(upb_enumdef_fullname(e), "google.protobuf.FileOptions.OptimizeMode") == 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Functions to get a fielddef from a msgdef reference. */
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_f_end(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_f_start(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_f_end(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_f_start(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_enum_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_extension(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_extension_range(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_field(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_nested_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_oneof_decl(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_reserved_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_f_reserved_range(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_f_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_f_allow_alias(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_f_number(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_default_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_extendee(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_json_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_label(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_number(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_oneof_index(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_f_type_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_ctype(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_jstype(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_lazy(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_packed(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_f_weak(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_dependency(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_enum_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_extension(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_message_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_package(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_public_dependency(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_service(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_source_code_info(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_syntax(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 12); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_f_weak_dependency(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 11); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_f_file(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_cc_enable_arenas(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 31); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_cc_generic_services(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 16); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_csharp_namespace(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 37); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 23); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_go_package(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 11); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_generate_equals_and_hash(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 20); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_generic_services(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 17); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_multiple_files(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 10); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_outer_classname(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_package(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_java_string_check_utf8(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 27); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_javanano_use_deprecated_package(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 38); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_objc_class_prefix(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 36); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_optimize_for(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 9); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_py_generic_services(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 18); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_f_map_entry(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 7); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_f_message_set_wire_format(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_f_no_standard_descriptor_accessor(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_client_streaming(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_input_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_output_type(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_f_server_streaming(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 33); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_f_method(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_f_options(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_f_deprecated(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 33); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_f_uninterpreted_option(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 999); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_f_leading_comments(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_f_leading_detached_comments(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_f_path(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_f_span(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_f_trailing_comments(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_f_location(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_f_is_extension(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_f_name_part(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 1); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_aggregate_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 8); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_double_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 6); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_identifier_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 3); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_name(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 2); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_negative_int_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 5); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_positive_int_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 4); }
+UPB_INLINE const upb_fielddef *upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_f_string_value(const upb_msgdef *m) { assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m)); return upb_msgdef_itof(m, 7); }
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upbdefs {
+namespace google {
+namespace protobuf {
+
+class DescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ DescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static DescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return DescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class ExtensionRange : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ ExtensionRange(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static ExtensionRange get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ExtensionRange_get(&m);
+ return ExtensionRange(m, &m);
+ }
+ };
+
+ class ReservedRange : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ ReservedRange(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static ReservedRange get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_DescriptorProto_ReservedRange_get(&m);
+ return ReservedRange(m, &m);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+class EnumDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ EnumDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static EnumDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return EnumDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class EnumOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ EnumOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static EnumOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumOptions_get(&m);
+ return EnumOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class EnumValueDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ EnumValueDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static EnumValueDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return EnumValueDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class EnumValueOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ EnumValueOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static EnumValueOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_EnumValueOptions_get(&m);
+ return EnumValueOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class FieldDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ FieldDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static FieldDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return FieldDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class Label : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::EnumDef> {
+ public:
+ Label(const ::upb::EnumDef* e, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(e, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label_is(e));
+ }
+ static Label get() {
+ const ::upb::EnumDef* e = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Label_get(&e);
+ return Label(e, &e);
+ }
+ };
+
+ class Type : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::EnumDef> {
+ public:
+ Type(const ::upb::EnumDef* e, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(e, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type_is(e));
+ }
+ static Type get() {
+ const ::upb::EnumDef* e = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldDescriptorProto_Type_get(&e);
+ return Type(e, &e);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+class FieldOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ FieldOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static FieldOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_get(&m);
+ return FieldOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class CType : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::EnumDef> {
+ public:
+ CType(const ::upb::EnumDef* e, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(e, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType_is(e));
+ }
+ static CType get() {
+ const ::upb::EnumDef* e = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_CType_get(&e);
+ return CType(e, &e);
+ }
+ };
+
+ class JSType : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::EnumDef> {
+ public:
+ JSType(const ::upb::EnumDef* e, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(e, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType_is(e));
+ }
+ static JSType get() {
+ const ::upb::EnumDef* e = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FieldOptions_JSType_get(&e);
+ return JSType(e, &e);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+class FileDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ FileDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static FileDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return FileDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class FileDescriptorSet : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ FileDescriptorSet(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static FileDescriptorSet get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileDescriptorSet_get(&m);
+ return FileDescriptorSet(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class FileOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ FileOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static FileOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_get(&m);
+ return FileOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class OptimizeMode : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::EnumDef> {
+ public:
+ OptimizeMode(const ::upb::EnumDef* e, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(e, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode_is(e));
+ }
+ static OptimizeMode get() {
+ const ::upb::EnumDef* e = upbdefs_google_protobuf_FileOptions_OptimizeMode_get(&e);
+ return OptimizeMode(e, &e);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+class MessageOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ MessageOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static MessageOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_MessageOptions_get(&m);
+ return MessageOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class MethodDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ MethodDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static MethodDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return MethodDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class MethodOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ MethodOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static MethodOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_MethodOptions_get(&m);
+ return MethodOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class OneofDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ OneofDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static OneofDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_OneofDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return OneofDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class ServiceDescriptorProto : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ ServiceDescriptorProto(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static ServiceDescriptorProto get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceDescriptorProto_get(&m);
+ return ServiceDescriptorProto(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class ServiceOptions : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ ServiceOptions(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static ServiceOptions get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_ServiceOptions_get(&m);
+ return ServiceOptions(m, &m);
+ }
+};
+
+class SourceCodeInfo : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ SourceCodeInfo(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static SourceCodeInfo get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_get(&m);
+ return SourceCodeInfo(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class Location : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ Location(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static Location get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_SourceCodeInfo_Location_get(&m);
+ return Location(m, &m);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+class UninterpretedOption : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ UninterpretedOption(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static UninterpretedOption get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_get(&m);
+ return UninterpretedOption(m, &m);
+ }
+
+ class NamePart : public ::upb::reffed_ptr<const ::upb::MessageDef> {
+ public:
+ NamePart(const ::upb::MessageDef* m, const void *ref_donor = NULL)
+ : reffed_ptr(m, ref_donor) {
+ assert(upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_is(m));
+ }
+
+ static NamePart get() {
+ const ::upb::MessageDef* m = upbdefs_google_protobuf_UninterpretedOption_NamePart_get(&m);
+ return NamePart(m, &m);
+ }
+ };
+};
+
+} /* namespace protobuf */
+} /* namespace google */
+} /* namespace upbdefs */
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* UPB_DESCRIPTOR_DESCRIPTOR_PROTO_UPB_H_ */
+/*
+** Internal-only definitions for the decoder.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+#define UPB_DECODER_INT_H_
+
+/*
+** upb::pb::Decoder
+**
+** A high performance, streaming, resumable decoder for the binary protobuf
+** format.
+**
+** This interface works the same regardless of what decoder backend is being
+** used. A client of this class does not need to know whether decoding is using
+** a JITted decoder (DynASM, LLVM, etc) or an interpreted decoder. By default,
+** it will always use the fastest available decoder. However, you can call
+** set_allow_jit(false) to disable any JIT decoder that might be available.
+** This is primarily useful for testing purposes.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_DECODER_H_
+#define UPB_DECODER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class CodeCache;
+class Decoder;
+class DecoderMethod;
+class DecoderMethodOptions;
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::CodeCache, upb_pbcodecache)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Decoder, upb_pbdecoder)
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions, upb_pbdecodermethodopts)
+
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::DecoderMethod, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* The maximum number of bytes we are required to buffer internally between
+ * calls to the decoder. The value is 14: a 5 byte unknown tag plus ten-byte
+ * varint, less one because we are buffering an incomplete value.
+ *
+ * Should only be used by unit tests. */
+#define UPB_DECODER_MAX_RESIDUAL_BYTES 14
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* The parameters one uses to construct a DecoderMethod.
+ * TODO(haberman): move allowjit here? Seems more convenient for users.
+ * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */
+class upb::pb::DecoderMethodOptions {
+ public:
+ /* Parameter represents the destination handlers that this method will push
+ * to. */
+ explicit DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* dest_handlers);
+
+ /* Should the decoder push submessages to lazy handlers for fields that have
+ * them? The caller should set this iff the lazy handlers expect data that is
+ * in protobuf binary format and the caller wishes to lazy parse it. */
+ void set_lazy(bool lazy);
+#else
+struct upb_pbdecodermethodopts {
+#endif
+ const upb_handlers *handlers;
+ bool lazy;
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Represents the code to parse a protobuf according to a destination
+ * Handlers. */
+class upb::pb::DecoderMethod {
+ public:
+ /* Include base methods from upb::ReferenceCounted. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method.
+ * This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these
+ * handlers. */
+ const Handlers* dest_handlers() const;
+
+ /* The input handlers for this decoder method. */
+ const BytesHandler* input_handler() const;
+
+ /* Whether this method is native. */
+ bool is_native() const;
+
+ /* Convenience method for generating a DecoderMethod without explicitly
+ * creating a CodeCache. */
+ static reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> New(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(DecoderMethod, upb::pb::DecoderMethod)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
+#define UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE 4416
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A Decoder receives binary protobuf data on its input sink and pushes the
+ * decoded data to its output sink. */
+class upb::pb::Decoder {
+ public:
+ /* Constructs a decoder instance for the given method, which must outlive this
+ * decoder. Any errors during parsing will be set on the given status, which
+ * must also outlive this decoder.
+ *
+ * The sink must match the given method. */
+ static Decoder* Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* method,
+ Sink* output);
+
+ /* Returns the DecoderMethod this decoder is parsing from. */
+ const DecoderMethod* method() const;
+
+ /* The sink on which this decoder receives input. */
+ BytesSink* input();
+
+ /* Returns number of bytes successfully parsed.
+ *
+ * This can be useful for determining the stream position where an error
+ * occurred.
+ *
+ * This value may not be up-to-date when called from inside a parsing
+ * callback. */
+ uint64_t BytesParsed() const;
+
+ /* Gets/sets the parsing nexting limit. If the total number of nested
+ * submessages and repeated fields hits this limit, parsing will fail. This
+ * is a resource limit that controls the amount of memory used by the parsing
+ * stack.
+ *
+ * Setting the limit will fail if the parser is currently suspended at a depth
+ * greater than this, or if memory allocation of the stack fails. */
+ size_t max_nesting() const;
+ bool set_max_nesting(size_t max);
+
+ void Reset();
+
+ static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_DECODER_SIZE;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Decoder, upb::pb::Decoder)
+};
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* A class for caching protobuf processing code, whether bytecode for the
+ * interpreted decoder or machine code for the JIT.
+ *
+ * This class is not thread-safe.
+ *
+ * TODO(haberman): move this to be heap allocated for ABI stability. */
+class upb::pb::CodeCache {
+ public:
+ CodeCache();
+ ~CodeCache();
+
+ /* Whether the cache is allowed to generate machine code. Defaults to true.
+ * There is no real reason to turn it off except for testing or if you are
+ * having a specific problem with the JIT.
+ *
+ * Note that allow_jit = true does not *guarantee* that the code will be JIT
+ * compiled. If this platform is not supported or the JIT was not compiled
+ * in, the code may still be interpreted. */
+ bool allow_jit() const;
+
+ /* This may only be called when the object is first constructed, and prior to
+ * any code generation, otherwise returns false and does nothing. */
+ bool set_allow_jit(bool allow);
+
+ /* Returns a DecoderMethod that can push data to the given handlers.
+ * If a suitable method already exists, it will be returned from the cache.
+ *
+ * Specifying the destination handlers here allows the DecoderMethod to be
+ * statically bound to the destination handlers if possible, which can allow
+ * more efficient decoding. However the returned method may or may not
+ * actually be statically bound. But in all cases, the returned method can
+ * push data to the given handlers. */
+ const DecoderMethod *GetDecoderMethod(const DecoderMethodOptions& opts);
+
+ /* If/when someone needs to explicitly create a dynamically-bound
+ * DecoderMethod*, we can add a method to get it here. */
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN(CodeCache)
+#else
+struct upb_pbcodecache {
+#endif
+ bool allow_jit_;
+
+ /* Array of mgroups. */
+ upb_inttable groups;
+};
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+upb_pbdecoder *upb_pbdecoder_create(upb_env *e,
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method,
+ upb_sink *output);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecoder_method(const upb_pbdecoder *d);
+upb_bytessink *upb_pbdecoder_input(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(const upb_pbdecoder *d);
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_maxnesting(const upb_pbdecoder *d);
+bool upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(upb_pbdecoder *d, size_t max);
+void upb_pbdecoder_reset(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts,
+ const upb_handlers *h);
+void upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, bool lazy);
+
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_pbdecodermethod_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_pbdecodermethod, upb_pbdecodermethod_upcast)
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+const upb_byteshandler *upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+bool upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(const upb_pbdecodermethod *m);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbdecodermethod_new(
+ const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts, const void *owner);
+
+void upb_pbcodecache_init(upb_pbcodecache *c);
+void upb_pbcodecache_uninit(upb_pbcodecache *c);
+bool upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(const upb_pbcodecache *c);
+bool upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(upb_pbcodecache *c, bool allow);
+const upb_pbdecodermethod *upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(
+ upb_pbcodecache *c, const upb_pbdecodermethodopts *opts);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+
+namespace pb {
+
+/* static */
+inline Decoder* Decoder::Create(Environment* env, const DecoderMethod* m,
+ Sink* sink) {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_create(env, m, sink);
+}
+inline const DecoderMethod* Decoder::method() const {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_method(this);
+}
+inline BytesSink* Decoder::input() {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_input(this);
+}
+inline uint64_t Decoder::BytesParsed() const {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_bytesparsed(this);
+}
+inline size_t Decoder::max_nesting() const {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_maxnesting(this);
+}
+inline bool Decoder::set_max_nesting(size_t max) {
+ return upb_pbdecoder_setmaxnesting(this, max);
+}
+inline void Decoder::Reset() { upb_pbdecoder_reset(this); }
+
+inline DecoderMethodOptions::DecoderMethodOptions(const Handlers* h) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_init(this, h);
+}
+inline void DecoderMethodOptions::set_lazy(bool lazy) {
+ upb_pbdecodermethodopts_setlazy(this, lazy);
+}
+
+inline const Handlers* DecoderMethod::dest_handlers() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_desthandlers(this);
+}
+inline const BytesHandler* DecoderMethod::input_handler() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_inputhandler(this);
+}
+inline bool DecoderMethod::is_native() const {
+ return upb_pbdecodermethod_isnative(this);
+}
+/* static */
+inline reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod> DecoderMethod::New(
+ const DecoderMethodOptions &opts) {
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *m = upb_pbdecodermethod_new(&opts, &m);
+ return reffed_ptr<const DecoderMethod>(m, &m);
+}
+
+inline CodeCache::CodeCache() {
+ upb_pbcodecache_init(this);
+}
+inline CodeCache::~CodeCache() {
+ upb_pbcodecache_uninit(this);
+}
+inline bool CodeCache::allow_jit() const {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_allowjit(this);
+}
+inline bool CodeCache::set_allow_jit(bool allow) {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_setallowjit(this, allow);
+}
+inline const DecoderMethod *CodeCache::GetDecoderMethod(
+ const DecoderMethodOptions& opts) {
+ return upb_pbcodecache_getdecodermethod(this, &opts);
+}
+
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* UPB_DECODER_H_ */
+
+/* C++ names are not actually used since this type isn't exposed to users. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class MessageGroup;
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::pb::MessageGroup, upb::RefCounted,
+ mgroup, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* Opcode definitions. The canonical meaning of each opcode is its
+ * implementation in the interpreter (the JIT is written to match this).
+ *
+ * All instructions have the opcode in the low byte.
+ * Instruction format for most instructions is:
+ *
+ * +-------------------+--------+
+ * | arg (24) | op (8) |
+ * +-------------------+--------+
+ *
+ * Exceptions are indicated below. A few opcodes are multi-word. */
+typedef enum {
+ /* Opcodes 1-8, 13, 15-18 parse their respective descriptor types.
+ * Arg for all of these is the upb selector for this field. */
+#define T(type) OP_PARSE_ ## type = UPB_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE_ ## type
+ T(DOUBLE), T(FLOAT), T(INT64), T(UINT64), T(INT32), T(FIXED64), T(FIXED32),
+ T(BOOL), T(UINT32), T(SFIXED32), T(SFIXED64), T(SINT32), T(SINT64),
+#undef T
+ OP_STARTMSG = 9, /* No arg. */
+ OP_ENDMSG = 10, /* No arg. */
+ OP_STARTSEQ = 11,
+ OP_ENDSEQ = 12,
+ OP_STARTSUBMSG = 14,
+ OP_ENDSUBMSG = 19,
+ OP_STARTSTR = 20,
+ OP_STRING = 21,
+ OP_ENDSTR = 22,
+
+ OP_PUSHTAGDELIM = 23, /* No arg. */
+ OP_PUSHLENDELIM = 24, /* No arg. */
+ OP_POP = 25, /* No arg. */
+ OP_SETDELIM = 26, /* No arg. */
+ OP_SETBIGGROUPNUM = 27, /* two words:
+ * | unused (24) | opc (8) |
+ * | groupnum (32) | */
+ OP_CHECKDELIM = 28,
+ OP_CALL = 29,
+ OP_RET = 30,
+ OP_BRANCH = 31,
+
+ /* Different opcodes depending on how many bytes expected. */
+ OP_TAG1 = 32, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */
+ OP_TAG2 = 33, /* | match tag (16) | jump target (8) | opc (8) | */
+ OP_TAGN = 34, /* three words: */
+ /* | unused (16) | jump target(8) | opc (8) | */
+ /* | match tag 1 (32) | */
+ /* | match tag 2 (32) | */
+
+ OP_SETDISPATCH = 35, /* N words: */
+ /* | unused (24) | opc | */
+ /* | upb_inttable* (32 or 64) | */
+
+ OP_DISPATCH = 36, /* No arg. */
+
+ OP_HALT = 37 /* No arg. */
+} opcode;
+
+#define OP_MAX OP_HALT
+
+UPB_INLINE opcode getop(uint32_t instr) { return instr & 0xff; }
+
+/* Method group; represents a set of decoder methods that had their code
+ * emitted together, and must therefore be freed together. Immutable once
+ * created. It is possible we may want to expose this to users at some point.
+ *
+ * Overall ownership of Decoder objects looks like this:
+ *
+ * +----------+
+ * | | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * | method |
+ * CodeCache ---> | group | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * | |
+ * | (mgroup) | <---> DecoderMethod
+ * +----------+
+ */
+struct mgroup {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ /* Maps upb_msgdef/upb_handlers -> upb_pbdecodermethod. We own refs on the
+ * methods. */
+ upb_inttable methods;
+
+ /* When we add the ability to link to previously existing mgroups, we'll
+ * need an array of mgroups we reference here, and own refs on them. */
+
+ /* The bytecode for our methods, if any exists. Owned by us. */
+ uint32_t *bytecode;
+ uint32_t *bytecode_end;
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ /* JIT-generated machine code, if any. */
+ upb_string_handlerfunc *jit_code;
+ /* The size of the jit_code (required to munmap()). */
+ size_t jit_size;
+ char *debug_info;
+ void *dl;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* The maximum that any submessages can be nested. Matches proto2's limit.
+ * This specifies the size of the decoder's statically-sized array and therefore
+ * setting it high will cause the upb::pb::Decoder object to be larger.
+ *
+ * If necessary we can add a runtime-settable property to Decoder that allow
+ * this to be larger than the compile-time setting, but this would add
+ * complexity, particularly since we would have to decide how/if to give users
+ * the ability to set a custom memory allocation function. */
+#define UPB_DECODER_MAX_NESTING 64
+
+/* Internal-only struct used by the decoder. */
+typedef struct {
+ /* Space optimization note: we store two pointers here that the JIT
+ * doesn't need at all; the upb_handlers* inside the sink and
+ * the dispatch table pointer. We can optimze so that the JIT uses
+ * smaller stack frames than the interpreter. The only thing we need
+ * to guarantee is that the fallback routines can find end_ofs. */
+ upb_sink sink;
+
+ /* The absolute stream offset of the end-of-frame delimiter.
+ * Non-delimited frames (groups and non-packed repeated fields) reuse the
+ * delimiter of their parent, even though the frame may not end there.
+ *
+ * NOTE: the JIT stores a slightly different value here for non-top frames.
+ * It stores the value relative to the end of the enclosed message. But the
+ * top frame is still stored the same way, which is important for ensuring
+ * that calls from the JIT into C work correctly. */
+ uint64_t end_ofs;
+ const uint32_t *base;
+
+ /* 0 indicates a length-delimited field.
+ * A positive number indicates a known group.
+ * A negative number indicates an unknown group. */
+ int32_t groupnum;
+ upb_inttable *dispatch; /* Not used by the JIT. */
+} upb_pbdecoder_frame;
+
+struct upb_pbdecodermethod {
+ upb_refcounted base;
+
+ /* While compiling, the base is relative in "ofs", after compiling it is
+ * absolute in "ptr". */
+ union {
+ uint32_t ofs; /* PC offset of method. */
+ void *ptr; /* Pointer to bytecode or machine code for this method. */
+ } code_base;
+
+ /* The decoder method group to which this method belongs. We own a ref.
+ * Owning a ref on the entire group is more coarse-grained than is strictly
+ * necessary; all we truly require is that methods we directly reference
+ * outlive us, while the group could contain many other messages we don't
+ * require. But the group represents the messages that were
+ * allocated+compiled together, so it makes the most sense to free them
+ * together also. */
+ const upb_refcounted *group;
+
+ /* Whether this method is native code or bytecode. */
+ bool is_native_;
+
+ /* The handler one calls to invoke this method. */
+ upb_byteshandler input_handler_;
+
+ /* The destination handlers this method is bound to. We own a ref. */
+ const upb_handlers *dest_handlers_;
+
+ /* Dispatch table -- used by both bytecode decoder and JIT when encountering a
+ * field number that wasn't the one we were expecting to see. See
+ * decoder.int.h for the layout of this table. */
+ upb_inttable dispatch;
+};
+
+struct upb_pbdecoder {
+ upb_env *env;
+
+ /* Our input sink. */
+ upb_bytessink input_;
+
+ /* The decoder method we are parsing with (owned). */
+ const upb_pbdecodermethod *method_;
+
+ size_t call_len;
+ const uint32_t *pc, *last;
+
+ /* Current input buffer and its stream offset. */
+ const char *buf, *ptr, *end, *checkpoint;
+
+ /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, NULL if not in this buf. */
+ const char *delim_end;
+
+ /* End of the delimited region, relative to ptr, end if not in this buf. */
+ const char *data_end;
+
+ /* Overall stream offset of "buf." */
+ uint64_t bufstart_ofs;
+
+ /* Buffer for residual bytes not parsed from the previous buffer. */
+ char residual[UPB_DECODER_MAX_RESIDUAL_BYTES];
+ char *residual_end;
+
+ /* Bytes of data that should be discarded from the input beore we start
+ * parsing again. We set this when we internally determine that we can
+ * safely skip the next N bytes, but this region extends past the current
+ * user buffer. */
+ size_t skip;
+
+ /* Stores the user buffer passed to our decode function. */
+ const char *buf_param;
+ size_t size_param;
+ const upb_bufhandle *handle;
+
+ /* Our internal stack. */
+ upb_pbdecoder_frame *stack, *top, *limit;
+ const uint32_t **callstack;
+ size_t stack_size;
+
+ upb_status *status;
+
+#ifdef UPB_USE_JIT_X64
+ /* Used momentarily by the generated code to store a value while a user
+ * function is called. */
+ uint32_t tmp_len;
+
+ const void *saved_rsp;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* Decoder entry points; used as handlers. */
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startbc(void *closure, const void *pc, size_t size_hint);
+void *upb_pbdecoder_startjit(void *closure, const void *hd, size_t size_hint);
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_decode(void *closure, const void *hd, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
+bool upb_pbdecoder_end(void *closure, const void *handler_data);
+
+/* Decoder-internal functions that the JIT calls to handle fallback paths. */
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_resume(upb_pbdecoder *d, void *p, const char *buf,
+ size_t size, const upb_bufhandle *handle);
+size_t upb_pbdecoder_suspend(upb_pbdecoder *d);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_skipunknown(upb_pbdecoder *d, int32_t fieldnum,
+ uint8_t wire_type);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_checktag_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t expected);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_varint_slow(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f32(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint32_t *u32);
+int32_t upb_pbdecoder_decode_f64(upb_pbdecoder *d, uint64_t *u64);
+void upb_pbdecoder_seterr(upb_pbdecoder *d, const char *msg);
+
+/* Error messages that are shared between the bytecode and JIT decoders. */
+extern const char *kPbDecoderStackOverflow;
+extern const char *kPbDecoderSubmessageTooLong;
+
+/* Access to decoderplan members needed by the decoder. */
+const char *upb_pbdecoder_getopname(unsigned int op);
+
+/* JIT codegen entry point. */
+void upb_pbdecoder_jit(mgroup *group);
+void upb_pbdecoder_freejit(mgroup *group);
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(mgroup, mgroup_upcast)
+
+/* A special label that means "do field dispatch for this message and branch to
+ * wherever that takes you." */
+#define LABEL_DISPATCH 0
+
+/* A special slot in the dispatch table that stores the epilogue (ENDMSG and/or
+ * RET) for branching to when we find an appropriate ENDGROUP tag. */
+#define DISPATCH_ENDMSG 0
+
+/* It's important to use this invalid wire type instead of 0 (which is a valid
+ * wire type). */
+#define NO_WIRE_TYPE 0xff
+
+/* The dispatch table layout is:
+ * [field number] -> [ 48-bit offset ][ 8-bit wt2 ][ 8-bit wt1 ]
+ *
+ * If wt1 matches, jump to the 48-bit offset. If wt2 matches, lookup
+ * (UPB_MAX_FIELDNUMBER + fieldnum) and jump there.
+ *
+ * We need two wire types because of packed/non-packed compatibility. A
+ * primitive repeated field can use either wire type and be valid. While we
+ * could key the table on fieldnum+wiretype, the table would be 8x sparser.
+ *
+ * Storing two wire types in the primary value allows us to quickly rule out
+ * the second wire type without needing to do a separate lookup (this case is
+ * less common than an unknown field). */
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_pbdecoder_packdispatch(uint64_t ofs, uint8_t wt1,
+ uint8_t wt2) {
+ return (ofs << 16) | (wt2 << 8) | wt1;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE void upb_pbdecoder_unpackdispatch(uint64_t dispatch, uint64_t *ofs,
+ uint8_t *wt1, uint8_t *wt2) {
+ *wt1 = (uint8_t)dispatch;
+ *wt2 = (uint8_t)(dispatch >> 8);
+ *ofs = dispatch >> 16;
+}
+
+/* All of the functions in decoder.c that return int32_t return values according
+ * to the following scheme:
+ * 1. negative values indicate a return code from the following list.
+ * 2. positive values indicate that error or end of buffer was hit, and
+ * that the decode function should immediately return the given value
+ * (the decoder state has already been suspended and is ready to be
+ * resumed). */
+#define DECODE_OK -1
+#define DECODE_MISMATCH -2 /* Used only from checktag_slow(). */
+#define DECODE_ENDGROUP -3 /* Used only from checkunknown(). */
+
+#define CHECK_RETURN(x) { int32_t ret = x; if (ret >= 0) return ret; }
+
+#endif /* UPB_DECODER_INT_H_ */
+/*
+** A number of routines for varint manipulation (we keep them all around to
+** have multiple approaches available for benchmarking).
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_
+#define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* A list of types as they are encoded on-the-wire. */
+typedef enum {
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_VARINT = 0,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_64BIT = 1,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_DELIMITED = 2,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_START_GROUP = 3,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_END_GROUP = 4,
+ UPB_WIRE_TYPE_32BIT = 5
+} upb_wiretype_t;
+
+#define UPB_MAX_WIRE_TYPE 5
+
+/* The maximum number of bytes that it takes to encode a 64-bit varint.
+ * Note that with a better encoding this could be 9 (TODO: write up a
+ * wiki document about this). */
+#define UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN 10
+
+/* Array of the "native" (ie. non-packed-repeated) wire type for the given a
+ * descriptor type (upb_descriptortype_t). */
+extern const uint8_t upb_pb_native_wire_types[];
+
+/* Zig-zag encoding/decoding **************************************************/
+
+UPB_INLINE int32_t upb_zzdec_32(uint32_t n) {
+ return (n >> 1) ^ -(int32_t)(n & 1);
+}
+UPB_INLINE int64_t upb_zzdec_64(uint64_t n) {
+ return (n >> 1) ^ -(int64_t)(n & 1);
+}
+UPB_INLINE uint32_t upb_zzenc_32(int32_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 31); }
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_zzenc_64(int64_t n) { return (n << 1) ^ (n >> 63); }
+
+/* Decoding *******************************************************************/
+
+/* All decoding functions return this struct by value. */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *p; /* NULL if the varint was unterminated. */
+ uint64_t val;
+} upb_decoderet;
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_decoderet_make(const char *p, uint64_t val) {
+ upb_decoderet ret;
+ ret.p = p;
+ ret.val = val;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Four functions for decoding a varint of at most eight bytes. They are all
+ * functionally identical, but are implemented in different ways and likely have
+ * different performance profiles. We keep them around for performance testing.
+ *
+ * Note that these functions may not read byte-by-byte, so they must not be used
+ * unless there are at least eight bytes left in the buffer! */
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch32(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_branch64(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_wright(upb_decoderet r);
+upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(upb_decoderet r);
+
+/* Template for a function that checks the first two bytes with branching
+ * and dispatches 2-10 bytes with a separate function. Note that this may read
+ * up to 10 bytes, so it must not be used unless there are at least ten bytes
+ * left in the buffer! */
+#define UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(name, decode_max8_function) \
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_check2_ ## name(const char *_p) { \
+ uint8_t *p = (uint8_t*)_p; \
+ upb_decoderet r; \
+ if ((*p & 0x80) == 0) { \
+ /* Common case: one-byte varint. */ \
+ return upb_decoderet_make(_p + 1, *p & 0x7fU); \
+ } \
+ r = upb_decoderet_make(_p + 2, (*p & 0x7fU) | ((*(p + 1) & 0x7fU) << 7)); \
+ if ((*(p + 1) & 0x80) == 0) { \
+ /* Two-byte varint. */ \
+ return r; \
+ } \
+ /* Longer varint, fallback to out-of-line function. */ \
+ return decode_max8_function(r); \
+}
+
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch32, upb_vdecode_max8_branch32)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(branch64, upb_vdecode_max8_branch64)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(wright, upb_vdecode_max8_wright)
+UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2(massimino, upb_vdecode_max8_massimino)
+#undef UPB_VARINT_DECODER_CHECK2
+
+/* Our canonical functions for decoding varints, based on the currently
+ * favored best-performing implementations. */
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_fast(const char *p) {
+ if (sizeof(long) == 8)
+ return upb_vdecode_check2_branch64(p);
+ else
+ return upb_vdecode_check2_branch32(p);
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE upb_decoderet upb_vdecode_max8_fast(upb_decoderet r) {
+ return upb_vdecode_max8_massimino(r);
+}
+
+
+/* Encoding *******************************************************************/
+
+UPB_INLINE int upb_value_size(uint64_t val) {
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ int high_bit = 63 - __builtin_clzll(val); /* 0-based, undef if val == 0. */
+#else
+ int high_bit = 0;
+ uint64_t tmp = val;
+ while(tmp >>= 1) high_bit++;
+#endif
+ return val == 0 ? 1 : high_bit / 8 + 1;
+}
+
+/* Encodes a 64-bit varint into buf (which must be >=UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN
+ * bytes long), returning how many bytes were used.
+ *
+ * TODO: benchmark and optimize if necessary. */
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_vencode64(uint64_t val, char *buf) {
+ size_t i;
+ if (val == 0) { buf[0] = 0; return 1; }
+ i = 0;
+ while (val) {
+ uint8_t byte = val & 0x7fU;
+ val >>= 7;
+ if (val) byte |= 0x80U;
+ buf[i++] = byte;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+UPB_INLINE size_t upb_varint_size(uint64_t val) {
+ char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
+ return upb_vencode64(val, buf);
+}
+
+/* Encodes a 32-bit varint, *not* sign-extended. */
+UPB_INLINE uint64_t upb_vencode32(uint32_t val) {
+ char buf[UPB_PB_VARINT_MAX_LEN];
+ size_t bytes = upb_vencode64(val, buf);
+ uint64_t ret = 0;
+ assert(bytes <= 5);
+ memcpy(&ret, buf, bytes);
+ assert(ret <= 0xffffffffffU);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_VARINT_DECODER_H_ */
+/*
+** upb::pb::Encoder (upb_pb_encoder)
+**
+** Implements a set of upb_handlers that write protobuf data to the binary wire
+** format.
+**
+** This encoder implementation does not have any access to any out-of-band or
+** precomputed lengths for submessages, so it must buffer submessages internally
+** before it can emit the first byte.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_ENCODER_H_
+#define UPB_ENCODER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class Encoder;
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::Encoder, upb_pb_encoder)
+
+#define UPB_PBENCODER_MAX_NESTING 100
+
+/* upb::pb::Encoder ***********************************************************/
+
+/* Preallocation hint: decoder won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the decoder library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
+#define UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE 768
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::pb::Encoder {
+ public:
+ /* Creates a new encoder in the given environment. The Handlers must have
+ * come from NewHandlers() below. */
+ static Encoder* Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers,
+ BytesSink* output);
+
+ /* The input to the encoder. */
+ Sink* input();
+
+ /* Creates a new set of handlers for this MessageDef. */
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* msg);
+
+ static const size_t kSize = UPB_PB_ENCODER_SIZE;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Encoder, upb::pb::Encoder)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+upb_sink *upb_pb_encoder_input(upb_pb_encoder *p);
+upb_pb_encoder* upb_pb_encoder_create(upb_env* e, const upb_handlers* h,
+ upb_bytessink* output);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+inline Encoder* Encoder::Create(Environment* env, const Handlers* handlers,
+ BytesSink* output) {
+ return upb_pb_encoder_create(env, handlers, output);
+}
+inline Sink* Encoder::input() {
+ return upb_pb_encoder_input(this);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Encoder::NewHandlers(
+ const upb::MessageDef *md) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_pb_encoder_newhandlers(md, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_ENCODER_H_ */
+/*
+** upb's core components like upb_decoder and upb_msg are carefully designed to
+** avoid depending on each other for maximum orthogonality. In other words,
+** you can use a upb_decoder to decode into *any* kind of structure; upb_msg is
+** just one such structure. A upb_msg can be serialized/deserialized into any
+** format, protobuf binary format is just one such format.
+**
+** However, for convenience we provide functions here for doing common
+** operations like deserializing protobuf binary format into a upb_msg. The
+** compromise is that this file drags in almost all of upb as a dependency,
+** which could be undesirable if you're trying to use a trimmed-down build of
+** upb.
+**
+** While these routines are convenient, they do not reuse any encoding/decoding
+** state. For example, if a decoder is JIT-based, it will be re-JITted every
+** time these functions are called. For this reason, if you are parsing lots
+** of data and efficiency is an issue, these may not be the best functions to
+** use (though they are useful for prototyping, before optimizing).
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_GLUE_H
+#define UPB_GLUE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <vector>
+
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Loads a binary descriptor and returns a NULL-terminated array of unfrozen
+ * filedefs. The caller owns the returned array, which must be freed with
+ * upb_gfree(). */
+upb_filedef **upb_loaddescriptor(const char *buf, size_t n, const void *owner,
+ upb_status *status);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} /* extern "C" */
+
+namespace upb {
+
+inline bool LoadDescriptor(const char* buf, size_t n, Status* status,
+ std::vector<reffed_ptr<FileDef> >* files) {
+ FileDef** parsed_files = upb_loaddescriptor(buf, n, &parsed_files, status);
+
+ if (parsed_files) {
+ FileDef** p = parsed_files;
+ while (*p) {
+ files->push_back(reffed_ptr<FileDef>(*p, &parsed_files));
+ ++p;
+ }
+ free(parsed_files);
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Templated so it can accept both string and std::string. */
+template <typename T>
+bool LoadDescriptor(const T& desc, Status* status,
+ std::vector<reffed_ptr<FileDef> >* files) {
+ return LoadDescriptor(desc.c_str(), desc.size(), status, files);
+}
+
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_GLUE_H */
+/*
+** upb::pb::TextPrinter (upb_textprinter)
+**
+** Handlers for writing to protobuf text format.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_TEXT_H_
+#define UPB_TEXT_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+class TextPrinter;
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::pb::TextPrinter, upb_textprinter)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class upb::pb::TextPrinter {
+ public:
+ /* The given handlers must have come from NewHandlers(). It must outlive the
+ * TextPrinter. */
+ static TextPrinter *Create(Environment *env, const upb::Handlers *handlers,
+ BytesSink *output);
+
+ void SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line);
+
+ Sink* input();
+
+ /* If handler caching becomes a requirement we can add a code cache as in
+ * decoder.h */
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const MessageDef* md);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* C API. */
+upb_textprinter *upb_textprinter_create(upb_env *env, const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_bytessink *output);
+void upb_textprinter_setsingleline(upb_textprinter *p, bool single_line);
+upb_sink *upb_textprinter_input(upb_textprinter *p);
+
+const upb_handlers *upb_textprinter_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *m,
+ const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace pb {
+inline TextPrinter *TextPrinter::Create(Environment *env,
+ const upb::Handlers *handlers,
+ BytesSink *output) {
+ return upb_textprinter_create(env, handlers, output);
+}
+inline void TextPrinter::SetSingleLineMode(bool single_line) {
+ upb_textprinter_setsingleline(this, single_line);
+}
+inline Sink* TextPrinter::input() {
+ return upb_textprinter_input(this);
+}
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> TextPrinter::NewHandlers(
+ const MessageDef *md) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_textprinter_newhandlers(md, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} /* namespace pb */
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_TEXT_H_ */
+/*
+** upb::json::Parser (upb_json_parser)
+**
+** Parses JSON according to a specific schema.
+** Support for parsing arbitrary JSON (schema-less) will be added later.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+#define UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+class Parser;
+class ParserMethod;
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Parser, upb_json_parser)
+UPB_DECLARE_DERIVED_TYPE(upb::json::ParserMethod, upb::RefCounted,
+ upb_json_parsermethod, upb_refcounted)
+
+/* upb::json::Parser **********************************************************/
+
+/* Preallocation hint: parser won't allocate more bytes than this when first
+ * constructed. This hint may be an overestimate for some build configurations.
+ * But if the parser library is upgraded without recompiling the application,
+ * it may be an underestimate. */
+#define UPB_JSON_PARSER_SIZE 4112
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Parses an incoming BytesStream, pushing the results to the destination
+ * sink. */
+class upb::json::Parser {
+ public:
+ static Parser* Create(Environment* env, const ParserMethod* method,
+ Sink* output);
+
+ BytesSink* input();
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Parser, upb::json::Parser)
+};
+
+class upb::json::ParserMethod {
+ public:
+ /* Include base methods from upb::ReferenceCounted. */
+ UPB_REFCOUNTED_CPPMETHODS
+
+ /* Returns handlers for parsing according to the specified schema. */
+ static reffed_ptr<const ParserMethod> New(const upb::MessageDef* md);
+
+ /* The destination handlers that are statically bound to this method.
+ * This method is only capable of outputting to a sink that uses these
+ * handlers. */
+ const Handlers* dest_handlers() const;
+
+ /* The input handlers for this decoder method. */
+ const BytesHandler* input_handler() const;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(ParserMethod, upb::json::ParserMethod)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+upb_json_parser* upb_json_parser_create(upb_env* e,
+ const upb_json_parsermethod* m,
+ upb_sink* output);
+upb_bytessink *upb_json_parser_input(upb_json_parser *p);
+
+upb_json_parsermethod* upb_json_parsermethod_new(const upb_msgdef* md,
+ const void* owner);
+const upb_handlers *upb_json_parsermethod_desthandlers(
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *m);
+const upb_byteshandler *upb_json_parsermethod_inputhandler(
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *m);
+
+/* Include refcounted methods like upb_json_parsermethod_ref(). */
+UPB_REFCOUNTED_CMETHODS(upb_json_parsermethod, upb_json_parsermethod_upcast)
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+inline Parser* Parser::Create(Environment* env, const ParserMethod* method,
+ Sink* output) {
+ return upb_json_parser_create(env, method, output);
+}
+inline BytesSink* Parser::input() {
+ return upb_json_parser_input(this);
+}
+
+inline const Handlers* ParserMethod::dest_handlers() const {
+ return upb_json_parsermethod_desthandlers(this);
+}
+inline const BytesHandler* ParserMethod::input_handler() const {
+ return upb_json_parsermethod_inputhandler(this);
+}
+/* static */
+inline reffed_ptr<const ParserMethod> ParserMethod::New(
+ const MessageDef* md) {
+ const upb_json_parsermethod *m = upb_json_parsermethod_new(md, &m);
+ return reffed_ptr<const ParserMethod>(m, &m);
+}
+
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* UPB_JSON_PARSER_H_ */
+/*
+** upb::json::Printer
+**
+** Handlers that emit JSON according to a specific protobuf schema.
+*/
+
+#ifndef UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_
+#define UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+class Printer;
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
+#endif
+
+UPB_DECLARE_TYPE(upb::json::Printer, upb_json_printer)
+
+
+/* upb::json::Printer *********************************************************/
+
+#define UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE 176
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/* Prints an incoming stream of data to a BytesSink in JSON format. */
+class upb::json::Printer {
+ public:
+ static Printer* Create(Environment* env, const upb::Handlers* handlers,
+ BytesSink* output);
+
+ /* The input to the printer. */
+ Sink* input();
+
+ /* Returns handlers for printing according to the specified schema.
+ * If preserve_proto_fieldnames is true, the output JSON will use the
+ * original .proto field names (ie. {"my_field":3}) instead of using
+ * camelCased names, which is the default: (eg. {"myField":3}). */
+ static reffed_ptr<const Handlers> NewHandlers(const upb::MessageDef* md,
+ bool preserve_proto_fieldnames);
+
+ static const size_t kSize = UPB_JSON_PRINTER_SIZE;
+
+ private:
+ UPB_DISALLOW_POD_OPS(Printer, upb::json::Printer)
+};
+
+#endif
+
+UPB_BEGIN_EXTERN_C
+
+/* Native C API. */
+upb_json_printer *upb_json_printer_create(upb_env *e, const upb_handlers *h,
+ upb_bytessink *output);
+upb_sink *upb_json_printer_input(upb_json_printer *p);
+const upb_handlers *upb_json_printer_newhandlers(const upb_msgdef *md,
+ bool preserve_fieldnames,
+ const void *owner);
+
+UPB_END_EXTERN_C
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+namespace upb {
+namespace json {
+inline Printer* Printer::Create(Environment* env, const upb::Handlers* handlers,
+ BytesSink* output) {
+ return upb_json_printer_create(env, handlers, output);
+}
+inline Sink* Printer::input() { return upb_json_printer_input(this); }
+inline reffed_ptr<const Handlers> Printer::NewHandlers(
+ const upb::MessageDef *md, bool preserve_proto_fieldnames) {
+ const Handlers* h = upb_json_printer_newhandlers(
+ md, preserve_proto_fieldnames, &h);
+ return reffed_ptr<const Handlers>(h, &h);
+}
+} /* namespace json */
+} /* namespace upb */
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* UPB_JSON_TYPED_PRINTER_H_ */